1. 宝经注释显示巴利原文
1. Ratanasuttavaṇṇanā
以“Yānīdha bhūtāni”开头的这部经,即是《宝经》。它的因缘是什么?据说过去在毗舍离城发生了饥荒等灾难。为了平息这些灾难,离车族人前往王舍城,请求世尊之后,将世尊请至毗舍离。世尊被请来后,为平息他们的灾难而宣说了这部经。此为略说。然而,古代注释者们叙述它的因缘时,是从毗舍离的故事开始的。应当这样理解:据说,往昔波罗奈国王的正宫王后怀了孕。她将此事禀告国王后,国王为她提供了孕期的专门养护。她得到良好的养护,足月临盆时进入了产房。具福德之人通常在破晓时分分娩,她也是如此,在破晓时分产下了一块肉团,其色恰如胭脂虫或红花。此时她心想:“别的王妃都产下如金像般的儿子,我身为正宫王后却产下肉团,在国王面前,我的名声恐怕会受损。”出于对坏名声的恐惧,她将那肉团放入一个容器,另用一个容器盖住,用国王的印章封好,让人抛入恒河。那肉团刚被丢弃,诸天神便安排了守护,并用天然朱砂在一面金笺上写下“波罗奈国王正宫王后之子”,系于其上。于是,那个容器未遭波浪等灾难,顺恒河水漂流而去。显示巴利原文
Yānīdhabhūtānīti ratanasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Atīte kira vesāliyaṃ dubbhikkhādayo upaddavā uppajjiṃsu. Tesaṃ vūpasamanatthāya licchavayo rājagahaṃ gantvā, yācitvā, bhagavantaṃ vesālimānayiṃsu. Evaṃ ānīto bhagavā tesaṃ upaddavānaṃ vūpasamanatthāya idaṃ suttamabhāsi. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Porāṇā panassa vesālivatthuto pabhuti uppattiṃ vaṇṇayanti. Sā evaṃ veditabbā – bārāṇasirañño kira aggamahesiyā kucchimhi gabbho saṇṭhāsi. Sā taṃ ñatvā rañño nivedesi. Rājā gabbhaparihāraṃ adāsi. Sā sammā parihariyamānagabbhā gabbhaparipākakāle vijāyanagharaṃ pāvisi. Puññavatīnaṃ paccūsasamaye gabbhavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, sā ca tāsaṃ aññatarā, tena paccūsasamaye alattakapaṭalabandhujīvakapupphasadisaṃ maṃsapesiṃ vijāyi. Tato ‘‘aññā deviyo suvaṇṇabimbasadise putte vijāyanti, aggamahesī maṃsapesinti rañño purato mama avaṇṇo uppajjeyyā’’ti cintetvā tena avaṇṇabhayena taṃ maṃsapesiṃ ekasmiṃ bhājane pakkhipitvā aññena paṭikujjitvā rājamuddikāya lañchetvā gaṅgāya sote pakkhipāpesi. Manussehi chaḍḍitamatte devatā ārakkhaṃ saṃvidahiṃsu. Suvaṇṇapaṭṭikañcettha jātihiṅgulakena ‘‘bārāṇasirañño aggamahesiyā pajā’’ti likhitvā bandhiṃsu. Tato taṃ bhājanaṃ ūmibhayādīhi anupaddutaṃ gaṅgāya sotena pāyāsi.
那时,有一位苦行者,依托牧牛人之家,住在恒河岸边。他在清晨下到恒河,看见那只容器漂来,以为是一件粪扫衣,便取了过来。待发现上面的金笺与国王印章后,他打开容器,看见了那块肉团。见后他心想:“这应该是个胎儿,因为它丝毫没有腐臭败坏的样子。”于是他将肉团带回草庵,放在洁净之处。过了半个月,那块肉团裂为两块。苦行者见了,便更加妥善地安放。又过了半个月,每块肉团上各长出五处凸起,分别对应于手、足、头。再过半个月,一块肉团变成了一个如金像般的男孩,另一块则变成了女孩。苦行者对他们生起了亲子之爱,从他的拇指中流出了乳汁。从此他便以乳汁哺养他们:自己进食后,将乳汁喂入孩子们口中。他们吞入腹中的一切,都如同在宝瓶中所见一般晶莹,因此他们是没有皮肤的。也有人说,他们的皮肤就如同缝合后放置的一般,彼此密合在一起。正因如此——不论是由于无皮,还是由于皮肤密合——他们便被称作“离车”。显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena aññataro tāpaso gopālakulaṃ nissāya gaṅgāya tīre vasati. So pātovagaṅgaṃ otiṇṇo taṃ bhājanaṃ āgacchantaṃ disvā paṃsukūlasaññāya aggahesi. Tato tattha taṃ akkharapaṭṭikaṃ rājamuddikālañchanañca disvā muñcitvā taṃ maṃsapesiṃ addasa. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘siyā gabbho, tathā hissa duggandhapūtibhāvo natthī’’ti taṃ assamaṃ netvā suddhe okāse ṭhapesi. Atha aḍḍhamāsaccayena dve maṃsapesiyo ahesuṃ. Tāpaso disvā sādhukataraṃ ṭhapesi. Tato puna addhamāsaccayena ekamekissā pesiyā hatthapādasīsānamatthāya pañca pañca piḷakā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Atha tato addhamāsaccayena ekā maṃsapesi suvaṇṇabimbasadiso dārako; ekā dārikā ahosi. Tesu tāpasassa puttasineho uppajji, aṅguṭṭhato cassa khīraṃ nibbatti, tato pabhuti ca khīrabhattaṃ labhati. So bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā khīraṃ dārakānaṃ mukhe āsiñcati. Tesaṃ yaṃ yaṃ udaraṃ pavisati, taṃ sabbaṃ maṇibhājanagataṃ viya dissati. Evaṃ nicchavī ahesuṃ. Apare pana āhu – ‘‘sibbitvā ṭhapitā viya nesaṃ aññamaññaṃ līnā chavi ahosī’’ti. Evaṃ te nicchavitāya vā līnacchavitāya vā licchavīti paññāyiṃsu.
苦行者一边养育孩子,一边在午前入村乞食,至次日才返回。牧牛人知晓了他的处境后,便说:‘尊者,养育孩子对出家人而言是障碍。请把孩子交给我们,我们来抚养,您专心自己的修行吧。’苦行者应允:‘善。’次日,牧牛人平整道路,撒上鲜花,竖起幢幡,在奏乐声中来到草庵。苦行者说:‘这些孩子有大福德,你们要以不放逸来培育他们。待他们长大后,让他们互相嫁娶,再以五种牛乳制品令国王欢喜,取得一块土地,建造城市,并在那里为王子灌顶。’如此嘱咐后,便将孩子交给了他们。他们答应道:‘好。’便接过孩子抚养。显示巴利原文
Tāpaso dārake posento ussūre gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, atidivā paṭikkamati. Tassa taṃ byāpāraṃ ñatvā gopālakā āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante, pabbajitānaṃ dārakaposanaṃ palibodho, amhākaṃ dārake detha, mayaṃ posessāma, tumhe attano kammaṃ karothā’’ti. Tāpaso ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇi. Gopālakā dutiyadivase maggaṃ samaṃ katvā, pupphehi okiritvā; dhajapaṭākā ussāpetvā tūriyehi vajjamānehi assamaṃ āgatā. Tāpaso ‘‘mahāpuññā dārakā, appamādena vaḍḍhetha, vaḍḍhetvā ca aññamaññaṃ āvāhavivāhaṃ karotha, pañcagorasena rājānaṃ tosetvā bhūmibhāgaṃ gahetvā nagaraṃ māpetha, tatra kumāraṃ abhisiñcathā’’ti vatvā dārake adāsi. Te ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā dārake netvā posesuṃ.
孩子们渐渐长大,游戏时若起争执,便会手打脚踢其他牧牛人的孩子,那些孩子便哭了。父母问他们:‘为什么哭?’他们回答:‘那些无父无母、由苦行者养大的孩子,对我们拳打脚踢,太厉害了。’于是,那些孩子的父母便说:‘这些孩子欺负、伤害其他孩子,不可亲近,应当远离。’据说从那时起,那一百由旬的地区便被称为‘避’。接着,牧牛人通过取悦国王而获得了那块土地。他们在那里建造了城市,为年约十六岁的王子灌顶立为国王,并让他与那位女孩结婚,且立下约定:‘不得从外迎娶女子,这里的女子也不得外嫁。’他们初次同居便生下两个孩子,一女一男。如此共有十六次,每次都生下一双儿女。随着这些孩子次第长大,那座城市的花园、游乐苑、住所与眷属等资具都不敷使用,于是他们三次扩展城墙,每次扩建一牛呼的距离。正因为其一再被扩展,便得名为‘毗舍离’。此即毗舍离的起源。显示巴利原文
Dārakā vaḍḍhimanvāya kīḷantā vivādaṭṭhānesu aññe gopāladārake hatthenapi pādenapi paharanti, te rodanti. ‘‘Kissa rodathā’’ti ca mātāpitūhi vuttā ‘‘ime nimmātāpitikā tāpasapositā amhe atīva paharantī’’ti vadanti. Tato tesaṃ mātāpitaro ‘‘ime dārakā aññe dārake viheṭhenti dukkhāpenti, na ime saṅgahetabbā, vajjetabbā ime’’ti āhaṃsu. Tato pabhuti kira so padeso ‘‘vajjī’’ti vuccati yojanasataṃ parimāṇena. Atha taṃ padesaṃ gopālakā rājānaṃ tosetvā aggahesuṃ. Tattheva nagaraṃ māpetvā soḷasavassuddesikaṃ kumāraṃ abhisiñcitvā rājānaṃ akaṃsu. Tāya cassa dārikāya saddhiṃ vāreyyaṃ katvā katikaṃ akaṃsu – ‘‘na bāhirato dārikā ānetabbā, ito dārikā na kassaci dātabbā’’ti. Tesaṃ paṭhamasaṃvāsena dve dārakā jātā dhītā ca putto ca, evaṃ soḷasakkhattuṃ dve dve jātā. Tato tesaṃ dārakānaṃ yathākkamaṃ vaḍḍhantānaṃ ārāmuyyānanivāsanaṭṭhānaparivārasampattiṃ gahetuṃ appahontaṃ taṃ nagaraṃ tikkhattuṃ gāvutantarena gāvutantarena pākārena parikkhipiṃsu. Tassa punappunaṃ visālīkatattā vesālītveva nāmaṃ jātaṃ. Idaṃ vesālīvatthu.
然而,在世尊出世之时,这座毗舍离城富庶繁荣,达到极盛。当时,城中仅国王便有七千七百零七位,副王、将军、库官等人数也是同等的规模。如经中所说:显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana vesālī bhagavato uppannakāle iddhā vepullappattā ahosi. Tattha hi rājūnaṃyeva satta sahassāni satta ca satāni satta ca rājāno ahesuṃ, tathā yuvarājasenāpatibhaṇḍāgārikappabhutīnaṃ. Yathāha –
那时,毗舍离城富庶繁荣,人口众多而稠密,食物丰足。城中有七千座殿堂、七百座殿堂、七座殿堂,七千座尖顶楼阁、七百座尖顶楼阁、七座尖顶楼阁,七千座园林、七百座园林、七座园林,七千座池塘、七百座池塘、七座池塘。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tena kho pana samayena vesālī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ākiṇṇamanussā subhikkhā ca, satta ca pāsādasahassāni, satta ca pāsādasatāni, satta ca pāsādā, satta ca kūṭāgārasahassāni, satta ca kūṭāgārasatāni, satta ca kūṭāgārāni, satta ca ārāmasahassāni, satta ca ārāmasatāni, satta ca ārāmā, satta ca pokkharaṇisahassāni, satta ca pokkharaṇisatāni, satta ca pokkharaṇiyo’’ti (mahāva. 326).
后来,城里发生了饥荒,雨水缺乏,庄稼歉收。起初是穷困的人死去,人们将尸体丢弃在城外。尸体的腐臭引来非人进入城中。此后,更多的人相继死去。由于这种厌恶与不净,众生之中又爆发了蛇风病。就这样,受到饥荒、非人、疾病这三种怖畏逼迫的毗舍离民众,前去对国王说:“大王,城中出现了三种怖畏。回顾过去七代王族,从未发生过这样的事。我们心想,这大概是因您的不如法所致,才于今时发生。”国王便将所有人召集到会议厅,说道:“请你们来审查,我究竟何处不如法。”众人详细察验了一切传统做法,并未发现任何失当之处。显示巴利原文
Sā aparena samayena dubbhikkhā ahosi dubbuṭṭhikā dussassā. Paṭhamaṃ duggatamanussā maranti, te bahiddhā chaḍḍenti. Matamanussānaṃ kuṇapagandhena amanussā nagaraṃ pavisiṃsu. Tato bahutarā mīyanti, tāya paṭikūlatāya ca sattānaṃ ahivātakarogo uppajji. Iti tīhi dubbhikkhaamanussarogabhayehi upaddutāya vesāliyā nagaravāsino upasaṅkamitvā rājānamāhaṃsu – ‘‘mahārāja, imasmiṃ nagare tividhaṃ bhayamuppannaṃ, ito pubbe yāva sattamā rājakulaparivaṭṭā evarūpaṃ anuppannapubbaṃ, tumhākaṃ maññe adhammikattena etarahi uppanna’’nti. Rājā sabbe santhāgāre sannipātāpetvā, ‘‘mayhaṃ adhammikabhāvaṃ vicinathā’’ti āha. Te sabbaṃ paveṇiṃ vicinantā na kiñci addasaṃsu.
没有发现国王的过失后,众人便心想:“如何才能平息这场怖畏呢?”其中,有人推举六师外道,说:“只要他们一踏入城中,怖畏便会平息。”另一些人则说:“听说佛陀已经出现于世间,这位世尊为利益一切众生而说法,具有大神力、大威力。如果他踏入城中,一切怖畏都会平息。”听了这话,众人心中欢喜,便问道:“那么,这位世尊现在住在哪里呢?如果我们前去迎请,他会来吗?”又有一些人说:“佛陀名为悲悯者,怎会不来?不过,这位世尊如今住在王舍城,频婆娑罗王正在侍奉他,那边可能不会放行。”众人便说:“既然如此,那我们就去说服那位国王,把世尊请来。”于是,两位离车王子率领大批军队,带着丰厚的礼品,奉命出发去说服频婆娑罗王:“请说服频婆娑罗王,让他准许世尊前来。”他们抵达后,向国王献上礼品并告知来意,说道:“大王,请让世尊到我们的城中来吧。”国王没有应允,说道:“此事请自行斟酌。”于是,他们便去亲近世尊,顶礼后禀告说:“尊者,我们的城中出现了三种怖畏。如果世尊能够前来,我等才能获得安稳。”世尊加以审察后了知:“在毗舍离宣说《宝经》时,它的保护之力将遍及一亿百千万世界。”显示巴利原文
Tato rañño dosaṃ adisvā ‘‘idaṃ bhayaṃ amhākaṃ kathaṃ vūpasameyyā’’ti cintesuṃ. Tattha ekacce cha satthāro apadisiṃsu – ‘‘etehi okkantamatte vūpasamissatī’’ti. Ekacce āhaṃsu – ‘‘buddho kira loke uppanno, so bhagavā sabbasattahitāya dhammaṃ deseti mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo, tena okkantamatte sabbabhayāni vūpasameyyu’’nti. Tena te attamanā hutvā ‘‘kahaṃ pana so bhagavā etarahi viharati, amhehi vā pesite āgaccheyyā’’ti āhaṃsu. Athāpare āhaṃsu – ‘‘buddhā nāma anukampakā, kissa nāgaccheyyuṃ, so pana bhagavā etarahi rājagahe viharati, rājā ca bimbisāro taṃ upaṭṭhahati, kadāci so āgantuṃ na dadeyyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi rājānaṃ saññāpetvā ānessāmā’’ti dve licchavirājāno mahatā balakāyena pahūtaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ datvā rañño santikaṃ pesesuṃ – ‘‘bimbisāraṃ saññāpetvā bhagavantaṃ ānethā’’ti. Te gantvā rañño paṇṇākāraṃ datvā taṃ pavattiṃ nivedetvā ‘‘mahārāja, bhagavantaṃ amhākaṃ nagaraṃ pesehī’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā na sampaṭicchi – ‘‘tumhe eva jānāthā’’ti āha. Te bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante, amhākaṃ nagare tīṇi bhayāni uppannāni. Sace bhagavā āgaccheyya, sotthi no bhaveyyā’’ti. Bhagavā āvajjetvā ‘‘vesāliyaṃ ratanasutte vutte sā rakkhā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷāni pharissati, suttapariyosāne caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo bhavissatī’’ti adhivāsesi. Atha rājā bimbisāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ sutvā ‘‘bhagavatā vesāligamanaṃ adhivāsita’’nti nagare ghosanaṃ kārāpetvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āha – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, sampaṭicchittha vesāligamana’’nti? ‘‘Āma, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhante, āgametha, yāva maggaṃ paṭiyādemī’’ti.
当时,频婆娑罗王将王舍城与恒河之间五由旬的地面全部平整,并在每由旬处建造一所精舍,然后把启程的时机禀告世尊。世尊由五百位比丘围绕而前行。国王将这条五由旬的道路铺满五色花,厚及膝头,并竖起旗帜、长幡、满瓶、芭蕉等庄严具,为世尊擎举两柄白伞,为每一位比丘各擎一柄,亲自率领随从,以花香等作供养,请世尊在每一所精舍中安住,广设大施,历时五天,抵达恒河岸边。在那里,他又用种种庄严物装饰船只,然后遣使告知毗舍离人:‘世尊已经到来,请修整道路,全体迎接世尊。’毗舍离人心想:‘我们要作双倍的供养。’于是,他们在毗舍离与恒河之间平整了三由旬的地面,为世尊备好四柄白伞,为每一位比丘备好两柄白伞,一路作诸供养,来到恒河岸边站立。显示巴利原文
Atha kho rājā bimbisāro rājagahassa ca gaṅgāya ca antarā pañcayojanaṃ bhūmiṃ samaṃ katvā, yojane yojane vihāraṃ māpetvā, bhagavato gamanakālaṃ paṭivedesi. Bhagavā pañcahi bhikkhusatehi parivuto pāyāsi. Rājā pañcayojanaṃ maggaṃ pañcavaṇṇehi pupphehi jāṇumattaṃ okirāpetvā dhajapaṭākāpuṇṇaghaṭakadaliādīni ussāpetvā bhagavato dve setacchattāni, ekekassa ca bhikkhussa ekamekaṃ ukkhipāpetvā saddhiṃ attano parivārena pupphagandhādīhi pūjaṃ karonto ekekasmiṃ vihāre bhagavantaṃ vasāpetvā mahādānāni datvā pañcahi divasehi gaṅgātīraṃ nesi. Tattha sabbālaṅkārehi nāvaṃ alaṅkaronto vesālikānaṃ sāsanaṃ pesesi – ‘‘āgato bhagavā, maggaṃ paṭiyādetvā sabbe bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ karothā’’ti. Te ‘‘diguṇaṃ pūjaṃ karissāmā’’ti vesāliyā ca gaṅgāya ca antarā tiyojanaṃ bhūmiṃ samaṃ katvā bhagavato cattāri, ekekassa ca bhikkhuno dve dve setacchattāni sajjetvā pūjaṃ kurumānā gaṅgātīre āgantvā aṭṭhaṃsu.
频婆娑罗王将两艘船并连在一起,于其上搭建帐幔,以花鬘等加以庄严,并在其中敷设众宝所成的佛座。世尊坐于座上。五百位比丘也登上船,各自在合适的位置坐下。国王为了随从世尊,走进齐喉深的水中,说道:‘尊者!待您返回之前,我便住在这恒河岸边吧。’随后便回去了。上至色究竟天,诸天皆作供养;居于恒河中的金翅龙等龙族也都作了供养。就在这样盛大的供养中,世尊在恒河上行约一由旬,进入了毗舍离人的地界。显示巴利原文
Bimbisāro dve nāvāyo saṅghāṭetvā, maṇḍapaṃ katvā, pupphadāmādīhi alaṅkaritvā tattha sabbaratanamayaṃ buddhāsanaṃ paññāpesi. Bhagavā tasmiṃ nisīdi. Pañcasatā bhikkhūpi nāvaṃ abhiruhitvā yathānurūpaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Rājā bhagavantaṃ anugacchanto galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ orohitvā ‘‘yāva, bhante, bhagavā āgacchati, tāvāhaṃ idheva gaṅgātīre vasissāmī’’ti vatvā nivatto. Upari devatā yāva akaniṭṭhabhavanā pūjamakaṃsu, heṭṭhā gaṅgānivāsino kambalassatarādayo nāgā pūjamakaṃsu. Evaṃ mahatiyā pūjāya bhagavā yojanamattaṃ addhānaṃ gaṅgāya gantvā vesālikānaṃ sīmantaraṃ paviṭṭho.
这时,离车族的王族们以比频婆娑罗王所作供养加倍的方式,在齐喉深的水中迎接世尊。就在那刹那、那须臾之间,闪电之光驱散了黑暗之巅,四方大雨倾盆,轰然作响。接着,当世尊的第一只脚刚刚踏上恒河岸边时,降下了莲花雨。凡愿被淋湿者便被淋湿,不愿者便不被淋湿。各处水流深至膝、至腿、至腰、乃至至喉,一切腐尸都被冲入恒河,大地变得清净。显示巴利原文
Tato licchavirājāno tena bimbisārena katapūjāya diguṇaṃ karontā galappamāṇe udake bhagavantaṃ paccuggacchiṃsu. Teneva khaṇena tena muhuttena vijjuppabhāvinaddhandhakāravisaṭakūṭo gaḷagaḷāyanto catūsu disāsu mahāmegho vuṭṭhāsi. Atha bhagavatā paṭhamapāde gaṅgātīre nikkhittamatte pokkharavassaṃ vassi. Ye temetukāmā, te eva tementi, atemetukāmā na tementi. Sabbattha jāṇumattaṃ ūrumattaṃ kaṭimattaṃ galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ vahati, sabbakuṇapāni udakena gaṅgaṃ pavesitāni parisuddho bhūmibhāgo ahosi.
离车族的王族们在途中每隔一由旬便请世尊安住,供设盛大的布施,历时三日,以双倍的供养将世尊迎往毗舍离。当世尊抵达毗舍离时,天主帝释在诸天围绕中前来。由于大威德诸天云集,非人们大多逃散。世尊立于城门处,对阿难长老说:‘阿难,你要受持这部《宝经》,带上供祭的用具,与离车族的王子们一道,在毗舍离的三重城墙之间巡行,以此作守护。’于是宣说了《宝经》。就这样,关于‘这部经由谁、于何时、在何处、为何而说’等疑问,古师们自《毗舍离事》起已作了详细阐述。显示巴利原文
Licchavirājāno bhagavantaṃ antarā yojane yojane vāsāpetvā mahādānāni datvā tīhi divasehi diguṇaṃ pūjaṃ karontā vesāliṃ nayiṃsu. Vesāliṃ sampatte bhagavati sakko devānamindo devasaṅghapurakkhato āgacchi, mahesakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sannipātena amanussā yebhuyyena palāyiṃsu. Bhagavā nagaradvāre ṭhatvā ānandattheraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘imaṃ ānanda, ratanasuttaṃ uggahetvā balikammūpakaraṇāni gahetvā licchavikumārehi saddhiṃ vesāliyā tīsu pākārantaresu vicaranto parittaṃ karohī’’ti ratanasuttaṃ abhāsi. Evaṃ ‘‘kena panetaṃ suttaṃ, kadā, kattha, kasmā ca vutta’’nti etesaṃ pañhānaṃ vissajjanā vitthārena vesālivatthuto pabhuti porāṇehi vaṇṇiyati.
就在世尊到达毗舍离的当天,于毗舍离城门处,为了止息他们的灾祸,世尊宣说了这部《宝经》。阿难长老受持此经后,为作守护而持诵着,并从世尊的钵中取水,一边遍洒整座城市,一边到处巡行。当诵到经文中‘凡任何……’那一句时,那些先前还未逃走的、依附在垃圾堆与墙角缝隙等处的非人,便从四座城门逃了出去,城门为之空旷。于是,有些在城门处得不到空间的非人,便打破城墙逃走了。非人刚一离开,人们身上的疾病就平息了。他们走出家门,以各种香、花等供养长老。大众在城中央的集会堂,用种种香料涂抹地面,架起天篷,以一切庄严具装饰,在那里敷设了佛座,将世尊恭迎入内。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavato vesāliṃ anuppattadivaseyeva vesālinagaradvāre tesaṃ upaddavānaṃ paṭighātatthāya vuttamidaṃ ratanasuttaṃ uggahetvā āyasmā ānando parittatthāya bhāsamāno bhagavato pattena udakaṃ ādāya sabbanagaraṃ abbhukkiranto anuvicari. ‘‘Yaṃ kiñcī’’ti vuttamatteyeva ca therena ye pubbe apalātā saṅkārakūṭabhittippadesādinissitā amanussā, te catūhi dvārehi palāyiṃsu, dvārāni anokāsāni ahesuṃ. Tato ekacce dvāresu okāsaṃ alabhamānā pākāraṃ bhinditvā palātā. Amanussesu gatamattesu manussānaṃ gattesu rogo vūpasanto, te nikkhamitvā sabbagandhapupphādīhi theraṃ pūjesuṃ. Mahājano nagaramajjhe santhāgāraṃ sabbagandhehi limpitvā vitānaṃ katvā sabbālaṅkārehi alaṅkaritvā tattha buddhāsanaṃ paññāpetvā bhagavantaṃ ānesi.
世尊进入集会堂,在敷设好的座位上坐下。比丘僧团、国王们以及民众也各自在适当的位置坐下。天主帝释也带着两个天界的天众一起在一旁坐下,还有其他诸天。阿难长老巡行遍及整个毗舍离,作了守护之后,便与毗舍离城的居民们一同回来,退坐一面。在那里,世尊为他们全体再次宣说了那部《宝经》。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā santhāgāraṃ pavisitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho rājāno manussā ca patirūpe okāse nisīdiṃsu. Sakkopi devānamindo dvīsu devalokesu devaparisāya saddhiṃ upanisīdi aññe ca devā. Ānandattheropi sabbaṃ vesāliṃ anuvicaranto ārakkhaṃ katvā vesālinagaravāsīhi saddhiṃ āgantvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Tattha bhagavā sabbesaṃ tadeva ratanasuttaṃ abhāsīti.
224 其中,“凡在此处之众生”(yānīdha bhūtāni)是这首偈颂的第一句。“凡”(yāni)指无论小威力者还是大有威力者。“在此处”(idha)指此时此地,即众生聚集的场所。“众生”(bhūtāni):虽然bhūta一词,在“bhūtasmiṃ pācittiya”(《波逸提》中关于“存在”的戒条)等处意为“存在的”;在“bhūtamidanti, bhikkhave, samanupassatha”(比丘们,你们应观察“这是存在的”)等处指五蕴;在“cattāro kho, bhikkhu, mahābhūtā hetū”(比丘,四大为因)等处指地等四种界;在“yo ca kālaghaso bhūto”(那食时之bhūta)等处指漏尽者;在“sabbeva nikkhipissanti, bhūtā loke samussaya”(一切众生都将弃舍世间积聚)等处指一切众生;在“bhūtagāmapātabyatāya”(有关损害草木的规定)等处,显示巴利原文
224. Tattha yānīdha bhūtānīti paṭhamagāthāyaṃ yānīti yādisāni appesakkhāni vā mahesakkhāni vā. Idhāti imasmiṃ padese, tasmiṃ khaṇe sannipatitaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāyāha. Bhūtānīti kiñcāpi bhūtasaddo ‘‘bhūtasmiṃ pācittiya’’nti evamādīsu (pāci. 69) vijjamāne, ‘‘bhūtamidanti, bhikkhave, samanupassathā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.401) khandhapañcake, ‘‘cattāro kho, bhikkhu, mahābhūtā hetū’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 3.86) catubbidhe pathavīdhātvādirūpe, ‘‘yo ca kālaghaso bhūto’’ti evamādīsu (jā. 1.2.190) khīṇāsave, ‘‘sabbeva nikkhipissanti, bhūtā loke samussaya’’nti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 2.220) sabbasatte, ‘‘bhūtagāmapātabyatāyā’’ti evamādīsu (pāci. 90) rukkhādike, ‘‘bhūtaṃ bhūtato sañjānātī’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.3) cātumahārājikānaṃ heṭṭhā sattanikāyaṃ upādāya vattati. Idha pana avisesato amanussesu daṭṭhabbo.
“已聚集”(samāgatāni)意为集合在一起。“地上的”(bhummāni)指生于大地者。“或”(vā)表示选择。由此,“凡在此处,地上之众生已聚集”构成一种选择;进而为作第二种选择,而说“或是空中的”(yāni vā antalikkhe)。其意为:凡是生于空中的众生,他们全都已聚集于此。这里,从夜摩天以上直至色究竟天所生之众生,因出生于虚空显现的宫殿,应知为“空中的众生”。自此以下,从须弥山乃至地面种种依于树木、藤蔓等而住者,以及生于大地者,因其生于大地及依止大地的树木、藤蔓、山峦等,应知为“地上的众生”。显示巴利原文
Samāgatānīti sannipatitāni. Bhummānīti bhūmiyaṃ nibbattāni. Vāti vikappane. Tena yānīdha bhummāni vā bhūtāni samāgatānīti imamekaṃ vikappaṃ katvā puna dutiyaṃ vikappaṃ kātuṃ ‘‘yāni vā antalikkhe’’ti āha. Antalikkhe vā yāni bhūtāni nibbattāni, tāni sabbāni idha samāgatānīti attho. Ettha ca yāmato yāva akaniṭṭhaṃ, tāva nibbattāni bhūtāni ākāse pātubhūtavimānesu nibbattattā ‘‘antalikkhe bhūtānī’’ti veditabbāni. Tato heṭṭhā sineruto pabhuti yāva bhūmiyaṃ rukkhalatādīsu adhivatthāni pathaviyañca nibbattāni bhūtāni, tāni sabbāni bhūmiyaṃ bhūmipaṭibaddhesu ca rukkhalatāpabbatādīsu nibbattattā ‘‘bhummāni bhūtānī’’ti veditabbāni.
世尊如此以“地上的或是空中的”这两个词,对一切非人众生作了区分,再以一个词加以总摄,而说:“一切众生都应有善意”(sabbeva bhūtā sumanā bhavantu)。“一切”(sabbe)指无有遗漏。“都”(eva)表决定,意即一个也不可遗漏。“众生”指非人。“应有善意”(sumanā bhavantu)意为愿他们心得欢喜,生起欣喜与喜悦。接着,“而且”(athopi)这个双连词,表示转入另一项应作之事,即承担义务。“恭敬听闻所说”(sakkacca suṇantu bhāsitaṃ)意为:以尊重、以作意、倾注全部心神,来听闻我这能带来天界成就与出世间安乐的教说。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā sabbāneva amanussabhūtāni ‘‘bhummāni vā yāni va antalikkhe’’ti dvīhi padehi vikappetvā puna ekena padena pariggahetvā ‘‘sabbeva bhūtā sumanā bhavantū’’ti āha. Sabbeti anavasesā. Evāti avadhāraṇe, ekampi anapanetvāti adhippāyo. Bhūtāti amanussā. Sumanā bhavantūti sukhitamanā, pītisomanassajātā bhavantūti attho. Athopīti kiccantarasanniyojanatthaṃ vākyopādāne nipātadvayaṃ. Sakkacca suṇantu bhāsitanti aṭṭhiṃ katvā, manasi katvā, sabbacetaso samannāharitvā dibbasampattilokuttarasukhāvahaṃ mama desanaṃ suṇantu.
如此,在此偈中,世尊先以“凡在此处已聚集的众生”这一无定称的说法总摄一切众生,又以“地上的或是空中的”将其开为二类,接着用“一切众生”再合为一类,随后以“应生善意”一语,策励他们于欣乐成就;再以“恭敬听闻所说”,策励他们于努力成就、如理作意成就与闻他音声成就,又以此策励他们于自正愿的成就、亲近善士的成就,以及定慧之因的成就,从而结束此偈。显示巴利原文
Evamettha bhagavā ‘‘yānīdha bhūtāni samāgatānī’’ti aniyamitavacanena bhūtāni pariggahetvā puna ‘‘bhummāni vā yāni va antalikkhe’’ti dvidhā vikappetvā tato ‘‘sabbeva bhūtā’’ti puna ekajjhaṃ katvā ‘‘sumanā bhavantū’’ti iminā vacanena āsayasampattiyaṃ niyojento ‘‘sakkacca suṇantu bhāsita’’nti payogasampattiyaṃ, tathā yonisomanasikārasampattiyaṃ paratoghosasampattiyañca, tathā attasammāpaṇidhisappurisūpanissayasampattīsu samādhipaññāhetusampattīsu ca niyojento gāthaṃ samāpesi.
225 225.“Tasmā hi bhūtā”为第二偈。其中,“tasmā”是表原因之词,“bhūtā”是呼格,“nisāmetha”意为“你们当听”,“sabbe”即无遗余。这是说什么呢?因为你们舍离了天界的住处及彼处受用的圆满,专为闻法前来此处,并非为了观看舞蹈、表演等。因此,诸位众生,请谛听一切。或可解为:见到“愿他们善意、恭敬地听”这一句,得知他们已具备善意、恭敬及闻法之渴望,于是说:因为你们具足善意、自正誓愿、如理作意、住处清净、恭敬、渴望听闻,以及以亲近善士为近因、以闻他音声为立足处的努力清净等,所以,诸位众生,请谛听一切。又或指向前一偈末所说的“所说”,以之为因而说:“因为我的所说,名为极为难得的时刻——这是排除了八无暇的刹那故为难得,又具有众多功德,由智慧与悲心之德而发起故;而我正欲说此,已说了‘让他们听闻所说’。因此,诸位众生,请谛听一切。”这便是这句颂文所要表达的意思。显示巴利原文
225.Tasmā hi bhūtāti dutiyagāthā. Tattha tasmāti kāraṇavacanaṃ. Bhūtāti āmantanavacanaṃ. Nisāmethāti suṇātha. Sabbeti anavasesā . Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yasmā tumhe dibbaṭṭhānāni tattha upabhogasampadañca pahāya dhammassavanatthaṃ idha samāgatā, na naṭanaccanādidassanatthaṃ, tasmā hi bhūtā nisāmetha sabbeti. Atha vā ‘‘sumanā bhavantu sakkacca suṇantū’’ti vacanena tesaṃ sumanabhāvaṃ sakkaccaṃ sotukamyatañca disvā āha – yasmā tumhe sumanabhāvena attasammāpaṇidhiyonisomanasikārāsayasuddhīhi sakkaccaṃ sotukamyatāya sappurisūpanissayaparatoghosapadaṭṭhānato payogasuddhīhi ca yuttā, tasmā hi bhūtā nisāmetha sabbeti. Atha vā yaṃ purimagāthāya ante ‘‘bhāsita’’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ kāraṇabhāvena apadisanto āha – ‘‘yasmā mama bhāsitaṃ nāma atidullabhaṃ aṭṭhakkhaṇaparivajjitassa khaṇassa dullabhattā, anekānisaṃsañca paññākaruṇāguṇena pavattattā, tañcāhaṃ vattukāmo ‘suṇantu bhāsita’nti avocaṃ. Tasmā hi bhūtā nisāmetha sabbe’’ti idaṃ iminā gāthāpadena vuttaṃ hoti.
如此,阐明此理并策励他们倾听自己的言语之后,他开始宣说所应听闻的内容:“mettaṃ karotha mānusiyā pajāyā”(于人类众生修慈)。其含义是:对于那些遭受三种灾厄逼迫的人类,对于那般的人类众生,你们应当现起友好与以利益为心意所向的状态。然而,有人读作‘mānusiyaṃ pajaṃ’,因处所的意义不符,此说不当。另有一些人所作的解释同样不当。此处真正的意图是:我并非以‘我是佛陀’的威德力而说,而是为了你们乃至整个人类的利益而说:‘于人类的众生修慈’。在此,显示巴利原文
Evametaṃ kāraṇaṃ niropento attano bhāsitanisāmane niyojetvā nisāmetabbaṃ vattumāraddho ‘‘mettaṃ karotha mānusiyā pajāyā’’ti. Tassattho – yāyaṃ tīhi upaddavehi upaddutā mānusī pajā, tassā mānusiyā pajāya mittabhāvaṃ hitajjhāsayataṃ paccupaṭṭhāpethāti. Keci pana ‘‘mānusiyaṃ paja’’nti paṭhanti, taṃ bhummatthāsambhavā na yujjati. Yampi caññe atthaṃ vaṇṇayanti, sopi na yujjati. Adhippāyo panettha – nāhaṃ buddhoti issariyabalena vadāmi, apica pana tumhākañca imissā ca mānusiyā pajāya hitatthaṃ vadāmi – ‘‘mettaṃ karotha mānusiyā pajāyā’’ti. Ettha ca –
那些征服大地与众生界的众王仙,遍行各处,举行祭祀,他们举行马祭、人祭、遍掷祭、苏摩祭、无遮祭。
修习圆满慈心的人们,其功德尚不及那些祭祀功德的十六分之一。
若有人以清净无浊之心,即使只对一位众生修习慈爱,他便因此成为善士;若以慈心悲悯一切众生,圣者则造作广大福德。
应当知道,依据这样的经典以及十一种利益,对修习慈心者而言,慈心即是利益。
他以心悲悯一切众生,此圣者造作了广大福德。(《长部》2.153;《优陀那》76;《大品》286)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye sattasaṇḍaṃ pathaviṃ vijetvā, rājisayo yajamānā anupariyagā; Assamedhaṃ purisamedhaṃ, sammāpāsaṃ vājapeyyaṃ niraggaḷaṃ. ‘‘Mettassa cittassa subhāvitassa, kalampi te nānubhavanti soḷasiṃ. ‘‘Ekampi ce pāṇamaduṭṭhacitto, mettāyati kusalī tena hoti; Sabbe ca pāṇe manasānukampī, pahūtamariyo pakaroti puñña’’nti. (a. ni. 8.1) –
应当知道,依据这样的经典及十一种利益,对修习慈心者而言,慈心亦是利益。显示巴利原文
Evamādīnaṃ suttānaṃ ekādasānisaṃsānañca vasena ye mettaṃ karonti, tesaṃ mettā hitāti veditabbā.
“得到天神怜悯的人,恒常见到吉祥。”(《长部》2.153;《优陀那》76;《大品》286)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Devatānukampito poso, sadā bhadrāni passatī’’ti. (dī. ni. 2.153; udā. 76; mahāva. 286) –
依这些经典可知,对于修慈所缘的那些对象,慈心亦是利益。显示巴利原文
Evamādīnaṃ vasena yesu karīyati, tesampi hitāti veditabbā.
如此,为显示于双方皆有利益,在说毕“对人类众生修习慈爱”之后,为了进一步显示天神的助益而说:“那些日夜献上供品的人们,因此你们应不放逸地守护他们。”其义为:有些人或以绘画、木工等技艺塑造天神之像,又或前往塔庙诸树等处,为天神于白昼献供,亦于黑分等夜间献供;又或以施舍筹食等,从守护天神直至梵天,用回向功德的方式作昼间之供;或令人竖立伞盖、灯鬘,通宵听法,并同样以回向功德作夜间之供──如此之人,怎能不加守护?既然你们正是为了这些日夜献供者而作,因此你们应当守护他们。所以,纵使仅凭这献供的行为,你们也应当守护、保护那些人,为他们除去不利,施予利益,成为不放逸者,将知恩之心存于胸中,恒常忆念他们。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ubhayesampi hitabhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘mettaṃ karotha mānusiyā pajāyā’’ti vatvā idāni upakārampi dassento āha ‘‘divā ca ratto ca haranti ye baliṃ, tasmā hi ne rakkhatha appamattā’’ti. Tassattho – ye manussā cittakammakaṭṭhakammādīhipi devatā katvā cetiyarukkhādīni ca upasaṅkamitvā devatā uddissa divā baliṃ karonti, kāḷapakkhādīsu ca rattiṃ baliṃ karonti. Salākabhattādīni vā datvā ārakkhadevatā upādāya yāva brahmadevatānaṃ pattidānaniyyātanena divā baliṃ karonti, chattāropanadīpamālā sabbarattikadhammassavanādīni kārāpetvā pattidānaniyyātanena ca rattiṃ baliṃ karonti, te kathaṃ na rakkhitabbā. Yato evaṃ divā ca ratto ca tumhe uddissa karonti ye baliṃ, tasmā hi ne rakkhatha. Tasmā balikammakāraṇāpi te manusse rakkhatha gopayatha, ahitaṃ tesaṃ apanetha, hitaṃ upanetha appamattā hutvā taṃ kataññubhāvaṃ hadaye katvā niccamanussarantāti.
226 像这样,指明了天神对人类有利益之后,为了消除人类的灾祸,也为了通过宣扬佛陀等功德而使诸天与世人闻法,他开始以“凡任何财富……”等方式运用真实语。其中,“凡任何”(yaṃkiñci)以不确定的方式,无余包含了一切在各处成为日常所用之物。“财富”(vitta)即指财物,由于它能令人欢喜,故称财富。“此处”(idha)指人界,“彼处”(hura)指从此以外的其余世界。因为后面又说到“或于天界”,而在涵盖了除人之外的一切世界时,所以应当知道,除了人和天之外,龙、金翅鸟等也被包含在内。由此,通过这两句,已表明人界中属于日常所用、可作装饰与受用的金、银、珍珠、摩尼宝、琉璃、珊瑚、红宝石、摩沙罗石等,以及在大地以珍珠摩尼沙所构成之处、宽广数百由旬的宝殿内出生的龙、金翅鸟等的财富。显示巴利原文
226. Evaṃ devatāsu manussānaṃ upakārakabhāvaṃ dassetvā tesaṃ upaddavavūpasamanatthaṃ buddhādiguṇappakāsanena ca devamanussānaṃ dhammassavanatthaṃ ‘‘yaṃkiñci vitta’’ntiādinā nayena saccavacanaṃ payujjitumāraddho. Tattha yaṃkiñcīti aniyamitavasena anavasesaṃ pariyādiyati yaṃkiñci tattha tattha vohārūpagaṃ . Vittanti dhanaṃ. Tañhi vittiṃ janetīti vittaṃ. Idha vāti manussalokaṃ niddisati, huraṃ vāti tato paraṃ avasesalokaṃ. Tena ca ṭhapetvā manusse sabbalokaggahaṇe patte ‘‘saggesu vā’’ti parato vuttattā ṭhapetvā manusse ca sagge ca avasesānaṃ nāgasupaṇṇādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ imehi dvīhi padehi yaṃ manussānaṃ vohārūpagaṃ alaṅkāraparibhogūpagañca jātarūparajatamuttāmaṇiveḷuriyapavāḷalohitaṅkamasāragallādikaṃ, yañca muttāmaṇivālukatthatāya bhūmiyā ratanamayavimānesu anekayojanasatavitthatesu bhavanesu uppannānaṃ nāgasupaṇṇādīnaṃ vittaṃ, taṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ hoti.
“或于天界”(saggesu vā):指欲界和色界的天界。他们依善业而得往生、得至,故称为“天”;又因其极为崇高,故也称“天”。无论是属有主还是无主之物,“宝”(ratana)能带来喜悦、能够运载、能产生、能增长,因此称为宝;凡受尊敬、价值巨大、无法衡量、难得一见、由非凡之人所受用者,都以这个词来称说。如说:显示巴利原文
Saggesu vāti kāmāvacararūpāvacaradevalokesu. Te hi sobhanena kammena ajīyanti gammantīti saggā, suṭṭhu vā aggātipi saggā. Yanti yaṃ sassāmikaṃ vā assāmikaṃ vā. Ratananti ratiṃ nayati, vahati, janayati, vaḍḍhetīti ratanaṃ, yaṃkiñci cittīkataṃ mahagghaṃ atulaṃ dullabhadassanaṃ anomasattaparibhogañca, tassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yathāha –
受尊敬、价值巨大,无可衡量、难得一见,
为无上士所受用,因而名为宝。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cittīkataṃ mahagghañca, atulaṃ dullabhadassanaṃ; Anomasattaparibhogaṃ, ratanaṃ tena vuccatī’’ti.
殊胜(paṇīta):指最上、最胜、无与伦比。依此偈颂所说,意指:天界中那些宽广数百由旬、一切宝物所成的宫殿,如善法堂、最胜殿等,是有主之宝;佛陀不出世、众生多趣恶道时,与空置天宫相连的无主之宝;又或依附于大地、大海、雪山等处的其他无主之宝。显示巴利原文
Paṇītanti uttamaṃ, seṭṭhaṃ, atappakaṃ. Evaṃ iminā gāthāpadena yaṃ saggesu anekayojanasatappamāṇasabbaratanamayavimānesu sudhammavejayantappabhutīsu sassāmikaṃ, yañca buddhuppādavirahena apāyameva paripūrentesu sattesu suññavimānapaṭibaddhaṃ assāmikaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi pathavīmahāsamuddahimavantādinissitaṃ assāmikaṃ ratanaṃ, taṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ hoti.
「没有能与如来相等者」中,「没有」(na)是否定语,「确实」(no)是决定语。「相等」即同类。「有」即存在。「与如来」即与佛陀。这是在说什么呢?意思是:上面所表明的那些财富和宝物中,连一个能与佛宝等同的宝物都不存在。即使就「令人恭敬」的含义来说,比如转轮王的轮宝和摩尼宝,当它们出现时,大众就不会在其他地方表达恭敬,没有人会拿着花香前往夜叉或鬼神之处,所有人都只对轮宝和摩尼宝生起恭敬、进行供养,各自祈求种种心愿,其中有些祈求能够实现,但这样的宝物也不能与佛宝相等。如果说「令人恭敬」就是宝,那么如来本身才是宝。因为如来出现在世间时,无论多么有大威力的天和人,都不会对其他对象表示恭敬,不去供养其他任何人。例如,娑婆主梵天曾用须弥山那样大的宝鬘供养如来,其他天和人如频婆娑罗王、憍萨罗王、给孤独长者等也各尽所能地供养。即便是对已经般涅槃的世尊,阿育大王也曾舍弃九十六俱胝财富,在整个赡部洲建立了八万四千座寺院,更不用说其他的恭敬行为了。再者,除了世尊,有哪一位已般涅槃的人,其诞生处、成道处、转法轮处、般涅槃处,以及其像、塔庙等,能够像世尊那样受到如此恭敬尊重呢?因此,就「令人恭敬」的含义而言,也没有能与如来相等的宝。显示巴利原文
Nano samaṃ atthi tathāgatenāti na-iti paṭisedhe, no-iti avadhāraṇe. Samanti tulyaṃ. Atthīti vijjati. Tathāgatenāti buddhena. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yaṃ etaṃ vittañca ratanañca pakāsitaṃ, ettha ekampi buddharatanena sadisaṃ ratanaṃ nevatthi. Yampi hi taṃ cittīkataṭṭhena ratanaṃ, seyyathidaṃ – rañño cakkavattissa cakkaratanaṃ maṇiratanañca, yamhi uppanne mahājano na aññattha cittīkāraṃ karoti, na koci pupphagandhādīni gahetvā yakkhaṭṭhānaṃ vā bhūtaṭṭhānaṃ vā gacchati, sabbopi jano cakkaratanamaṇiratanameva cittiṃ karoti pūjeti, taṃ taṃ varaṃ pattheti, patthitapatthitañcassa ekaccaṃ samijjhati, tampi ratanaṃ buddharatanena samaṃ natthi. Yadi hi cittīkataṭṭhena ratanaṃ, tathāgatova ratanaṃ. Tathāgate hi uppanne ye keci mahesakkhā devamanussā, na te aññatra cittīkāraṃ karonti, na kañci aññaṃ pūjenti. Tathā hi brahmā sahampati sinerumattena ratanadāmena tathāgataṃ pūjesi, yathābalañca aññe devā manussā ca bimbisārakosalarājaanāthapiṇḍikādayo. Parinibbutampi ca bhagavantaṃ uddissa channavutikoṭidhanaṃ vissajjetvā asokamahārājā sakalajambudīpe caturāsīti vihārasahassāni patiṭṭhāpesi, ko pana vādo aññesaṃ cittīkārānaṃ. Apica kassaññassa parinibbutassāpi jātibodhidhammacakkappavattanaparinibbānaṭṭhānāni paṭimācetiyādīni vā uddissa evaṃ cittīkāragarukāro vattati yathā bhagavato. Evaṃ cittīkataṭṭhenāpi tathāgatasamaṃ ratanaṃ natthi.
同样,若就「价值巨大」的含义而言,有所谓的迦尸衣之宝。正如所说:“比丘们,即使迦尸衣已经旧了,也依然颜色鲜亮、触感柔顺、价值巨大。”然而,即便这样的宝,也不能与佛宝相等。如果说「价值巨大」便是宝,那么如来本身才是真正的宝。因为如来所接受的,哪怕是尘秽之衣,也会为供养者带来大果报、大利益——譬如阿育王。这便是如来的价值巨大性。在说明这种价值巨大性时,应当先了解下面这段经文,作为没有过失的证明:显示巴利原文
Tathā yampi taṃ mahagghaṭṭhena ratanaṃ, seyyathidaṃ – kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘jiṇṇampi, bhikkhave, kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ vaṇṇavantañceva hoti sukhasamphassañca mahagghañcā’’ti, tampi buddharatanena samaṃ natthi. Yadi hi mahagghaṭṭhena ratanaṃ, tathāgatova ratanaṃ. Tathāgato hi yesaṃ paṃsukampi paṭiggaṇhāti, tesaṃ taṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti mahānisaṃsaṃ, seyyathāpi asokassa rañño. Idamassa mahagghatāya. Evaṃ mahagghatāvacane cettha dosābhāvasādhakaṃ idaṃ tāva suttapadaṃ veditabbaṃ –
“当如来接受某人的衣服、团食、坐卧具、病缘医药资具时,对于那人而言,这些供养物便有大果报、大利益。我宣说这便是他的价值巨大性。比丘们,如同那迦尸衣价值巨大,比丘们,我用这个譬喻来说明这样的人。”(《增支部》3.100)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yesaṃ kho pana so paṭiggaṇhāti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ, tesaṃ taṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti mahānisaṃsaṃ. Idamassa mahagghatāya vadāmi. Seyyathāpi taṃ, bhikkhave, kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ mahagghaṃ, tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmī’’ti (a. ni. 3.100).
因此,就「价值巨大」的含义而言,同样没有任何宝物能与如来相等。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ mahagghaṭṭhenāpi tathāgatasamaṃ ratanaṃ natthi.
同样地,也有因不可称量的意义而成为宝的。例如:转轮王的轮宝将会生起,它以靛蓝宝石为轮毂,七宝造就千根辐条,珊瑚为轮辋,赤金为连接。每十根辐条上端各有一个圆球,迎风发声,发出的声响犹如善巧奏响的五种乐器合奏。轮毂两侧各有两个狮子面孔,内部如同车轮般中空。此轮宝并非由谁制作,亦非有人令其制作,而是依业缘从时节中自然生起。国王圆满了十种转轮王之行后,在那十五日布萨的满月之日,沐浴洗头,受持布萨戒,登上最上层宫殿的殊胜处。当他安住于清净戒时,便会看见它如满月或太阳一般升起。其声远达十二由旬可闻,其形于一由旬外即能看见。大众见之,极为惊异,便说:‘我们以为是第二个月亮或太阳升起了呢!’它来到城市上空,在国王内宫的东侧停住,不高不低,犹如被轴固定,恰好便于大众以香花等来作供养。显示巴利原文
Tathā yampi taṃ atulaṭṭhena ratanaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – rañño cakkavattissa cakkaratanaṃ uppajjati indanīlamaṇimayanābhi sattaratanamayasahassāraṃ pavāḷamayanemi, rattasuvaṇṇamayasandhi, yassa dasannaṃ dasannaṃ arānaṃ upari ekaṃ muṇḍāraṃ hoti vātaṃ gahetvā saddakaraṇatthaṃ, yena kato saddo sukusalappatāḷitapañcaṅgikatūriyasaddo viya hoti. Yassa nābhiyā ubhosu passesu dve sīhamukhāni honti, abbhantaraṃ sakaṭacakkasseva susiraṃ, tassa kattā vā kāretā vā natthi, kammapaccayena ututo samuṭṭhāti. Yaṃ rājā dasavidhaṃ cakkavattivattaṃ pūretvā tadahuposathe pannarase puṇṇamadivase sīsaṃnhāto uposathiko uparipāsādavaragato sīlāni sodhento nisinno puṇṇacandaṃ viya sūriyaṃ viya ca uṭṭhentaṃ passati, yassa dvādasayojanato saddo suyyati, yojanato vaṇṇo dissati, yaṃ mahājanena ‘‘dutiyo maññe cando sūriyo vā uṭṭhito’’ti ativiya kotūhalajātena dissamānaṃ nagarassa upari āgantvā rañño antepurassa pācīnapasse nātiuccaṃ nātinīcaṃ hutvā mahājanassa gandhapupphādīhi pūjetuṃ yuttaṭṭhāne akkhāhataṃ viya tiṭṭhati.
紧随其后,象宝便生起。它全身纯白,足赤,七处触地,具足神通,能飞行空中。它出自布萨族或六牙族。若从布萨族来,所来者为最年长者;若从六牙族来,所来者为最年幼者,受过训练,已得调伏。它能率领十二由旬的随从,巡行整个赡部洲,然后于早餐前返回王都。显示巴利原文
Tadeva anubandhamānaṃ hatthiratanaṃ uppajjati, sabbaseto rattapādo sattappatiṭṭho iddhimā vehāsaṅgamo uposathakulā vā chaddantakulā vā āgacchati. Uposathakulā āgacchanto hi sabbajeṭṭho āgacchati, chaddantakulā sabbakaniṭṭho sikkhitasikkho damathūpeto. So dvādasayojanaṃ parisaṃ gahetvā sakalajambudīpaṃ anusaṃyāyitvā purepātarāsameva sakaṃ rājadhāniṃ āgacchati.
紧随其后,马宝生起。它全身纯白,足赤,头如鸦,鬃似芦草,出自雨云王族。其余情形与象宝完全相同。显示巴利原文
Tampi anubandhamānaṃ assaratanaṃ uppajjati, sabbaseto rattapādo kākasīso muñjakeso valāhakassa rājakulā āgacchati. Sesamettha hatthiratanasadisameva.
随之,珠宝生起。此宝珠为琉璃所成,光洁纯正,呈八角形,经精细琢磨,长度如车轮毂。它来自广博山。即使在四种条件具足的黑暗里,从国王的幢顶也能照亮一由旬的范围。在其光照下,人们以为已是白昼,便开始劳作,乃至微细的蚂蚁也清晰可见。显示巴利原文
Tampi anubandhamānaṃ maṇiratanaṃ uppajjati. So hoti maṇi veḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṃso suparikammakato āyāmato cakkanābhisadiso, vepullapabbatā āgacchati, so caturaṅgasamannāgatepi andhakāre rañño dhajaggato yojanaṃ obhāseti, yassobhāsena manussā ‘‘divā’’ti maññamānā kammante payojenti, antamaso kunthakipillikaṃ upādāya passanti.
随之,女宝生起。她或是国王原有的正妃,或从北俱卢洲而来,或出自蔑忉车王族。她远离过高、过矮等容貌缺陷,美貌超逾常人而未能及天。寒冷时她的身体温暖,炎热时则清凉。触感柔和犹如反复弹松的棉絮,身散栴檀香,口出莲花香,并具足早起等众多美德。显示巴利原文
Tampi anubandhamānaṃ itthiratanaṃ uppajjati. Pakatiaggamahesī vā hoti, uttarakuruto vā āgacchati maddarājakulato vā, atidīghādichadosavivajjitā atikkantā mānusaṃ vaṇṇaṃ appattā dibbaṃ vaṇṇaṃ, yassā rañño sītakāle uṇhāni gattāni honti, uṇhakāle sītāni, satadhā phoṭitatūlapicuno viya samphasso hoti, kāyato candanagandho vāyati, mukhato uppalagandho, pubbuṭṭhāyitādianekaguṇasamannāgatā ca hoti.
随之,居士宝生起。他是国王原本的执事,一位大富长者。轮宝一出现,他便获得了天眼,能照见周围一由旬内的一切宝藏,不论有主无主。他前来禀告国王说:'大王,您无需操心,我当以财富为您处理一切与财富相关的事务。'显示巴利原文
Tampi anubandhamānaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ uppajjati rañño pakatikammakaro seṭṭhi, yassa cakkaratane uppannamatte dibbaṃ cakkhu pātubhavati, yena samantato yojanamatte nidhiṃ passati sassāmikampi assāmikampi. So rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pavāreti ‘‘appossukko tvaṃ, deva, hohi, ahaṃ te dhanena dhanakaraṇīyaṃ karissāmī’’ti.
紧接着,典兵宝生起。他是国王的嫡长子;轮宝刚一出现,他便具足卓绝的智慧与明辨,能以自己的心了知十二由旬内大众的心念,并善于适时呵责与赞扬。他来到国王面前请求:‘大王,您不必操心,我将为您治理王国。’——此外,凡是因不可称量的意义而被称为‘宝’的,也就是那些无法说‘它值一百、一千或一亿’来估价的,都属此类。然而,这些宝中没有一件能与佛宝等同。若以不可称量的意义而称‘宝’,则如来才是真宝。任何人无法凭戒、定或慧等任何方面去衡量或推断如来,说‘他有如是功德’或‘与某者相等、相似’。因此,即使从不可称量这一意义来说,也没有能与如来相等的宝。显示巴利原文
Tampi anubandhamānaṃ pariṇāyakaratanaṃ uppajjati rañño pakatijeṭṭhaputto, cakkaratane uppannamatte atirekapaññāveyyattiyena samannāgato hoti, dvādasayojanāya parisāya cetasā cittaṃ parijānitvā niggahapaggahasamattho hoti. So rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pavāreti – ‘‘appossukko tvaṃ, deva, hohi, ahaṃ te rajjaṃ anusāsissāmī’’ti. Yaṃ vā panaññampi evarūpaṃ atulaṭṭhena ratanaṃ, yassa na sakkā tulayitvā tīrayitvā aggho kātuṃ ‘‘sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā agghati koṭiṃ vā’’ti. Tattha ekaratanampi buddharatanena samaṃ natthi. Yadi hi atulaṭṭhena ratanaṃ, tathāgatova ratanaṃ. Tathāgato hi na sakkā sīlato vā samādhito vā paññādīnaṃ vā aññatarato kenaci tulayitvā tīrayitvā ‘‘ettakaguṇo vā iminā samo vā sappaṭibhāgo vā’’ti paricchindituṃ. Evaṃ atulaṭṭhenāpi tathāgatasamaṃ ratanaṃ natthi.
同样地,也有以难见的意义而称为‘宝’的。例如,转轮王及其轮宝等诸宝的出现极为稀有。但即便如此,也无法与佛宝等同。若以难见的意义来说‘宝’,那么如来才是真宝,而轮宝等又怎能称为宝呢?仅在一劫之中,它们就会出现多次。然而,在无数劫的漫长岁月里,世间有时并无如来出现。因此,唯有如来是偶尔才出现,极为难见。正如世尊在般涅槃时所说:显示巴利原文
Tathā yampi taṃ dullabhadassanaṭṭhena ratanaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – dullabhapātubhāvo rājā cakkavatti cakkādīni ca tassa ratanāni, tampi buddharatanena samaṃ natthi. Yadi hi dullabhadassanaṭṭhena ratanaṃ, tathāgatova ratanaṃ, kuto cakkavattiādīnaṃ ratanattaṃ, yāni ekasmiṃyeva kappe anekāni uppajjanti. Yasmā pana asaṅkhyeyyepi kappe tathāgatasuñño loko hoti, tasmā tathāgato eva kadāci karahaci uppajjanato dullabhadassano. Vuttaṃ cetaṃ bhagavatā parinibbānasamaye –
天神们纷纷埋怨:‘我们远道而来,为的是拜见如来。正自觉的阿拉汉如来只是偶尔才出现在世间,而今天后夜时分,如来就将般涅槃了。可是,这位有大威德的比丘却站在世尊面前遮挡,使我们没能在最后时刻见到如来。’显示巴利原文
‘‘Devatā, ānanda, ujjhāyanti – ‘dūrā ca vatamha āgatā tathāgataṃ dassanāya, kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā, ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, ayañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṃ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti (dī. ni. 2.200).
因此,就“难可值遇”这一义而言,也没有任何宝能与如来相等。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ dullabhadassanaṭṭhenapi tathāgatasamaṃ ratanaṃ natthi.
同样,所谓以“非下劣士受用”为义而称为宝的,即如转轮王的轮宝等。即使拥有百千俱胝财富,或者住在七层宫殿最胜台上的人,乃至生于旃陀罗、竹匠、车匠、清道夫等下劣种姓的卑贱之人,于梦中也不能受用它。唯有双方俱善生的刹帝利王,圆满十项转轮王义务,才能为受用而令它生起,因此称为“非下劣士受用”。然而即便如此,此宝亦不能与佛宝相等。若依“非下劣士受用”义而称为宝,那么如来正是宝。因为如来在世中,即便是那些被尊为无上士者,若不具足善缘、怀持邪见的富兰那迦叶等六师之类,梦中也不能受用;而具足善缘的人,例如仅以四句偈便能证得阿拉汉、具有择法智见的婆醯迦等,以及其他大族姓出身的诸大弟子,则能受用。他们以此成就见最上、闻最上、侍最上等,而作这样受用。因此,纵使依“非下劣士受用”义,也没有与如来相等的宝。显示巴利原文
Tathā yampi taṃ anomasattaparibhogaṭṭhena ratanaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – rañño cakkavattissa cakkaratanādi. Tañhi koṭisatasahassadhanānampi sattabhūmikapāsādavaratale vasantānampi caṇḍālavenanesādarathakārapukkusādīnaṃ nīcakulikānaṃ omakapurisānaṃ supinantepi paribhogatthāya na nibbattati. Ubhato sujātassa pana rañño khattiyasseva paripūritadasavidhacakkavattivattassa paribhogatthāya nibbattanato anomasattaparibhogaṃyeva hoti, tampi buddharatanena samaṃ natthi. Yadi hi anomasattaparibhogaṭṭhena ratanaṃ, tathāgatova ratanaṃ. Tathāgato hi loke anomasattasammatānampi anupanissayasampannānaṃ viparītadassanānaṃ pūraṇakassapādīnaṃ channaṃ satthārānaṃ aññesañca evarūpānaṃ supinantepi aparibhogo, upanissayasampannānaṃ pana catuppadāyapi gāthāya pariyosāne arahattamadhigantuṃ samatthānaṃ nibbedhikañāṇadassanānaṃ bāhiyadārucīriyappabhutīnaṃ aññesañca mahākulappasutānaṃ mahāsāvakānaṃ paribhogo. Te hi taṃ dassanānuttariyasavanānuttariyapāricariyānuttariyādīni sādhentā tathā tathā paribhuñjanti. Evaṃ anomasattaparibhogaṭṭhenāpi tathāgatasamaṃ ratanaṃ natthi.
同样,所谓不别依“生喜”为义而称为宝的,例如转轮王的轮宝。转轮王看见它便心生欢喜,轮宝就这样令王生喜。再者,转轮王左手持金水瓶,右手洒水于轮宝,说道:“轮宝,请运转,请征服吧!”于是轮宝便如五种乐器合奏般发出甜美的音声,腾空飞向东方。王乘着轮宝的威力,率领宽广十二由旬、具备四支军队的部队,不高不低,从高树底下、低树上方通过,收取树上花果嫩叶等献上的礼物,并接受那些以“尊王到来”等最上恭敬前来迎接的诸王,以“不应杀生”等方式给予教诫,继续前进。每当王想进食或午休时,轮宝就从天空降下,停在能完成取水等一切工作的平坦地面上,地面平正如被车轴碾过一般。后来,当王心中生起再出发的念头时,轮宝又如前般发出音声向前飞行,听到音声后,十二由旬范围内的随从也都腾空而行。轮宝依次进入东海,入海时海水退去一由旬,像墙壁一样立在两旁。大众随心所欲取集七宝。王取金瓶,以水洒之,说道:“从此地开始,是我的国界。”然后返回。军队在前,轮宝在后,王居于中。轮宝退出之处,海水重新涌满。又以同样的方法,到达南、西、北海。显示巴利原文
Yampi taṃ avisesato ratijananaṭṭhena ratanaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – rañño cakkavattissa cakkaratanaṃ. Tañhi disvā rājā cakkavatti attamano hoti, evampi taṃ rañño ratiṃ janeti. Puna caparaṃ rājā cakkavatti vāmena hatthena suvaṇṇabhiṅkāraṃ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena cakkaratanaṃ abbhukkirati ‘‘pavattatu bhavaṃ cakkaratanaṃ, abhivijinātu bhavaṃ cakkaratana’’nti. Tato cakkaratanaṃ pañcaṅgikaṃ viya tūriyaṃ madhurassaraṃ niccharantaṃ ākāsena puratthimaṃ disaṃ gacchati, anvadeva rājā cakkavatti cakkānubhāvena dvādasayojanavitthiṇṇāya caturaṅginiyā senāya nātiuccaṃ nātinīcaṃ uccarukkhānaṃ heṭṭhābhāgena, nīcarukkhānaṃ uparibhāgena, rukkhesu pupphaphalapallavādipaṇṇākāraṃ gahetvā āgatānaṃ hatthato paṇṇākārañca gaṇhanto ‘‘ehi kho mahārājā’’tievamādinā paramanipaccakārena āgate paṭirājāno ‘‘pāṇo na hantabbo’’tiādinā nayena anusāsanto gacchati. Yattha pana rājā bhuñjitukāmo vā divāseyyaṃ vā kappetukāmo hoti, tattha cakkaratanaṃ ākāsā otaritvā udakādisabbakiccakkhame same bhūmibhāge akkhāhataṃ viya tiṭṭhati. Puna rañño gamanacitte uppanne purimanayeneva saddaṃ karontaṃ gacchati, yaṃ sutvā dvādasayojanikāpi parisā ākāsena gacchati. Cakkaratanaṃ anupubbena puratthimaṃ samuddaṃ ajjhogāhati, tasmiṃ ajjhogāhante udakaṃ yojanappamāṇaṃ apagantvā bhittīkataṃ viya tiṭṭhati. Mahājano yathākāmaṃ satta ratanāni gaṇhāti. Puna rājā suvaṇṇabhiṅkāraṃ gahetvā ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya mama rajja’’nti udakena abbhukkiritvā nivattati. Senā purato hoti, cakkaratanaṃ pacchato, rājā majjhe. Cakkaratanassa osakkitosakkitaṭṭhānaṃ udakaṃ paripūrati. Eteneva upāyena dakkhiṇapacchimauttarepi samudde gacchati.
如此环行四方之后,轮宝升空三由旬。王立于此,借轮宝之力,得见其所伏之土:五百小洲环绕、方圆七千由旬的东胜身洲,方圆八千由旬的北俱卢洲,方圆亦七千由旬的西牛货洲,及方圆一万由旬的赡部洲洲——这四大洲与二千小洲所严饰的一轮围世界,宛若盛开的白色莲林。王见是相,生起无量欢喜。轮宝虽能令王生喜,然犹不及佛宝。若依令生喜之义而名为宝,则如来方是真宝。彼轮宝算得什么?如来所生之喜乐,乃至转轮王喜乐、一切轮宝等所生喜乐,皆不及如来喜乐之百分、千分、百千万分。且如来为无量人天,更生起依自教诫、倍极殊胜微妙之喜乐,所谓:初禅乐、二禅乐、三禅乐、四禅乐、五禅乐,空无边处乐、识无边处乐、无所有处乐、非想非非想处乐,入流道乐、入流果乐、一来道乐、一来果乐、不还道乐、不还果乐,阿罗汉道与阿罗汉果乐。是故,纵依生喜之义,亦无有能与如来等量之宝。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ catuddisaṃ anusaṃyāyitvā cakkaratanaṃ tiyojanappamāṇaṃ ākāsaṃ ārohati. Tattha ṭhito rājā cakkaratanānubhāvena vijitaṃ pañcasataparittadīpapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ sattayojanasahassaparimaṇḍalaṃ pubbavidehaṃ, tathā aṭṭhayojanasahassaparimaṇḍalaṃ uttarakuruṃ, sattayojanasahassaparimaṇḍalaṃyeva aparagoyānaṃ, dasayojanasahassaparimaṇḍalaṃ jambudīpañcāti evaṃ catumahādīpadvisahassaparittadīpapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ ekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ suphullapuṇḍarīkavanaṃ viya oloketi. Evaṃ olokayato cassa anappikā rati uppajjati. Evampi taṃ cakkaratanaṃ rañño ratiṃ janeti, tampi buddharatanasamaṃ natthi. Yadi hi ratijananaṭṭhena ratanaṃ, tathāgatova ratanaṃ. Kiṃ karissati etaṃ cakkaratanaṃ? Tathāgato hi yassā dibbāya ratiyā cakkaratanādīhi sabbehipi janitā cakkavattirati saṅkhampi kalampi kalabhāgampi na upeti, tatopi ratito uttaritarañca paṇītatarañca attano ovādappatikarānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānampi devamanussānaṃ paṭhamajjhānaratiṃ, dutiyatatiyacatutthapañcamajjhānaratiṃ, ākāsānañcāyatanaratiṃ, viññāṇañcāyatanaākiñcaññāyatananevasaññānāsaññāyatanaratiṃ, sotāpattimaggaratiṃ, sotāpattiphalaratiṃ, sakadāgāmianāgāmiarahattamaggaphalaratiñca janeti. Evaṃ ratijananaṭṭhenāpi tathāgatasamaṃ ratanaṃ natthīti.
复次,所谓宝者,有二种:有识宝与无识宝。此中,无识宝如轮宝、珠宝,或其余非根所摄之金、银等;有识宝如象宝等乃至典兵宝,或其余如是根所摄者。于此二种中,有识宝说为最上。何以故?以无识之金、银、珠宝等,皆为严饰有识之象宝等而存在故。显示巴利原文
Apica ratanaṃ nāmetaṃ duvidhaṃ hoti saviññāṇakaṃ aviññāṇakañca. Tattha aviññāṇakaṃ cakkaratanaṃ maṇiratanaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi anindriyabaddhaṃ suvaṇṇarajatādi, saviññāṇakaṃ hatthiratanādi pariṇāyakaratanapariyosānaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi evarūpaṃ indriyabaddhaṃ. Evaṃ duvidhe cettha saviññāṇakaratanaṃ aggamakkhāyati. Kasmā? Yasmā aviññāṇakaṃ suvaṇṇarajatamaṇimuttādiratanaṃ, saviññāṇakānaṃ hatthiratanādīnaṃ alaṅkāratthāya upanīyati.
有识宝复有二种:畜生宝与人宝。此中,人宝说为最上。何以故?以畜生宝乃人宝之坐骑故。人宝复有二种:女宝与男宝。此中,男宝说为最上。何以故?以女宝常为男宝之侍奉者故。男宝复有二种:在家宝与出家宝。此中,出家宝说为最上。何以故?以在家宝中最为上首之转轮王,亦当五体投地顶礼具足戒等功德之出家宝,亲近承事,而后成就人天安乐,终证涅槃成就故。显示巴利原文
Saviññāṇakaratanampi duvidhaṃ tiracchānagataratanaṃ, manussaratanañca. Tattha manussaratanaṃ aggamakkhāyati. Kasmā? Yasmā tiracchānagataratanaṃ manussaratanassa opavayhaṃ hoti. Manussaratanampi duvidhaṃ itthiratanaṃ, purisaratanañca. Tattha purisaratanaṃ aggamakkhāyati. Kasmā? Yasmā itthiratanaṃ purisaratanassa paricārikattaṃ āpajjati. Purisaratanampi duvidhaṃ agārikaratanaṃ, anagārikaratanañca. Tattha anagārikaratanaṃ aggamakkhāyati. Kasmā? Yasmā agārikaratanesu aggo cakkavattīpi sīlādiguṇayuttaṃ anagārikaratanaṃ pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā upaṭṭhahitvā payirupāsitvā ca dibbamānusikā sampattiyo pāpuṇitvā ante nibbānasampattiṃ pāpuṇāti.
同样,出家宝也有两种:凡夫与圣者。圣者宝又有有学与无学两种。无学宝又有干观行者和止乘行者两种。止乘行者宝又有已到达声闻波罗蜜者和未到达者。其中,已到达声闻波罗蜜者称为最上。何以故?因其功德更为广大。然而,较之已到达声闻波罗蜜的宝,独觉佛宝更为殊胜。何以故?因其功德更为广大。即便像舍利弗、目犍连那样的数百位大弟子,其功德亦不及一位独觉佛功德的百分之一。较之独觉佛宝,正自觉者宝又最为无上。何以故?因其功德更为广大。即便遍满整个赡部洲、跏趺而坐、座席相接的独觉佛,其功德亦不及一位正自觉者功德的百、千、百千分之一。世尊也曾说过:‘诸比丘,一切有情中,无足的……乃至如来称为最上。’因此,无论依何种理趣,都无有与如来相等的宝。所以世尊说:‘没有与如来等同者。’显示巴利原文
Evaṃ anagārikaratanampi duvidhaṃ – ariyaputhujjanavasena. Ariyaratanampi duvidhaṃ sekkhāsekkhavasena. Asekkharatanampi duvidhaṃ sukkhavipassakasamathayānikavasena, samathayānikaratanampi duvidhaṃ sāvakapāramippattaṃ, appattañca. Tattha sāvakapāramippattaṃ aggamakkhāyati. Kasmā? Guṇamahantatāya. Sāvakapāramippattaratanatopi paccekabuddharatanaṃ aggamakkhāyati. Kasmā? Guṇamahantatāya. Sāriputtamoggallānasadisāpi hi anekasatā sāvakā ekassa paccekabuddhassa guṇānaṃ satabhāgampi na upenti. Paccekabuddharatanatopi sammāsambuddharatanaṃ aggamakkhāyati. Kasmā? Guṇamahantatāya. Sakalampi hi jambudīpaṃ pūretvā pallaṅkena pallaṅkaṃ ghaṭṭentā nisinnā paccekabuddhā ekassa sammāsambuddhassa guṇānaṃ neva saṅkhaṃ na kalaṃ na kalabhāgaṃ upenti. Vuttampi cetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā…pe… tathāgato tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 5.139; a. ni. 4.34; 5.32; itivu. 90). Evaṃ kenacipi pariyāyena tathāgatasamaṃ ratanaṃ natthi. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘na no samaṃ atthi tathāgatenā’’ti.
世尊既已宣说佛宝与其他宝不相齐等,为平息那些众生所起的灾祸,不依种姓、家族、出身、容貌之美等,而是依从无间地狱乃至有顶天之间的一切世间,以戒蕴、定蕴等功德所成就的、佛宝无与伦比的特质,说出真实语:‘此佛宝确实殊胜,依此真理,愿得安稳。’显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā buddharatanassa aññehi ratanehi asamataṃ vatvā idāni tesaṃ sattānaṃ uppannaupaddavavūpasamanatthaṃ neva jātiṃ na gottaṃ na kolaputtiyaṃ na vaṇṇapokkharatādiṃ nissāya, apica kho avīcimupādāya bhavaggapariyante loke sīlasamādhikkhandhādīhi guṇehi buddharatanassa asadisabhāvaṃ nissāya saccavacanaṃ payuñjati ‘‘idampi buddhe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ, etena saccena suvatthi hotū’’ti.
其含义是:无论在此世间、他方世间还是天界,任何存在的财富或宝物,与佛宝的种种功德相比都不相等,佛宝是殊胜的。如果这是真实的,依此真理,愿这些众生安稳,愿善好存在,愿无病、无灾。在这里,如同‘阿难,眼是空的,无我或无我所’等(《相应部》4.85)所说,其含义是:无实体我或无我所。否则,眼是我或我所就不会被遮止了。同样地,‘宝殊胜’是指宝性殊胜、宝的状态殊胜,应如此理解。否则,佛陀就不能成立为宝了。因为并非哪里有宝物,那个东西就成立为宝。而是由于存在被尊重等意义所摄的、以某种方式相关联的宝性,依此宝性才施设为宝;正因为有那宝性存在,才成立为宝。或者,‘此佛宝’也是基于这个道理,说明佛本身就是宝。如此,世尊说完此偈后,王族获得了安稳,怖畏平息。此偈的威令,在百千俱胝轮围世界里,被非人们所领受。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – idampi idha vā huraṃ vā saggesu vā yaṃkiñci atthi vittaṃ vā ratanaṃ vā, tena saddhiṃ tehi tehi guṇehi asamattā buddharatanaṃ paṇītaṃ. Yadi etaṃ saccaṃ, etena saccena imesaṃ pāṇīnaṃ sotthi hotu, sobhanānaṃ atthitā hotu, arogatā nirupaddavatāti. Ettha ca yathā ‘‘cakkhuṃ kho, ānanda, suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā’’tievamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.85) attabhāvena vā attaniyabhāvena vāti attho. Itarathā hi cakkhu attā vā attaniyaṃ vāti appaṭisiddhameva siyā. Evaṃ ratanaṃ paṇītanti ratanattaṃ paṇītaṃ, ratanabhāvo paṇītoti ayamattho veditabbo. Itarathā hi buddho neva ratananti sijjheyya. Na hi yattha ratanaṃ atthi, taṃ ratananti sijjhati. Yattha pana cittīkatādiatthasaṅkhātaṃ yena vā tena vā vidhinā sambandhagataṃ ratanattaṃ atthi, yasmā taṃ ratanattamupādāya ratananti paññāpīyati, tasmā tassa ratanattassa atthitāya ratananti sijjhati. Atha vā idampi buddhe ratananti imināpi kāraṇena buddhova ratananti evampettha attho veditabbo. Vuttamattāya ca bhagavatā imāya gāthāya rājakulassa sotthi jātā, bhayaṃ vūpasantaṃ. Imissā gāthāya āṇā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesu amanussehi paṭiggahitāti.
227 227. 如此依佛功德说真实语已,今依涅槃功德而说:“khayaṃ virāgaṃ”(灭、离贪)。此处所言灭与离贪者:因现证涅槃时,贪等烦恼灭尽无余、彻底断除;或说涅槃即是他们烦恼不再生起的灭尽状态;或说涅槃与贪等烦恼既不相应,亦不成为所缘;或说证涅槃时,贪等烦恼永离、消失、被摧破。故称之为灭与离贪。又此涅槃无有生起显现,无有衰坏,亦无住立后的变异性,故不生、不老、不死,由此称为“amata”(不死);又依最上之义及无热恼之义,称为“paṇīta”(殊胜)。“yadajjhagā”:即彼所证得、所发现、所获得,以自智慧力亲自体证者。“Sakyamuni”(释迦牟尼):因生于释迦族,故是释迦;因具足牟尼寂默法,故是牟尼;既是释迦,亦是牟尼,合称释迦牟尼。“Samāhito”(等持):以圣道定力而心得等持。‘Na tena dhammena samatthi kiñci’——显示巴利原文
227. Evaṃ buddhaguṇena saccaṃ vatvā idāni nibbānadhammaguṇena vattumāraddho ‘‘khayaṃ virāga’’nti. Tattha yasmā nibbānasacchikiriyāya rāgādayo khīṇā honti parikkhīṇā, yasmā vā taṃ tesaṃ anuppādanirodhakkhayamattaṃ, yasmā ca taṃ rāgādiviyuttaṃ sampayogato ca ārammaṇato ca, yasmā vā tamhi sacchikate rāgādayo accantaṃ virattā honti vigatā viddhastā , tasmā ‘‘khaya’’nti ca ‘‘virāga’’nti ca vuccati. Yasmā panassa na uppādo paññāyati, na vayo na ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ, tasmā taṃ na jāyati na jīyati na mīyatīti katvā ‘‘amata’’nti vuccati, uttamaṭṭhena pana atappakaṭṭhena ca paṇītanti. Yadajjhagāti yaṃ ajjhagā vindi, paṭilabhi, attano ñāṇabalena sacchākāsi. Sakyamunīti sakyakulappasutattā sakyo, moneyyadhammasamannāgatattā muni, sakyo eva muni sakyamuni. Samāhitoti ariyamaggasamādhinā samāhitacitto. Na tena dhammena samatthi kiñcīti tena khayādināmakena sakyamuninā adhigatena dhammena samaṃ kiñci dhammajātaṃ natthi. Tasmā suttantarepi vuttaṃ ‘‘yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā, virāgo tesaṃ dhammānaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’tiādi (a. ni. 4.34; itivu. 90).
如此,世尊宣说了涅槃法与其他法的不等同之后,为平息那些众生所遭灾难,依灭、离贪、不死、胜妙等功德中无与伦比的涅槃法宝,说出此真实语:“此法宝亦极殊胜,依此真理,愿得安稳。”其义,应依前一首偈颂所述之理而解了。此偈的威令,亦于百千俱胝轮围世界中,为众多非人所领受。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā nibbānadhammassa aññehi dhammehi asamataṃ vatvā idāni tesaṃ sattānaṃ uppannaupaddavavūpasamanatthaṃ khayavirāgāmatapaṇītatāguṇehi nibbānadhammaratanassa asadisabhāvaṃ nissāya saccavacanaṃ payuñjati ‘‘idampi dhamme ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ etena saccena suvatthi hotū’’ti. Tassattho purimagāthāya vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Imissāpi gāthāya āṇā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesu amanussehi paṭiggahitāti.
228 228. 如是依涅槃法功德说真实语已,今依道法功德而说:“yaṃ buddhaseṭṭho”(凡最胜佛所称叹)。此中,“buddho”(佛陀)乃由“觉悟诸谛”等义(参见《大义释》192;《小义释》等)而成为觉者;最上、可称赞者名为“seṭṭho”(最胜);既是佛陀,又为最胜,故称“buddhaseṭṭho”(最胜佛)。或于佛陀、独觉佛等一切觉者之中,彼为最胜,故名最胜佛。此最胜佛所称叹之道,即如“于八支圣道中,是安稳趋向涅槃”(《中部》2.215),及“诸比丘,我将为你们宣说有近因、有资助的圣正定”(《中部》3.136)等,以这些方式,于众多处所称扬、阐明。“suci”(清净):因能彻底断除烦恼垢秽,故为至极清净。“samādhimānantarikaññamāhū”:他们说,此种定在自身生起后,必定无有间隔地随即给予其果,故名为“无间定”。当圣道定生起时,没有任何障碍能阻止其果的证得。正如所说:显示巴利原文
228. Evaṃ nibbānadhammaguṇena saccaṃ vatvā idāni maggadhammaguṇena vattumāraddho ‘‘yaṃ buddhaseṭṭho’’ti. Tattha ‘‘bujjhitā saccānī’’tiādinā (mahāni. 192; cūḷani. pārāyanatthutigāthāniddesa 97; paṭi. ma. 1.162) nayena buddho, uttamo pasaṃsanīyo cāti seṭṭho, buddho ca so seṭṭho cāti buddhaseṭṭho. Anubuddhapaccekabuddhasaṅkhātesu vā buddhesu seṭṭhoti buddhaseṭṭho. So buddhaseṭṭho yaṃ parivaṇṇayī, ‘‘aṭṭhaṅgiko ca maggānaṃ, khemaṃ nibbānappattiyā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.215) ca ‘‘ariyaṃ vo, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhiṃ desessāmi saupanisaṃ saparikkhāra’’nti (ma. ni. 3.136) ca evamādinā nayena tattha tattha pasaṃsi pakāsayi. Sucinti kilesamalasamucchedakaraṇato accantavodānaṃ. Samādhimānantarikaññamāhūti yañca attano pavattisamanantaraṃ niyameneva phaladānato ‘‘ānantarikasamādhī’’ti āhu. Na hi maggasamādhiñhi uppanne tassa phaluppattinisedhako koci antarāyo atthi. Yathāha –
若有一人正为现证入流果而修行,而此刻恰是劫将坏灭之时,那么劫不会先坏灭,必待此人证得入流果。此人即名为‘住劫者’。一切具足圣道者,皆是住劫者。(《人施设论》17)显示巴利原文
‘‘Ayañca puggalo sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno assa, kappassa ca uḍḍayhanavelā assa, neva tāva kappo uḍḍayheyya, yāvāyaṃ puggalo na sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikaroti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo ṭhitakappī. Sabbepi maggasamaṅgino puggalā ṭhitakappino’’ti (pu. pa. 17).
“Samādhinā tena samo na vijjati”的意思是:以此被最胜佛所称赞的清净无间定,无论是色界定还是无色界定,无一能与其等同。何以故?修习那些诸定,纵然得生于各梵天界,仍有再生于地狱等恶处的可能;而修习此阿拉汉果定之圣者,则能断尽一切再生。是故,余经亦云:“诸比丘,一切有为法中,圣八支道被称为它们中的最上”等。(《增支部》4.34;《如是语》90)显示巴利原文
Samādhinātena samo na vijjatīti tena buddhaseṭṭhaparivaṇṇitena sucinā ānantarikasamādhinā samo rūpāvacarasamādhi vā arūpāvacarasamādhi vā koci na vijjati. Kasmā? Tesaṃ bhāvitattā tattha tattha brahmaloke uppannassāpi puna nirayādīsu uppattisambhavato, imassa ca arahattasamādhissa bhāvitattā ariyapuggalassa sabbuppattisamugghātasambhavato. Tasmā suttantarepi vuttaṃ ‘‘yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammā saṅkhatā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’tiādi (a. ni. 4.34; itivu. 90).
如是,世尊宣说了无间定与其他定并不等同之后,今依前式,依据道法宝石无与伦比的特质,说出如是真实语:“这法宝亦极为殊胜,依此真理,愿得安稳。”其义当依前文所述之理趣而了知。此偈之威令,在百千俱胝世界中,为诸多非人所领受。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā ānantarikasamādhissa aññehi samādhīhi asamataṃ vatvā idāni purimanayeneva maggadhammaratanassa asadisabhāvaṃ nissāya saccavacanaṃ payuñjati ‘‘idampi dhamme…pe… hotū’’ti. Tassattho pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Imissāpi gāthāya āṇā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesu amanussehi paṭiggahitāti.
229 这样,依于道法功德说完真实语后,现在开始依于僧伽功德而说:“ye puggalā”(那些人……)。在此,“ye”是一个泛指的称呼,不限定具体对象。“puggalā”指众生。“aṭṭha”是对其数目的界定,也就是四种正在修道的人与四种安住于果位的人,合为八种。“sataṃ pasatthā”指被善士所称叹,此处的善士包括诸佛、独觉佛、声闻,以及其余天与人。为何这样称叹?因为他们自身本就具足戒、定等功德。就像瞻波花、婆枯拉花等花朵天然具足色泽与香气,这些圣者也天然具足戒、定等功德。因此,他们如同具足色泽与香气的花朵,在天人与凡人中的善士看来,是可爱、悦意、值得称叹的。所以,经中说:“ye puggalā aṭṭhasataṃ pasatthā”——那些被善士称叹的八种人。显示巴利原文
229. Evaṃ maggadhammaguṇenāpi saccaṃ vatvā idāni saṅghaguṇenāpi vattumāraddho ‘‘ye puggalā’’ti. Tattha yeti aniyametvā uddeso. Puggalāti sattā. Aṭṭhāti tesaṃ gaṇanaparicchedo. Te hi cattāro ca paṭipannā cattāro ca phale ṭhitāti aṭṭha honti. Sataṃ pasatthāti sappurisehi buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakehi aññehi ca devamanussehi pasatthā. Kasmā? Sahajātasīlādiguṇayogā. Tesañhi campakavakulakusumādīnaṃ sahajātavaṇṇagandhādayo viya sahajātasīlasamādhiādayo guṇā. Tena te vaṇṇagandhādisampannāni viya pupphāni devamanussānaṃ sataṃ piyā manāpā pasaṃsanīyā ca honti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘ye puggalā aṭṭhasataṃ pasatthā’’ti.
另一种解释:“ye”是泛指的称呼。“puggalā”指众生。“aṭṭhasataṃ”是对其数目的界定。具体而言:一种子者、家家者、七返有者,这三种是入流者;在欲界、色界、无色界中存在、已证得果位的三种一来者;将以上所有这些依四种行道的方式计算,一共是二十四种。中般涅槃者、生般涅槃者、有行般涅槃者、无行般涅槃者、上流至色究竟天者——在无烦天有这五种,同样在无热天、善见天、善现天也各有五种;而在色究竟天中,除了上流至色究竟天者外,还有四种——这样便是二十四种不来者。纯观者与止行者,是两种阿拉汉;以及四种正在道上的修行者。全部总计为五十四种。再将这些所有根据‘信乘’与‘慧乘’的区分翻一倍,便成为一百零八种。其余的解释与前相同。显示巴利原文
Atha vā yeti aniyametvā uddeso. Puggalāti sattā. Aṭṭhasatanti tesaṃ gaṇanaparicchedo. Te hi ekabījī kolaṃkolo sattakkhattuparamoti tayo sotāpannā, kāmarūpārūpabhavesu adhigatapphalā tayo sakadāgāmino, te sabbepi catunnaṃ paṭipadānaṃ vasena catuvīsati, antarāparinibbāyī, upahaccaparinibbāyī, sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī, asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī, uddhaṃsoto akaniṭṭhagāmīti, avihesu pañca, tathā atappasudassasudassīsu. Akaniṭṭhesu pana uddhaṃsotavajjā cattāroti catuvīsati anāgāmino, sukkhavipassako samathayānikoti dve arahanto, cattāro maggaṭṭhāti catupaññāsa. Te sabbepi saddhādhurapaññādhurānaṃ vasena diguṇā hutvā aṭṭhasataṃ honti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
“这些成为四双”的意思:从广说而言,是八位或一百零八位;从略说而言,入流道者与入流果者为一双,这样一直到阿罗汉道者与阿罗汉果者为一双,如此成为四双。“te dakkhiṇeyyā”(他们值得接受布施):在此,“te”是对前面未加限定而列举的人加以限定后的说明。无论是从广说而言的八位或一百零八位,还是从略说而言的四双,所有这些人都值得接受布施,故称“应供者”。所谓“布施”(dakkhiṇā),是指相信业与业果之后,不抱持“他将为我做治病工作或跑腿差事”等期望而施与的施物。能配得上接受此布施的,是那些具备戒等功德的人。而这些圣者正是如此,因此他们被称为“应供者”。显示巴利原文
Cattāri etāni yugāni hontīti te sabbepi aṭṭha vā aṭṭhasataṃ vāti vitthāravasena uddiṭṭhapuggalā, saṅkhepavasena sotāpattimaggaṭṭho phalaṭṭhoti ekaṃ yugaṃ, evaṃ yāva arahattamaggaṭṭho phalaṭṭhoti ekaṃ yuganti cattāri yugāni honti. Te dakkhiṇeyyāti ettha teti pubbe aniyametvā uddiṭṭhānaṃ niyametvā niddeso. Ye puggalā vitthāravasena aṭṭha vā aṭṭhasataṃ vā, saṅkhepavasena cattāri yugāni hontīti vuttā, sabbepi te dakkhiṇaṃ arahantīti dakkhiṇeyyā. Dakkhiṇā nāma kammañca kammavipākañca saddahitvā ‘‘esa me idaṃ vejjakammaṃ vā jaṅghapesanikaṃ vā karissatī’’ti evamādīni anapekkhitvā dīyamāno deyyadhammo, taṃ arahanti nāma sīlādiguṇayuttā puggalā. Ime ca tādisā, tena vuccanti te ‘‘dakkhiṇeyyā’’ti.
“善逝的弟子”:世尊因具足殊胜的行持、到达殊胜之地、已完善地行证,又善于善巧宣说,故称“善逝”。凡是听闻这位善逝教法的人,得名“弟子”。虽然他人也有听闻,但听后却未履行应做之事;而这些圣者则听闻之后,履行了应修的法随法行,证得了道与果,因此才真正称得上“弟子”。“在这些弟子中,布施能得大果报”:在这些善逝弟子的福田中,即使所施之物极少,由于接受者方的布施已达清净,因而能得大果报。是故,另一部经中亦如是说:显示巴利原文
Sugatassa sāvakāti bhagavā sobhanena gamanena yuttattā, sobhanañca ṭhānaṃ gatattā, suṭṭhu ca gatattā suṭṭhu eva ca gadattā sugato, tassa sugatassa. Sabbepi te vacanaṃ suṇantīti sāvakā. Kāmañca aññepi suṇanti, na pana sutvā kattabbakiccaṃ karonti. Ime pana sutvā kattabbaṃ dhammānudhammapaṭipattiṃ katvā maggaphalāni pattā, tasmā ‘‘sāvakā’’ti vuccanti. Etesu dinnāni mahapphalānīti etesu sugatasāvakesu appakānipi dānāni dinnāni paṭiggāhakato dakkhiṇāvisuddhibhāvaṃ upagatattā mahapphalāni honti. Tasmā suttantarepi vuttaṃ –
“诸比丘,无论有多少僧众或团体,如来弟子僧团被誉为其首,也就是这四双八辈。这便是世尊的弟子僧团……能得最上妙的果报。”(《增支部》4.34; 5.32; 《如是语》90)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yāvatā, bhikkhave, saṅghā vā gaṇā vā, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… aggo vipāko hotī’’ti (a. ni. 4.34; 5.32; itivu. 90).
世尊已如此依止于一切住于道、住于果位的圣者,宣说了僧宝的功德。如今又依此功德,说出真实语:“于此僧伽中……”。其含义当如前文所述之理趣来了知。此偈颂的法力,亦为百千俱胝轮围世界中的诸非人所领受。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā sabbesampi maggaṭṭhaphalaṭṭhānaṃ vasena saṅgharatanassa guṇaṃ vatvā idāni tameva guṇaṃ nissāya saccavacanaṃ payuñjati ‘‘idampi saṅghe’’ti. Tassattho pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Imissāpi gāthāya āṇā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesu amanussehi paṭiggahitāti.
230 如此,以道位与果位修行者的僧伽功德宣说真实语后,现在转而以那些正在享受果定之乐的漏尽者的功德进行宣说,即“ye suppayuttā”等词句。在此,“ye”是泛指词。“suppayuttā”意为善于策励者,即舍弃种种不正当的谋生方式,依清净活命之道,并以观慧策励自己;另一种解释是,具备清净的身业与语业。以此显示他们的“圣戒蕴”。“manasā daḷhena”指以坚固心,即具有坚固定力的心。以此显示他们的“圣定蕴”。“nikkāmino”指对身体乃至生命无所贪恋,以智慧为先导的精进而从一切烦恼中出离。以此显示他们具足精进的“圣慧蕴”。显示巴利原文
230. Evaṃ maggaṭṭhaphalaṭṭhānaṃ vasena saṅghaguṇena saccaṃ vatvā idāni tato ekacciyānaṃ phalasamāpattisukhamanubhavantānaṃ khīṇāsavapuggalānaṃyeva guṇena vattumāraddho ‘‘ye suppayuttā’’ti. Tattha yeti aniyamituddesavacanaṃ. Suppayuttāti suṭṭhu payuttā, anekavihitaṃ anesanaṃ pahāya suddhājīvitaṃ nissāya vipassanāya attānaṃ payuñjitumāraddhāti attho. Atha vā suppayuttāti parisuddhakāyavacīpayogasamannāgatā. Tena tesaṃ sīlakkhandhaṃ dasseti. Manasā daḷhenāti daḷhena manasā, thirasamādhiyuttena cetasāti attho. Tena tesaṃ samādhikkhandhaṃ dasseti. Nikkāminoti kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkhā hutvā paññādhurena vīriyena sabbakilesehi katanikkamanā. Tena tesaṃ vīriyasampannaṃ paññākkhandhaṃ dasseti.
“Gotamasāsanamhi”意指,从族姓上说,在乔达摩如来的教法中。以此指出,在此教法之外,纵然修习种种苦行,因不具备“善于策励”等功德,便无从出离烦恼。“te”是对前面所说那些人的确指。“pattipattā”:此处,应被证得者称为“patti”,即值得证得者;证得彼后即成究竟安稳者,这是阿罗汉果的别称。已证得此应证得者,故称“pattipattā”。“amata”指涅槃。“vigayha”指以所缘的方式深入。“laddhā”指获得。“mudhā”是不变词,表示不费丝毫代价。“nibbuti”指止息了烦恼躁动的果定。“bhuñjamānā”指正在享受。综合而言:在乔达摩教法中,那些因戒具足而称为“善于策励者”,因定具足而称为“心坚固者”,因慧具足而称为“出离烦恼者”,他们依此正道深入涅槃,不费代价地获得并正在享受名为果定的止息之乐,这些人即称为“证得应证得者”。显示巴利原文
Gotamasāsanamhīti gottato gotamassa tathāgatasseva sāsanamhi. Tena ito bahiddhā nānappakārampi amaratapaṃ karontānaṃ suppayogādiguṇābhāvato kilesehi nikkamanābhāvaṃ dīpeti. Teti pubbe uddiṭṭhānaṃ niddesavacanaṃ. Pattipattāti ettha pattabbāti patti, pattabbā nāma pattuṃ arahā, yaṃ patvā accantayogakkhemino honti, arahattaphalassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, taṃ pattiṃ pattāti pattipattā. Amatanti nibbānaṃ. Vigayhāti ārammaṇavasena vigāhitvā. Laddhāti labhitvā. Mudhāti abyayena kākaṇikamattampi byayaṃ akatvā. Nibbutinti paṭippassaddhakilesadarathaṃ phalasamāpattiṃ. Bhuñjamānāti anubhavamānā. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Ye imasmiṃ gotamasāsanamhi sīlasampannattā suppayuttā, samādhisampannattā manasā daḷhena, paññāsampannattā nikkāmino, te imāya sammāpaṭipadāya amataṃ vigayha mudhā laddhā phalasamāpattisaññitaṃ nibbutiṃ bhuñjamānā pattipattā nāma hontīti.
如此,世尊以正在享受果定之乐的诸漏尽者的功德宣说僧宝功德已,今即依此功德运用真实语,说:“idampi saṅghe”。其义应如前文所述的方式了知。此偈的威力亦为百千俱胝轮围世界中的非人所领受。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā phalasamāpattisukhamanubhavantānaṃ khīṇāsavapuggalānaṃyeva vasena saṅgharatanassa guṇaṃ vatvā idāni tameva guṇaṃ nissāya saccavacanaṃ payuñjati ‘‘idampi saṅghe’’ti. Tassattho pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Imissāpi gāthāya āṇā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesu amanussehi paṭiggahitāti.
231 如此,说完以诸漏尽者功德而依止僧团的真实语后,现在开始以众人可现证的入流者功德为说,即「yathindakhīlo」等句。其中,「yathā」是譬喻词。「indakhīlo」指为阻挡城门而于门槛内掘地八肘或十肘后所钉入的坚实木柱,这是它的异名。「pathavi」指大地。「sito」指进入并依止于内部。「siyā」指可能成为。「catubbhi vātehi」指从四方吹来的风。「asampakampiyo」指不能使之动摇或被摇动。「tathūpama」指那样的同类。「sappurisa」指善士。「vadāmi」指我说。「yo ariyasaccāni avecca passati」指以慧深入观照四圣谛者。其中,圣谛应如《清净道论》所说那样来了解。显示巴利原文
231. Evaṃ khīṇāsavapuggalānaṃ guṇena saṅghādhiṭṭhānaṃ saccaṃ vatvā idāni bahujanapaccakkhena sotāpannasseva guṇena vattumāraddho ‘‘yathindakhīlo’’ti. Tattha yathāti upamāvacanaṃ. Indakhīloti nagaradvāranivāraṇatthaṃ ummārabbhantare aṭṭha vā dasa vā hatthe pathaviṃ khaṇitvā ākoṭitassa sāradārumayathambhassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Pathavinti bhūmiṃ. Sitoti anto pavisitvā nissito. Siyāti bhaveyya. Catubbhi vātehīti catūhi disāhi āgatavātehi. Asampakampiyoti kampetuṃ vā cāletuṃ vā asakkuṇeyyo. Tathūpamanti tathāvidhaṃ. Sappurisanti uttamapurisaṃ. Vadāmīti bhaṇāmi. Yo ariyasaccāni avecca passatīti yo cattāri ariyasaccāni paññāya ajjhogāhetvā passati. Tattha ariyasaccāni visuddhimagge vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
而此处简略的含义是:如同一根门槛,因其基部深植于地而不被四方风所动摇,我说的这位善士也与此同类,他是见四圣谛者。何以故?因为他犹如门槛,不被一切外道论风所动摇,由所见之故,任何人都不能使他动摇或移动。因此,在另一经中也这样说:显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho – yathā hi indakhīlo gambhīranematāya pathavissito catubbhi vātehi asampakampiyo siyā, imampi sappurisaṃ tathūpamameva vadāmi, yo ariyasaccāni avecca passati. Kasmā? Yasmā sopi indakhīlo viya catūhi vātehi sabbatitthiyavādavātehi asampakampiyo hoti, tamhā dassanā kenaci kampetuṃ vā cāletuṃ vā asakkuṇeyyo. Tasmā suttantarepi vuttaṃ –
“诸比丘!譬如一根铁柱或门槛,基部深埋,善加稳立,不动不摇。纵使有猛烈的暴风雨从东方吹来,也不能令它动摇、被动摇、被移动;从西方来……乃至……从南方来……从北方来,也不能令它移动。这是什么原因呢?诸比丘!因为那门槛基部深埋、善加稳立。同样地,诸比丘!那些如实了知‘此是苦……乃至……此是道’的沙门或婆罗门,他们不会仰望其他沙门或婆罗门的脸,而想:‘这位尊者确实是知而了知,见而看见。’这是什么原因呢?诸比丘!因为四圣谛已被善见。”(《相应部》5.1109)显示巴利原文
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, ayokhīlo vā indakhīlo vā gambhīranemo sunikhāto acalo asampakampī, puratthimāya cepi disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi, neva naṃ saṅkampeyya na sampakampeyya na sampacāleyya. Pacchimāya…pe… dakkhiṇāya… uttarāya cepi…pe… na sampacāleyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Gambhīrattā, bhikkhave, nemassa sunikhātattā indakhīlassa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye ca kho keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ‘idaṃ dukkhanti…pe… paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānanti, te na aññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā mukhaṃ olokenti ‘ayaṃ nūna bhavaṃ jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī’ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Sudiṭṭhattā, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ ariyasaccāna’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.1109).
如此,世尊以大众可现证的须陀洹功德,宣说僧宝功德已,今依此功德说真实语:“此亦僧伽。”其义如前应知。此偈之真实语,亦为百千俱胝轮围世界中的诸非人所领受。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā bahujanapaccakkhassa sotāpannasseva vasena saṅgharatanassa guṇaṃ vatvā idāni tameva guṇaṃ nissāya saccavacanaṃ payuñjati ‘‘idampi saṅghe’’ti. Tassattho pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Imissāpi gāthāya āṇā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesu amanussehi paṭiggahitāti.
232 如是,通就须陀洹功德说依僧真实语已,今复就三类须陀洹——一种子、家家、七返——而说。如云:显示巴利原文
232. Evaṃ avisesato sotāpannassa guṇena saṅghādhiṭṭhānaṃ saccaṃ vatvā idāni ye te tayo sotāpannā ekabījī kolaṃkolo sattakkhattuparamoti. Yathāha –
“此处,有一类人因三结尽,成为须陀洹……彼唯受一生即作苦边,是名一种子。又,流转两家或三家间,轮回而作苦边,是名家家。又,于天、人之间流转七次,轮回而作苦边,是名七返。”(《人施设论》31-33)显示巴利原文
‘‘Idhekacco puggalo tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti…pe… so ekaṃyeva bhavaṃ nibbattitvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti, ayaṃ ekabījī. Tathā dve vā tīṇi vā kulāni sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti, ayaṃ kolaṃkolo. Tathā sattakkhattuṃ devesu ca manussesu ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti, ayaṃ sattakkhattuparamo’’ti (pu. pa. 31-33).
现在,以其中最下劣的七返有者的功德来解说,即“ye ariyasaccānī”等。其中,“ye ariyasaccānī”如前文所述。“vibhāvayanti”是指以慧光破除覆盖圣谛的烦恼黑暗,令自己明了、显现。“gambhīrapaññena”是指以不可测度的智慧,连含括天神的世间智也无法得其立足处的深慧者,即指世尊。“sudesitāni”是指以略说、分别说、全分、略分等种种方式善加宣说。“kiñcāpi te honti bhusaṃ pamattā”是指那些已彻见圣谛的人,即使因为陷入天王位、转轮王位等放逸处而极为放逸,然而由于入流道智的生起,由行所造之识已息灭,除了七有之外,无始轮回中可能生起的名色,皆已灭尽、消失,因此不取第八有。他们只是在第七有中,起观而证得阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Tesaṃ sabbakaniṭṭhassa sattakkhattuparamassa guṇena vattumāraddho ‘‘ye ariyasaccānī’’ti. Tattha ye ariyasaccānīti etaṃ vuttanayameva. Vibhāvayantīti paññāobhāsena saccapaṭicchādakaṃ kilesandhakāraṃ vidhamitvā attano pakāsāni pākaṭāni karonti. Gambhīrapaññenāti appameyyapaññatāya sadevakassapi lokassa ñāṇena alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhapaññena, sabbaññunāti vuttaṃ hoti. Sudesitānīti samāsabyāsasākalyavekalyādīhi tehi tehi nayehi suṭṭhu desitāni. Kiñcāpi te honti bhusaṃ pamattāti te vibhāvitaariyasaccā puggalā kiñcāpi devarajjacakkavattirajjādippamādaṭṭhānaṃ āgamma bhusaṃ pamattā honti, tathāpi sotāpattimaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhā ṭhapetvā satta bhave anamatagge saṃsāre ye uppajjeyyuṃ nāmañca rūpañca , tesaṃ niruddhattā atthaṅgatattā na aṭṭhamaṃ bhavaṃ ādiyanti, sattamabhave eva pana vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇantīti.
如此,世尊以七返有者之功德,说完僧宝的功德后,现在便依此功德运用真实语,说“idampi saṅghe”。其含义应如前文所述来理解。此偈的教敕也被百千俱胝轮围世界的非人领受。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā sattakkhattuparamavasena saṅgharatanassa guṇaṃ vatvā idāni tameva guṇaṃ nissāya saccavacanaṃ payuñjati ‘‘idampi saṅghe’’ti. Tassattho pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Imissāpi gāthāya āṇā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesu amanussehi paṭiggahitāti.
233 如此,以七返有、不取第八有的功德,宣说了以僧为依处的真实语之后,现在为了说明虽然执取七有、但与其他未断除有执取者不同的补特伽罗所特有的功德,开始说出“与他一起”等语。其中,“sahāva”即是“一起”的意思。“assa”指前文所提及“他们不执取第八有”中的某一位。“dassanasampadāya”是指由入流道成就的“见成就”。因为入流道在见到涅槃后,以应作之事的成就而最先见到涅槃,所以称为“见”。这种在自己身心中生起就叫“见成就”。与这见成就一起,即当他具足见成就时,三种法就被他舍弃。其中,“tayassu dhammā jahitā bhavanti”中的“su”是填充虚词,正如“idaṃsu me, sāriputta...”等处一样。因此,整句意思是:由于他具有见成就,三种法便被舍断、被断除。显示巴利原文
233. Evaṃ sattakkhattuparamassa aṭṭhamaṃ bhavaṃ anādiyanaguṇena saṅghādhiṭṭhānaṃ saccaṃ vatvā idāni tasseva satta bhave ādiyatopi aññehi appahīnabhavādānehi puggalehi visiṭṭhena guṇena vattumāraddho ‘‘sahāvassā’’ti. Tattha sahāvāti saddhiṃyeva. Assāti ‘‘na te bhavaṃ aṭṭhamamādiyantī’’ti vuttesu aññatarassa. Dassanasampadāyāti sotāpattimaggasampattiyā. Sotāpattimaggo hi nibbānaṃ disvā kattabbakiccasampadāya sabbapaṭhamaṃ nibbānadassanato ‘‘dassana’’nti vuccati. Tassa attani pātubhāvo dassanasampadā, tāya dassanasampadāya saha eva. Tayassu dhammā jahitā bhavantīti ettha suiti padapūraṇamatte nipāto. ‘‘Idaṃsu me, sāriputta, mahāvikaṭabhojanasmiṃ hotī’’tievamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.156) viya. Yato sahāvassa dassanasampadāya tayo dhammā jahitā bhavanti pahīnā bhavantīti ayamevettha attho.
现在,为了说明被舍断的法,而说:“有身见、疑,以及任何存在的戒禁取。”其中,当身体存在时,于所谓五取蕴之身,以二十种事为基础而生起的见,称为“有身见”;或者,对此存在的身体生起见,故为“有身见”。也就是说,对于如前所述的身体,执著为实有等而生起的见。由于此见被断除,一切恶见便被断除,它正是恶见的根本。因平息一切烦恼病,慧被称为“治疗”(cikicchita);此慧所治,或因慧治疗而远离了此,故名“疑”(vicikicchita),这是对八种事疑惑的异名,如“于师犹豫”等。由于此疑被断除,一切疑惑便被断除,它正是疑惑的根本。认为“依此以外的沙门、婆罗门,由戒得清净,由誓得清净”等,诸如牛戒、犬戒等戒,以及牛誓、犬誓等誓愿,即为“戒禁取”(sīlabbata)。由于此被断除,一切裸形、剃头等无益苦行便被断除,它正是这些的根本。因此最后总结说:“任何存在的(戒禁取)。”应知此处:由对苦的彻见而断除有身见,由对集的彻见而断除疑,由对道与涅槃的彻见而断除戒禁取。显示巴利原文
Idāni jahitadhammadassanatthaṃ āha ‘‘sakkāyadiṭṭhī vicikicchitañca, sīlabbataṃ vāpi yadatthi kiñcī’’ti. Tattha sati kāye vijjamāne upādānakkhandhapañcakasaṅkhāte kāye vīsativatthukā diṭṭhi sakkāyadiṭṭhi, satī vā tattha kāye diṭṭhītipi sakkāyadiṭṭhi, yathāvuttappakāre kāye vijjamānā diṭṭhīti attho. Satiyeva vā kāye diṭṭhītipi sakkāyadiṭṭhi, yathāvuttappakāre kāye vijjamāne rūpādisaṅkhāto attāti evaṃ pavattā diṭṭhīti attho. Tassā ca pahīnattā sabbadiṭṭhigatāni pahīnāniyeva honti. Sā hi nesaṃ mūlaṃ. Sabbakilesabyādhivūpasamanato paññā ‘‘cikicchita’’nti vuccati, taṃ paññācikicchitaṃ ito vigataṃ, tato vā paññācikicchitā idaṃ vigatanti vicikicchitaṃ, ‘‘satthari kaṅkhatī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1008; vibha. 915) nayena vuttāya aṭṭhavatthukāya vimatiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tassā pahīnattā sabbavicikicchitāni pahīnāni honti. Tañhi nesaṃ mūlaṃ. ‘‘Ito bahiddhā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ sīlena suddhi vatena suddhī’’tievamādīsu (dha. sa. 1222; vibha. 938) āgataṃ gosīlakukkurasīlādikaṃ sīlaṃ govatakukkuravatādikañca vataṃ ‘‘sīlabbata’’nti vuccati. Tassa pahīnattā sabbampi naggiyamuṇḍikādi amaratapaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti. Tañhi tassa mūlaṃ. Tena sabbāvasāne vuttaṃ ‘‘yadatthi kiñcī’’ti. Dukkhadassanasampadāya cettha sakkāyadiṭṭhi, samudayadassanasampadāya vicikicchitaṃ, maggadassananibbānadassanasampadāya sīlabbataṃ pahīyatīti viññātabbaṃ.
234 这样显示了他的烦恼轮的断除之后,现在为了说明:当烦恼轮存在时,必有其果报轮;由于烦恼轮的断除,果报轮也随之断除,而说:“也从四恶趣解脱。”其中,“四恶趣”指地狱、畜生、鬼界、阿修罗众。即使他取著七有,也已从这些恶趣中解脱,这就是其含义。显示巴利原文
234. Evamassa kilesavaṭṭappahānaṃ dassetvā idāni tasmiṃ kilesavaṭṭe sati yena vipākavaṭṭena bhavitabbaṃ, tappahānā tassāpi pahānaṃ dīpento āha ‘‘catūhapāyehi ca vippamutto’’ti. Tattha cattāro apāyā nāma nirayatiracchānapettivisayaasurakāyā, tehi esa satta bhave upādiyantopi vippamuttoti attho.
这样显示了他的果报轮的断除之后,现在为了说明作为果报轮之根本的业轮也已断除,而说:“六种重事他不能做。”其中,abhiṭhānāni即粗重之事,这六种事是他所不能做的。应知这些在《增支部·一集》等处所说:“比丘们,这是非处,无有是处,具见者补特伽罗会夺取母亲的生命……”等,即杀母、杀父、杀阿拉汉、出佛身血、破僧、趣向他师为皈依之业。具见圣弟子虽连蝼蚁亦不夺命,然此处为呵斥凡夫位而说。因为凡夫由不具见,能造作如此重大的罪过之事,而具见者则不能。此处说“不能”,也显示他在他生中亦不会造作。因为在其他生中,即使他不自知圣弟子的身份,由法性自然亦不会造作这六种事,也不会造作本性杀生等五种怨对,以及连同皈依他师共六种事。有人据此也读作“六种重事”。此处举圣弟子村童等为例,提到杀鱼、捕鱼等事,以说明这些并非五无间业。显示巴利原文
Evamassa vipākavaṭṭappahānaṃ dassetvā idāni yaṃ imassa vipākavaṭṭassa mūlabhūtaṃ kammavaṭṭaṃ, tassāpi pahānaṃ dassento āha ‘‘chaccābhiṭhānāni abhabba kātu’’nti. Tattha abhiṭhānānīti oḷārikaṭṭhānāni, tāni esa cha abhabbo kātuṃ. Tāni ca ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo mātaraṃ jīvitā voropeyyā’’tiādinā (a. ni. 1.271; ma. ni. 3.128; vibha. 809) nayena ekakanipāte vuttāni mātughātapitughātaarahantaghātalohituppādasaṅghabhedaaññasatthāruddesakammāni veditabbāni. Tāni hi kiñcāpi diṭṭhisampanno ariyasāvako kunthakipillikampi jīvitā na voropeti, apica kho pana puthujjanabhāvassa vigarahaṇatthaṃ vuttāni. Puthujjano hi adiṭṭhisampannattā evaṃmahāsāvajjāni abhiṭhānānipi karoti, dassanasampanno pana abhabbo tāni kātunti. Abhabbaggahaṇañcettha bhavantarepi akaraṇadassanatthaṃ. Bhavantarepi hi esa attano ariyasāvakabhāvaṃ ajānantopi dhammatāya eva etāni vā cha, pakatipāṇātipātādīni vā pañca verāni aññasatthāruddesena saha cha ṭhānāni na karoti, yāni sandhāya ekacce ‘‘chachābhiṭhānānī’’ti paṭhanti. Matamacchaggāhādayo cettha ariyasāvakagāmadārakānaṃ nidassanaṃ.
如此,世尊以虽执取七有、却较其他未断除有执取者更为殊胜的功德,宣说了僧宝的功德之后,今即依此功德而说真实语:“此功德亦在僧中。”其义应如前文所述方式了知。此偈的威力,也在百千俱胝轮围世界中,为非人所领受。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā satta bhave ādiyatopi ariyasāvakassa aññehi appahīnabhavādānehi puggalehi visiṭṭhaguṇavasena saṅgharatanassa guṇaṃ vatvā idāni tameva guṇaṃ nissāya saccavacanaṃ payuñjati ‘‘idampi saṅghe’’ti. Tassattho pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Imissāpi gāthāya āṇā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesu amanussehi paṭiggahitāti.
235 如此,以虽执取七有、却较其他未断除有执取者更为殊胜的功德,说出以僧为依处的真实语之后,如今为了进一步说明“具见者不仅不能造作六种重事,即使造作微小的恶业,亦不能覆藏”,而说出“即使他造作恶业”等语,以此显示即使住于放逸的具见者,也具有造已不覆藏的功德。显示巴利原文
235. Evaṃ satta bhave ādiyatopi aññehi appahīnabhavādānehi puggalehi visiṭṭhaguṇavasena saṅghādhiṭṭhānaṃ saccaṃ vatvā idāni ‘‘na kevalaṃ dassanasampanno cha abhiṭhānāni abhabbo kātuṃ, kiṃ pana appamattakampi pāpaṃ kammaṃ katvā tassa paṭicchādanāyapi abhabbo’’ti pamādavihārinopi dassanasampannassa katapaṭicchādanābhāvaguṇena vattumāraddho ‘‘kiñcāpi so kammaṃ karoti pāpaka’’nti.
其义为:那位具见者,即使因失念而住于放逸,除了世尊就世间谴责的故意违犯所说——“我为弟子们制定的学处,弟子们即使为了活命也不违犯”(《律藏·小品》385;《增支部》8.19;《优陀那》45)——之外,于其他方面,或以身造作诸如建造小屋、共卧等称为制罪违犯或为佛陀所呵责的恶业;或以语造作次第说法、法次第、六句、五语、说法、杂秽语、粗恶语等;或以意,在某些处生起贪嗔,或接受金银等,或在受用衣等时无有省察等,造作恶业。对于那样的恶业,他不能覆藏。他明知“此事不适当、不应做”后,决不会将其隐藏,哪怕片刻也不会隐藏。他就在当时,对大师或对智者同梵行者发露,依法忏悔,并如应守持“我将不再做”的防护。何以故?因为对于已见谛者,说其“不能性”;意思是:对于已见涅槃之道的具见者补特伽罗,造作如是恶业后,不能覆藏,此即所说“不能性”。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – so dassanasampanno kiñcāpi satisammosena pamādavihāraṃ āgamma yaṃ taṃ bhagavatā lokavajjasañciccānatikkamanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘yaṃ mayā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, taṃ mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamantī’’ti (cūḷava. 385; a. ni. 8.19; udā. 45), taṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ kuṭikārasahaseyyādiṃ vā paṇṇattivajjavītikkamasaṅkhātaṃ buddhapaṭikuṭṭhaṃ kāyena pāpakammaṃ karoti, padasodhammauttarichappañcavācādhammadesanāsamphappalāpapharusavacanādiṃ vā vācāya, uda cetasā vā katthaci lobhadosuppādanajātarūpādisādiyanaṃ cīvarādiparibhogesu apaccavekkhaṇādiṃ vā pāpakammaṃ karoti. Abhabbo so tassa paṭicchadāya, na so taṃ ‘‘idaṃ akappiyamakaraṇīya’’nti jānitvā muhuttampi paṭicchādeti, taṅkhaṇaññeva pana satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu āvi katvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti, ‘‘na puna karissāmī’’ti evaṃ saṃvaritabbaṃ vā saṃvarati. Kasmā? Yasmā abhabbatā diṭṭhapadassa vuttā, evarūpaṃ pāpakammaṃ katvā tassa paṭicchādāya diṭṭhanibbānapadassa dassanasampannassa puggalassa abhabbatā vuttāti attho.
比丘们,譬如一个幼小、无知、只会仰卧的婴儿,用手或脚触碰到火炭后,立刻就会缩回来;同样地,比丘们,具见者也是如此急切——即使他犯了那样的罪,而那种罪是得以出罪的,他还是会立刻在大师或具智的同梵行者面前发露、公开、坦承;发露、公开、坦承之后,从今往后便得以防护。显示巴利原文
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, daharo kumāro mando uttānaseyyako hatthena vā pādena vā aṅgāraṃ akkamitvā khippameva paṭisaṃharati , evameva kho, bhikkhave, ghammatā esā diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa, kiñcāpi tathārūpiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati, yathārūpāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati, atha kho naṃ khippameva satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu deseti vivarati uttānīkaroti, desetvā vivaritvā uttānīkatvā āyatiṃ saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.496).
如此,世尊说明了具见者即使处于放逸,也不会覆藏所造之罪——即僧宝的这一功德后,如今便藉由这一功德而说出真实之语:“这也在僧伽中”。它的含义应按照前文已述之理来理解。此偈的威神力,于十万亿世界中为非人等所领受。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā pamādavihārinopi dassanasampannassa katapaṭicchādanābhāvaguṇena saṅgharatanassa guṇaṃ vatvā idāni tameva guṇaṃ nissāya saccavacanaṃ payuñjati ‘‘idampi saṅghe’’ti. Tassattho pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Imissāpi gāthāya āṇā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesu amanussehi paṭiggahitāti.
236 如此,世尊以种种功德类别阐述了属于僧团的众人、以僧为依止的真实语之后,现在依于世尊为彰显三宝功德而在此略说、于他处广说的教法,再次宣说以佛陀为依止的真实语,开口道:“犹如在林丛中,花开满枝头。”这里的“林”指密集丛生、稳固安立的树木群。“丛”指出于根、心材、软木、树皮、枝、叶而增生扩展的聚丛。“林丛”就是林中的聚丛,所以说“在林丛中”。这种表达方式也是可行的,如同说“有寻有伺者”“无寻唯伺者”,以及“于乐”“于苦”“于命”等。“犹如”是表达譬喻的词。“花开满枝头”指枝头盛开着花朵,也就是所有的枝条乃至细枝都开出了花。正如前文所述的道理,这也被称为“花满枝头”。关于“初热季”:热季共有四个月,此即四热月中的那个月。是哪一个呢?就是“初热季”,意为星宿月。这个月称为“初热季”,也叫做“弱春季”。此后,依于词义就已经很清楚了。显示巴利原文
236. Evaṃ saṅghapariyāpannānaṃ puggalānaṃ tena tena guṇappakārena saṅghādhiṭṭhānaṃ saccaṃ vatvā idāni yvāyaṃ bhagavatā ratanattayaguṇaṃ dīpentena idha saṅkhepena aññatra ca vitthārena pariyattidhammo desito, tampi nissāya puna buddhādhiṭṭhānaṃ saccaṃ vattumāraddho ‘‘vanappagumbe yatha phussitagge’’ti. Tattha āsannasannivesavavatthitānaṃ rukkhānaṃ samūho vanaṃ, mūlasārapheggutacasākhāpalāsehi pavuḍḍho gumbo pagumbo, vane pagumbo vanappagumbo, svāyaṃ ‘‘vanappagumbe’’ti vutto . Evampi hi vattuṃ labbhati ‘‘atthi savitakkasavicāre, atthi avitakkavicāramatte, sukhe dukkhe jīve’’tiādīsu viya. Yathāti opammavacanaṃ. Phussitāni aggāni assāti phussitaggo, sabbasākhāpasākhāsu sañjātapupphoti attho. So pubbe vuttanayeneva ‘‘phussitagge’’ti vutto. Gimhāna māse paṭhamasmiṃ gimheti ye cattāro gimhamāsā, tesaṃ catunnaṃ gimhānaṃ ekasmiṃ māse. Katamasmiṃ māse iti ce? Paṭhamasmiṃ gimhe, citramāseti attho. So hi ‘‘paṭhamagimho’’ti ca ‘‘bālavasanto’’ti ca vuccati. Tato paraṃ padatthato pākaṭameva.
这里总括其义:犹如在名为初热季的弱春季,于各种树木的密林中,那花开满细嫩枝头的林丛极为美丽;同样地,此教法以蕴、处等,以念处、正勤等,或以戒蕴、定蕴等种种不同类别、开显义理的花朵而极为庄严,它开示了导向涅槃之道,因此是引导到达涅槃的最胜教法。世尊宣说它,并非为了利养,也非为了恭敬等,纯粹由大悲所策发之心,为了众生的最上利益而说。在“最上利益”一词中,为配合偈颂方便而省略了鼻音,此处的意思是“为了最上利益,为了涅槃而宣说”。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha piṇḍattho – yathā paṭhamagimhanāmake bālavasante nānāvidharukkhagahane vane supupphitaggasākho taruṇarukkhagacchapariyāyanāmo pagumbo ativiya sassiriko hoti, evamevaṃ khandhāyatanādīhi satipaṭṭhānasammappadhānādīhi sīlasamādhikkhandhādīhi vā nānappakārehi atthappabhedapupphehi ativiya sassirikattā tathūpamaṃ nibbānagāmimaggadīpanato nibbānagāmiṃ pariyattidhammavaraṃ neva lābhahetu na sakkārādihetu, kevalañhi mahākaruṇāya abbhussāhitahadayo sattānaṃ paramaṃhitāya adesayīti. Paramaṃhitāyāti ettha ca gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ anunāsiko, ayaṃ panattho ‘‘paramahitāya nibbānāya adesayī’’ti.
如此,世尊说明了这犹如花开满枝头的林丛一般的教法之后,现在即依此教法,运用以佛陀为依止的真实语:“这也在佛陀中。”其义应如前文所述的道理去理解,唯一的区别在于,此处应作这样的结合:如前所说的这种性质的教法,是佛陀中的最胜之宝。此偈的威力也在十万百亿世界中为非人等所领受。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā imaṃ supupphitaggavanappagumbasadisaṃ pariyattidhammaṃ vatvā idāni tameva nissāya buddhādhiṭṭhānaṃ saccavacanaṃ payuñjati ‘‘idampi buddhe’’ti. Tassattho pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbo, kevalaṃ pana idampi yathāvuttappakārapariyattidhammasaṅkhātaṃ buddhe ratanaṃ paṇītanti yojetabbaṃ. Imissāpi gāthāya āṇā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesu amanussehi paṭiggahitāti.
237 如此,世尊以教法宣说了以佛陀为决意的真实语之后,现在开始以出世间法来说:“胜者、知胜、赐胜、持胜。”其中,“胜者”:倾慕殊胜境界的人这样希求:“啊,愿我们也能成为这样!”——因而为他们所希求;或因具足殊胜功德而名为胜者,即最上、最殊胜之意。“知胜”:意为知胜者,即了知涅槃。涅槃于一切法中最为殊胜,故名“胜”;世尊在菩提树下亲自证悟,了知此胜,故为知胜。“赐胜”:他向五群比丘、贤群比丘、结发苦行者们,以及其他天与人,赐予了能成为抉择分、能成为习气分的殊胜之法。“持胜”:因带来了殊胜之道,故称持胜。世尊从燃灯佛座前开始,圆满三十种波罗蜜,带来了过去诸正自觉者所行的古胜道,故称持胜。或者,因获得一切知智而为胜;因证得涅槃而为知胜;因赐予众生解脱乐而为赐胜;因带来最上之道而为持胜。以这些出世间功德而言,没有任何人能超过他,故称无上。显示巴利原文
237. Evaṃ bhagavā pariyattidhammena buddhādhiṭṭhānaṃ saccaṃ vatvā idāni lokuttaradhammena vattumāraddho ‘‘varo varaññū’’ti. Tattha varoti paṇītādhimuttikehi icchito ‘‘aho vata mayampi evarūpā assāmā’’ti, varaguṇayogato vā varo, uttamo seṭṭhoti attho. Varaññūti nibbānaññū. Nibbānañhi sabbadhammānaṃ uttamaṭṭhena varaṃ, tañcesa bodhimūle sayaṃ paṭivijjhitvā aññāsi. Varadoti pañcavaggiyabhaddavaggiyajaṭilādīnaṃ aññesañca devamanussānaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyavāsanābhāgiyavaradhammadāyīti attho. Varāharoti varassa maggassa āhaṭattā varāharoti vuccati. So hi bhagavā dīpaṅkarato pabhuti samatiṃsa pāramiyo pūrento pubbakehi sammāsambuddhehi anuyātaṃ purāṇaṃ maggavaraṃ āhari, tena varāharoti vuccati. Apica sabbaññutaññāṇapaṭilābhena varo, nibbānasacchikiriyāya varaññū, sattānaṃ vimuttisukhadānena varado, uttamapaṭipadāharaṇena varāharo, etehi lokuttaraguṇehi adhikassa kassaci abhāvato anuttaro.
另一种解释方法:胜者由圆满寂止决意而成,知胜由圆满慧决意而成,赐胜由圆满舍决意而成,持胜由圆满谛决意而成——即带来殊胜的道谛。同样,胜者是由于福德的积聚,知胜是由于智慧的积聚,赐胜是由于将能成就佛果的方便施与希求佛果者,持胜是由于将能成就独觉佛果的方便带来给希求独觉佛果者。而无上是指在一切方面无能胜之者,或是自身无师而能为众人之师。为了希求声闻果的人,世尊宣说了具足善说等功德的胜法。其余的内容可按前面所说的道理来理解。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – varo upasamādhiṭṭhānaparipūraṇena, varaññū paññādhiṭṭhānaparipūraṇena, varado cāgādhiṭṭhānaparipūraṇena, varāharo saccādhiṭṭhānaparipūraṇena, varaṃ maggasaccamāharīti. Tathā varo puññussayena, varaññū paññussayena, varado buddhabhāvatthikānaṃ tadupāyasampadānena, varāharo paccekabuddhabhāvatthikānaṃ tadupāyāharaṇena, anuttaro tattha tattha asadisatāya, attanā vā anācariyako hutvā paresaṃ ācariyabhāvena, dhammavaraṃ adesayi sāvakabhāvatthikānaṃ tadatthāya svākhātatādiguṇayuttassa varadhammassa desanato. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
如此,世尊以九种出世间法说明了自身功德后,现在依止此功德,运用以佛陀为决意的真实语:“此亦在佛陀中。”其义如前所述。唯须连贯理解:彼世尊所了知、所赐予、所带来、所宣说的这殊胜九种出世间法,即是“在佛陀中”的至上之宝。此偈的威力,也在百千俱胝轮围世界中,为非人等所领受。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā navavidhena lokuttaradhammena attano guṇaṃ vatvā idāni tameva guṇaṃ nissāya buddhādhiṭṭhānaṃ saccavacanaṃ payuñjati ‘‘idampi buddhe’’ti. Tassattho pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Kevalaṃ pana yaṃ varaṃ navalokuttaradhammaṃ esa aññāsi, yañca adāsi, yañca āhari, yañca adesayi, idampi buddhe ratanaṃ paṇītanti evaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Imissāpi gāthāya āṇā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesu amanussehi paṭiggahitāti.
238 238. 如此,世尊依教法与出世间法,以两首偈颂宣说了以佛陀为所依的真实语后,现在为了说明那些听闻该教法、随顺所闻而修行、并证得九种出世间法的人,他们所证得的无余涅槃功德,再次开始宣说以僧伽为所依的真实语,即:“过去已尽,新者无有……”其中,“已尽”意为已经断尽。“过去”指旧的业。“新”指现在正在造作的业。“无有生起”指不再出现。“离贪心”指离欲的心。“于未来有”指未来的后有。那些“过去已尽,新者无有生起”,并对“于未来有”生起“离贪心”的人,即是那些诸漏尽者比丘。“种子已尽”意为种子已断。“无生长之欲”意为远离了生长的欲望。“寂灭”意为熄灭。“贤者”指具足慧的人。“如此灯”指如同这盏灯一样。显示巴利原文
238. Evaṃ bhagavā pariyattidhammaṃ lokuttaradhammañca nissāya dvīhi gāthāhi buddhādhiṭṭhānaṃ saccaṃ vatvā idāni ye taṃ pariyattidhammaṃ assosuṃ sutānusārena ca paṭipajjitvā navappakārampi lokuttaradhammaṃ adhigamiṃsu, tesaṃ anupādisesanibbānappattiguṇaṃ nissāya puna saṅghādhiṭṭhānaṃ saccaṃ vattumāraddho ‘‘khīṇaṃ purāṇa’’nti. Tattha khīṇanti samucchinnaṃ. Purāṇanti purātanaṃ. Navanti sampati vattamānaṃ. Natthisambhavanti avijjamānapātubhāvaṃ. Virattacittāti vigatarāgacittā. Āyatike bhavasminti anāgatamaddhānaṃ punabbhave. Teti yesaṃ khīṇaṃ purāṇaṃ navaṃ natthisambhavaṃ, ye ca āyatike bhavasmiṃ virattacittā, te khīṇāsavā bhikkhū. Khīṇabījāti ucchinnabījā. Avirūḷhichandāti virūḷhichandavirahitā. Nibbantīti vijjhāyanti. Dhīrāti dhitisampannā. Yathāyaṃ padīpoti ayaṃ padīpo viya.
这是什么意思呢?众生虽然生起又灭去,但由于他们过去时的旧业,因渴爱的滋润未被断除,仍能引生结生,所以并未真正灭尽;而诸漏尽者比丘,依阿拉汉道彻底干涸了渴爱的滋润,他们过去的旧业就如被火烧过的种子,在未来不能再感得异熟果报,因此说“过去已尽”。再者,他们现在通过供养佛陀等所造作、正在进行的新业,由于断除了渴爱,亦如被断根的树所开之花,在未来不能再结果实,因此说于他们“新者无有生起”。又,因为断除了渴爱,他们对“于未来有”已经“离贪心”,这些人即是诸漏尽者比丘。在“业为田,识为种子”那部经中所说的结生识,也随着业的灭尽而灭尽,所以称为“种子已尽”。此外,往昔他们对被称为“后有”的生长所怀的欲望,也随着苦集的彻底断除而断除,命终时不会再如前一般产生结生,所以称为“无生长之欲”。由于他们具足慧,故称为“贤者”。随着最后识的灭尽,他们便“寂灭”了,如同这盏灯熄灭一般,从此不再进入“有色、无色”等一切施设的范畴。据说,在那时显示巴利原文
Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yaṃ taṃ sattānaṃ uppajjitvā niruddhampi purāṇaṃ atītakālikaṃ kammaṃ taṇhāsinehassa appahīnattā paṭisandhiāharaṇasamatthatāya akhīṇaṃyeva hoti, taṃ purāṇaṃ kammaṃ yesaṃ arahattamaggena taṇhāsinehassa sositattā agginā daḍḍhabījamiva āyatiṃ vipākadānāsamatthatāya khīṇaṃ. Yañca nesaṃ buddhapūjādivasena idāni pavattamānaṃ kammaṃ navanti vuccati, tañca taṇhāpahāneneva chinnamūlapādapapupphamiva āyatiṃ phaladānāsamatthatāya yesaṃ natthisambhavaṃ, ye ca taṇhāpahāneneva āyatike bhavasmiṃ virattacittā, te khīṇāsavā bhikkhū ‘‘kammaṃ khettaṃ viññāṇaṃ bīja’’nti (a. ni. 3.77) ettha vuttassa paṭisandhiviññāṇassa kammakkhayeneva khīṇattā khīṇabījā. Yopi pubbe punabbhavasaṅkhātāya virūḷhiyā chando ahosi, tassāpi samudayappahāneneva pahīnattā pubbe viya cutikāle asambhavena avirūḷhichandā dhitisampannattā dhīrā carimaviññāṇanirodhena yathāyaṃ padīpo nibbuto, evaṃ nibbanti, puna ‘‘rūpino vā arūpino vā’’ti evamādiṃ paññattipathaṃ accentīti. Tasmiṃ kira samaye nagaradevatānaṃ pūjanatthāya jālitesu padīpesu eko padīpo vijjhāyi, taṃ dassento āha – ‘‘yathāyaṃ padīpo’’ti.
如此,世尊说明了那些听闻前两首偈颂所述教法、随顺所闻而修行并证得九种出世间法的人,所证得的无余涅槃的功德后,现在依此功德,运用以僧伽为所依的真实语,以“这也存在于僧伽中”作为结束,圆满此教说。其含义应依前文所说的道理来了解。只需这样连贯理解:这种依前说方式,属于诸漏尽者比丘、可称为涅槃的功德,亦即僧伽中的至上之宝。此偈颂的威力,也在百千俱胝轮围世界中,被非人等所领受。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā ye taṃ purimāhi dvīhi gāthāhi vuttaṃ pariyattidhammaṃ assosuṃ, sutānusāreneva paṭipajjitvā navappakārampi lokuttaradhammaṃ adhigamiṃsu, tesaṃ anupādisesanibbānappattiguṇaṃ vatvā idāni tameva guṇaṃ nissāya saṅghādhiṭṭhānaṃ saccavacanaṃ payuñjanto desanaṃ samāpesi ‘‘idampi saṅghe’’ti. Tassattho pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbo, kevalaṃ pana idampi yathāvuttena pakārena khīṇāsavabhikkhūnaṃ nibbānasaṅkhātaṃ saṅghe ratanaṃ paṇītanti evaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Imissāpi gāthāya āṇā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesu amanussehi paṭiggahitāti.
说法终了,王族获得安稳,一切灾患悉皆平息,八万四千众生证得法现观。显示巴利原文
Desanāpariyosāne rājakulassa sotthi ahosi, sabbūpaddavā vūpasamiṃsu caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi.
239-241 239-241. 那时,诸天之主帝释天心想:“世尊依止三宝功德宣说真实语,令此城民得安稳。我亦应依止三宝功德,说些法要为此城民求安稳。”于是,他在最后说了三首偈颂:“凡在此处存在之生灵……”。其中,因佛陀:如同为世间利益而精勤者所应来那样而来,所应去那样而去,所应了知那样而了知,所应被知那样而被知,并如实宣说真实不虚之法。以此五义,故称如来。又因他受天与人以花香等外物及法随法行等内修所恭敬礼拜,诸天之主帝释天便集齐自身与一切天众,说道:“我们礼敬为天人所崇敬的如来、佛陀,愿得安稳。”显示巴利原文
239-241. Atha sakko devānamindo ‘‘bhagavatā ratanattayaguṇaṃ nissāya saccavacanaṃ payuñjamānena nāgarassa sotthi katā, mayāpi nāgarassa sotthitthaṃ ratanattayaguṇaṃ nissāya kiñci vattabba’’nti cintetvā avasāne gāthāttayaṃ abhāsi ‘‘yānīdha bhūtānī’’ti. Tattha yasmā buddho yathā lokahitatthāya ussukkaṃ āpannehi āgantabbaṃ, tathā āgatato, yathā ca etehi gantabbaṃ, tathā gatato, yathā vā etehi ājānitabbaṃ, tathā ājānanato, yathā ca jānitabbaṃ, tathā jānanato, yañca tatheva hoti, tassa gadanato ca ‘‘tathāgato’’ti vuccati. Yasmā ca so devamanussehi pupphagandhādinā bahinibbattena upakaraṇena, dhammānudhammappaṭipattādinā ca attani nibbattena ativiya pūjito, tasmā sakko devānamindo sabbadevaparisaṃ attanā saddhiṃ sampiṇḍetvā āha ‘‘tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, buddhaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti.
然而,就法而言:道法——如以止观双运之力,断除烦恼黑品所应行那样而行,故为“如来”。涅槃法亦复如是——已通达者以智慧彻证,能坏灭一切苦,且为佛陀等如实了知,故亦名“如来”。僧伽亦然——如为自利而修行者,以种种道所应行那样而行,故亦名“如来”。因此,在其余两首偈中,分别说:“我们礼敬如来之法,愿得安稳;我们礼敬如来之僧,愿得安稳。”其余解释皆如前述之理。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana dhamme maggadhammo yathā yuganandha samathavipassanābalena gantabbaṃ kilesapakkhaṃ samucchindantena, tathā gatoti tathāgato. Nibbānadhammopi yathā gato paññāya paṭividdho sabbadukkhavighātāya sampajjati, buddhādīhi tathā avagato, tasmā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti vuccati. Yasmā ca saṅghopi yathā attahitāya paṭipannehi gantabbaṃ tena tena maggena, tathā gato, tasmā ‘‘tathāgato’’ tveva vuccati. Tasmā avasesagāthādvayepi tathāgataṃ dhammaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotu, tathāgataṃ saṅghaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotūti vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
如此,诸天之主帝释天王说完这三首偈颂后,右绕世尊,与天众一同返回天城。世尊则在第二天继续宣说同一部《宝经》,又有八万四千众生于法得悟。就这样,世尊一直说法到第七天,每一天都有同样多的众生于法得悟。世尊在毗舍离住了半个月后,告知诸位国王:“我将离去。”于是,国王们以加倍的供养,又用了三天时间,将世尊送至恒河岸边。居住在恒河中的龙王们心想:“人类都向如来献上供养,我们难道就不作供养吗?”他们便变现出金、银、宝珠所造的船,铺设了金、银、宝珠制成的座具,令水面覆满五色莲花,然后来到世尊面前请求说:“请世尊慈悯护念我等。”世尊默然应允,便登上宝船,那五百位比丘也各自登船。龙王们将世尊与比丘僧团迎请入龙宫。在那里,世尊整夜为龙众说法。第二天,龙王们以天界饮食举办盛大布施。世尊随喜之后,便离开龙宫。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sakko devānamindo imaṃ gāthāttayaṃ bhāsitvā bhagavantaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā devapurameva gato saddhiṃ devaparisāya. Bhagavā pana tadeva ratanasuttaṃ dutiyadivasepi desesi, puna caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Evaṃ bhagavā yāva sattamaṃ divasaṃ desesi, divase divase tatheva dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bhagavā aḍḍhamāsameva vesāliyaṃ viharitvā rājūnaṃ ‘‘gacchāmā’’ti paṭivedesi. Tato rājāno diguṇena sakkārena puna tīhi divasehi bhagavantaṃ gaṅgātīraṃ nayiṃsu. Gaṅgāyaṃ nibbattā nāgarājāno cintesuṃ – ‘‘manussā tathāgatassa sakkāraṃ karonti, mayaṃ kiṃ na karissāmā’’ti suvaṇṇarajatamaṇimayā nāvāyo māpetvā suvaṇṇarajatamaṇimaye eva pallaṅke paññāpetvā pañcavaṇṇapadumasañchannaṃ udakaṃ karitvā ‘‘amhākaṃ anuggahaṃ karothā’’ti bhagavantaṃ upagatā. Bhagavā adhivāsetvā ratananāvamārūḷho pañca ca bhikkhusatāni sakaṃ sakaṃ nāvaṃ. Nāgarājāno bhagavantaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena nāgabhavanaṃ pavesesuṃ. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sabbarattiṃ nāgaparisāya dhammaṃ desesi. Dutiyadivase dibbehi khādanīyabhojanīyehi mahādānaṃ adaṃsu. Bhagavā anumoditvā nāgabhavanā nikkhami.
居住在地上的天众心想:“人类与龙族都向如来献上恭敬,我们为何不作呢?”于是,他们在树林、丛薮、山岳等处,竖起层层伞盖。以此方式,直至阿迦尼咤梵天界,都出现了无比广大的恭敬。频婆娑罗王也在离车族人迎接时所献恭敬的基础上,倍加恭敬,如前所述,用了五天时间将世尊迎回王舍城。显示巴利原文
Bhūmaṭṭhā devā ‘‘manussā ca nāgā ca tathāgatassa sakkāraṃ karonti, mayaṃ kiṃ na karissāmā’’ti cintetvā vanagumbarukkhapabbatādīsu chattātichattāni ukkhipiṃsu. Eteneva upāyena yāva akaniṭṭhabrahmabhavanaṃ, tāva mahāsakkāraviseso nibbatti. Bimbisāropi licchavīhi āgatakāle katasakkārato diguṇamakāsi, pubbe vuttanayeneva pañcahi divasehi bhagavantaṃ rājagahaṃ ānesi.
世尊到达王舍城后,食后,在圆堂聚集的比丘们生起这样的谈论:“佛陀世尊的威德真是不可思议!为了世尊,恒河此岸与彼岸八由旬的地面,无论洼地、高地,都被整平,铺上细沙,覆满鲜花;一由旬长的恒河水面上,铺满了种种颜色的莲花;直至阿迦尼咤天界,都竖起了层层伞盖。”世尊知道此事后,从香室出来,以相应的神通力前往圆堂,坐在已铺设好的殊胜佛座上。世尊坐定后,问比丘们:“比丘们,你们聚在一起,在谈论什么?”比丘们便将所谈全部禀明。世尊说:“比丘们,这般殊胜的恭敬,并非由我的佛力所生,也非由龙、天、梵天之力所生,实在是由过去微小的布施之力所产生。”比丘们说:“尊者,我们不知道那微小的布施,恳请世尊为我等开示,使我等了知此事。”显示巴利原文
Rājagahamanuppatte bhagavati pacchābhattaṃ maṇḍalamāḷe sannipatitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ayamantarakathā udapādi – ‘‘aho buddhassa bhagavato ānubhāvo, yaṃ uddissa gaṅgāya orato ca pārato ca aṭṭhayojano bhūmibhāgo ninnañca thalañca samaṃ katvā vālukāya okiritvā pupphehi sañchanno, yojanappamāṇaṃ gaṅgāya udakaṃ nānāvaṇṇehi padumehi sañchannaṃ, yāva akaniṭṭhabhavanā chattātichattāni ussitānī’’ti. Bhagavā taṃ pavattiṃ ñatvā gandhakuṭito nikkhamitvā taṅkhaṇānurūpena pāṭihāriyena gantvā maṇḍalamāḷe paññattavarabuddhāsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā’’ti? Bhikkhū sabbaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ayaṃ pūjāviseso mayhaṃ buddhānubhāvena nibbatto, na nāgadevabrahmānubhāvena, apica kho pubbe appamattakapariccāgānubhāvena nibbatto’’ti. Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, bhante, taṃ appamattakaṃ pariccāgaṃ jānāma, sādhu no bhagavā tathā kathetu, yathā mayaṃ taṃ jāneyyāmā’’ti.
世尊说:“比丘们,过去在塔迦尸喇,有一位名叫桑伽的婆罗门。他有个儿子叫苏尸摩,是个十六岁的青年。有一天,苏尸摩来到父亲面前,礼敬后,立于一旁。父亲问他:‘孩子苏尸摩,有什么事吗?’他说:‘父亲,我想去波罗奈学习技艺。’父亲说:‘那么,孩子苏尸摩,我有一位朋友,是某某婆罗门,你去他那里学习吧。’并且给了他一千咖哈巴那。他拿了钱,礼敬父母后,一路来到波罗奈,依礼敬之仪拜见老师,礼敬后报明了自己的身份。老师心想:‘这是我朋友的儿子。’便接纳了这位青年,并给予了所有应有的款待。他消除了旅途的疲劳后,把那一千咖哈巴那放在老师脚边,请求学习技艺。老师应允后,便开始教导他。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā āha – bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, takkasilāyaṃ saṅkho nāma brāhmaṇo ahosi. Tassa putto susīmo nāma māṇavo soḷasavassuddesiko vayena, so ekadivasaṃ pitaraṃ upasaṅkamitvā abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Taṃ pitā āha – ‘‘kiṃ, tāta susīmā’’ti? So āha – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, tāta, bārāṇasiṃ gantvā sippaṃ uggahetu’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi, tāta susīma, asuko nāma brāhmaṇo mama sahāyako, tassa santikaṃ gantvā uggaṇhāhī’’ti kahāpaṇasahassaṃ adāsi. So taṃ gahetvā mātāpitaro abhivādetvā anupubbena bārāṇasiṃ gantvā upacārayuttena vidhinā ācariyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā abhivādetvā attānaṃ nivedesi. Ācariyo ‘‘mama sahāyakassa putto’’ti māṇavaṃ sampaṭicchitvā sabbaṃ pāhuneyyamakāsi. So addhānakilamathaṃ paṭivinodetvā taṃ kahāpaṇasahassaṃ ācariyassa pādamūle ṭhapetvā sippaṃ uggahetuṃ okāsaṃ yāci. Ācariyo okāsaṃ katvā uggaṇhāpesi.
他领悟得很快,掌握得又很多,对所学的牢记不忘,如同倒进金盘的狮子油不会变质。在短短几个月内,他便学完了原本需要十二年才能完成的技艺。然而,当他诵习时,只看到开头和中间的部分,却看不到结尾。于是他去见老师,说:‘对于这门技艺,我只见到开头和中间,见不到结尾。’老师说:‘孩子,我也是如此。’他问:‘老师,那么谁知道这门技艺的结尾呢?’老师说:‘孩子,在仙人堕处有一些圣者,他们或许知道。’他问:‘我可以去问他们吗?’老师说:‘去吧,孩子,随你所愿。’于是他前往仙人堕处,拜见独觉佛们,问道:‘你们知道开头、中间和结尾吗?’他们回答:‘是的,贤友,我们知道。’‘那也请教导我吧。’‘那样的话,贤友,你得先出家,在家人是无法学习的。’‘好的,尊者,请让我出家。无论要我做什么,我都照办,做完之后请告诉我结尾。’他们便让他出家,但由于无法指导他修习业处,只能以‘应以如此方式穿着下衣,应以如此方式披着上衣’等,教导他威仪法则。他在那里修学,由于具足亲依止缘,不久便证悟了辟支菩提。他在整个波罗奈城被称为‘苏尸摩独觉佛’,获得显示巴利原文
So lahuñca gaṇhanto bahuñca gaṇhanto gahitagahitañca suvaṇṇabhājane pakkhittamiva sīhatelaṃ avinassamānaṃ dhārento dvādasavassikaṃ sippaṃ katipayamāseneva pariyosāpesi. So sajjhāyaṃ karonto ādimajjhaṃyeva passati, no pariyosānaṃ. Atha ācariyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āha – ‘‘imassa sippassa ādimajjhameva passāmi, pariyosānaṃ na passāmī’’ti. Ācariyo āha – ‘‘ahampi, tāta, evamevā’’ti. ‘‘Atha ko, ācariya, imassa sippassa pariyosānaṃ jānātī’’ti? ‘‘Isipatane, tāta, isayo atthi, te jāneyyu’’nti. Te upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘pucchāmi, ācariyā’’ti. ‘‘Puccha, tāta, yathāsukha’’nti. So isipatanaṃ gantvā paccekabuddhe upasaṅkamitvā pucchi – ‘‘ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ jānāthā’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, jānāmā’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ mampi sikkhāpethā’’ti. ‘‘Tena, hāvuso, pabbajāhi, na sakkā apabbajitena sikkhitu’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante, pabbājetha vā maṃ, yaṃ vā icchatha, taṃ katvā pariyosānaṃ jānāpethā’’ti. Te taṃ pabbājetvā kammaṭṭhāne niyojetuṃ asamatthā ‘‘evaṃ te nivāsetabbaṃ, evaṃ pārupitabba’’ntiādinā nayena ābhisamācārikaṃ sikkhāpesuṃ. So tattha sikkhanto upanissayasampannattā na cireneva paccekabodhiṃ abhisambujjhi. Sakalabārāṇasiyaṃ ‘‘susīmapaccekabuddho’’ti pākaṭo ahosi lābhaggayasaggappatto sampannaparivāro. So appāyukasaṃvattanikassa kammassa katattā na cireneva parinibbāyi. Tassa paccekabuddhā ca mahājanakāyo ca sarīrakiccaṃ katvā dhātuto gahetvā nagaradvāre thūpaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
当时,桑伽婆罗门心想:‘我的儿子离家很久了,我毫无他的音讯。’因为想念儿子,他离开塔迦尸喇,一路抵达波罗奈。看到大众聚集,他想:‘这么多人当中,一定有人知道我儿子的消息。’便走上前问道:‘有位名叫苏尸摩的少年来过这里,你们知道他的消息吗?’众人说:‘是的,婆罗门,我们知道。他在城里,于一位婆罗门座下精通了三吠陀,然后到独觉佛们座下出家,成为独觉佛,最后在无余涅槃界般涅槃。这是为他建造的塔。’他捶打着地面,痛哭悲叹后,来到那座塔院,拔去杂草,用上衣搬运沙子,撒在独觉佛塔的院子里,又用水壶里的水遍洒四周的地面,用林中的花朵作了供养,用上衣悬起幢幡,并在塔顶上系上自己的伞盖,然后离去。显示巴利原文
Atha kho saṅkho brāhmaṇo ‘‘putto me ciragato, na cassa pavattiṃ jānāmī’’ti puttaṃ daṭṭhukāmo takkasilāya nikkhamitvā anupubbena bārāṇasiṃ patvā mahājanakāyaṃ sannipatitaṃ disvā ‘‘addhā bahūsu ekopi me puttassa pavattiṃ jānissatī’’ti cintento upasaṅkamitvā pucchi – ‘‘susīmo nāma māṇavo idha āgato atthi, api nu tassa pavattiṃ jānāthā’’ti? Te ‘‘āma, brāhmaṇa, jānāma, asmiṃ nagare brāhmaṇassa santike tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū hutvā paccekabuddhānaṃ santike pabbajitvā paccekabuddho hutvā anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi, ayamassa thūpo patiṭṭhāpito’’ti āhaṃsu. So bhūmiṃ hatthena paharitvā, roditvā ca paridevitvā ca taṃ cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ gantvā tiṇāni uddharitvā uttarasāṭakena vālukaṃ ānetvā, paccekabuddhacetiyaṅgaṇe ākiritvā, kamaṇḍaluto udakena samantato bhūmiṃ paripphositvā vanapupphehi pūjaṃ katvā uttarasāṭakena paṭākaṃ āropetvā thūpassa upari attano chattaṃ bandhitvā pakkāmīti.
如此开示过去因缘后,世尊将本生故事与当下联结,为比丘们说法:“比丘们,或许你们会这样想:‘那时的桑伽婆罗门定是另有其人。’然而,不应如此看待。那时的桑伽婆罗门正是我。我曾为苏尸摩独觉佛的塔院清除野草,以此业之果报,他们将这八由旬道路上的荆棘与树桩清除,令其平坦、洁净;我曾在那里撒下细沙,以此果报,他们在八由旬的道路上撒下细沙;我曾在那里以林中花朵作供养,以此果报,他们在九由旬的陆地与水面上铺满种种鲜花;我曾在那里以水罐洒水于地,以此果报,毗舍离降下莲花雨;我曾在那座塔上升起幢幡并系上伞盖,以此果报,直至阿迦尼咤天界都升起了幢幡,竖起了层层伞盖。比丘们,正是如此,我这殊胜的恭敬,并非由佛力所生,亦非由龙力、天力、梵天力所生,实是由微小的布施之力所生。”说法终了,世尊说出如下偈颂:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ atītaṃ dassetvā taṃ jātakaṃ paccuppannena anusandhento bhikkhūnaṃ dhammakathaṃ kathesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana vo, bhikkhave, evamassa añño nūna tena samayena saṅkho brāhmaṇo ahosī’’ti, na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, ahaṃ tena samayena saṅkho brāhmaṇo ahosiṃ, mayā susīmassa paccekabuddhassa cetiyaṅgaṇe tiṇāni uddhaṭāni, tassa me kammassa nissandena aṭṭhayojanamaggaṃ vigatakhāṇukaṇṭakaṃ katvā samaṃ suddhamakaṃsu, mayā tattha vālukā okiṇṇā, tassa me nissandena aṭṭhayojanamagge vālukaṃ okiriṃsu. Mayā tattha vanakusumehi pūjā katā, tassa me nissandena navayojanamagge thale ca udake ca nānāpupphehi pupphasantharaṃ akaṃsu. Mayā tattha kamaṇḍaludakena bhūmi paripphositā, tassa me nissandena vesāliyaṃ pokkharavassaṃ vassi. Mayā tasmiṃ cetiye paṭākā āropitā, chattañca baddhaṃ, tassa me nissandena yāva akaniṭṭhabhavanā paṭākā ca āropitā, chattātichattāni ca ussitāni. Iti kho, bhikkhave, ayaṃ mayhaṃ pūjāviseso neva buddhānubhāvena nibbatto, na nāgadevabrahmānubhāvena, apica kho appamattakapariccāgānubhāvena nibbatto’’ti. Dhammakathāpariyosāne imaṃ gāthamabhāsi –
若见舍弃有限的快乐,能获得广大的安乐,
“若见有限乐之舍弃,能获广大之安乐,则智者应舍有限乐,正见广大安乐已。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mattāsukhapariccāgā, passe ce vipulaṃ sukhaṃ; Caje mattāsukhaṃ dhīro, sampassaṃ vipulaṃ sukha’’nti. (dha. pa. 290);
第二、《荤腥经》释义显示巴利原文
2. Āmagandhasuttavaṇṇanā
“食穇米、稗子、芥子叶等”,这便是《荤腥经》。它的缘起为何?当世尊尚未出现于世间时,有一位名为荤腥的婆罗门,与五百位青年一同出家作苦行。他们进入雪山,于山间建造道场,以森林中的树根、野果为食,住在那里,从不食鱼肉。后来,那些苦行者因为不食酸粥等食物而患上了黄疸病。于是他们商量:‘为了能用上酸粥等食物,我们应前往人间的村落。’便来到了一座边地村落。那里的人们对他们生起了净信,迎请并供养了他们。饭食已毕,人们又提供床座、器具、足部涂油等,说道:‘尊者,请住在这里,切勿厌烦。’指明了住处便离去了。次日,人们再度布施,并且按户轮流,日日供养。苦行者们在那个村子住了四个月,因为食用酸粥等食物,身体变得结实强壮,便对人们说:‘朋友们,我们要回去了。’人们赠送油、米等物品与他们。他们带着这些物品,回到了自己的道场。此后,每年他们都来到这个村子。村民们也知晓他们到来的时节,早早备好米等物品等候布施,待他们到来时,仍如前一般恭敬招待。显示巴利原文
Sāmākaciṅgūlakacīnakānicāti āmagandhasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Anuppanne bhagavati āmagandho nāma brāhmaṇo pañcahi māṇavakasatehi saddhiṃ tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā himavantaṃ pavisitvā pabbatantare assamaṃ kārāpetvā vanamūlaphalāhāro hutvā tattha paṭivasati, na kadāci macchamaṃsaṃ khādati. Atha tesaṃ tāpasānaṃ loṇambilādīni aparibhuñjantānaṃ paṇḍurogo uppajji. Tato te ‘‘loṇambilādisevanatthāya manussapathaṃ gacchāmā’’ti paccantagāmaṃ sampattā. Tattha manussā tesu pasīditvā nimantetvā bhojesuṃ, katabhattakiccānaṃ nesaṃ mañcapīṭhaparibhogabhājanapādamakkhanādīni upanetvā ‘‘ettha, bhante, vasatha, mā ukkaṇṭhitthā’’ti vasanaṭṭhānaṃ dassetvā pakkamiṃsu. Dutiyadivasepi nesaṃ dānaṃ datvā puna gharapaṭipāṭiyā ekekadivasaṃ dānamadaṃsu. Tāpasā catumāsaṃ tattha vasitvā loṇambilādisevanāya thirabhāvappattasarīrā hutvā ‘‘mayaṃ, āvuso, gacchāmā’’ti manussānaṃ ārocesuṃ. Manussā tesaṃ telataṇḍulādīni adaṃsu. Te tāni ādāya attano assamameva agamaṃsu. Tañca gāmaṃ tatheva saṃvacchare saṃvacchare āgamiṃsu. Manussāpi tesaṃ āgamanakālaṃ viditvā dānatthāya taṇḍulādīni sajjetvāva acchanti, āgate ca ne tatheva sammānenti.
那时,世尊出现于世间,转起无上法轮。他次第游行至舍卫城,住在那里。世尊观察到那些苦行者具有证悟的潜能,便从那里出发,由比丘僧团围绕而行,次第游行至那个村落。村人见到世尊,作了盛大的供养。世尊为他们说法。借由那次说法,有些人证得入流果,有些人证得一来果,有些人证得不来果,还有人在出家后证得阿拉汉果。之后,世尊返回了舍卫城。后来,那些苦行者来到了这个村子。人们见到苦行者,不再像从前那般热诚。苦行者们便问道:‘朋友们,这些人为何不像从前那样热诚了?这村子莫非遭到国王的刑罚,或是遭遇了饥荒?还是说,有比我们戒行等功德更圆满的出家人来过这个村子?’他们答道:‘尊者,不是国王的刑罚,也不是饥荒。而是佛陀已经出现于世间,彼世尊为了利益众多人而说法,来过这里。’显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā loke uppajjitvā pavattitavaradhammacakko anupubbena sāvatthiṃ gantvā tattha viharanto tesaṃ tāpasānaṃ upanissayasampattiṃ disvā tato nikkhamma bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto cārikaṃ caramāno anupubbena taṃ gāmaṃ anuppatto. Manussā bhagavantaṃ disvā mahādānāni adaṃsu. Bhagavā tesaṃ dhammaṃ desesi. Te tāya dhammadesanāya appekacce sotāpannā, ekacce sakadāgāmino, ekacce anāgāmino ahesuṃ, ekacce pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Bhagavā punadeva sāvatthiṃ paccāgamāsi. Atha te tāpasā taṃ gāmaṃ āgamiṃsu. Manussā tāpase disvā na pubbasadisaṃ kotūhalamakaṃsu. Tāpasā taṃ pucchiṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ, āvuso, ime manussā na pubbasadisā, kiṃ nu kho ayaṃ gāmo rājadaṇḍena upadduto, udāhu dubbhikkhena, udāhu amhehi sīlādiguṇehi sampannataro koci pabbajito imaṃ gāmamanuppatto’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘na, bhante, rājadaṇḍena, na dubbhikkhenāyaṃ gāmo upadduto, apica buddho loke uppanno, so bhagavā bahujanahitāya dhammaṃ desento idhāgato’’ti.
听闻此言,荤腥苦行者问道:‘居士们,你们说的是“佛陀”吗?’他们回答:‘尊者,是的,我们说的是“佛陀”。’如此询问了三遍之后,他心生欢喜,说出欢喜之语:‘在这世间,“佛陀”这个名字确实极为稀有难得啊!’他又问:‘那位佛陀吃荤腥吗?还是不吃?’他们问:‘尊者,什么是荤腥?’答:‘居士们,荤腥就是鱼肉。’他们说:‘尊者,世尊受用鱼肉。’苦行者听后心生懊悔,想:‘他莫非真的是佛陀?’转念又想:‘佛陀出现世间极为稀有,我应当去见佛陀,当面问清楚。’于是,他向人们打听了世尊经过的路线,就像一头急着寻找牛犊的母牛一般,急匆匆赶路,沿途只住一夜,很快就到了舍卫城,与弟子们一同进入祇园精舍。那时,世尊正坐在法座上准备说法。苦行者们走到世尊跟前,默不作声,也不行礼问讯,便在一边坐下。世尊依‘诸位仙人,是否安忍?’等方式与他们寒暄。他们回答:‘我们安忍,乔达摩尊者。’然后,荤腥问世尊:‘乔达摩尊者,您吃荤腥,还是不吃?’世尊反问:‘婆罗门,你所说的荤腥是指什么?’答:‘乔达摩尊者,是指鱼肉。’显示巴利原文
Taṃ sutvā āmagandhatāpaso ‘‘buddhoti, gahapatayo, vadethā’’ti? ‘‘Buddhoti, bhante, vadāmā’’ti tikkhattuṃ vatvā ‘‘ghosopi kho eso dullabho lokasmiṃ, yadidaṃ buddho’’ti attamano attamanavācaṃ nicchāretvā pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so buddho āmagandhaṃ bhuñjati, na bhuñjatī’’ti? ‘‘Ko, bhante, āmagandho’’ti? ‘‘Āmagandho nāma macchamaṃsaṃ, gahapatayo’’ti. ‘‘Bhagavā, bhante, macchamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjatī’’ti. Taṃ sutvā tāpaso vippaṭisārī ahosi – ‘‘māheva kho pana buddho siyā’’ti . Puna cintesi – ‘‘buddhānaṃ pātubhāvo nāma dullabho, gantvā buddhaṃ disvā pucchitvā jānissāmī’’ti. Tato yena bhagavā gato, taṃ maggaṃ manusse pucchitvā vacchagiddhinī gāvī viya turitaturito sabbattha ekarattivāsena sāvatthiṃ anuppatvā jetavanameva pāvisi saddhiṃ sakāya parisāya. Bhagavāpi tasmiṃ samaye dhammadesanatthāya āsane nisinno eva hoti. Tāpasā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma tuṇhībhūtā anabhivādetvāva ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Bhagavā ‘‘kacci vo isayo khamanīya’’ntiādinā nayena tehi saddhiṃ paṭisammodi. Tepi ‘‘khamanīyaṃ, bho gotamā’’tiādimāhaṃsu. Tato āmagandho bhagavantaṃ pucchi – ‘‘āmagandhaṃ, bho gotama, bhuñjasi, na bhuñjasī’’ti? ‘‘Ko so, brāhmaṇa, āmagandho nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Macchamaṃsaṃ, bho gotamā’’ti. Bhagavā ‘‘na, brāhmaṇa, macchamaṃsaṃ āmagandho. Apica kho āmagandho nāma sabbe kilesā pāpakā akusalā dhammā’’ti vatvā ‘‘na, brāhmaṇa, idāni tvameva āmagandhaṃ pucchi, atītepi tisso nāma brāhmaṇo kassapaṃ bhagavantaṃ pucchi. Evañca so pucchi, evañcassa bhagavā byākāsī’’ti tissena ca brāhmaṇena kassapena ca bhagavatā vuttagāthāyo eva ānetvā tāhi gāthāhi brāhmaṇaṃ saññāpento āha – ‘‘sāmākaciṅgūlakacīnakāni cā’’ti. Ayaṃ tāva imassa suttassa idha uppatti.
过去世的因缘是这样的:据说,迦叶菩萨历经八阿僧祇又十万劫,圆满了波罗蜜,随后在波罗奈城一位名叫梵授的婆罗门之妻——财胜婆罗门女的腹中结生。他的上首弟子也于同一天从天界命终,投入辅相婆罗门妻子的胎中。就这样,他们同一天结生,同一天诞生;出生之时,一位得名迦叶,另一位名为帝沙。两人自幼一同玩泥沙长大,渐次成人。帝沙的父亲叮咛儿子:‘孩子,这位迦叶将来会离开俗家,出家成佛。你应当追随他出家,追求出离。’帝沙应允:‘好的。’于是他来到菩萨面前,说:‘朋友,我们一起出家吧。’菩萨也同意了。但到了成年之时,帝沙又对菩萨说:‘来吧,朋友,我们一同出家。’菩萨却仍未离家。帝沙心想:‘看来他的智慧还没有成熟。’便自己出离了俗世,修持仙人苦行,在森林山脚建了一座道场,居止其中。后来某个时候,菩萨虽仍住在家中,却已把握了入出息念,生起四禅那与神通。他乘着宫殿飞至菩提道场附近,发愿说:‘愿此宫殿返回原处。’宫殿便落回了原来的位置。据说,没有显示巴利原文
Atīte pana kassapo kira bodhisatto aṭṭhāsaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā bārāṇasiyaṃ brahmadattassa brāhmaṇassa dhanavatī nāma brāhmaṇī, tassā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Aggasāvakopi taṃ divasaṃyeva devalokā cavitvā anupurohitabrāhmaṇassa pajāpatiyā kucchimhi nibbatti. Evaṃ tesaṃ ekadivasameva paṭisandhiggahaṇañca gabbhavuṭṭhānañca ahosi, ekadivasameva etesaṃ ekassa kassapo, ekassa tissoti nāmamakaṃsu. Te sahapaṃsukīḷanakā dve sahāyā anupubbena vuḍḍhiṃ agamiṃsu. Tissassa pitā puttaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘ayaṃ, tāta, kassapo nikkhamma pabbajitvā buddho bhavissati, tvampissa santike pabbajitvā bhavanissaraṇaṃ kareyyāsī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā bodhisattassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘ubhopi, samma, pabbajissāmā’’ti āha. Bodhisatto ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇi. Tato vuḍḍhiṃ anuppattakālepi tisso bodhisattaṃ āha – ‘‘ehi, samma, pabbajissāmā’’ti bodhisatto na nikkhami. Tisso ‘‘na tāvassa ñāṇaṃ paripākaṃ gata’’nti sayaṃ nikkhamma isipabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā araññe pabbatapāde assamaṃ kārāpetvā vasati. Bodhisattopi aparena samayena ghare ṭhitoyeva ānāpānassatiṃ pariggahetvā cattāri jhānāni abhiññāyo ca uppādetvā pāsādena bodhimaṇḍasamīpaṃ gantvā ‘‘puna pāsādo yathāṭhāneyeva patiṭṭhātū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi, so sakaṭṭhāneyeva patiṭṭhāsi. Apabbajitena kira bodhimaṇḍaṃ upagantuṃ na sakkāti. So pabbajitvā bodhimaṇḍaṃ patvā nisīditvā satta divase padhānayogaṃ katvā sattahi divasehi sammāsambodhiṃ sacchākāsi.
那时,仙人堕处住着两万名出家人。迦叶世尊召集他们,转起了法轮。说法终了,所有人悉证阿拉汉果。据记载,这位世尊便常居仙人堕处,由两万比丘围绕。鸡迦王以四种资具供养他。一日,一位波罗奈城的居民进山寻找檀香心材等物,来到了帝沙苦行者的道场。他向苦行者礼敬后,立于一旁。苦行者见他便问:‘你从何处来?’答:‘从波罗奈来,尊者。’问:‘那里有何消息?’答:‘尊者,那里出现了一位名为迦叶的正自觉者。’苦行者听闻这难得听闻的话语,满怀喜悦与欢喜,问道:‘他吃荤腥吗?还是不吃?’那人问:‘尊者,什么是荤腥?’答:‘朋友,就是鱼肉。’答:‘尊者,世尊食用鱼肉。’听到此言,苦行者先是心生懊悔,随后又想:‘我应当面去问他。如果他说“我受用荤腥”,我就指斥他:“尊者,这与您的出身、家族和种姓不相称。”然后再于他座下出家,追求出离。’于是,他带上轻便的用具,仅在一夜之间赶路,于傍晚抵达波罗奈,进入仙人堕处。当时,迦叶世尊也已坐在法座上,准备说法。苦行者走近世尊,未曾问讯,便沉默地站在一旁。显示巴利原文
Tadā isipatane vīsatisahassā pabbajitā paṭivasanti. Atha kassapo bhagavā te āmantetvā dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Suttapariyosāne sabbeva arahanto ahesuṃ. So sudaṃ bhagavā vīsatibhikkhusahassaparivuto tattheva isipatane vasati. Kikī ca naṃ kāsirājā catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhāti. Athekadivasaṃ bārāṇasivāsī eko puriso pabbate candanasārādīni gavesanto tissassa tāpasassa assamaṃ patvā taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Tāpaso taṃ disvā ‘‘kuto āgatosī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Bārāṇasito, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kā tattha pavattī’’ti? ‘‘Tattha, bhante, kassapo nāma sammāsambuddho uppanno’’ti. Tāpaso dullabhavacanaṃ sutvā pītisomanassajāto pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ so āmagandhaṃ bhuñjati, na bhuñjatī’’ti? ‘‘Ko bhante, āmagandho’’ti? ‘‘Macchamaṃsaṃ āvuso’’ti. ‘‘Bhagavā, bhante, macchamaṃsaṃ bhuñjatī’’ti. Taṃ sutvā tāpaso vippaṭisārī hutvā puna cintesi – ‘‘gantvā taṃ pucchissāmi, sace ‘āmagandhaṃ paribhuñjāmī’ti vakkhati, tato naṃ ‘tumhākaṃ, bhante, jātiyā ca kulassa ca gottassa ca ananucchavikameta’nti nivāretvā tassa santike pabbajitvā bhavanissaraṇaṃ karissāmī’’ti sallahukaṃ upakaraṇaṃ gahetvā sabbattha ekarattivāsena sāyanhasamaye bārāṇasiṃ patvā isipatanameva pāvisi. Bhagavāpi tasmiṃ samaye dhammadesanatthāya āsane nisinnoyeva hoti. Tāpaso bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma anabhivādetvā tuṇhībhūto ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Bhagavā taṃ disvā pubbe vuttanayeneva paṭisammodi. Sopi ‘‘khamanīyaṃ, bho kassapā’’tiādīni vatvā ekamantaṃ nisīditvā bhagavantaṃ pucchi – ‘‘āmagandhaṃ, bho kassapa, bhuñjasi, na bhuñjasī’’ti? ‘‘Nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, āmagandhaṃ bhuñjāmī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, sādhu, bho kassapa, parakuṇapaṃ akhādanto sundaramakāsi, yuttametaṃ bhoto kassapassa jātiyā ca kulassa ca gottassa cā’’ti. Tato bhagavā ‘‘ahaṃ kilese sandhāya ‘āmagandhaṃ na bhuñjāmī’ti vadāmi, brāhmaṇo macchamaṃsaṃ pacceti, yaṃnūnāhaṃ sve gāmaṃ piṇḍāya apavisitvā kikīrañño gehā ābhataṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjeyyaṃ, evaṃ āmagandhaṃ ārabbha kathā pavattissati. Tato brāhmaṇaṃ dhammadesanāya saññāpessāmī’’ti dutiyadivase kālasseva sarīraparikammaṃ katvā gandhakuṭiṃ pāvisi. Bhikkhū gandhakuṭidvāraṃ pihitaṃ disvā ‘‘na bhagavā ajja bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ pavisitukāmo’’ti ñatvā gandhakuṭiṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā piṇḍāya pavisiṃsu.
世尊从香室出来,坐在已敷好的座位上。那位苦行者也煮了树叶,吃完后,坐到世尊近旁。迦尸王鸡迦见到比丘们正托钵游行,便问:‘尊者,世尊在哪里?’得悉:‘大王,在精舍。’于是准备了以种种滋味、种种配料与诸多肉类佳肴烹制的丰盛食物,派人送去供养世尊。大臣们将食物送至精舍,禀明世尊后,献上供养水。侍奉时,先奉上以各种肉食熬成的粥。苦行者看见,心想:‘他到底吃不吃?’便站着观察。世尊当着他的面喝粥,将一块肉送入口中。苦行者看见,心生恼怒。随后,饮毕粥,他们又奉上种种滋味、种种配料的美食。见世尊又取用这些食物,他愈加愤怒,心想:‘明明在吃鱼肉,却说自己不吃。’于是,他走近用斋完毕、洗净手足而坐的世尊,说道:‘喂,迦叶!你在说谎,这非智者所应为。诸佛呵斥妄语。即便是那些仅靠山脚、林间的树根果实维生的仙人们,尚且不说妄语。’接着,为了以偈颂赞叹仙人们的功德,他诵道:‘sāmākaciṅgūlakacīnakāni cā(稗子、荆粒、秦豆等)’显示巴利原文
Bhagavāpi gandhakuṭito nikkhamma paññattāsane nisīdi. Tāpasopi kho pattasākaṃ pacitvā khāditvā bhagavato santike nisīdi. Kikī kāsirājā bhikkhū piṇḍāya carante disvā ‘‘kuhiṃ bhagavā, bhante’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘vihāre, mahārājā’’ti ca sutvā nānābyañjanarasamanekamaṃsavikatisampannaṃ bhojanaṃ bhagavato pāhesi. Amaccā vihāraṃ netvā bhagavato ārocetvā dakkhiṇodakaṃ datvā parivisantā paṭhamaṃ nānāmaṃsavikatisampannaṃ yāguṃ adaṃsu, tāpaso disvā ‘‘khādati nu kho no’’ti cintento aṭṭhāsi. Bhagavā tassa passatoyeva yāguṃ pivanto maṃsakhaṇḍaṃ mukhe pakkhipi. Tāpaso disvā kuddho. Puna yāgupītassa nānārasabyañjanaṃ bhojanamadaṃsu, tampi gahetvā bhuñjantaṃ disvā ativiya kuddho ‘‘macchamaṃsaṃ khādantoyeva ‘na khādāmī’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Atha bhagavantaṃ katabhattakiccaṃ hatthapāde dhovitvā nisinnaṃ upasaṅkamma ‘‘bho kassapa, musā tvaṃ bhaṇasi, netaṃ paṇḍitakiccaṃ. Musāvādo hi garahito buddhānaṃ, yepi te pabbatapāde vanamūlaphalādīhi yāpentā isayo vasanti, tepi musā na bhaṇantī’’ti vatvā puna isīnaṃ guṇe gāthāya vaṇṇento āha ‘‘sāmākaciṅgūlakacīnakāni cā’’ti.
242 在此,“sāmākā(稗子)”:指一种抖落或摘取穗头后即可取得的草本谷物。同样地,“ciṅgūlakā(荆粒)”:其穗头的形状如同夹竹桃花。“cīnakāni(秦豆)”:指种植在森林、山脚下的秦地绿豆。“pattapphalaṃ(叶果)”:指任何绿色的叶子。“mūlaphalaṃ(根果)”:指任何球茎根块。“gavipphalaṃ(河果)”:指任何树木或藤蔓的果实。或说,以“根”一词涵盖球茎根块,以“果”一词涵盖树木与藤蔓的果实,应知以“gavipphala(河果)”一词涵盖水中生长的菱角、莼菜等果实。“dhammena laddhaṃ(如法所得)”:指舍弃为人送信、充当跑腿等邪命之后,在林间以拾穗的方式所获得的。“sataṃ(诸善逝的)”:指寂静的圣者们。“asnamānā(正在受用着)”:指正在进食。“na kāmakāmā alikaṃ bhaṇanti(不因欲求诸欲而说虚妄语)”:意为,这些没有我执、无所执取的仙人们,受用着这类稗子等食物时,不会因渴求诸欲而说虚妄之语。显示巴利原文
242. Tattha sāmākāti dhunitvā vā sīsāni uccinitvā vā gayhūpagā tiṇadhaññajāti. Tathā ciṅgūlakā kaṇavīrapupphasaṇṭhānasīsā honti. Cīnakānīti aṭavipabbatapādesu aropitajātā cīnamuggā. Pattapphalanti yaṃkiñci haritapaṇṇaṃ. Mūlaphalanti yaṃkiñci kandamūlaṃ. Gavipphalanti yaṃkiñci rukkhavalliphalaṃ. Mūlaggahaṇena vā kandamūlaṃ, phalaggahaṇena rukkhavalliphalaṃ, gavipphalaggahaṇena udake jātasiṅghātakakaserukādiphalaṃ veditabbaṃ. Dhammena laddhanti dūteyyapahiṇagamanādimicchājīvaṃ pahāya vane uñchācariyāya laddhaṃ. Satanti santo ariyā. Asnamānāti bhuñjamānā. Na kāmakāmā alikaṃ bhaṇantīti te evaṃ amamā apariggahā etāni sāmākādīni bhuñjamānā isayo yathā tvaṃ sādurasādike kāme patthayanto āmagandhaṃ bhuñjantoyeva ‘‘nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, āmagandhaṃ bhuñjāmī’’ti bhaṇanto alikaṃ bhaṇasi, tathā na kāmakāmā alikaṃ bhaṇanti, kāme kāmayantā musā na bhaṇantīti isīnaṃ pasaṃsāya bhagavato nindaṃ dīpeti.
243 如此,以赞叹仙人为借口指责世尊之后,现在为了指出他自己所认定的应受责备之事,以毫不隐晦的方式直接指责世尊,他诵道:“yadasnamāno(当你受用着……时)”。在这里,字母“da”是连声用的。而这里的意思是:无论是什么肉,兔肉也好,鹧鸪肉也好,经过清洗、切割等前行准备而善加调理,经过烹调、调味等后续加功而臻于完美,不是由母亲所给、不是由父亲所给,而是那些认为‘此物值得供养’的、好乐正法的人们所供养的,因恭敬备办而精心料理,并以殊胜调味品加以点缀,因其最上等的滋味、具足营养、能增长力量与体力而成为精妙之食。当你受用、吞咽着这样的食物时,不仅如此,并非只是某一种肉,你还食用这洒了黑芝麻的良米、这精白米饭。迦叶,你吃着肉,又享用这洒了芝麻的良米,迦叶,这便是腥味。他以族姓称呼世尊。显示巴利原文
243. Evaṃ isīnaṃ pasaṃsāpadesena bhagavantaṃ ninditvā idāni attanā adhippetaṃ nindāvatthuṃ dassetvā nippariyāyeneva bhagavantaṃ nindanto āha ‘‘yadasnamāno’’ti tattha da-kāro padasandhikaro. Ayaṃ panattho – yaṃ kiñcideva sasamaṃsaṃ vā tittiramaṃsaṃ vā dhovanacchedanādinā pubbaparikammena sukataṃ, pacanavāsanādinā pacchāparikammena suniṭṭhitaṃ, na mātarā na pitarā, apica kho pana ‘‘dakkhiṇeyyo aya’’nti maññamānehi dhammakāmehi parehi dinnaṃ, sakkārakaraṇena payataṃ paṇītamalaṅkataṃ, uttamarasatāya ojavantatāya thāmabalabharaṇasamatthatāya ca paṇītaṃ asnamāno āhārayamāno, na kevalañca yaṃkiñci maṃsameva, apica kho pana idampi sālīnamannaṃ vicitakāḷakaṃ sālitaṇḍulodanaṃ paribhuñjamāno so bhuñjasi, kassapa, āmagandhaṃ, so tvaṃ yaṃkiñci maṃsaṃ bhuñjamāno idañca sālīnamannaṃ paribhuñjamāno bhuñjasi, kassapa, āmagandhanti bhagavantaṃ gottena ālapati.
244 如此,从饮食方面指责世尊之后,现在他又将妄语的罪名加诸世尊而指责,说道:“na āmagandho…pe… susaṅkhatehī’ti(非腥味……乃至……与精心烹调的……)”。其意为:先前我询问时,你只是说‘对我来说,腥味不被允许’,你却这样片面而说。“brahmabandhu(梵天亲族)”:他以‘远离婆罗门功德、仅以出身而为婆罗门者’这样的辱骂之词来称呼。“sālīnamannaṃ”:指精白米饭。“paribhuñjamāno(正在享用)”:指正在吃。“sakuntamaṃsehi susaṅkhatehi(与精心烹调的鸟肉一同)”:他如此说,即指那时供奉给世尊的鸟肉。显示巴利原文
244. Evaṃ āhārato bhagavantaṃ ninditvā idāni musāvādaṃ āropetvā nindanto āha ‘‘na āmagandho…pe… susaṅkhatehī’’ti. Tassattho – pubbe mayā pucchito samāno ‘‘na āmagandho mama kappatī’’ti icceva tvaṃ bhāsasi, evaṃ ekaṃseneva tvaṃ bhāsasi brahmabandhu brāhmaṇaguṇavirahitajātimattabrāhmaṇāti paribhāsanto bhaṇati. Sālīnamannanti sālitaṇḍulodanaṃ. Paribhuñjamānoti bhuñjamāno. Sakuntamaṃsehi susaṅkhatehīti tadā bhagavato abhihaṭaṃ sakuṇamaṃsaṃ niddisanto bhaṇati.
正当他这样说时,他端详着世尊的身体,从足底向上直至头顶发梢,见到三十二种殊胜大人相与八十种随形好圆满具足,以及一寻长的身光。他便心想:“拥有如此以大人相等庄严之身的人,不应会说妄语。他在过去生中,正是由真实语的果报,眉间才生出白毫,柔软如棉,且每一毛孔各生一毛。这样的人,如今又怎会说妄语呢?必定是另有所指,那才是他的‘腥味’,他就是针对那而说‘婆罗门,我不食腥味’。我何不就此问问他?”于是,他生起极大的敬重,依旧用族姓称呼着,说出了此偈的剩余部分:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhaṇanto eva ca bhagavato heṭṭhā pādatalā pabhuti yāva upari kesaggā sarīramullokento dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇāsītianubyañjanasampadaṃ byāmappabhāparikkhepañca disvā ‘‘evarūpo mahāpurisalakkhaṇādipaṭimaṇḍitakāyo na musā bhaṇituṃ arahati. Ayaṃ hissa bhavantarepi saccavācānissandeneva uṇṇā bhamukantare jātā odātā mudu tūlasannibhā, ekekāni ca lomakūpesu lomāni. Svāyaṃ kathamidāni musā bhaṇissati. Addhā añño imassa āmagandho bhavissati, yaṃ sandhāya etadavoca – ‘nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, āmagandhaṃ bhuñjāmī’ti, yaṃnūnāhaṃ etaṃ puccheyya’’nti cintetvā sañjātabahumāno gotteneva ālapanto imaṃ gāthāsesaṃ āha –
“迦叶啊,我向你请问此事:你所认为的腥味,究竟是怎样的?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ kassapa etamatthaṃ, kathaṃpakāro tava āmagandho’’ti.
245 那时,世尊为了为他解说腥味,宣说了“杀生”等以下的语句。其中,“杀生”:指杀害生命。“杀害、切割、捆绑”:此处,以棍杖等打击众生为杀害;截断手、脚等为切割;以绳索等绑缚为捆绑。“偷盗、妄语”:指偷盗与妄语。“诈骗”:指以“我会给,我会做”之类的话,使人产生期望后又令其失望的骗术。“欺瞒”:指将非金说成是金以骗取钱财等行为。“徒劳的诵习”:指无意义地学习众多典籍。“邪淫”:指侵犯他人所监护的妇女。“这是腥味,而非肉食”:这些杀生等不善法的现行,即是腥味,是臭秽之味,是腐尸之味。什么原因呢?因为它是不可意的,因为它夹杂烦恼的不净,因为它为诸善士所厌恶,也因为它能招致最极端的恶臭。显示巴利原文
245. Athassa bhagavā āmagandhaṃ vissajjetuṃ ‘‘pāṇātipāto’’ti evamādimāha. Tattha pāṇātipātoti pāṇavadho. Vadhachedabandhananti ettha sattānaṃ daṇḍādīhi ākoṭanaṃ vadho, hatthapādādīnaṃ chedanaṃ chedo, rajjuādīhi bandho bandhanaṃ. Theyyaṃ musāvādoti theyyañca musāvādo ca. Nikatīti ‘‘dassāmi, karissāmī’’tiādinā nayena āsaṃ uppādetvā nirāsākaraṇaṃ. Vañcanānīti asuvaṇṇaṃ suvaṇṇanti gāhāpanādīni. Ajjhenakuttanti niratthakamanekaganthapariyāpuṇanaṃ. Paradārasevanāti parapariggahitāsu cārittāpajjanaṃ. Esāmagandho na hi maṃsabhojananti esa pāṇātipātādiakusaladhammasamudācāro āmagandho vissagandho kuṇapagandho. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Amanuññattā kilesaasucimissakattā sabbhi jigucchitattā paramaduggandhabhāvāvahattā ca. Ye hi ussannakilesā sattā, te tehi atiduggandhā honti, nikkilesānaṃ matasarīrampi duggandhaṃ na hoti, tasmā esāmagandho. Maṃsabhojanaṃ pana adiṭṭhamasutamaparisaṅkitañca anavajjaṃ, tasmā na hi maṃsabhojanaṃ āmagandhoti.
246 这样,以法为依止的教说,从一个角度解释了腥味之后,如今,因为各类众生各各具足不同的腥味——并非一人具足所有腥味,也不是所有人都共具同一种腥味——为阐明他们各自所有的种种腥味,世尊以“ye idha kāmesu asaññatā janā(在此世间,于诸欲中不自制者)”等偈颂,先以补特伽罗为依止的教说来解说腥味,说了两首偈颂。显示巴利原文
246. Evaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya ekena nayena āmagandhaṃ vissajjetvā idāni yasmā te te sattā tehi tehi āmagandhehi samannāgatā, na eko eva sabbehi, na ca sabbe ekeneva, tasmā nesaṃ te te āmagandhe pakāsetuṃ ‘‘ye idha kāmesu asaññatā janā’’tiādinā nayena puggalādhiṭṭhānāya tāva desanāya āmagandhe vissajjento dve gāthāyo abhāsi.
其中,“ye idha kāmesu asaññatā janā(在此世间,于诸欲中不自制者)”:指在这个世间,任何在称为欲乐享受的诸欲中,对母亲、姨母等也无禁忌、毁坏防护而成为不自制的凡夫。“rasesu giddhā(贪著于味)”:指对舌识所知的诸味贪著、执著、迷恋、沉溺,不见过患、无出离慧而受用诸味。“asucibhāvamassitā(依附于不净状态)”:指因那种贪味,为了获得诸味而依附于种种名为邪命的不净状态。“natthikadiṭṭhī(无见)”:指持有“无有布施”等十事所依的邪见。“visamā(邪行)”:指身业等邪曲。“durannayā(难以教导)”:指难以被教示,固执己见、执取己见、坚执不舍、难以放舍。“esāmagandho(这是腥味)”:此偈以人为所依,指出“于欲中不自制、贪味、邪命活命、持无见、身恶行等邪曲、难以教导之状态”。应知这也是依前文所说义而有的另一种六种腥味。“na hi maṃsabhojanaṃ(而非肉食)”:而肉食,则如前文所说……显示巴利原文
Tattha ye idha kāmesu asaññatā janāti ye keci idha loke kāmapaṭisevanasaṅkhātesu kāmesu mātimātucchādīsupi mariyādāvirahena bhinnasaṃvaratāya asaṃyatā puthujjanā. Rasesu giddhāti jivhāviññeyyesu rasesu giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhosannā anādīnavadassāvino anissaraṇapaññā rase paribhuñjanti. Asucibhāvamassitāti tāya rasagiddhiyā rasapaṭilābhatthāya nānappakāramicchājīvasaṅkhātaasucibhāvamissitā. Natthikadiṭṭhīti ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādidasavatthukamicchādiṭṭhisamannāgatā. Visamāti visamena kāyakammādinā samannāgatā. Durannayāti duviññāpayā sandiṭṭhiparāmāsīādhānaggāhīduppaṭinissaggitāsamannāgatā. Esāmagandhoti esa etāya gāthāya puggale adhiṭṭhāya niddiṭṭho ‘‘kāmesu asaṃyatatā rasagiddhatā ājīvavipattinatthikadiṭṭhikāyaduccaritādivisamatā durannayabhāvatā’’ti aparopi pubbe vuttenevatthena chabbidho āmagandho veditabbo. Na hi maṃsabhojananti maṃsabhojanaṃ pana yathāvuttenevatthena na āmagandhoti.
247 在第二首偈颂中,“ye lūkhasā(粗鄙者)”:指那些粗砺、无味、专行自我折磨的人,这是其义。“dāruṇā(残暴者)”:指那些粗硬、具足难调伏性的人。“piṭṭhimaṃsikā(背面噬肉者)”:指那些当面说甜言蜜语,背后却说不善之语的人。因为他们不能当面直视,对于背向之人便如同啃食背肉者,因此称为“背面噬肉者”。“mittadduno(害友者)”:指背叛朋友的人;即在财产、妻子、生命等事上获得信任的朋友,却以错误的方式对待他们。“nikkaruṇā(无悲悯者)”:指无有悲悯、希望众生不利的人。“atimānino(极度骄慢者)”:指具备如此极度骄慢的人——正如《分别论》(Vibh.880)中所说:“在此,有一类人因为出身……乃至……以某种其他事由而极度轻视他人,凡这样的慢、渴望成为旗帜的心所。”“adānasīlā(悭吝成性者)”:指天性不施、倾向不施、喜欢不分享的人,这是其义。“na ca denti kassaci(也不施与任何人)”:而且,由于那种悭吝成性,他们也不施与任何人。显示巴利原文
247. Dutiyagāthāyapi ye lūkhasāti ye lūkhā nirasā, attakilamathānuyuttāti attho. Dāruṇāti kakkhaḷā dovacassatāyuttā. Piṭṭhimaṃsikāti purato madhuraṃ bhaṇitvā parammukhe avaṇṇabhāsino . Ete hi abhimukhaṃ oloketumasakkontā parammukhānaṃ piṭṭhimaṃsakhādakā viya honti, tena ‘‘piṭṭhimaṃsikā’’ti vuccanti. Mittaddunoti mittadūhakā, dāradhanajīvitesu vissāsamāpannānaṃ mittānaṃ tattha micchāpaṭipajjanakāti vuttaṃ hoti. Nikkaruṇāti karuṇāvirahitā sattānaṃ anatthakāmā. Atimāninoti ‘‘idhekacco jātiyā vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vatthunā pare atimaññati, yo evarūpo māno ketukamyatā cittassā’’ti (vibha. 880) evaṃ vuttena atimānena samannāgatā. Adānasīlāti adānapakatikā, adānādhimuttā asaṃvibhāgaratāti attho. Na ca denti kassacīti tāya ca pana adānasīlatāya yācitāpi santā kassaci kiñci na denti, adinnapubbakakule manussasadisā nijjhāmataṇhikapetaparāyaṇā honti. Keci pana ‘‘ādānasīlā’’tipi paṭhanti, kevalaṃ gahaṇasīlā, kassaci pana kiñci na dentīti. Esāmagandho na hi maṃsabhojananti esa etāya gāthāya puggale adhiṭṭhāya niddiṭṭho ‘‘lūkhatā, dāruṇatā , piṭṭhimaṃsikatā, mittadūbhitā, nikkaruṇatā, atimānitā, adānasīlatā, adāna’’nti aparopi pubbe vuttenevatthena aṭṭhavidho āmagandho veditabbo, na hi maṃsabhojananti.
248 如此,在以人为所依的教法中宣说了两颂之后,复又了知那位苦行者的内心倾向,便唯以法为所依的教法宣说一颂。其中,「忿怒」应按《蛇喻经》中所说的方法来理解。「慢」是内心的陶醉,依《分别论》所说,有“生慢、姓慢、健康慢”等分类。「顽迷」是心的僵滞状态。「违抗」是反向安立,即当以法理善加开示时,却对抗而住。「谄」是覆藏已作的恶业,依《分别论》所说,“此世间有人以身造恶行”等方法分别。「嫉」是对他人获得利养、恭敬等的嫉妒。「盛语之积聚」是盛大的言说,即赞美自己。「慢与过慢」,依《分别论》分别:“此世间有人或因出身……或以某种原因,起初认为与他人相等,而后认为自己更胜,视他人为劣,如是类的慢……心的高举性。”「与不善人亲近」是与不善士交往。「这就是腥味,而不是显示巴利原文
248. Evaṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya dve gāthāyo vatvā puna tassa tāpasassa āsayānuparivattanaṃ viditvā dhammādhiṭṭhānāyeva desanāya ekaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi. Tattha kodho uragasutte vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Madoti ‘‘jātimado, gottamado, ārogyamado’’tiādinā (vibha. 832) nayena vibhaṅge vuttappabhedo cittassa majjanabhāvo. Thambhoti thaddhabhāvo. Paccupaṭṭhāpanāti paccanīkaṭṭhāpanā, dhammena nayena vuttassa paṭivirujjhitvā ṭhānaṃ. Māyāti ‘‘idhekacco kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā’’tiādinā (vibha. 894) nayena vibhaṅge vibhattā katapāpapaṭicchādanatā. Usūyāti paralābhasakkārādīsu issā. Bhassasamussayoti samussitaṃ bhassaṃ, attukkaṃsanatāti vuttaṃ hoti. Mānātimānoti ‘‘idhekacco jātiyā vā…pe… aññataraññatarena vatthunā pubbakālaṃ parehi sadisaṃ attānaṃ dahati, aparakālaṃ attānaṃ seyyaṃ dahati, pare hīne dahati, yo evarūpo māno…pe… ketukamyatā cittassā’’ti (vibha. 880) vibhaṅge vibhatto. Asabbhi santhavoti asappurisehi santhavo. Esāmagandho na hi maṃsabhojananti esa kodhādi navavidho akusalarāsi pubbe vuttenevatthena āmagandhoti veditabbo, na hi maṃsabhojananti.
249 如此,在以法为所依的教说中显示了九种腥味之后,又如同先前所说的方法,在以人为所依的教说中舍弃腥味,而宣说了三颂。其中,「那些恶戒者」:指因行为恶劣而在世间以“恶戒者”闻名的人。「赖债者与告密者」:依《贱民经》中所说,即借债不还的赖债者,以及以离间语告密的人。「此处,狡诈的论理者即是伪善者」:指身处法官之位,收受贿赂,使物主败诉,因具足狡诈的论理而成为“狡诈的论理者”;因其外表形似法官,故是“伪善者”。又或,“此处”指在教法中,“伪善者”指破戒者,因为他们由威仪等成就,看似持戒者,是“似者”,这“似者”本身即是“伪善者”。「那些人中下劣者在此造作罪业」:指在此世间,对父母、诸佛与独觉佛等造作邪行(称为罪业)的人中下劣者。「这就是腥味,而不是肉食」:依此颂以人为所依所指出的是“恶戒性、赖债性、告密性、狡诈论理显示巴利原文
249. Evaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya navavidhaṃ āmagandhaṃ dassetvā punapi pubbe vuttanayeneva puggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya āmagandhe vissajjento tisso gāthāyo abhāsi. Tattha yepāpasīlāti ye pāpasamācāratāya ‘‘pāpasīlā’’ti loke pākaṭā. Iṇaghātasūcakāti vasalasutte vuttanayena iṇaṃ gahetvā tassa appadānena iṇaghātā, pesuññena sūcakā ca. Vohārakūṭā idha pāṭirūpikāti dhammaṭṭaṭṭhāne ṭhitā lañjaṃ gahetvā sāmike parājentā kūṭena vohārena samannāgatattā vohārakūṭā, dhammaṭṭhapaṭirūpakattā pāṭirūpikā. Atha vā idhāti sāsane. Pāṭirūpikāti dussīlā. Te hi yasmā nesaṃ iriyāpathasampadādīhi sīlavantapaṭirūpaṃ atthi, tasmā paṭirūpā, paṭirūpā eva pāṭirūpikā. Narādhamā yedha karonti kibbisanti ye idha loke narādhamā mātāpitūsu buddhapaccekabuddhādīsu ca micchāpaṭipattisaññitaṃ kibbisaṃ karonti. Esāmagandho na hi maṃsabhojananti esa etāya gāthāya puggale adhiṭṭhāya niddiṭṭho ‘‘pāpasīlatā, iṇaghātatā, sūcakatā, vohārakūṭatā, pāṭirūpikatā, kibbisakāritā’’ti aparopi pubbe vuttenevatthena chabbidho āmagandho veditabbo, na hi maṃsabhojananti.
250 「那些在此世对众生不加克制之人」:指在此世间,那些对众生随欲而行,杀害百千生命,毫无悲悯,不加以克制的人。「夺取他人所有后施以伤害者」:指夺取他人财物或生命后,对那些乞求“请不要这样做”或试图阻止的人,以拳、石、杖等加以伤害;又或,抓取其他众生后,说着“今天十个,今天二十个”,再以杀害、捆绑等方式加以残害。「无戒而残酷者」:指因邪行而无戒,因双手染血而行残忍业者,即杀鱼人、捕鹿人、捕鸟人等。「粗恶语者」是说粗恶语的人。「无尊重者」:指口中说“我们现在不做,应远离这类事”,内心却毫无尊重的人。「这就是腥味,而不是肉食」:依此颂以人为所依所指出的是“对众生不克制、伤害他人、无戒、残酷、粗恶、无尊重”这六种腥味。应当了知,依据前文所说之义及“杀生、杀害、砍伐、捆绑”等方法,这些是前面已说和未说的腥味,而不是显示巴利原文
250.Ye idha pāṇesu asaññatā janāti ye janā idhaloke pāṇesu yathākāmacāritāya satampi sahassampi māretvā anuddayāmattassāpi akaraṇena asaṃyatā. Paresamādāya vihesamuyyutāti paresaṃ santakaṃ ādāya dhanaṃ vā jīvitaṃ vā tato ‘‘mā evaṃ karothā’’ti yācantānaṃ vā nivārentānaṃ vā pāṇileḍḍudaṇḍādīhi vihesaṃ uyyutā. Pare vā satte samādāya ‘‘ajja dasa, ajja vīsa’’nti evaṃ samādiyitvā tesaṃ vadhabandhanādīhi vihesamuyyutā. Dussīlaluddāti nissīlā ca durācārattā , luddā ca kurūrakammantā lohitapāṇitāya, macchaghātakamigabandhakasākuṇikādayo idhādhippetā. Pharusāti pharusavācā. Anādarāti ‘‘idāni na karissāma, viramissāma evarūpā’’ti evaṃ ādaravirahitā . Esāmagandho na hi maṃsabhojananti esa etāya gāthāya puggale adhiṭṭhāya niddiṭṭho ‘‘pāṇātipāto vadhachedabandhana’’ntiādinā nayena pubbe vutto ca avutto ca ‘‘pāṇesu asaṃyatatā paresaṃ vihesatā dussīlatā luddatā pharusatā anādaro’’ti chabbidho āmagandho veditabbo, na hi maṃsabhojananti. Pubbe vuttampi hi sotūnaṃ sotukāmatāya avadhāraṇatāya daḷhīkaraṇatāyāti evamādīhi kāraṇehi puna vuccati. Teneva ca parato vakkhati ‘‘iccetamatthaṃ bhagavā punappunaṃ, akkhāsi naṃ vedayi mantapāragū’’ti.
251 “‘于他们贪着、敌对、杀害者’:即由于贪染而对那些众生贪着,由于瞋恚而对那些众生敌对,由于愚痴而不见其过患,因此一再违犯而行杀害;或者,于‘杀生、杀害、砍伐、捆绑’等所说的种种恶业中,随其所应,被称为贪、瞋、痴的贪着、敌对、杀害——他们便是被这些所贪着、敌对、杀害之人。‘恒常攻击’:指恒常致力于造作不善,任何时候都不以思择而舍弃。‘死后’:指从此世去往他世之后。‘他们走向黑暗,那些众生头下脚上堕入地狱’:指那些走向世界中间黑暗,或走向卑贱家族等黑暗之人;以及那些堕入无间等地狱,头朝下、倒栽的众生。‘这就是腥味’:这便是令那些众生走向黑暗、堕入地狱的原因,即贪、敌对、杀害的差别,这是一切腥味的根本,应知依如前所述的意义而成立为三种腥味。‘而非肉食’:肉食则不是腥味。显示巴利原文
251.Etesu giddhā viruddhātipātinoti etesu pāṇesu gedhena giddhā, dosena viruddhā, mohena ādīnavaṃ apassantā punappunaṃ ajjhācārappattiyā atipātino, etesu vā ‘‘pāṇātipāto vadhachedabandhana’’ntiādinā nayena vuttesu pāpakammesu yathāsambhavaṃ ye gedhavirodhātipātasaṅkhātā rāgadosamohā, tehi giddhā viruddhā atipātino ca. Niccuyyutāti akusalakaraṇe niccaṃ uyyutā, kadāci paṭisaṅkhāya appaṭiviratā. Peccāti asmā lokā paraṃ gantvā. Tamaṃ vajanti ye, patanti sattā nirayaṃ avaṃsirāti ye lokantarikandhakārasaṅkhātaṃ nīcakulatādibhedaṃ vā tamaṃ vajanti, ye ca patanti sattā avīciādibhedaṃ nirayaṃ avaṃsirā adhogatasīsā. Esāmagandhoti tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamavajananirayapatanahetu esa gedhavirodhātipātabhedo sabbāmagandhamūlabhūto yathāvuttenatthena tividho āmagandho. Na hi maṃsabhojananti maṃsabhojanaṃ pana na āmagandhoti.
252 如此,世尊从究竟意义上解释了腥味,并阐明它是恶趣道之后,现在为了显示:那位苦行者对于鱼肉食物执为腥味、执为恶趣道,想以不吃鱼肉来求清净,因此而不食;而这种方式以及其他类似的方式,并不能净化。于是说了“非由鱼肉……”等六句偈颂。其中,所有词语皆应与最后一句连接,即“非由鱼肉能净化未超越疑惑之人,非由供物、祭祀和时节受用能净化未超越疑惑之人”。在此,“非由鱼肉”指不食鱼肉并不能净化,同样,不食等等也不能净化,古师们作如是解。不过,这样理解更好:“非由鱼肉的不食、非由鱼肉的不食——不以鱼肉不食而能净化未超越疑惑之人。”若问:这样说岂不是将不食遗漏了吗?不会,因为它已被包含在“不死苦行”之中。因为“或有世间众多期望不死的苦行者”这一句,涵盖了所有其余的自我折磨。‘裸体’即裸形者的状态。‘剃发’即剃发的状态。‘结发与尘垢’即编结发髻与涂敷尘垢。‘粗硬的兽皮’即粗硬的兽皮衣。‘奉火’即侍奉火。‘不死’指为了希求不死而造作的身体污秽。‘众多’是因为有蹲踞精勤等种种差别而说多。‘苦行’即折磨身体。‘咒术’指明咒。‘供物’指火供之业。显示巴利原文
252. Evaṃ bhagavā paramatthato āmagandhaṃ vissajjetvā duggatimaggabhāvañcassa pakāsetvā idāni yasmiṃ macchamaṃsabhojane tāpaso āmagandhasaññī duggatimaggasaññī ca hutvā tassa abhojanena suddhikāmo hutvā taṃ na bhuñjati, tassa ca aññassa ca tathāvidhassa sodhetuṃ asamatthabhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘na macchamaṃsa’’nti imaṃ chappadaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha sabbapadāni antimapādena yojetabbāni – na macchamaṃsaṃ sodheti maccaṃ avitiṇṇakaṅkhaṃ, na āhutiyaññamutūpasevanā sodheti maccaṃ avitiṇṇakaṅkhanti evaṃ. Ettha ca na macchamaṃsanti akhādiyamānaṃ macchamaṃsaṃ na sodheti, tathā anāsakattanti evaṃ porāṇā vaṇṇenti. Evaṃ pana sundarataraṃ siyā ‘‘na macchamaṃsānaṃ anāsakattaṃ na macchamaṃsānānāsakattaṃ, macchamaṃsānaṃ anāsakattaṃ na sodheti, macca’’nti athāpi siyā, evaṃ sante anāsakattaṃ ohīyatīti? Tañca na, amaratapena saṅgahitattā. ‘‘Ye vāpi loke amarā bahū tapā’’ti ettha hi sabbopi vuttāvaseso attakilamatho saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti. Naggiyanti acelakattaṃ. Muṇḍiyanti muṇḍabhāvo. Jaṭājallanti jaṭā ca rajojallañca. Kharājinānīti kharāni ajinacammāni. Aggihuttassupasevanāti aggipāricāriyā. Amarāti amarabhāvapatthanatāya pavattakāyakilesā. Bahūti ukkuṭikappadhānādibhedato aneke. Tapāti sarīrasantāpā. Mantāti vedā. Āhutīti aggihomakammaṃ. Yaññamutūpasevanāti assamedhādiyaññā ca utūpasevanā ca. Utūpasevanā nāma gimhe ātapaṭṭhānasevanā, vasse rukkhamūlasevanā, hemante jalappavesasevanā. Na sodhenti maccaṃ avitiṇṇakaṅkhanti kilesasuddhiyā vā bhavasuddhiyā vā avitiṇṇavicikicchaṃ maccaṃ na sodhenti. Kaṅkhāmale hi sati na visuddho hoti, tvañca sakaṅkhoyevāti. Ettha ca ‘‘avitiṇṇakaṅkha’’nti etaṃ ‘‘na macchamaṃsa’’ntiādīni sutvā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho macchamaṃsānaṃ abhojanādinā siyā visuddhimaggo’’ti tāpasassa kaṅkhāya uppannāya bhagavatā vuttaṃ siyāti no adhippāyo. Yā cassa ‘‘so macchamaṃsaṃ bhuñjatī’’ti sutvāva buddhe kaṅkhā uppannā, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
253 如此显示不吃鱼肉等并不能净化之后,现在为了显示能够净化的法,而说“防护于诸根……”等偈颂。其中,“于诸根”即于六根。“防护”即具足以根律仪为防护。以此显示了以根律仪为眷属的戒。“知根而住”是指以知遍知了知六根之后而安住、而生活。以此显示了戒清净者对名色的分别。“安住于法”是安住于应以圣道现证的四谛法。以此显示了须陀洹果地。“欣求正直与柔软”是乐于正直的状态和柔软的状态。以此显示了斯陀含果地。因为斯陀含的身语邪曲之因——贪、瞋等已变得薄弱,所以乐于正直与柔软。“超越执著”是超越贪与瞋的执著。以此显示了阿那含果地。“已断尽一切苦”是由于断除了轮回之苦的因,而断尽一切苦。以此显示了阿拉汉果地。“贤者于所见所闻不染着”是指如此次第证得阿拉汉的贤者,由于成就了稳固,对于所见所闻的法,不为任何烦恼所染。不仅于所见所闻,于所觉所知也不染着,反而获得最上的清净,这是以阿拉汉顶结束开示。显示巴利原文
253. Evaṃ macchamaṃsānāsakattādīnaṃ sodhetuṃ asamatthabhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni sodhetuṃ samatthe dhamme dassento ‘‘sotesu gutto’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha sotesūti chasu indriyesu. Guttoti indriyasaṃvaraguttiyā samannāgato. Ettāvatā indriyasaṃvaraparivārasīlaṃ dasseti. Viditindriyo careti ñātapariññāya chaḷindriyāni viditvā pākaṭāni katvā careyya, vihareyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Ettāvatā visuddhasīlassa nāmarūpaparicchedaṃ dasseti. Dhamme ṭhitoti ariyamaggena abhisametabbacatusaccadhamme ṭhito. Etena sotāpattibhūmiṃ dasseti. Ajjavamaddaveratoti ujubhāve ca mudubhāve ca rato. Etena sakadāgāmibhūmiṃ dasseti. Sakadāgāmī hi kāyavaṅkādikarānaṃ cittathaddhabhāvakarānañca rāgadosānaṃ tanubhāvā ajjavamaddave rato hoti. Saṅgātigoti rāgadosasaṅgātigo. Etena anāgāmibhūmiṃ dasseti. Sabbadukkhappahīnoti sabbassa vaṭṭadukkhassa hetuppahānena pahīnasabbadukkho. Etena arahattabhūmiṃ dasseti. Na lippati diṭṭhasutesu dhīroti so evaṃ anupubbena arahattaṃ patto dhitisampadāya dhīro diṭṭhasutesu dhammesu kenaci kilesena na lippati. Na kevalañca diṭṭhasutesu, mutaviññātesu ca na lippati, aññadatthu paramavisuddhippatto hotīti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
254-5 此后,结集者说了“世尊反复阐明此义……”这两首偈颂。其意为:迦叶世尊为了以法为依、以人为依的教导,用众多偈颂反复宣说、开示、详解此义,直至那位苦行者完全了知为止。“那通达圣言的婆罗门也了知了此义”是指:那位通达圣言、通达吠陀的提舍婆罗门,同样了知了此义。以何因缘故?因为牟尼以那些义理、词句、说法风格皆丰富多彩的偈颂而阐明。是何等牟尼?是离臭秽、无依着、难牵引的牟尼。“离臭秽”指他已完全远离烦恼的臭秽,故称离臭秽;“无依着”指他已没有贪爱与邪见的依着;“难牵引”指他不可能被任何外道见解所牵,说“这个是更好的,这个更殊胜”。听到世尊这样的开示——即听闻佛陀善说的语句、善说的法教之后,这位婆罗门内心谦下,向如来行五体投地礼,即提舍婆罗门在如来双足前礼敬。他便在那里乞求出家,也就是说,苦行者提舍向在座上的迦叶世尊乞求出家。世尊对他说:“来,比丘!”就在那一刻,他自然具足八种资具,从空中飞来,像一位百岁长老般顶礼世尊。此后短短数日,显示巴利原文
254-5. Ito paraṃ ‘‘iccetamattha’’nti dve gāthā saṅgītikārehi vuttā. Tāsamattho – iti bhagavā kassapo etamatthaṃ punappunaṃ anekāhi gāthāhi dhammādhiṭṭhānāya puggalādhiṭṭhānāya ca desanāya yāva tāpaso aññāsi, tāva so akkhāsi kathesi vitthāresi. Naṃ vedayi mantapāragūti sopi tañca atthaṃ mantapāragū, vedapāragū, tisso brāhmaṇo vedayi aññāsi. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Yasmā atthato ca padato ca desanānayato ca citrāhi gāthāhi munī pakāsayi. Kīdiso? Nirāmagandho asito durannayo, āmagandhakilesābhāvā nirāmagandho, taṇhādiṭṭhinissayābhāvā asito, bāhiradiṭṭhivasena ‘‘idaṃ seyyo idaṃ vara’’nti kenaci netuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā durannayo. Evaṃ pakāsitavato cassa sutvāna buddhassa subhāsitaṃ padaṃ sukathitaṃ dhammadesanaṃ sutvā nirāmagandhaṃ nikkilesayogaṃ, sabbadukkhappanūdanaṃ sabbavaṭṭadukkhappanūdanaṃ, nīcamano nīcacitto hutvā vandi tathāgatassa, tisso brāhmaṇo tathāgatassa pāde pañcapatiṭṭhitaṃ katvā vandi. Tattheva pabbajjamarocayitthāti tattheva ca naṃ āsane nisinnaṃ kassapaṃ bhagavantaṃ tisso tāpaso pabbajjamarocayittha, ayācīti vuttaṃ hoti. Taṃ bhagavā ‘‘ehi bhikkhū’’ti āha. So taṅkhaṇaṃyeva aṭṭhaparikkhārayutto hutvā ākāsenāgantvā vassasatikatthero viya bhagavantaṃ vanditvā katipāheneva sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ paṭivijjhitvā tisso nāma aggasāvako ahosi, puna dutiyo bhāradvājo nāma. Evaṃ tassa bhagavato tissabhāradvājaṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi.
而我们的世尊,则将提舍婆罗门最初所说的三首偈颂、迦叶世尊中间所说的九首偈颂,以及那时结集者最后附加的两首偈颂,全部汇集整合为一完整的十四首偈颂,以此对以阿阇梨为首的那五百位苦行者,开示了这部《臭秽经》,阐明何谓臭秽。闻已,那位婆罗门同样内心谦下,在世尊足下礼拜,并带着随从一同乞求出家。世尊说:“来,比丘们!”他们同样获得了“来比丘”的身份,从空中飞来,顶礼世尊。短短数日后,他们全部安住于最上的果位——阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Amhākaṃ pana bhagavā yā ca tissena brāhmaṇena ādito tisso gāthā vuttā, yā ca kassapena bhagavatā majjhe nava, yā ca tadā saṅgītikārehi ante dve, tā sabbāpi cuddasa gāthā ānetvā paripuṇṇaṃ katvā imaṃ āmagandhasuttaṃ ācariyappamukhānaṃ pañcannaṃ tāpasasatānaṃ āmagandhaṃ byākāsi. Taṃ sutvā so brāhmaṇo tatheva nīcamano hutvā bhagavato pāde vanditvā pabbajjaṃ yāci saddhiṃ parisāya. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca. Te tatheva ehibhikkhubhāvaṃ patvā ākāsenāgantvā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā katipāheneva sabbeva aggaphale arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsūti.
3. 《惭经》的注释显示巴利原文
3. Hirisuttavaṇṇanā
“惭经”即指《惭经》。此经是如何发生?当世尊尚未出世时,在舍卫城有一位大婆罗门富豪,家资巨富,拥有八亿财产。他有一个独生子,既可爱又讨人喜爱。他像抚养天子一般,用种种安乐资具培育儿子,未及将家产交付儿子,便与婆罗门妻子一同去世了。父母去世后,库房管事打开藏宝库,将财产交还给那位青年,说道:“主人,这些是您父母的,这些是您祖父母、曾祖父母的,这些是您家族七代辗转传下来的。”青年看到这些财富后心想:“现前只见这些财产,积攒它们的人却一个也见不到,全已落入死神手中。他们离开时,什么也未能从此处带走。如此看来,不能不舍下财物而往他世,除了善行,什么都带不走。我何不舍弃这些财富,去获取那可以带走的善行之财呢?”于是他每天施舍出十万钱财。之后他又想:“这财富实在太多,像这样一点一滴地施舍有何意义?我何不用它作一次大布施呢?”他便禀告国王说:“大王,我家中现有如此庞大的钱财,我想以此作大布施。请大王在城中令人击鼓宣告。”国王照他的请求做了。所有来到他面前者,显示巴利原文
Hiriṃtarantanti hirisuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Anuppanne bhagavati sāvatthiyaṃ aññataro brāhmaṇamahāsālo aḍḍho ahosi asītikoṭidhanavibhavo. Tassa ekaputtako ahosi piyo manāpo. So taṃ devakumāraṃ viya nānappakārehi sukhūpakaraṇehi saṃvaḍḍhento taṃ sāpateyyaṃ tassa aniyyātetvāva kālamakāsi saddhiṃ brāhmaṇiyā. Tato tassa māṇavassa mātāpitūnaṃ accayena bhaṇḍāgāriko sāragabbhaṃ vivaritvā sāpateyyaṃ niyyātento āha – ‘‘idaṃ te, sāmi, mātāpitūnaṃ santakaṃ, idaṃ ayyakapayyakānaṃ santakaṃ, idaṃ sattakulaparivaṭṭena āgata’’nti. Māṇavo dhanaṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘idaṃ dhanaṃyeva dissati, yehi pana idaṃ sañcitaṃ, te na dissanti, sabbeva maccuvasaṃ gatā. Gacchantā ca na ito kiñci ādāya agamaṃsu, evaṃ nāma bhoge pahāya gantabbo paraloko, na sakkā kiñci ādāya gantuṃ aññatra sucaritena. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ dhanaṃ pariccajitvā sucaritadhanaṃ gaṇheyyaṃ, yaṃ sakkā ādāya gantu’’nti. So divase divase satasahassaṃ vissajjento puna cintesi – ‘‘pahūtamidaṃ dhanaṃ, kiṃ iminā evamappakena pariccāgena, yaṃnūnāhaṃ mahādānaṃ dadeyya’’nti. So rañño ārocesi – ‘‘mahārāja, mama ghare ettakaṃ dhanaṃ atthi, icchāmi tena mahādānaṃ dātuṃ. Sādhu, mahārāja, nagare ghosanaṃ kārāpethā’’ti. Rājā tathā kārāpesi. So āgatāgatānaṃ bhājanāni pūretvā sattahi divasehi sabbadhanamadāsi , datvā ca cintesi – ‘‘evaṃ mahāpariccāgaṃ katvā ayuttaṃ ghare vasituṃ, yaṃnūnāhaṃ pabbajeyya’’nti. Tato parijanassa etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Te ‘‘mā, tvaṃ sāmi, ‘dhanaṃ parikkhīṇa’nti cintayi, mayaṃ appakeneva kālena nānāvidhehi upāyehi dhanasañcayaṃ karissāmā’’ti vatvā nānappakārehi taṃ yāciṃsu. So tesaṃ yācanaṃ anādiyitvāva tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbaji.
其中,有八种苦行者:携子带妻者、拾穗行者、适时食者、不火煮者、持石行者、以齿剥者、随落果者、食叶柄者。其中,携子带妻者,即与儿女妻子一同出家,靠耕作、经商等方式维生的人,如羇尼耶结发者等。拾穗行者,即在城门附近搭起茅棚,于彼处教导刹帝利、婆罗门青年等技艺与学问,拒绝接受金银,只收受芝麻、米粒等许可之物的人;他们比携子带妻者更殊胜。适时食者,即于进食之时获得食物,取用而维生的人;他们比拾穗行者更殊胜。不火煮者,即只吃不用火煮的树叶、果实来维生的人;他们比适时食者更殊胜。持石行者,即手中握着一把石子,或拿着刀斧等物四处游走,饥饿时便从路遇的树上剥取树皮来吃,并受持布萨支、修习四梵住的人;他们比不火煮者更殊胜。以齿剥者,即连石子等也不拿取,四处游走,饥饿时便用牙齿从路遇的树上剥下树皮来吃,并受持布萨支、修习梵住的人;他们比持石行者更殊胜。随落果者,即依止天然湖泊或密林而住,湖泊中有藕根等,密林中花季有花,果季有果,他们便只以此过活。若无花也无果,他们甚至吃那里的树皮碎屑为生,绝不为觅食而往他处。他们也受持布萨支,修习梵显示巴利原文
Tattha aṭṭhavidhā tāpasā – saputtabhariyā, uñchācārikā, sampattakālikā, anaggipakkikā, asmamuṭṭhikā, dantaluyyakā, pavattaphalikā, vaṇṭamuttikā cāti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.280). Tattha saputtabhariyāti puttadārena saddhiṃ pabbajitvā kasivaṇijjādīhi jīvikaṃ kappayamānā keṇiyajaṭilādayo. Uñchācārikāti nagaradvāre assamaṃ kārāpetvā tattha khattiyabrāhmaṇakumārādayo sippādīni sikkhāpetvā hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ paṭikkhipitvā tilataṇḍulādikappiyabhaṇḍapaṭiggāhakā, te saputtabhariyehi seṭṭhatarā. Sampattakālikāti āhāravelāya sampattaṃ āhāraṃ gahetvā yāpentā, te uñchācārikehi seṭṭhatarā. Anaggipakkikāti agginā apakkapattaphalāni khāditvā yāpentā, te sampattakālikehi seṭṭhatarā. Asmamuṭṭhikāti muṭṭhipāsāṇaṃ gahetvā aññaṃ vā kiñci vāsisatthakādiṃ gahetvā vicarantā yadā chātā honti, tadā sampattarukkhato tacaṃ gahetvā khāditvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya cattāro brahmavihāre bhāventi, te anaggipakkikehi seṭṭhatarā. Dantaluyyakāti muṭṭhipāsāṇādīnipi agahetvā carantā khudākāle sampattarukkhato dantehi uppāṭetvā tacaṃ khāditvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya brahmavihāre bhāventi, te asmamuṭṭhikehi seṭṭhatarā. Pavattaphalikāti jātassaraṃ vā vanasaṇḍaṃ vā nissāya vasantā yaṃ tattha sare bhisamuḷālādi, yaṃ vā vanasaṇḍe pupphakāle pupphaṃ, phalakāle phalaṃ, tameva khādanti. Pupphaphale asati antamaso tattha rukkhapapaṭikampi khāditvā vasanti, na tveva āhāratthāya aññatra gacchanti. Uposathaṅgādhiṭṭhānaṃ brahmavihārabhāvanaṃ ca karonti, te dantaluyyakehi seṭṭhatarā. Vaṇṭamuttikā nāma vaṇṭamuttāni bhūmiyaṃ patitāni paṇṇāniyeva khādanti, sesaṃ purimasadisameva, te sabbaseṭṭhā.
而这位婆罗门善男子心想:“于种种苦行出家中,我要出家修那最殊胜的一种。”于是他独独择取了食叶柄苦行而出家,越过雪山中两三座山,建了一座茅棚住下来。那时,世尊已出现于世间,转起了无上法轮,渐次来到舍卫城,住在祇园给孤独园。恰好此时,舍卫城有一人到山中寻找旃檀树心等物,走到了他的茅棚,问讯之后站在一边。那苦行者见到他,问道:“你从何处来?”“从舍卫城来,尊者。”“那里有什么消息吗?”“尊者,那里的人们毫不懈怠,正做着布施等种种功德。”“他们依谁的教导而修?”“依佛陀世尊的教导。”当苦行者听到“佛陀”这个音声,心中生起极大惊异,就如《臭秽经》中所说的那样,一连问了三遍:“朋友,你所说的当真是佛陀吗?”接着他想:“这名字实在稀有难得。”他便满心欢喜,想要到世尊那里去,却又思量:“两手空空去见佛陀并不合适,我应带些什么礼物才好。”接着又想:“佛陀们并不看重物质的礼品,那我就带着法的礼物去吧。”于是他构思了四个问题——显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana brāhmaṇakulaputto ‘‘tāpasapabbajjāsu aggapabbajjaṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti vaṇṭamuttikapabbajjameva pabbajitvā himavante dve tayo pabbate atikkamma assamaṃ kārāpetvā paṭivasati. Atha bhagavā loke uppajjitvā pavattitavaradhammacakko anupubbena sāvatthiṃ gantvā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthivāsī eko puriso pabbate candanasārādīni gavesanto tassa assamaṃ patvā abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. So taṃ disvā ‘‘kuto āgatosī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Sāvatthito, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kā tattha pavattī’’ti? ‘‘Tattha, bhante, manussā appamattā dānādīni puññāni karontī’’ti. ‘‘Kassa ovādaṃ sutvā’’ti? ‘‘Buddhassa bhagavato’’ti. Tāpaso buddhasaddassavanena vimhito ‘‘buddhoti tvaṃ, bho purisa, vadesī’’ti āmagandhe vuttanayeneva tikkhattuṃ pucchitvā ‘‘ghosopi kho eso dullabho’’ti attamano bhagavato santikaṃ gantukāmo hutvā cintesi – ‘‘na yuttaṃ buddhassa santikaṃ tucchameva gantuṃ, kiṃ nu kho gahetvā gaccheyya’’nti. Puna cintesi – ‘‘buddhā nāma āmisagarukā na honti, handāhaṃ dhammapaṇṇākāraṃ gahetvā gacchāmī’’ti cattāro pañhe abhisaṅkhari –
‘‘Kīdiso mitto na sevitabbo, kīdiso mitto sevitabbo; Kīdiso payogo payuñjitabbo, kiṃ rasānaṃ agga’’nti.
他带着这些问题,前往中部地区,一路前行,到达舍卫城,进入祇树给孤独园。那时,世尊正为说法而安坐于法座。他见到世尊,未行礼便站到一旁。世尊以“仙人,可堪忍否?”等语与他寒暄。他也以“堪忍,乔达摩尊者”等语作答,心中想道:“若此人真是佛陀,必会以言语解答我心中的疑问。”于是便在心中向世尊提出了那些问题。世尊为了依次解答婆罗门所问的第一个问题,便以“越惭者”为起始,说出了两首半偈颂。显示巴利原文
So te pañhe gahetvā majjhimadesābhimukho pakkamitvā anupubbena sāvatthiṃ patvā jetavanaṃ paviṭṭho. Bhagavāpi tasmiṃ samaye dhammadesanatthāya āsane nisinnoyeva hoti. So bhagavantaṃ disvā avanditvāva ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Bhagavā ‘‘kacci, isi, khamanīya’’ntiādinā nayena sammodi. Sopi ‘‘khamanīyaṃ, bho gotamā’’tiādinā nayena paṭisammoditvā ‘‘yadi buddho bhavissati, manasā pucchite pañhe vācāya eva vissajjessatī’’ti manasā eva bhagavantaṃ te pañhe pucchi. Bhagavā brāhmaṇena puṭṭho ādipañhaṃ tāva vissajjetuṃ hiriṃ tarantanti ārabhitvā aḍḍhateyyā gāthāyo āha.
256 这些偈颂的意思是:“越惭者”指跨越惭愧、没有惭愧、不知羞耻的人。“为所厌者”是说,如同看见不净物一样看待他。无惭者厌恶惭耻,就像看见不净之物,因此人们不与他结交,不亲近他,所以称为“为所厌者”。“称‘我是你的’”是指像这样说:“朋友,我是你的同伴,一心为你好、希望你快乐,我甚至愿意为你献出生命。”以这种话来套交情。“不承担可办之事”的意思是:尽管这样说了,但对于那些他办得到的事,他却不去接手,也就是不为成办这些事而付出努力;或者说,他心里对这些事连一丝敬意都没有,每当事情出现时,他只会露出为难的神色。对于这种人,有智慧者应当这样辨认——“此非我友”:应当知道:“这是虚假的朋友,不是我真正的朋友。”显示巴利原文
256. Tāsaṃ attho – hiriṃ tarantanti hiriṃ atikkamantaṃ ahirikaṃ nillajjaṃ. Vijigucchamānanti asucimiva passamānaṃ. Ahiriko hi hiriṃ jigucchati asucimiva passati, tena naṃ na bhajati na allīyati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘vijigucchamāna’’nti. Tavāhamasmi iti bhāsamānanti ‘‘ahaṃ, samma, tava sahāyo hitakāmo sukhakāmo, jīvitampi me tuyhaṃ atthāya pariccatta’’nti evamādinā nayena bhāsamānaṃ. Sayhāni kammāni anādiyantanti evaṃ bhāsitvāpi ca sayhāni kātuṃ sakkānipi tassa kammāni anādiyantaṃ karaṇatthāya asamādiyantaṃ. Atha vā cittena tattha ādaramattampi akarontaṃ, apica kho pana uppannesu kiccesu byasanameva dassentaṃ. Neso mamanti iti naṃ vijaññāti taṃ evarūpaṃ ‘‘mittapaṭirūpako eso, neso me mitto’’ti evaṃ paṇḍito puriso vijāneyya.
257 “不副所言”是指,他声称“我将说明、我将办成”某事,却并不照办,由此称为不副所言。“于友中出爱语者”是指,有人只用关于过去、未来的言辞应酬,以毫无实益的话语笼络人,纯粹在朋友中发出徒有言辞影子的爱语。对这种不做实事、只说空话的人,智者如是辨别了知:“此人只是个言语至上者,非真朋友,是假朋友。”显示巴利原文
257.Ananvayanti yaṃ atthaṃ dassāmi, karissāmīti ca bhāsati, tena ananugataṃ. Piyaṃ vācaṃ yo mittesu pakubbatīti yo atītānāgatehi padehi paṭisantharanto niratthakena saṅgaṇhanto kevalaṃ byañjanacchāyāmatteneva piyaṃ mittesu vācaṃ pavatteti. Akarontaṃ bhāsamānaṃ, parijānanti paṇḍitāti evarūpaṃ yaṃ bhāsati, taṃ akarontaṃ, kevalaṃ vācāya bhāsamānaṃ ‘‘vacīparamo nāmesa amitto mittapaṭirūpako’’ti evaṃ paricchinditvā paṇḍitā jānanti.
258 “彼非朋友,若常不疏忽,疑有破裂,唯伺过失”:意指,有人总是担心关系破裂,表面上却装出亲切;他常住于警觉、毫不疏忽,对于对方因失念、不作意而做的任何事,或因无知而未做的任何事,只是伺察其过失,心里盘算着:“待他呵责我时,我便以此事反诘他。”这样的人,非是应当亲近的朋友。显示巴利原文
258.Na so mitto yo sadā appamatto, bhedāsaṅkī randhamevānupassīti yo bhedameva āsaṅkamāno katamadhurena upacārena sadā appamatto viharati, yaṃkiñci assatiyā amanasikārena kataṃ, aññāṇakena vā akataṃ, ‘‘yadā maṃ garahissati, tadā naṃ etena paṭicodessāmī’’ti evaṃ randhameva anupassati, na so mitto sevitabboti.
如此,世尊解答了“何种人不应结交为友”这第一个问题后,为解答第二个问题,说出了这半颂:“又于何处,他信赖地安住”。其义为:对于某位朋友,他能全然进入对方心中而安住。就像儿子睡在父亲胸口,心中毫无疑虑,不会想“我这样睡在他胸口,会不会引起痛苦或不悦?”——就这样毫无疑虑地安住。同样地,在配偶、财富、生命等事上,他也如此信赖对方,以朋友的身份毫无疑虑地安住。若一个人,纵使别人以百般理由、千般理由来挑拨,也绝不可被离间,这样的人才是应当结交的朋友。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘kīdiso mitto na sevitabbo’’ti imaṃ ādipañhaṃ vissajjetvā dutiyaṃ vissajjetuṃ ‘‘yasmiñca setī’’ti imaṃ upaḍḍhagāthamāha. Tassattho yasmiñca mitte mitto tassa hadayamanupavisitvā sayanena yathā nāma pitu urasi putto ‘‘imassa mayi urasi sayante dukkhaṃ vā anattamanatā vā bhaveyyā’’tiādīhi aparisaṅkamāno nibbisaṅko hutvā seti, evamevaṃ dāradhanajīvitādīsu vissāsaṃ karonto mittabhāvena nibbisaṅko seti. Yo ca parehi kāraṇasataṃ kāraṇasahassampi vatvā abhejjo, sa ve mitto sevitabboti.
259 如此,世尊解答了第二个问题——“应结交怎样的朋友”之后,为了解答第三个问题,说出这偈颂:“能生欢悦……”其含义是:能生起欢悦,故称“能生欢悦”。“处”,即原因。那是什么呢?是精进。由于此精进与法相应,能引生喜、欢悦与快乐,所以称为“能生欢悦”。正如所说:“比丘们,在善说的法、律中,已策励精进者,便住于安乐。”能带来称赞,故称“带来称赞”。因为它最初能带来天界与人间的快乐,最后能带来涅槃的快乐,所以从果上假立为乐。因渴望这果报,故称具有果报之利。“修习”,即增长。“承担人之职责”,即担起与男子相应的重任而安住,修习这名为正勤精进之处。这样的努力,应当去亲近。显示巴利原文
259. Evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘kīdiso mitto sevitabbo’’ti evaṃ dutiyapañhaṃ vissajjetvā tatiyaṃ vissajjetuṃ ‘‘pāmujjakaraṇa’’nti gāthamāha. Tassattho – pāmujjaṃ karotīti pāmujjakaraṇaṃ. Ṭhānanti kāraṇaṃ. Kiṃ pana tanti? Vīriyaṃ. Tañhi dhammūpasañhitaṃ pītipāmojjasukhamuppādanato pāmujjakaraṇanti vuccati. Yathāha ‘‘svākhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye yo āraddhavīriyo, so sukhaṃ viharatī’’ti (a. ni. 1.319). Pasaṃsaṃ āvahatīti pasaṃsāvahanaṃ. Ādito dibbamānusakasukhānaṃ , pariyosāne nibbānasukhassa āvahanato phalūpacārena sukhaṃ. Phalaṃ paṭikaṅkhamāno phalānisaṃso. Bhāvetīti vaḍḍheti. Vahanto porisaṃ dhuranti purisānucchavikaṃ bhāraṃ ādāya viharanto etaṃ sammappadhānavīriyasaṅkhātaṃ ṭhānaṃ bhāveti, īdiso payogo sevitabboti.
260 如此,世尊解答了第三个问题——“应运用怎样的努力”之后,为了解答第四个问题,说出这偈颂:“远离之味……”其中,“远离”:因从烦恼的远离中出生,故指最上果——阿拉汉果;其味,即与它相应、具品尝义的那种乐。“寂静”也是此义,因从烦恼止息的边际中出生,或因以名为涅槃的寂静为所缘。“法喜之味”也是指此,因为那是从不离圣法、于名为涅槃的法中生起的喜之味。饮了这远离之味与寂静之味,即饮了那法喜之味,他便成为无漏、无罪;已饮之后,因无烦恼的烧灼,故无漏;正饮之时,因已断除罪恶,故无罪。因此,这就是诸味的道路。然而,有些人将其联系为“依禅那、涅槃与省察,以及身远离、心远离、依远离的这三种法即是远离之味等”,但前一种解说才是善美的。世尊如此解答了第四个问题,以阿拉汉果为究竟而结束了开示。开示结束时,那位婆罗门在世尊座下出家,仅用数日便证得无碍解,成为阿拉汉。显示巴利原文
260. Evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘kīdiso payogo payuñjitabbo’’ti tatiyapañhaṃ vissajjetvā catutthaṃ vissajjetuṃ ‘‘pavivekarasa’’nti gāthamāha. Tattha pavivekoti kilesavivekato jātattā aggaphalaṃ vuccati, tassa rasoti assādanaṭṭhena taṃsampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ. Upasamopi kilesūpasamante jātattā nibbānasaṅkhātaupasamārammaṇattā vā tadeva, dhammapītirasopi ariyadhammato anapetāya nibbānasaṅkhāte dhamme uppannāya pītiyā rasattā tadeva. Taṃ pavivekarasaṃ upasamassa ca rasaṃ pitvā tadeva dhammapītirasaṃ pivaṃ niddaro hoti nippāpo, pivitvāpi kilesapariḷāhābhāvena niddaro, pivantopi pahīnapāpattā nippāpo hoti, tasmā etaṃ rasānamagganti. Keci pana ‘‘jhānanibbānapaccavekkhaṇānaṃ kāyacittaupadhivivekānañca vasena pavivekarasādayo tayo eva ete dhammā’’ti yojenti , purimameva sundaraṃ. Evaṃ bhagavā catutthapañhaṃ vissajjento arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne brāhmaṇo bhagavato santike pabbajitvā katipāheneva paṭisambhidāppatto arahā ahosīti.
《小部》中显示巴利原文
Khuddakanikāye
《经集注》显示巴利原文
Suttanipāta-aṭṭhakathā
(第二品)显示巴利原文
(Dutiyo bhāgo)
四、《吉祥经》注显示巴利原文
4. Maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanā
这部《吉祥经》以“如是我闻”开篇。它的缘起是怎样的呢?据说在赡部洲洲,各个城门口、集会堂、会堂等地,大众聚集,施舍了金钱与黄金,谈论着诸如御寒之类的种种世俗话题,每一个话题都要历经四个月才告终结。就在那时,有一天,发起了一场关于吉祥的讨论:“到底什么是吉祥?什么是‘见吉祥’?什么是‘闻吉祥’?什么是‘觉吉祥’?又有谁知道吉祥?”显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti maṅgalasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Jambudīpe kira tattha tattha nagaradvārasanthāgārasabhādīsu mahājanā sannipatitvā hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ datvā nānappakāraṃ sītāharaṇādibāhirakakathaṃ kathāpenti, ekekā kathā catumāsaccayena niṭṭhāti. Tattha ekadivasaṃ maṅgalakathā samuṭṭhāsi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho maṅgalaṃ, kiṃ diṭṭhaṃ maṅgalaṃ, sutaṃ maṅgalaṃ, mutaṃ maṅgalaṃ, ko maṅgalaṃ jānātī’’ti?
于是,有位名为“见吉祥者”的人说:“我知道什么是吉祥。世间所见就是吉祥。所谓‘所见’,是指那些被公认最为吉祥的色相。也就是说:有人清早起身,看见了沙雉鸟,或看见木苹果树的嫩枝,或看见孕妇,或看见盛装打扮的男童,或看见满水罐,或看见鲜红色的鱼,或看见良马,或看见良马车,或看见公牛,或看见母牛,或看见黄褐色的东西,乃至看见任何其他类似被公认最为吉祥的色相。这就称为‘见吉祥’。”有些人接受了他的说法,有些人没有接受。那些没有接受的人便与他争论起来。显示巴利原文
Atha diṭṭhamaṅgaliko nāmeko puriso āha – ‘‘ahaṃ maṅgalaṃ jānāmi, diṭṭhaṃ loke maṅgalaṃ, diṭṭhaṃ nāma abhimaṅgalasammataṃ rūpaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – idhekacco kālasseva vuṭṭhāya cātakasakuṇaṃ vā passati, beluvalaṭṭhiṃ vā gabbhiniṃ vā kumārake vā alaṅkatapaṭiyatte puṇṇaghaṭaṃ vā allarohitamacchaṃ vā ājaññaṃ vā ājaññarathaṃ vā usabhaṃ vā gāviṃ vā kapilaṃ vā, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci evarūpaṃ abhimaṅgalasammataṃ rūpaṃ passati, idaṃ vuccati diṭṭhamaṅgala’’nti. Tassa vacanaṃ ekacce aggahesuṃ, ekacce nāggahesuṃ. Ye nāggahesuṃ, te tena saha vivadiṃsu.
其后,又有一位名为‘闻吉祥论者’的人说道:“贤者,眼睛这东西,既见到清净也见到不清净,既见到美好也见到不美好,既见到悦意也见到不悦意。如果由它所见的称为吉祥,那么一切所见都应是吉祥。因此,所见不是吉祥。然而,听闻才是吉祥。所谓‘闻’,是指被公认为最上吉祥的声音。即如:有人清早起身,听到‘增长’、‘增长中’、‘圆满’、‘繁荣’、‘善喜’、‘吉祥’、‘吉祥增长’,或者听到‘今日是良星宿、良时辰、好日子、大吉祥’等这一类被公认为最上吉祥的声音。这就叫闻吉祥。”有些人接受了他的话,有些人不接受。不接受的人便与他争论。显示巴利原文
Atha sutamaṅgaliko nāmeko puriso āha – ‘‘cakkhu nāmetaṃ, bho, sucimpi asucimpi passati, tathā sundarampi asundarampi, manāpampi amanāpampi. Yadi tena diṭṭhaṃ maṅgalaṃ siyā, sabbampi maṅgalaṃ siyā, tasmā na diṭṭhaṃ maṅgalaṃ, apica kho pana sutaṃ maṅgalaṃ, sutaṃ nāma abhimaṅgalasammato saddo. Seyyathidaṃ – idhekacco kālasseva vuṭṭhāya vaḍḍhāti vā vaḍḍhamānāti vā puṇṇāti vā phussāti vā sumanāti vā sirīti vā sirivaḍḍhāti vā ajja sunakkhattaṃ sumuhuttaṃ sudivasaṃ sumaṅgalanti evarūpaṃ vā yaṃkiñci abhimaṅgalasammataṃ saddaṃ suṇāti, idaṃ vuccati sutamaṅgala’’nti. Tassapi vacanaṃ ekacce aggahesuṃ, ekacce nāggahesuṃ. Ye nāggahesuṃ, te tena saha vivadiṃsu.
其后,又有一位名为‘觉吉祥论者’的人说道:“贤者,耳朵这东西,既听闻好的也听闻不好的,既听闻悦意也听闻不悦意。如果由它所闻的称为吉祥,那么一切所闻都应是吉祥。因此,所闻不是吉祥。然而,觉知才是吉祥。所谓‘觉’,是指被公认为最上吉祥的香、味、触。即如:有人清早起身,嗅到莲花香等花香,或咀嚼弗沙树芽枝,或触摸大地,或触摸绿油油的庄稼、新鲜的牛粪、龟、芝麻束、花、果,或以弗沙泥涂身,或穿着弗沙衣,或佩戴弗沙头巾,乃至嗅到、尝到、触到任何其他类似被公认为最上吉祥的香、味、触。这就叫觉吉祥。”有些人接受了他的话,有些人不接受。显示巴利原文
Atha mutamaṅgaliko nāmeko puriso āha – ‘‘sotampi hi nāmetaṃ bho sādhumpi asādhumpi manāpampi amanāpampi suṇāti. Yadi tena sutaṃ maṅgalaṃ siyā, sabbampi maṅgalaṃ siyā, tasmā na sutaṃ maṅgalaṃ, apica kho pana mutaṃ maṅgalaṃ, mutaṃ nāma abhimaṅgalasammataṃ gandharasaphoṭṭhabbaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – idhekacco kālasseva vuṭṭhāya padumagandhādipupphagandhaṃ vā ghāyati, phussadantakaṭṭhaṃ vā khādati, pathaviṃ vā āmasati, haritasassaṃ vā allagomayaṃ vā kacchapaṃ vā tilavāhaṃ vā pupphaṃ vā phalaṃ vā āmasati, phussamattikāya vā sammā limpati, phussasāṭakaṃ vā nivāseti, phussaveṭhanaṃ vā dhāreti, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci evarūpaṃ abhimaṅgalasammataṃ gandhaṃ vā ghāyati, rasaṃ vā sāyati, phoṭṭhabbaṃ vā phusati, idaṃ vuccati mutamaṅgala’’nti. Tassapi vacanaṃ ekacce aggahesuṃ, ekacce nāggahesuṃ.
当时,见吉祥论者说服不了闻吉祥论者和觉吉祥论者,他们中的任何一方也说服不了另外两方。那些人当中,接受了见吉祥论者说法的人,便执持‘唯见是吉祥’;接受了闻吉祥论者和觉吉祥论者说法的人,便执持‘唯闻是吉祥’、‘唯觉是吉祥’。就这样,这个关于吉祥的论题传遍了整个赡部洲洲,家喻户晓。显示巴利原文
Tattha na diṭṭhamaṅgaliko sutamutamaṅgalike asakkhi saññāpetuṃ. Na tesaṃ aññataro itare dve. Tesu ca manussesu ye diṭṭhamaṅgalikassa vacanaṃ gaṇhiṃsu, te ‘‘diṭṭhaṃyeva maṅgala’’nti gatā. Ye sutamutamaṅgalikānaṃ vacanaṃ gaṇhiṃsu, te ‘‘sutaṃyeva mutaṃyeva maṅgala’’nti gatā. Evamayaṃ maṅgalakathā sakalajambudīpe pākaṭā jātā.
于是,整个赡部洲洲的人们聚在一起,纷纷议论:“到底什么才是吉祥?”各自思惟着种种吉祥之说。人们的守护天神听闻这些谈论后,也同样思惟起种种吉祥来。地居天神是那些守护天神的朋友,他们从守护天神那里听闻后,也跟着思惟种种吉祥。空居天神是地居天神的朋友,四天王天是空居天神的朋友,就这样,通过彼此为友,辗转传闻,一直传到善见天、阿迦腻咤天,他们也同样聚在一起,纷纷思惟种种吉祥。如此,在一万个轮围世界中,各处都兴起了对吉祥的探求。尽管大众以‘这是吉祥’、‘那是吉祥’的方式不断地辨别,但历经十二年仍无法得出结论。除了圣弟子之外,所有的人类、天神、梵天,都依各自的见、闻、觉而分裂为三派。没有一个人能如实确定‘唯独这是吉祥’,世间便因此兴起了‘吉祥喧哗’。显示巴利原文
Atha sakalajambudīpe manussā gumbagumbā hutvā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho maṅgala’’nti maṅgalāni cintayiṃsu . Tesaṃ manussānaṃ ārakkhadevatā taṃ kathaṃ sutvā tatheva maṅgalāni cintayiṃsu. Tāsaṃ devatānaṃ bhummadevatā mittā honti, atha tato sutvā bhummadevatāpi tatheva maṅgalāni cintayiṃsu. Tāsampi devatānaṃ ākāsaṭṭhadevatā mittā honti, ākāsaṭṭhadevatānaṃ cātumahārājikadevatā. Eteneva upāyena yāva sudassīdevatānaṃ akaniṭṭhadevatā mittā honti, atha tato sutvā akaniṭṭhadevatāpi tatheva gumbagumbā hutvā maṅgalāni cintayiṃsu. Evaṃ dasasahassacakkavāḷesu sabbattha maṅgalacintā udapādi. Uppannā ca sā ‘‘idaṃ maṅgalaṃ idaṃ maṅgala’’nti vinicchiyamānāpi appattā eva vinicchayaṃ dvādasa vassāni aṭṭhāsi. Sabbe manussā ca devā ca brahmāno ca ṭhapetvā ariyasāvake diṭṭhasutamutavasena tidhā bhinnā. Ekopi ‘‘idameva maṅgala’’nti yathābhuccato niṭṭhaṅgato nāhosi, maṅgalakolāhalaṃ loke uppajji.
所谓喧哗,共有五种:劫喧哗、转轮王喧哗、佛喧哗、吉祥喧哗、牟尼喧哗。其中,欲界的天神们披头散发,满脸泪痕,用手擦拭着眼泪,身穿红衣,现出极为怪异的形貌,游行于人间宣告道:‘十万年之后,劫灭将至。这个世间将要毁灭,大海将要枯竭,这片大地与须弥山王都将被大火烧尽,世界的毁灭将一直蔓延至梵天界。诸位贤者,修习慈心吧!诸位贤者,修习悲心、喜心、舍心吧!孝敬母亲,孝敬父亲,敬重家族中的长辈,保持警醒,切莫放逸!’这便称之为劫喧哗。显示巴利原文
Kolāhalaṃ nāma pañcavidhaṃ – kappakolāhalaṃ, cakkavattikolāhalaṃ, buddhakolāhalaṃ, maṅgalakolāhalaṃ, moneyyakolāhalanti. Tattha kāmāvacaradevā muttasirā vikiṇṇakesā rudammukhā assūni hatthehi puñchamānā rattavatthanivatthā ativiya virūpavesadhārino hutvā, ‘‘vassasatasahassassa accayena kappuṭṭhānaṃ bhavissati. Ayaṃ loko vinassissati, mahāsamuddo sussissati, ayañca mahāpathavī sineru ca pabbatarājā uḍḍhayhissati vinassissati, yāva brahmalokā lokavināso bhavissati. Mettaṃ, mārisā, bhāvetha, karuṇaṃ muditaṃ upekkhaṃ, mārisā, bhāvetha, mātaraṃ upaṭṭhahatha, pitaraṃ upaṭṭhahatha, kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino hotha, jāgaratha mā pamādatthā’’ti manussapathe vicaritvā ārocenti. Idaṃ kappakolāhalaṃ nāma.
正是那些欲界的天神游行于人间,宣告道:‘再过百年,转轮王将会出现于世间。’这便称之为转轮王喧哗。显示巴利原文
Kāmāvacaradevāyeva ‘‘vassasatassaccayena cakkavattirājā loke uppajjissatī’’ti manussapathe vicaritvā ārocenti. Idaṃ cakkavattikolāhalaṃ nāma.
净居天的天神们以梵天的饰品装扮自己,头戴梵天的头巾,满心喜悦与满足,称扬佛陀的功德,游行于人间宣告:‘千年之后,佛陀将会出现于世间。’这称为佛喧哗。显示巴利原文
Suddhāvāsā pana devā brahmābharaṇena alaṅkaritvā brahmaveṭhanaṃ sīse katvā pītisomanassajātā buddhaguṇavādino ‘‘vassasahassassa accayena buddho loke uppajjissatī’’ti manussapathe vicaritvā ārocenti. Idaṃ buddhakolāhalaṃ nāma.
净居天的天神们了知人们的心念,便游行于人间宣告:‘十二年后,正自觉者将开示吉祥。’这称为吉祥喧哗。显示巴利原文
Suddhāvāsā eva devā manussānaṃ cittaṃ ñatvā ‘‘dvādasannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena sammāsambuddho maṅgalaṃ kathessatī’’ti manussapathe vicaritvā ārocenti. Idaṃ maṅgalakolāhalaṃ nāma.
净居天的天神们了知人心,游行于人间宣告:‘七年后,将有一位比丘与世尊相会,询问牟尼行道。’这称为牟尼喧哗。在这五种喧哗中,当诸天与人们因所见吉祥等而分作三类时,此吉祥喧哗便出现于世间。显示巴利原文
Suddhāvāsā eva devā ‘‘sattannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena aññataro bhikkhu bhagavatā saddhiṃ samāgamma moneyyapaṭipadaṃ pucchissatī’’ti manussapathe vicaritvā ārocenti. Idaṃ moneyyakolāhalaṃ nāma. Imesu pañcasu kolāhalesu diṭṭhamaṅgalādivasena tidhā bhinnesu devamanussesu idaṃ maṅgalakolāhalaṃ loke uppajji.
当时,诸天与人们反复寻找却未得吉祥。十二年过后,忉利天的天神们聚集一处,共同思惟:“贤者们,犹如一家之主统理家众,村长统理村民,国王统理所有人民;同样地,这位帝释天王是我们之上首与最尊,他以福德、威光、自在与智慧而为二天界之主宰。我们何不前往请问帝释?”于是,他们来到帝释处。那时,帝释身着合宜之饰,庄严其身,光彩熠熠,具二亿五千万天女围绕,坐于波利质多罗树下敷着黄色毛毯的殊胜座具之上。众天礼敬后立于一旁,说道:“贤者,您应当知道,如今吉祥的问题已经产生——有人说‘所见为吉祥’,有人说‘所闻为吉祥’,有人说‘所觉知为吉祥’。对此,我等与他人皆无法确定,请您如实为我们开解。”帝释天王本具聪慧,问道:“此吉祥之论,最初是从何处生起?”他们答言:“大王,我们从四大天王天众那里听闻。”接着,四大天王天从空居天听闻,空居天从地居天听闻,地居天从人间守护神听闻,而人间守护神则说:“此论在人间生起。”显示巴利原文
Atha devesu ca manussesu ca vicinitvā vicinitvā maṅgalāni alabhamānesu dvādasannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena tāvatiṃsakāyikā devatā saṅgamma samāgamma evaṃ samacintesuṃ – ‘‘seyyathāpi nāma, mārisā, gharasāmiko antogharajanānaṃ, gāmasāmiko gāmavāsīnaṃ, rājā sabbamanussānaṃ, evamevaṃ ayaṃ sakko devānamindo amhākaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca yadidaṃ puññena tejena issariyena paññāya dvinnaṃ devalokānaṃ adhipati. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etamatthaṃ puccheyyāmā’’ti. Tā sakkassa santikaṃ gantvā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ taṅkhaṇānurūpanivāsanābharaṇasassirikasarīraṃ aḍḍhateyyakoṭiaccharāgaṇaparivutaṃ pāricchattakamūle paṇḍukambalavarāsane nisinnaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ ṭhatvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘yagghe, mārisa, jāneyyāsi, etarahi maṅgalapañhā samuṭṭhitā, eke diṭṭhaṃ maṅgalanti vadanti, eke sutaṃ maṅgalanti vadanti, eke mutaṃ maṅgalanti vadanti. Tattha mayañca aññe ca aniṭṭhaṅgatā, sādhu vata no tvaṃ yāthāvato byākarohī’’ti. Devarājā pakatiyāpi paññavā ‘‘ayaṃ maṅgalakathā kattha paṭhamaṃ samuṭṭhitā’’ti āha. ‘‘Mayaṃ deva cātumahārājikānaṃ assumhā’’ti āhaṃsu. Tato cātumahārājikā ākāsaṭṭhadevatānaṃ, ākāsaṭṭhadevatā bhummadevatānaṃ, bhummadevatā manussārakkhadevatānaṃ, manussārakkhadevatā ‘‘manussaloke samuṭṭhitā’’ti āhaṃsu.
于是帝释问:“正自觉者现住何处?”众天回答:“在人间,大王。”帝释又问:“可有人请问过彼世尊吗?”众天回答:“没有任何天神请问过。”帝释便说:“贤者们,你们岂不是像弃舍了火却要去点亮萤火虫一般?你们越过了那位能毫无遗漏开示吉祥的世尊,却想来问我。来吧,贤者们,我们一同去请问彼世尊,必将获得光彩照耀的解答。”他随即派遣一位天子:“你去请问世尊。”那位天子便穿戴合宜的饰物,犹如闪电照耀,在天众围绕下来到祇树给孤独园,礼敬世尊,立于一旁,以偈颂请问吉祥的问题。世尊为他解答之后,便开示了此经。显示巴利原文
Atha devānamindo ‘‘sammāsambuddho kattha vasatī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Manussaloke, devā’’ti āhaṃsu. ‘‘Taṃ bhagavantaṃ koci pucchī’’ti āha. ‘‘Na koci devā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ nu kho nāma tumhe mārisā aggiṃ chaḍḍetvā khajjopanakaṃ ujjāletha, ye anavasesamaṅgaladesakaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ atikkamitvā maṃ pucchitabbaṃ maññatha? Āgacchatha, mārisā, taṃ bhagavantaṃ pucchāma, addhā sassirikaṃ pañhabyākaraṇaṃ labhissāmā’’ti ekaṃ devaputtaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘tvaṃ bhagavantaṃ pucchā’’ti. So devaputto taṅkhaṇānurūpena alaṅkārena attānaṃ alaṅkaritvā vijjuriva vijjotamāno devagaṇaparivuto jetavanamahāvihāraṃ āgantvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ ṭhatvā maṅgalapañhaṃ pucchanto gāthāya ajjhabhāsi. Bhagavā tassa taṃ pañhaṃ vissajjento imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
在这里,“如是我闻”等词句的含义,简要而言在《耕田婆罗堕阇经》的注释中已作说明;若欲详细了知,则应依《破除迷障·中部注》中所说的方法来掌握。在《耕田婆罗堕阇经》中说到“住于摩揭陀国南山一处名为一村的婆罗门村落”,而此处则说“在舍卫城,住于祇树给孤独园”。因此,我们以“在舍卫城”这一句为起点,来对此处尚未解释的词句进行注释。显示巴利原文
Tattha evaṃ me sutantiādīnamattho saṅkhepato kasibhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vutto, vitthāraṃ pana icchantehi papañcasūdaniyā majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayena gahetabbo. Kasibhāradvājasutte ca ‘‘magadhesu viharati dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ ekanāḷāyaṃ brāhmaṇagāme’’ti vuttaṃ, idha ‘‘sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme’’ti. Tasmā ‘‘sāvatthiya’’nti imaṃ padaṃ ādiṃ katvā idha apubbapadavaṇṇanaṃ karissāma.
所谓“舍卫城”,是指一座名为舍卫的城市。相传那里曾是名叫舍卫陀的仙人的住处,因此就像拘萨婆的住处名为“憍赏弥”,迦旃陀的住处名为“迦旃提”那样,依阴性词形,便称为“舍卫城”。但古代论师们另有解释:因为在那个地方,商队聚集时,有人问“有什么货物?”答复是“什么都有”,依此音缘,便称为“舍卫城”。“就在那个舍卫城”——这一句指明了他所游化的村落。“祇陀”是一位王子,因为是由他种植栽培的,那片属于祇太子的林苑便称为“祇园”,就在那个祇园中。“给孤独”意为对无依无靠者的布施,这里指给孤独长者。给孤独居士舍弃了五十四亿财富建成精舍,这便是它的含义。这一句则显示了适合出家人安住的住所。显示巴利原文
Seyyathidaṃ, sāvatthiyanti evaṃnāmake nagare. Taṃ kira savatthassa nāma isino nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ ahosi. Tasmā yathā kusambassa nivāso kosambī, kākaṇḍassa nivāso kākaṇḍīti, evaṃ itthiliṅgavasena ‘‘sāvatthī’’ti vuccati. Porāṇā pana vaṇṇayanti – yasmā tasmiṃ ṭhāne satthasamāyoge ‘‘kiṃbhaṇḍamatthī’’ti pucchite ‘‘sabbamatthī’’ti āhaṃsu, tasmā taṃ vacanamupādāya ‘‘sāvatthī’’ti vuccati. Tassaṃ sāvatthiyaṃ. Etenassa gocaragāmo dīpito hoti. Jeto nāma rājakumāro, tena ropitasaṃvaḍḍhitattā tassa jetassa vananti jetavanaṃ, tasmiṃ jetavane. Anāthānaṃ piṇḍo etasmiṃ atthīti anāthapiṇḍiko, tassa anāthapiṇḍikassa. Anāthapiṇḍikena gahapatinā catupaṇṇāsakoṭipariccāgena niṭṭhāpitārāmeti attho. Etenassa pabbajitānurūpanivāsokāso dīpito hoti.
“Atha”一词表示无间断,“kho”是一个用以引出另一事件的虚词。由此表明,世尊住在这里时,相续不断地“生起了如下一事”。什么事呢?就是“某一位天神”等。其中,“某一位”是不确定的指称。因为她的名字和种姓并不为人所知,故说“某一位”。“天”即天神,本为男女通称。而此处实际是一位男性,也就是那位天子,只是随顺通常的称谓而叫作“天神”。显示巴利原文
Athāti avicchedatthe, khoti adhikārantaranidassanatthe nipāto. Tena avicchinneyeva tattha bhagavato vihāre ‘‘idamadhikārantaraṃ udapādī’’ti dasseti. Kiṃ tanti? Aññatarā devatātiādi. Tattha aññatarāti aniyamitaniddeso. Sā hi nāmagottato apākaṭā, tasmā ‘‘aññatarā’’ti vuttā. Devo eva devatā, itthipurisasādhāraṇametaṃ. Idha pana puriso eva so devaputto, kintu sādhāraṇanāmavasena ‘‘devatā’’ti vutto.
在“abhikkantāya rattiyā”(已逝之夜)这一句中,“abhikkanta”一词可见于耗尽、美好、合宜、随喜等义。其中,在“尊者,夜已逝,初夜分已过,比丘僧众久坐,请世尊为比丘们诵别解脱律仪”这类语句中,它用于耗尽义。在“此人于此四人当中,更为胜妙、更为殊胜”这类语句中,它用于美好义。显示巴利原文
Abhikkantāyarattiyāti ettha abhikkantasaddo khayasundarābhirūpaabbhanumodanādīsu dissati. Tattha ‘‘abhikkantā, bhante, ratti, nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo, ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho. Uddisatu, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkha’’nti evamādīsu (cūḷava. 383; a. ni. 8.20; udā. 45) khaye dissati. ‘‘Ayaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’’ti evamādīsu (a. ni. 4.100) sundare.
‘‘Ko me vandati pādāni, iddhiyā yasasā jalaṃ; Abhikkantena vaṇṇena, sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā’’ti. (vi. va. 857) –
在表示“美丽”等义时,“abhikkanta”是这样使用的;而在“真是殊胜啊,乔达摩尊者!真是殊胜啊,乔达摩尊者!”这类语句中,它用于随喜。但在这里,它取“耗尽”之义。因此,“abhikkantāya rattiyā”即是说夜已穷尽。显示巴利原文
Evamādīsu abhirūpe. ‘‘Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotamā’’ti evamādīsu (a. ni. 2.16; pārā. 15) abbhanumodane. Idha pana khaye. Tena abhikkantāya rattiyā, parikkhīṇāya rattiyāti vuttaṃ hoti.
在“abhikkantavaṇṇā”一词中,“abhikkanta”意为美丽;而“vaṇṇa”一词则在肤色、称赞、种姓阶层、原因、形状、大小、色处等多种语境中出现。例如,“世尊具有金色肤色”这类语句中,指肤色;“居士!你是何时汇集了这些对沙门乔达摩的称赞?”这类语句中,指称赞;“尊者乔达摩!有四种姓阶层”这类语句中,指种姓阶层;“那么,是因什么原因而称为香手呢?”这类语句中,指原因;“变化出大龙象的形状之后”这类语句中,指形状;“钵有三种大小”这类语句中,指大小;“色、香、味、食素”这类语句中,指色处。在此应当将它理解为肤色。因此,“abhikkantavaṇṇā”即肤色美丽。显示巴利原文
Abhikkantavaṇṇāti ettha abhikkantasaddo abhirūpe, vaṇṇasaddo pana chavithutikulavaggakāraṇasaṇṭhānappamāṇarūpāyatanādīsu dissati. Tattha ‘‘suvaṇṇavaṇṇosi bhagavā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 2.399; su. ni. 553) chaviyaṃ. ‘‘Kadā saññūḷhā pana te, gahapati, ime samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 2.77) thutiyaṃ. ‘‘Cattārome, bho gotama, vaṇṇā’’ti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 3.115) kulavagge. ‘‘Atha kena nu vaṇṇena, gandhatthenoti vuccatī’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.234) kāraṇe. ‘‘Mahantaṃ hatthirājavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.138) saṇṭhāne. ‘‘Tayo pattassa vaṇṇā’’ti evamādīsu pamāṇe. ‘‘Vaṇṇo gandho raso ojā’’ti evamādīsu rūpāyatane. So idha chaviyaṃ daṭṭhabbo. Tena abhikkantavaṇṇā abhirūpacchavīti vuttaṃ hoti.
在“kevalakappanti”一词中,“kevala”有‘无余’、‘多数’、‘无混杂’、‘无超出’、‘坚固’、‘离系’等多种意义。例如,在“完全圆满、清净的梵行”这类语句中,其义为‘无余’;在“几乎所有的盎嘎-摩揭陀人都会带着丰盛的嚼食、噉食前来”这类语句中,其义为‘多数’;在“纯大苦蕴的集”这类语句中,其义为‘无混杂’;在“这位具寿大概只是有信而已”这类语句中,其义为‘无超出’;在“尊者!具寿阿那律的同伴比丘巴希卡,坚持要破僧”这类语句中,其义为‘坚固’;在“称为已住立者、无学者、最上士”这类语句中,其义为‘离系’。但在此处,取它‘无余’的意思。显示巴利原文
Kevalakappanti ettha kevalasaddo anavasesayebhuyyaabyāmissaanatirekadaḷhatthavisaṃyogādianekattho. Tathā hissa ‘‘kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariya’’nti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 1.255; pārā. 1) anavasesatā attho. ‘‘Kevalakappā ca aṅgamāgadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya upasaṅkamissantī’’ti evamādīsu (mahāva. 43) yebhuyyatā. ‘‘Kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī’’ti evamādīsu (vibha. 225) abyāmissatā. ‘‘Kevalaṃ saddhāmattakaṃ nūna ayamāyasmā’’ti evamādīsu (mahāva. 244) anatirekatā. ‘‘Āyasmato bhante anuruddhassa bāhiko nāma saddhivihāriko kevalakappaṃ saṅghabhedāya ṭhito’’ti evamādīsu (a. ni. 4.243) daḷhatthatā. ‘‘Kevalī vusitavā uttamapurisoti vuccatī’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 3.57) visaṃyogo. Idha panassa anavasesato attho adhippeto.
而“kappa”一词,则有信受、言说、时间、施设、剪断、开许、少许、整个等多种意义。例如,在“尊者乔达摩!这应信受,正如阿拉汉、正自觉者应得的”这类语句中,其义为信受;在“诸比丘!我允许以五种沙门的方式受用果实”这类语句中,其义为言说;在“我恒时以此而住”这类语句中,其义为时间;在“这位具寿名为劫波”这类语句中,其义为施设;在“庄严,须发修剪过”这类语句中,其义为剪断;在“两指的开许是允许的”这类语句中,其义为开许;在“有少许的卧处”这类语句中,其义为少许;在“照亮整个竹林园”这类语句中,其义为整个。这里则取它‘整个’的意思。因此,“kevalakappaṃ jetavanaṃ”应当理解为:毫无遗漏地、遍满整个祇园。显示巴利原文
Kappasaddo panāyaṃ abhisaddahanavohārakālapaññattichedanavikappalesasamantabhāvādianekattho. Tathā hissa ‘‘okappaniyametaṃ bhoto gotamassa, yatā taṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) abhisaddahanamattho. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahi samaṇakappehi phalaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti evamādīsu (cūḷava. 250) vohāro. ‘‘Yena sudaṃ niccakappaṃ viharāmī’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) kālo. ‘‘Iccāyasmā kappo’’ti evamādīsu (su. ni. 1098; cūḷani. kappamāṇavapucchā 117) paññatti. ‘‘Alaṅkato kappitakesamassū’’ti evamādīsu (jā. 2.22.1368) chedanaṃ. ‘‘Kappati dvaṅgulakappo’’ti evamādīsu (cūḷava. 446) vikappo. ‘‘Atthi kappo nipajjitu’’nti evamādīsu (a. ni. 8.80) leso. ‘‘Kevalakappaṃ veḷuvanaṃ obhāsetvā’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.94) samantabhāvo. Idha panassa samantabhāvo atthoti adhippeto. Yato kevalakappaṃ jetavananti ettha anavasesaṃ samantato jetavananti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
「Obhāsetvā」(照亮):指以光芒遍照,如同月亮与太阳,令一切成为一片光明、一片辉耀——这便是它的含义。显示巴利原文
Obhāsetvāti ābhāya pharitvā, candimā viya sūriyo viya ca ekobhāsaṃ ekapajjotaṃ karitvāti attho.
「Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamī」(她来到世尊所在之处):此处工具格表示处所格的意义,应理解为“世尊在何处,她便往何处去”。也可理解为:世尊因何种原因为天、人所应亲近,她便以此原因而亲近。那么,世尊因何种原因应被亲近?因想要证得种种殊胜功德、享受殊胜果报,如同群鸟亲近常结果的大树。「upasaṅkamī」即“往诣”的意思。「upasaṅkamitvā」表示亲近的完成;或者说,如此前往后,又更靠近世尊,到达称为“近处”的位置。「bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā」即礼敬世尊、向世尊鞠躬、恭敬地顶礼世尊。显示巴利原文
Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamīti bhummatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, yato yattha bhagavā, tattha upasaṅkamīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Yena vā kāraṇena bhagavā devamanussehi upasaṅkamitabbo, teneva kāraṇena upasaṅkamīti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Kena ca kāraṇena bhagavā upasaṅkamitabbo? Nānappakāraguṇavisesādhigamādhippāyena sāduphalūpabhogādhippāyena dijagaṇehi niccaphalitamahārukkho viya. Upasaṅkamīti ca gatāti vuttaṃ hoti. Upasaṅkamitvāti upasaṅkamanapariyosānadīpanaṃ. Atha vā evaṃ gatā tato āsannataraṃ ṭhānaṃ bhagavato samīpasaṅkhātaṃ gantvātipi vuttaṃ hoti. Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvāti bhagavantaṃ vanditvā paṇamitvā namassitvā.
「Ekamantaṃ」(在一边):此为中性名词的表述,意指“一处”、“一边”。或者,也可理解为以业格形式表达处所格的含义。「aṭṭhāsi」指站立,否定了坐下等其他威仪,意为“她站立着”。显示巴利原文
Ekamantanti bhāvanapuṃsakaniddeso, ekokāsaṃ ekapassanti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhummatthe vā upayogavacanaṃ. Aṭṭhāsīti nisajjādipaṭikkhepo, ṭhānaṃ kappesi, ṭhitā ahosīti attho.
那么,她是如何站在一边的呢?显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ ṭhitā pana sā ekamantaṃ ṭhitā ahūti?
不在身后,不在面前,不近亦不远;
不在腋畔,不处下风,亦不在低处或高处;
避开这些过失后,她便立于一旁。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na pacchato na purato, nāpi āsannadūrato; Na kacche nopi paṭivāte, na cāpi oṇatuṇṇate; Ime dose vivajjetvā, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā ahū’’ti.
那么,为什么她只是站着而不坐下呢?因为她想赶快回去。天人们为了某种义利而来到人界,就像爱干净的人去厕所一样。通常情况下,从一百由旬远的地方开始,人界就因为恶臭而让她们感到厌恶,她们并不喜欢待在这里。因此,那位天女办完事之后,因为想赶快回去,就没有坐下。再者,天人们没有像人类那样,因为行走等威仪而产生的疲劳,需要坐下消除疲劳;她们没有这种疲劳,因此也没有坐。另外,她想对那些围绕世尊站立的大弟子们表示恭敬和等待,因此也没有坐。此外,也纯粹是因为对世尊的恭敬,她没有坐。天人们如果想坐,座位会自动出现,但她不希望那样,连坐的念头都不起,就站在了一边。显示巴利原文
Kasmā panāyaṃ aṭṭhāsi eva, na nisīdīti? Lahuṃ nivattitukāmatāya. Devatā hi kañcideva atthavasaṃ paṭicca sucipuriso viya vaccaṭṭhānaṃ manussalokaṃ āgacchanti. Pakatiyā panetāsaṃ yojanasatato pabhuti manussaloko duggandhatāya paṭikūlo hoti, na tattha abhiramanti. Tena sā āgatakiccaṃ katvā lahuṃ nivattitukāmatāya na nisīdi. Yassa ca gamanādiiriyāpathaparissamassa vinodanatthaṃ nisīdanti, so devānaṃ parissamo natthi, tasmāpi na nisīdi. Ye ca mahāsāvakā bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā ṭhitā, te patimānesi, tasmāpi na nisīdi. Apica bhagavati gāraveneva na nisīdi. Devānañhi nisīditukāmānaṃ āsanaṃ nibbattati, taṃ anicchamānā nisajjāya cittampi akatvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.
那么,那位天女确实就站在了一旁。所谓「站在一旁的天女」(Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā),正是由这些原因而这样站在一旁。她以偈颂对世尊说话(ajjhabhāsi),意思是用由字母、文句、节律连缀而成的言词对世尊说话。显示巴利原文
Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatāti evaṃ imehi kāraṇehi ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā. Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsīti bhagavantaṃ gāthāya akkharapadaniyamitaganthitena vacanena abhāsīti attho.
261 此处,「众多」指无定数,由此说为数百、数千、数十万。所谓「天」,因他们以五种欲乐游戏而闪耀,或以自身的光辉照耀,这便是词义。此外,天有三种:假名天、再生天、清净天。正如所说:显示巴利原文
261. Tattha bahūti aniyamitasaṅkhyāniddeso. Tena anekasatā anekasahassā anekasatasahassāti vuttaṃ hoti. Dibbantīti devā, pañcahi kāmaguṇehi kīḷanti, attano vā siriyā jotantīti attho. Apica tividhā devā sammutiupapattivisuddhivasena. Yathāha –
「天」有三类:假名天、再生天、清净天。假名天指国王、王后、王子等;再生天指从四大王天以上的诸天;清净天指阿拉汉。(《小部·陶他咖青年问经义释》32,《彼岸道颂经义释》119)显示巴利原文
‘‘Devāti tayo devā sammutidevā, upapattidevā, visuddhidevā. Tattha sammutidevā nāma rājāno, deviyo, rājakumārā. Upapattidevā nāma cātumahārājike deve upādāya taduttaridevā. Visuddhidevā nāma arahanto vuccantī’’ti (cūḷani. dhotakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 32, pārāyanānugītigāthāniddesa 119).
这三种天中,此处指再生天。摩奴的子孙即是人。然而古德说:因为心(manassa)特别发达增上,故称人。人有四类:赡部洲人、阿巴拉勾亚那人、郁单越人、东毗提诃人。此处指赡部洲人。「吉祥」(maṅgalāni)的意思是依此而成就诸有情(maṅgalanti imehi sattā),即获得神通与增长。「思考了」(acintayuṃ)即加以思索。「渴望」(ākaṅkhamānā)即想要、希求、倾慕。「利益」(sotthānaṃ)指安稳的状态,即一切有关现法利益和来世利益的、善好、殊胜、吉祥的法。「请说」(brūhi)即请开示、宣说、阐明,令其明了。「吉祥」(maṅgala)是获得神通、增长乃至一切成就的原因。「最上」(uttama)是指殊胜、最顶级,能带来一切世间的利益与安乐。这是本偈颂的逐词解释。显示巴利原文
Tesu idha upapattidevā adhippetā. Manuno apaccāti manussā. Porāṇā pana bhaṇanti – manassa ussannatāya manussā. Te jambudīpakā, aparagoyānakā, uttarakurukā, pubbavidehakāti catubbidhā. Idha jambudīpakā adhippetā. Maṅgalanti imehi sattāti maṅgalāni, iddhiṃ vuddhiñca pāpuṇantīti attho. Acintayunti cintesuṃ. Ākaṅkhamānāti icchamānā patthayamānā pihayamānā. Sotthānanti sotthibhāvaṃ, sabbesaṃ diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikānaṃ sobhanānaṃ sundarānaṃ kalyāṇānaṃ dhammānamatthitanti vuttaṃ hoti. Brūhīti desehi pakāsehi ācikkha vivara vibhaja uttānīkarohi. Maṅgalanti iddhikāraṇaṃ vuddhikāraṇaṃ sabbasampattikāraṇaṃ. Uttamanti visiṭṭhaṃ pavaraṃ sabbalokahitasukhāvahanti ayaṃ gāthāya anupubbapadavaṇṇanā.
其总义为:那位天子看到,在一万个轮围世界中,诸天子为听闻吉祥之问,都聚集到这一个轮围世界。他们将极微细的有身化作仅容一根毫毛尖的分量,或十位、或二十位、或三十位、四十位、五十位、六十位、七十位、八十位,如此众多天子密集一处,以自身的荣光与威神力,盖过了一切天、魔、梵天。他们围绕世尊,世尊正坐在已敷设好的最胜佛座上,遍身光明照耀。天子见此情景,又以其心了知那时尚未到来的整个赡部洲人们心中所遍寻的内容,为拔除一切天、人的疑箭,便说道:‘众多天与人,思惟诸吉祥,渴望自利益,请说最上吉祥。’其义即:得诸天护念、众人助力,我今如是请问,祈请世尊悲悯我等,开示那必定能为我们带来利益与安乐、故而为最上的吉祥。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana piṇḍattho – so devaputto dasasahassacakkavāḷesu devatā maṅgalapañhaṃ sotukāmatāya imasmiṃ ekacakkavāḷe sannipatitvā ekavālaggakoṭiokāsamatte dasapi vīsampi tiṃsampi cattālīsampi paññāsampi saṭṭhipi sattatipi asītipi sukhumattabhāve nimminitvā sabbadevamārabrahmāno siriyā ca tejasā ca adhigayha virocamānaṃ paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinnaṃ bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā ṭhitā disvā tasmiṃ ca samaye anāgatānampi sakalajambudīpakānaṃ manussānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sabbadevamanussānaṃ vicikicchāsallasamuddharaṇatthaṃ āha – ‘‘bahū devā manussā ca, maṅgalāni acintayuṃ, ākaṅkhamānā sotthānaṃ attano sotthibhāvaṃ icchantā, brūhi maṅgalamuttamaṃ, tesaṃ devānaṃ anumatiyā manussānañca anuggahena mayā puṭṭho samāno yaṃ sabbesameva amhākaṃ ekantahitasukhāvahanato uttamaṃ maṅgalaṃ, taṃ no anukampaṃ upādāya brūhi bhagavā’’ti.
262 世尊听了天子这番话,便诵出‘不亲近愚者……’等偈颂。其中,‘不亲近’(asevanā)指不交往、不亲近。‘愚者’(bālānaṃ):因为只是依呼吸(assasantī)而活,故称愚者,意谓仅凭出入息存活,而非以智慧为生。‘智者’(paṇḍitānaṃ):由于他们以智慧审察(paṇḍantī),能以智慧通达现世与来世的义利,故称智者。‘亲近’(sevanā)指交往、亲近、结友、亲密相伴。‘恭敬’(pūjā)指供养、尊重、尊敬、顶礼。‘应恭敬者’(pūjaneyyānaṃ)即是值得恭敬的人。‘此为最上吉祥’乃总摄不亲近愚者、亲近智者、恭敬应恭敬者三者,而说这是最上吉祥。你曾问‘请说最上吉祥’,在此处,你应首先把握的正是‘此为最上吉祥’。以上是此偈颂的释词。显示巴利原文
262. Evametaṃ devaputtassa vacanaṃ sutvā bhagavā ‘‘asevanā ca bālāna’’nti gāthamāha. Tattha asevanāti abhajanā apayirupāsanā. Bālānanti balanti assasantīti bālā, assasitapassasitamattena jīvanti, na paññājīvitenāti adhippāyo. Tesaṃ bālānaṃ paṇḍitānanti paṇḍantīti paṇḍitā, sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikesu atthesu ñāṇagatiyā gacchantīti adhippāyo. Tesaṃ paṇḍitānaṃ. Sevanāti bhajanā payirupāsanā taṃsahāyatā taṃsampavaṅkatā. Pūjāti sakkāragarukāramānanavandanā. Pūjaneyyānanti pūjārahānaṃ. Etaṃ maṅgalamuttamanti yā ca bālānaṃ asevanā, yā ca paṇḍitānaṃ sevanā, yā ca pūjaneyyānaṃ pūjā, taṃ sabbaṃ sampiṇḍetvā āha etaṃ maṅgalamuttamanti. Yaṃ tayā puṭṭhaṃ ‘‘brūhi maṅgalamuttama’’nti, ettha tāva etaṃ maṅgalamuttamanti gaṇhāhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Ayametissā gāthāya padavaṇṇanā.
其义释当如此理解:世尊听了天子的话后,宣说了这首偈颂。于此,有四种说法:被请问而说、未被请问而说、随因缘而说、不随因缘而说。其中,如‘善慧乔达摩,我请问您,弟子应如何行方为善?’(《经集》378)及‘贤者,您是如何渡过暴流的?’(《相应部》1相应1),即是有人请问后,说法者所作的‘被请问而说’。如‘凡夫以此为乐,圣者以此为苦’(《经集》767),即是无人请问,随自心意而说的‘未被请问而说’。而一切佛陀所宣说的法,依‘比丘们,如来有所说法,皆具因缘’(《增支部》3集126;《小部·无碍解道》)之语,悉为‘随因缘而说’。于此教法中,绝无不因缘之说。在这些说法类别中,此次因天子请问,世尊方为宣说,故是‘被请问而说’。对于被请问而说的教示,譬如一个既熟知正路、又熟知邪路的人,当被问路时,会先指出当避开的路,再指出当选取的路,说道:‘在某处有岔路,彼处避开左边,走右边那条路。’显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā panassā evaṃ veditabbā – evametaṃ devaputtassa vacanaṃ sutvā bhagavā imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha yasmā catubbidhā kathā pucchitakathā, apucchitakathā, sānusandhikathā, ananusandhikathāti. Tattha ‘‘pucchāmi taṃ, gotama, bhūripaññaṃ, kathaṃkaro sāvako sādhu hotī’’ti (su. ni. 378) ca, ‘‘kathaṃ nu tvaṃ, mārisa, oghamatarī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.1) ca evamādīsu pucchitena kathikā pucchitakathā. ‘‘Yaṃ pare sukhato āhu, tadariyā āhu dukkhato’’ti evamādīsu (su. ni. 767) apucchitena attajjhāsayavaseneva kathitā apucchitakathā. Sabbāpi buddhānaṃ kathā ‘‘sanidānāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desemī’’ti (a. ni. 3.126; kathā. 806) vacanato sānusandhikathā. Ananusandhikathā imasmiṃ sāsane natthi. Evametāsu kathāsu ayaṃ devaputtena pucchitena bhagavatā kathitattā pucchitakathā. Pucchitakathāyañca yathā cheko puriso kusalo maggassa, kusalo amaggassa, maggaṃ puṭṭho paṭhamaṃ vijahitabbaṃ ācikkhitvā pacchā gahetabbaṃ ācikkhati – ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne dvedhāpatho hoti, tattha vāmaṃ muñcitvā dakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti, evaṃ sevitabbāsevitabbesu asevitabbaṃ ācikkhitvā sevitabbaṃ ācikkhati. Bhagavā ca maggakusalapurisasadiso. Yathāha –
‘善知路者’这一称号,帝沙,正是如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者的异名。”(《相应部》3相应84)显示巴利原文
‘‘Puriso maggakusaloti kho, tissa, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.84).
因为他对此世间善巧,对他世间善巧,对死亡之域善巧,对不死之域善巧,对魔的领域善巧,对非魔的领域善巧。是故,先阐明不应亲近的对象后,为了再指明应亲近的对象,世尊说:‘不亲近愚者,应亲近智者。’正如先指出应舍弃的道路一般,愚者不应亲近、不应侍奉;而后,又如同指示应行的道路一般,智者才应亲近、应侍奉。显示巴利原文
So hi kusalo imassa lokassa, kusalo parassa lokassa, kusalo maccudheyyassa, kusalo amaccudheyyassa, kusalo māradheyyassa, kusalo amāradheyyassāti. Tasmā paṭhamaṃ asevitabbaṃ ācikkhitvā sevitabbaṃ ācikkhanto āha – ‘‘asevanā ca bālānaṃ, paṇḍitānañca sevanā’’ti. Vijahitabbamaggo viya hi paṭhamaṃ bālā na sevitabbā na payirupāsitabbā, tato gahetabbamaggo viya paṇḍitā sevitabbā payirupāsitabbāti.
那么,为何世尊在开示吉祥时,首先要说‘不亲近愚者’和‘亲近智者’呢?答:因为天界和人间的众生,由于亲近愚者,在所见等种种事物上执取了错误的吉祥见,而这本身是不吉祥的。所以,世尊为了呵斥那种破坏此世利益与他世利益的亲近恶友之行,同时也为了赞叹能成就此世与他世利益的亲近善友之行,才首先开示了不亲近愚者和亲近智者。显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana bhagavatā maṅgalaṃ kathentena paṭhamaṃ bālānaṃ asevanā paṇḍitānañca sevanā kathitāti? Vuccate – yasmā imaṃ diṭṭhādīsu maṅgaladiṭṭhiṃ bālasevanāya devamanussā gaṇhiṃsu, sā ca amaṅgalaṃ, tasmā nesaṃ taṃ idhalokatthaparalokatthabhañjakaṃ akalyāṇamittasaṃsaggaṃ garahantena ubhayalokatthasādhakañca kalyāṇamittasaṃsaggaṃ pasaṃsantena bhagavatā paṭhamaṃ bālānaṃ asevanā paṇḍitānañca sevanā kathitāti.
在此,‘愚者’是指任何具足杀生等不善业道的众生。他们可通过三种相来辨认,如经中所说:‘比丘们,愚者有三种愚者相。’此外,富兰那迦叶等六师外道,以及提婆达多、拘迦利迦、迦吒摩达底沙、剎帝利女之子、海授、旃遮摩纳维等,乃至过去时的长眠者之兄弟,诸如此类的众生,皆应知为愚者。显示巴利原文
Tattha bālā nāma ye keci pāṇātipātādiakusalakammapathasamannāgatā sattā. Te tīhākārehi jānitabbā. Yathāha – ‘‘tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, bālassa bālalakkhaṇānī’’ti (a. ni. 3.3; ma. ni. 3.246) suttaṃ. Apica pūraṇakassapādayo cha satthāro devadattakokālikakaṭamodakatissakhaṇḍadeviyāputtasamuddadattaciñcamāṇavikādayo atītakāle ca dīghavidassa bhātāti ime aññe ca evarūpā sattā bālāti veditabbā.
他们如同被火燃烧的炭火,因不善执取而毁了自己,也毁了那些听从他们话的人。犹如长眠者的兄弟,历经四佛相隔的漫长时间,以六十由旬高的身体仰面堕入大地狱中焚烧;又如对他邪见生起好乐的五百家族,投生为其同伴,同在地狱中焚烧。关于此事,如是说:显示巴利原文
Te aggipadittamiva aṅgāraṃ attanā duggahitena attānañca attano vacanakārake ca vināsenti, yathā dīghavidassa bhātā catubuddhantaraṃ saṭṭhiyojanamattena attabhāvena uttāno patito mahāniraye paccati, yathā ca tassa diṭṭhiṃ abhirucikāni pañca kulasatāni tasseva sahabyataṃ upapannāni niraye paccanti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ –
比丘们,犹如芦苇屋或草屋着火,也能烧及那些内外涂饰、密不透风、门闩牢固、窗户紧闭的尖顶屋。同样地,比丘们,任何怖畏的生起,全都从愚者生起,非从智者;任何祸患的生起……任何灾厄的生起……都非从智者。如是,比丘们,愚者具怖畏,智者无怖畏;愚者具祸患,智者无祸患;愚者具灾厄,智者无灾厄。显示巴利原文
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, naḷāgārā vā tiṇāgārā vā aggi mutto kūṭāgārānipi ḍahati ullittāvalittāni nivātāni phusitaggaḷāni pihitavātapānāni, evameva kho, bhikkhave, yāni kānici bhayāni uppajjanti, sabbāni tāni bālato uppajjanti, no paṇḍitato. Ye keci upaddavā uppajjanti…pe… ye keci upasaggā…pe… no paṇḍitato. Iti kho, bhikkhave, sappaṭibhayo bālo, appaṭibhayo paṇḍito. Saupaddavo bālo, anupaddavo paṇḍito, saupasaggo bālo, anupasaggo paṇḍito’’ti (a. ni. 3.1).
再者,愚者犹如臭鱼;亲近愚者的人,便如同用荷叶包裹臭鱼之人,在智者眼中,即成为应被弃舍、应被厌离的对象。对此,曾如是说:显示巴利原文
Apica pūtimacchasadiso bālo, pūtimacchabandhapattapuṭasadiso hoti tadupasevī, chaḍḍanīyataṃ jigucchanīyatañca āpajjati viññūnaṃ. Vuttañcetaṃ –
“若人以香茅叶包裹臭鱼,那些香茅叶便会沾染恶臭;亲近愚者,恰是如此。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pūtimacchaṃ kusaggena, yo naro upanayhati; Kusāpi pūtī vāyanti, evaṃ bālūpasevanā’’ti. (itivu. 76; jā. 1.15.183; 2.22.1257);
当帝释天赐予愿望时,无称智者如此说道——显示巴利原文
Akittipaṇḍito cāpi sakkena devānamindena vare diyyamāne evamāha –
不应见愚者,不应闻愚者,不应与愚者共住;
不应与愚者交谈,也不应喜好这样的交谈。
他难以被善巧引导,却自以为殊胜;被如法劝诫时,便生恼怒。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bālaṃ na passe na suṇe, na ca bālena saṃvase; Bālenallāpasallāpaṃ, na kare na ca rocaye. ‘‘Kinnu te akaraṃ bālo, vada kassapa kāraṇaṃ; Kena kassapa bālassa, dassanaṃ nābhikaṅkhasi. ‘‘Anayaṃ nayati dummedho, adhurāyaṃ niyuñjati; Dunnayo seyyaso hoti, sammā vutto pakuppati; Vinayaṃ so na jānāti, sādhu tassa adassana’’nti. (jā. 1.13.90-92);
如此,世尊以种种方式呵责亲近愚人,并将不亲近愚人称为“吉祥”之后,转而赞叹亲近智者,说“亲近智者也是吉祥”。这其中,“智者”是指任何具足离杀生等十善业道的有情。他们可以通过三种特征来认识。正如经中所说:“诸比丘,此三者,即是智者的智者相。”此外,佛陀、独觉佛、八十位大弟子,以及其他如来的声闻弟子,如苏内德、摩诃高毗昙、毗度罗、萨罗邦伽、大善慧、须陀素摩、摩尼王、铁屋王子、阿基提智者等,也当知皆是智者。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā sabbākārena bālūpasevanaṃ garahanto bālānaṃ asevanaṃ ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vatvā idāni paṇḍitasevanaṃ pasaṃsanto ‘‘paṇḍitānañca sevanā maṅgala’’nti āha. Tattha paṇḍitā nāma ye keci pāṇātipātāveramaṇiādidasakusalakammapathasamannāgatā sattā, te tīhākārehi jānitabbā. Yathāha – ‘‘tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa paṇḍitalakkhaṇānī’’ti (a. ni. 3.3; ma. ni. 3.253) vuttaṃ. Apica buddhapaccekabuddhaasītimahāsāvakā aññe ca tathāgatassa sāvakā sunettamahāgovindavidhurasarabhaṅgamahosadhasutasomanimirāja- ayogharakumāraakittipaṇḍitādayo ca paṇḍitāti veditabbā.
他们犹如危难中的庇护,犹如黑暗中的明灯,犹如饥渴等苦迫中获得的饮食;凡是信受他们教导者,他们能摧毁他的一切怖畏、灾祸与侵扰。事实上,正是依靠如来,不可计数、无量无边的天界与人界众生才证得诸漏灭尽,或安住梵天界,或安住天界,或生于善趣。对舍利弗长老生起净信、以四种资具供养的人家,有八万户得生天界。同样地,大目犍连、大迦叶等一切大声闻也是如此;而苏内德导师的弟子们,有的生于梵天界,有的成为他化自在天诸天的同伴……有的成为居士大富之家的同伴。这在经中已有述说。显示巴利原文
Te bhaye viya rakkhā, andhakāre viya padīpo, khuppipāsādidukkhābhibhave viya annapānādipaṭilābho, attano vacanakarānaṃ sabbabhayaupaddavūpasaggaviddhaṃsanasamatthā honti. Tathā hi tathāgataṃ āgamma asaṅkhyeyyā aparimāṇā devamanussā āsavakkhayaṃ pattā, brahmaloke patiṭṭhitā, devaloke patiṭṭhitā, sugatiloke uppannā. Sāriputtatthere cittaṃ pasādetvā catūhi paccayehi theraṃ upaṭṭhahitvā asīti kulasahassāni sagge nibbattāni. Tathā mahāmoggallānamahākassapappabhutīsu sabbamahāsāvakesu, sunettassa satthuno sāvakā appekacce brahmaloke uppajjiṃsu, appekacce paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ…pe… appekacce gahapatimahāsālakulānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjiṃsu. Vuttañcetaṃ –
“诸比丘,依止智者则无怖畏,依止智者则无灾祸,依止智者则无侵扰。”(《增支部》3.1)显示巴利原文
‘‘Natthi, bhikkhave, paṇḍitato bhayaṃ, natthi paṇḍitato upaddavo, natthi paṇḍitato upasaggo’’ti (a. ni. 3.1).
再者,智者如同多伽罗花环等香物;亲近智者的人,则如包裹这些香物的叶子,变得堪以修习,令有识者悦意。经中亦如是说。显示巴利原文
Apica tagaramālādigandhabhaṇḍasadiso paṇḍito, tagaramālādigandhabhaṇḍapaliveṭhanapattasadiso hoti tadupasevī, bhāvanīyataṃ manuññatañca āpajjati viññūnaṃ. Vuttañcetaṃ –
若有人以叶片包裹多伽罗香,
那片叶子也会散发芬芳;亲近智者的结果也是如此。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tagarañca palāsena, yo naro upanayhati; Pattāpi surabhī vāyanti, evaṃ dhīrūpasevanā’’ti. (itivu. 76; jā. 1.15.184; 2.22.1258);
当帝释天王赐予愿望时,无称智者也这样说道——显示巴利原文
Akittipaṇḍito cāpi sakkena devānamindena vare diyyamāne evamāha –
应亲近智者,应聆听智者,应与智者共住;
应与智者交谈,应实行此事,并乐于此。
智者行于正道,不从事不正当之事;
善受教者是为殊胜,如法劝告而不恼怒。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dhīraṃ passe suṇe dhīraṃ, dhīrena saha saṃvase; Dhīrenallāpasallāpaṃ, taṃ kare tañca rocaye. ‘‘Kinnu te akaraṃ dhīro, vada kassapa kāraṇaṃ; Kena kassapa dhīrassa, dassanaṃ abhikaṅkhasi. ‘‘Nayaṃ nayati medhāvī, adhurāyaṃ na yuñjati; Sunayo seyyaso hoti, sammā vutto na kuppati; Vinayaṃ so pajānāti, sādhu tena samāgamo’’ti. (jā. 1.13.94-96);
世尊如此以一切方式称赞亲近智者,将亲近智者称为“吉祥”之后,接着,基于不亲近愚者与亲近智者,次第称赞了对那些应受供养者的供养,而说:“供养应受供养者,这是最上的吉祥。”其中,“应受供养者”是指舍离一切过失、具足一切功德,因而被称为佛陀的诸世尊,其次则是独觉佛与圣弟子。对这些人的供养,哪怕极其微少,也会在漫长的生死中带来利益和安乐。在此,须摩那花鬘师和末利夫人等便是例证。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā sabbākārena paṇḍitasevanaṃ pasaṃsanto, paṇḍitānaṃ sevanaṃ ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vatvā idāni tāya bālānaṃ asevanāya paṇḍitānaṃ sevanāya ca anupubbena pūjaneyyabhāvaṃ upagatānaṃ pūjaṃ pasaṃsanto ‘‘pūjā ca pūjaneyyānaṃ etaṃ maṅgalamuttama’’nti āha. Tattha pūjaneyyā nāma sabbadosavirahitattā sabbaguṇasamannāgatattā ca buddhā bhagavanto, tato pacchā paccekabuddhā ariyasāvakā ca. Tesañhi pūjā appakāpi dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya hoti, sumanamālākāramallikādayo cettha nidassanaṃ.
就此,我们略说一个例子:据说有一天,世尊于午前时分,穿好下衣,持钵与衣,进入王舍城乞食。那时,摩揭陀国頻婆娑罗王的须摩那花鬘师,正捧着花前去,途中见到世尊来到城门前,威仪庄严,令人净信,具足三十二大人相、八十随形好,绽放着佛陀的祥光。见到之后,他心想:“国王拿去这些花,或许会赏赐一百或一千钱,但那仅是此世的快乐;而供养世尊,却有不可称量、难以计数的果报,能在漫长的生死中带来利益和安乐。我应当用这些花来供养世尊。”于是,他满怀净信,取了一把花,朝世尊面前抛去;那些花飞起悬于虚空,在世尊上方化作花盖。花鬘师见到这般神通,信心更加增长,又抛出一把花,那些花飞上去化作花幔。就这样抛了八把花,那些花飞上去,形成了花的尖顶屋。世尊仿佛坐在尖顶屋内,大众纷纷聚集过来。世尊看见花鬘师,便露出微笑。阿难尊者心想:“诸佛不会无因无缘而现微笑”,于是询问微笑的因缘。世尊说:“阿难,这位花鬘师凭借这次供养的功德,将在天界和人间辗转十万劫,最后成为一位名叫须摩那沙罗的独觉佛。”说完这番话,为了宣说正法,诵出这首偈颂。显示巴利原文
Tatthekaṃ nidassanamattaṃ bhaṇāma. Bhagavā kira ekadivasaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Atha kho sumanamālākāro rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa pupphāni gahetvā gacchanto addasa bhagavantaṃ nagaradvāraṃ anuppattaṃ pāsādikaṃ pasādanīyaṃ dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāsītānubyañjanapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ buddhasiriyā jalantaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘rājā pupphāni gahetvā sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā dadeyya, tañca idhalokamattameva sukhaṃ bhaveyya, bhagavato pana pūjā appameyyaasaṅkhyeyyaphalā dīgharattaṃ hitasukhāvahā hoti. Handāhaṃ imehi pupphehi bhagavantaṃ pūjemī’’ti pasannacitto ekaṃ pupphamuṭṭhiṃ gahetvā bhagavato paṭimukhaṃ khipi, pupphāni ākāsena gantvā bhagavato upari mālāvitānaṃ hutvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Mālākāro taṃ ānubhāvaṃ disvā pasannataracitto puna ekaṃ pupphamuṭṭhiṃ khipi, tāni gantvā mālākañcuko hutvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Evaṃ aṭṭha pupphamuṭṭhiyo khipi, tāni gantvā pupphakūṭāgāraṃ hutvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Bhagavā antokūṭāgāre viya ahosi, mahājanakāyo sannipati. Bhagavā mālākāraṃ passanto sitaṃ pātvākāsi. Ānandatthero ‘‘na buddhā ahetu appaccayā sitaṃ pātukarontī’’ti sitakāraṇaṃ pucchi. Bhagavā āha – ‘‘eso, ānanda, mālākāro imissā pūjāya ānubhāvena satasahassakappe devesu ca manussesu ca saṃsaritvā pariyosāne sumanissaro nāma paccekabuddho bhavissatī’’ti. Vacanapariyosāne ca dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
所作之业是善的,做了之后不懊悔;
他心满意足,欢喜受用其果报。”——《法句》68
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tañca kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā nānutappati; Yassa patīto sumano, vipākaṃ paṭisevatī’’ti. (dha. pa. 68);
此偈结束时,八万四千众生证悟了法。由此可知,即使对他们所做的供养微不足道,也能带来长久的利益与安乐。何况这只是财物供养,更不必说修行供养了。那些善男子通过皈依、受持学处、持守布萨支,以及四种清净戒等自身功德来供养世尊,谁能说尽他们供养的果报呢?他们便是所谓以最上供养礼敬如来的人。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Gāthāpariyosāne caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, evaṃ appakāpi tesaṃ pūjā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya hotīti veditabbā. Sā ca āmisapūjāva ko pana vādo paṭipattipūjāya. Yato ye kulaputtā saraṇagamanena sikkhāpadapaṭiggahaṇena uposathaṅgasamādānena catupārisuddhisīlādīhi ca attano guṇehi bhagavantaṃ pūjenti, ko tesaṃ pūjāya phalaṃ vaṇṇayissati. Te hi tathāgataṃ paramāya pūjāya pūjentīti vuttā. Yathāha –
阿难,若有比丘或比丘尼、优婆塞或优婆夷,安住于法随法行,行持合宜,随法而行,这样的人便是在恭敬、尊重、尊崇、供养、致敬如来,此即最上的供养。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammapaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati paramāya pūjāyā’’ti.
依此类推,当知对于独觉佛与圣弟子的供养,亦能带来利益与安乐。显示巴利原文
Etenānusārena paccekabuddhaariyasāvakānampi pūjāya hitasukhāvahatā veditabbā.
再者,在家人之中,年幼者应供养年长的兄姊;子女应供养父母;诸媳妇应供养丈夫、婆婆与公公。应当了知,这些即是这里所说的应供养者。因为对这些人的供养,既属于善法,又是寿命等增长的因,故为吉祥。此正如下文所说:显示巴利原文
Apica gahaṭṭhānaṃ kaniṭṭhassa jeṭṭho bhātāpi bhaginīpi pūjaneyyā, puttassa mātāpitaro, kulavadhūnaṃ sāmikasassusasurāti evampettha pūjaneyyā veditabbā. Etesampi hi pūjā kusaladhammasaṅkhātattā āyuādivaḍḍhihetuttā ca maṅgalameva. Vuttañhetaṃ –
他们将会敬奉母亲、敬奉父亲、敬奉沙门、敬奉婆罗门,尊敬家族中的长辈,受持此善法而奉行。由于受持这些善法,他们的寿命将会增长,容貌也将会增长……等等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Te matteyyā bhavissanti petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino, idaṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ samādāya vattissanti. Te tesaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samādānahetu āyunāpi vaḍḍhissanti, vaṇṇenapi vaḍḍhissantī’’tiādi.
如此,在这一偈颂中,宣说了“不亲近愚者”“亲近智者”“供养应供养者”这三种吉祥。其中,“不亲近愚者”因能防护亲近愚者所引生的恐怖等,成为两世利益的因;“亲近智者”与“供养应供养者”,也正如前面在果德广说中所阐明的那样,由于成为涅槃与善趣的因,故应知此为“吉祥”。从此以后,我们将不先列纲目,而是直接对每一处出现的吉祥加以界定,并阐明它之所以成为吉祥的道理。显示巴利原文
Evametissā gāthāya bālānaṃ asevanā paṇḍitānaṃ sevanā pūjaneyyānaṃ pūjāti tīṇi maṅgalāni vuttāni. Tattha bālānaṃ asevanā bālasevanapaccayabhayādiparittāṇena ubhayalokahitahetuttā paṇḍitānaṃ sevanā pūjaneyyānaṃ pūjā ca tāsaṃ phalavibhūtivaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva nibbānasugatihetuttā ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbā. Ito paraṃ tu mātikaṃ adassetvā eva yaṃ yattha maṅgalaṃ, taṃ vavatthapessāma, tassa ca maṅgalattaṃ vibhāvayissāmāti.
至此,关于“不亲近愚者”等这一偈颂的义理解释,便已圆满。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā asevanā ca bālānanti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
263 就这样,世尊虽仅被请求了一次“请说最上吉祥”,却如同一位所求甚少而施与甚多的尊贵之人,先以一首偈颂宣说了三种吉祥。此后,由于天神们仍有欲闻之心,吉祥法义也尚有众多,更出于愿将各类相应众生引向各自适宜之吉祥的悲心,世尊便接着以“居住适宜地”等偈颂,进一步开示了更多的吉祥。显示巴利原文
263. Evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘brūhi maṅgalamuttama’’nti ekaṃ ajjhesitopi appaṃ yācito bahudāyako uḷārapuriso viya ekāya gāthāya tīṇi maṅgalāni vatvā tato uttaripi devatānaṃ sotukāmatāya maṅgalānañca atthitāya yesaṃ yesaṃ yaṃ yaṃ anukūlaṃ, te te satte tattha tattha maṅgale niyojetukāmatāya ca ‘‘patirūpadesavāso cā’’tiādīhi gāthāhi punapi anekāni maṅgalāni vattumāraddho.
以下首先解释第一首偈颂:「适宜」(patirūpa):即相称的、合适的。「地」(desa):指村落、集镇、城市、国土等任何有众生居住之处。「居住」(vāsa):即在那里安住。「往昔」(pubbe):指过去、从前的各期生命。「曾修福德」(katapuññatā):即累积的善行。「自己」(attā):指心,或整个有身。「正誓愿」(sammāpaṇidhi):即对此自身正确的导向、投入,意为安立。其余部分可按已述之理理解,这便是此处的词句解释。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭhamagāthāya tāva patirūpoti anucchaviko. Desoti gāmopi nigamopi nagarampi janapadopi yo koci sattānaṃ nivāsokāso. Vāsoti tattha nivāso. Pubbeti purā atītāsu jātīsu. Katapuññatāti upacitakusalatā. Attāti cittaṃ vuccati, sakalo vā attabhāvo. Sammāpaṇidhīti tassa attano sammā paṇidhānaṃ niyuñjanaṃ, ṭhapananti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayamettha padavaṇṇanā.
至于义理的解说,应如此理解:所谓「适宜地」,即彼处有四众弟子共住,有布施等福业事在进行,有九分具足的佛陀教法在弘扬。在那里安住,因其成为众生行福业之条件,故称为「吉祥」。此中可以进入楞伽岛后成为渔夫等低贱职业者,作为反面例证。显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā patirūpadeso nāma yattha catasso parisā viharanti, dānādīni puññakiriyāvatthūni vattanti, navaṅgaṃ satthu sāsanaṃ dippati. Tattha nivāso sattānaṃ puññakiriyāya paccayattā ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati. Sīhaḷadīpapaviṭṭhakevaṭṭādayo cettha nidassanaṃ.
又有一种解释:‘适宜地’是指世尊的菩提座处、初转法轮处、在十二由旬会众中破除一切外道见而示现双神变的芒果树下处、从三十三天降下处,以及舍卫城、王舍城等佛陀曾住的其他地方。在那里安住,因为它是众生获得六种无上法的条件,所以称为‘吉祥’。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – patirūpadeso nāma bhagavato bodhimaṇḍappadeso, dhammacakkappavattitappadeso, dvādasayojanāya parisāya majjhe sabbatitthiyamataṃ bhinditvā yamakapāṭihāriyadassitakaṇḍambarukkhamūlappadeso, devorohanappadeso, yo vā panaññopi sāvatthirājagahādibuddhādivāsappadeso. Tattha nivāso sattānaṃ chaanuttariyapaṭilābhapaccayato ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati.
又有一种解释:在东方,有一个名叫迦阇伽罗的镇,镇外是大娑罗,再往外是边境,以内则为中央。在东南方,有一条名叫萨罗婆提的河,再往外是边境,以内为中央。在南方,有一个名叫塞陀伽尼迦的镇,再往外是边境,以内为中央。在西方,有一个名叫图那的婆罗门村,再往外是边境,以内为中央。在北方,有一座名叫优尸罗陀阇的山,再往外是边境,以内为中央(《大品》259)。这个长三百由旬、宽二百五十由旬、周长九百由旬的中央区域,就是所谓的‘适宜地’。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – puratthimāya disāya kajaṅgalaṃ nāma nigamo, tassa aparena mahāsālā, tato paraṃ paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. Dakkhiṇapuratthimāya disāya sallavatī nāma nadī, tato paraṃ paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. Dakkhiṇāya disāya setakaṇṇikaṃ nāma nigamo, tato paraṃ paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. Pacchimāya disāya thūṇaṃ nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tato paraṃ paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. Uttarāya disāya usiraddhajo nāma pabbato, tato paraṃ paccantimā janapadā , orato majjhe (mahāva. 259). Ayaṃ majjhimappadeso āyāmena tīṇi yojanasatāni, vitthārena aḍḍhateyyāni, parikkhepena navayojanasatāni honti, eso patirūpadeso nāma.
在这片区域,执掌四大洲与二千小岛主权的转轮王会出世;圆满一阿僧祇与十万劫之波罗蜜后,舍利弗、大目犍连等大弟子会出世;圆满二阿僧祇与十万劫之波罗蜜后,独觉佛会出世;圆满四、八或十六阿僧祇与十万劫之波罗蜜后,正自觉者会出世。那里的众生,依循转轮王的教诫,安住于五戒,便以天界为最终归宿;同样,依循独觉佛的教诫安住,也以天界为归宿。而依循正自觉者弟子的教诫安住,则既以天界为归宿,也以涅槃为归宿。因此,在那里安住,因为是获得这些成就的所依,故称为‘吉祥’。显示巴利原文
Ettha catunnaṃ mahādīpānaṃ dvisahassānaṃ parittadīpānañca issariyādhipaccakārakā cakkavattī uppajjanti, ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā sāriputtamahāmoggallānādayo mahāsāvakā uppajjanti, dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā paccekabuddhā, cattāri aṭṭha soḷasa vā asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā sammāsambuddhā ca uppajjanti. Tattha sattā cakkavattirañño ovādaṃ gahetvā pañcasu sīlesu patiṭṭhāya saggaparāyaṇā honti, tathā paccekabuddhānaṃ ovāde patiṭṭhāya. Sammāsambuddhasāvakānaṃ pana ovāde patiṭṭhāya saggaparāyaṇā nibbānaparāyaṇā ca honti. Tasmā tattha vāso imāsaṃ sampattīnaṃ paccayato ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati.
所谓“往昔曾修福德”,是指在过去生中,以佛陀、独觉佛、诸漏尽者为对象所累积的善行,这也是吉祥。为什么呢?因为即使只是当面见到佛陀或独觉佛,或当面从佛陀或佛弟子那里听闻一首四句偈颂,于听闻结束时也能证得阿拉汉果。再者,若有人在往昔曾积资粮、善根深厚,便能依此善根修观,证得诸漏灭尽,正如大劫宾那王与其上首王后那样。因此说:“往昔曾修福德,是吉祥。”显示巴利原文
Pubbe katapuññatā nāma atītajātiyaṃ buddhapaccekabuddhakhīṇāsave ārabbha upacitakusalatā, sāpi maṅgalaṃ. Kasmā? Buddhapaccekabuddhe sammukhato dassetvā buddhānaṃ vā buddhasāvakānaṃ vā sammukhā sutāya catuppadikāyapi gāthāya pariyosāne arahattaṃ pāpetīti katvā. Yo ca manusso pubbe katādhikāro ussannakusalamūlo hoti, so teneva kusalamūlena vipassanaṃ uppādetvā āsavakkhayaṃ pāpuṇāti yathā rājā mahākappino aggamahesī ca. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pubbe ca katapuññatā maṅgala’’nti.
“自我正誓愿”是指:在此世间,有人将戒行不清净的自己安立于戒中,将不信者安立于信成就中,将吝啬者安立于施成就中。这便称为“自我正誓愿”。这也是吉祥。为什么呢?因为它是现法与后世中断除怨害、获得种种功德的因。显示巴利原文
Attasammāpaṇidhi nāma idhekacco attānaṃ dussīlaṃ sīle patiṭṭhāpeti, assaddhaṃ saddhāsampadāya patiṭṭhāpeti, macchariṃ cāgasampadāya patiṭṭhāpeti. Ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘attasammāpaṇidhī’’ti. Eso ca maṅgalaṃ. Kasmā? Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaverappahānavividhānisaṃsādhigamahetutoti.
如此,在这首偈颂中,也仅说了“居住适宜地”、“往昔曾修福德”与“自我正誓愿”这三种吉祥,而它们各自的吉祥性,已在相应各处详细阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissāpi gāthāya patirūpadesavāso, pubbe ca katapuññatā, attasammāpaṇidhīti tīṇiyeva maṅgalāni vuttāni, maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
“居住适宜地”等偈颂的释义,至此解释完毕。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā patirūpadesavāso cāti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
264 264. 现在解释“多闻”等词。其中,「多闻」指多闻的状态;「手艺」指任何手上的善巧;「律」指身、语、意的调伏;「善学」指善于学习;「善说」指善巧的言说;「Yā」是一个无明确所指的指示代词;「语」指言辞、言语。其余如前所说。这是此处字词的解释。显示巴利原文
264. Idāni bāhusaccañcāti ettha bāhusaccanti bahussutabhāvo. Sippanti yaṃkiñci hatthakosallaṃ. Vinayoti kāyavācācittavinayanaṃ. Susikkhitoti suṭṭhu sikkhito. Subhāsitāti suṭṭhu bhāsitā. Yāti aniyamaniddeso. Vācāti girā byappatho. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti. Ayamettha padavaṇṇanā.
至于义注,则应这样理解:「多闻」即如“他是多闻持法者,是闻法积集者”(《中部》1.339;《增支部》4.22)以及“比丘们,此处有人多闻,通晓契经、重颂、授记”(《增支部》4.6)等,以这种种方式所赞叹的任持佛陀教法的状态。由于它是断除不善、成就善的因,也是次第证悟究竟义的因,故被称为「吉祥」。这也是世尊所说的——显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – bāhusaccaṃ nāma yaṃ taṃ ‘‘sutadharo hoti sutasannicayo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.339; a. ni. 4.22) ca ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa bahukaṃ sutaṃ hoti suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇa’’nti (a. ni. 4.6) ca evamādinā nayena satthusāsanadharattaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ, taṃ akusalappahānakusalādhigamahetuto anupubbena paramatthasaccasacchikiriyahetuto ca ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
比丘们,多闻的圣弟子舍断不善,修习善法;舍断有过失的,修习无过失的;他保持自身的清净。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sutavā ca kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako akusalaṃ pajahati, kusalaṃ bhāveti, sāvajjaṃ pajahati, anavajjaṃ bhāveti, suddhamattānaṃ pariharatī’’ti (a. ni. 7.67).
此外又说——显示巴利原文
Aparampi vuttaṃ –
他对所持之法审察其义;当审察义时,那些法便进入他的审虑;由于对法的审虑认同,意欲便生起;意欲生起后,他精勤努力;精勤努力时,他思择衡量;思择衡量时,他策励加行;策励加行时,他既以身证悟胜义,又以智慧彻见。显示巴利原文
‘‘Dhatānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthamupaparikkhati, atthaṃ upaparikkhato dhammā nijjhānaṃ khamanti, dhammanijjhānakkhantiyā sati chando jāyati, chandajāto ussahati, ussahanto tulayati, tulayanto padahati, padahanto kāyena ceva paramatthasaccaṃ sacchikaroti, paññāya ca ativijjha passatī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.432).
再者,在家者的多闻,若无过失,因能带来今生与来世的利益和安乐,故应视为「吉祥」。显示巴利原文
Apica agārikabāhusaccampi yaṃ anavajjaṃ, taṃ ubhayalokahitasukhāvahanato ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbaṃ.
「手艺」分为在家者的手艺与非在家者的手艺。其中,在家者的手艺,例如珠宝匠、金匠等工巧,不压迫和伤害他人,远离不善,因能带来现世的利益,故为吉祥。非在家者的手艺,如缝制袈裟等,即制作沙门资具,正如各处所赞叹的:「诸比丘,于此,比丘对于同梵行者所作大小诸事,皆能善巧完成」,以及所谓「能作依怙」之法;由于能为自己和他人带来今生与来世的利益和安乐,因此应知这是「吉祥」。显示巴利原文
Sippaṃ nāma agārikasippañca anagārikasippañca. Tattha agārikasippaṃ nāma yaṃ parūparodhavirahitaṃ akusalavivajjitaṃ maṇikārasuvaṇṇakārakammādi, taṃ idhalokatthāvahanato maṅgalaṃ. Anagārikasippaṃ nāma cīvaravicāraṇasibbanādi samaṇaparikkhārābhisaṅkharaṇaṃ, yaṃ taṃ ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni kiṃkaraṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hotī’’tiādinā nayena tattha tattha saṃvaṇṇitaṃ, yaṃ ‘‘nāthakaraṇo dhammo’’ti (dī. ni. 3.345; a. ni. 10.17) ca vuttaṃ, taṃ attano ca paresañca ubhayalokahitasukhāvahanato ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbaṃ.
「律」分为在家者的律与非在家者的律。其中,在家者的律,即远离十不善业道,由不犯杂染而确立行仪功德,对此律善加修学,能带来两世的利益与安乐,故为吉祥。非在家者的律,即不违犯七犯聚,同样依上述方式善加修学。或者,四遍清净戒即是非在家者的律。依此律而住,能证得阿拉汉果,如是巧学善修,能获得世间与出世间的安乐,因此应知这是「吉祥」。显示巴利原文
Vinayo nāma agārikavinayo ca anagārikavinayo ca. Tattha agārikavinayo nāma dasaakusalakammapathaviramaṇaṃ, so tattha asaṃkilesāpajjanena ācāraguṇavavatthānena ca susikkhito ubhayalokahitasukhāvahanato maṅgalaṃ. Anagārikavinayo nāma sattāpattikkhandhe anāpajjanaṃ, sopi vuttanayeneva susikkhito. Catupārisuddhisīlaṃ vā anagārikavinayo. So yathā tattha patiṭṭhāya arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti, evaṃ sikkhanena susikkhito lokiyalokuttarasukhādhigamahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbo.
所谓“善说之语”,是指远离妄语等过失的言语。正如经中所说:“诸比丘,具足四支的言语,是善说。”又,不夹杂杂秽语的言语,即是善说。如说:显示巴利原文
Subhāsitā vācā nāma musāvādādidosavirahitā vācā. Yathāha – ‘‘catūhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hotī’’ti. Asamphappalāpā vācā eva vā subhāsitā. Yathāha –
诸寂静者说:善说之言最为殊胜;
宣说法而非非法,此乃第二;
说可爱语,不说不可爱语,这是第三;
说真实语,不说虚假语,这是第四。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Subhāsitaṃ uttamamāhu santo, Dhammaṃ bhaṇe nādhammaṃ taṃ dutiyaṃ; Piyaṃ bhaṇe nāppiyaṃ taṃ tatiyaṃ, Saccaṃ bhaṇe nālikaṃ taṃ catuttha’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.213; su. ni. 452);
这也因能带来两世的利益与安乐,应理解为「吉祥」。由于此语本身就包含在律中,因此在把握律时不应将它排除在外,而应将律一并统摄。或者,何必如此劳神?这里的「善说之语」,应理解为为他人开示法的言语。正如住于适宜之地那样,它也能成为有情获得两世利益与安乐、乃至证悟涅槃的缘,所以被称为「吉祥」。显示巴利原文
Ayampi ubhayalokahitasukhāvahanato ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbā. Yasmā ca ayaṃ vinayapariyāpannā eva, tasmā vinayaggahaṇena etaṃ asaṅgaṇhitvā vinayo saṅgahetabbo. Athavā kiṃ iminā parissamena paresaṃ dhammadesanāvācā idha ‘‘subhāsitā vācā’’ti veditabbā. Sā hi yathā patirūpadesavāso, evaṃ sattānaṃ ubhayalokahitasukhanibbānādhigamapaccayato ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati. Āha ca –
佛陀所说之语,是为证得涅槃的安稳,
为灭尽众苦,它确实是诸语中最殊胜者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ buddho bhāsati vācaṃ, khemaṃ nibbānapattiyā; Dukkhassantakiriyāya, sā ve vācānamuttamā’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.213; su. ni. 456);
如是,此偈颂中说明了多闻、技艺、善学之律、善说之语这四种吉祥,而其吉祥之义,亦已处处阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya bāhusaccaṃ, sippaṃ, vinayo susikkhito, subhāsitā vācāti cattāri maṅgalāni vuttāni, maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
关于「多闻……」这首偈颂的义理注释,至此结束。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā bāhusaccañcāti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
265 现在解释「奉养父母」:其中,「母亲」与「父亲」即指母亲与父亲。「奉养」意为侍奉、照料。而「儿子与妻子」指儿子与妻子。「摄受」即接纳与关怀。「不混乱」是指不纷乱、有序。「诸业」即种种工作。其余的部分,依前文所述之方式理解。以上是词句的释义。显示巴利原文
265. Idāni mātāpituupaṭṭhānanti ettha mātu ca pitu cāti mātāpitu. Upaṭṭhānanti upaṭṭhahanaṃ. Puttānañca dārānañcāti puttadārassa. Saṅgaṇhanaṃ saṅgaho. Na ākulā anākulā. Kammāni eva kammantā. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā.
义理的注释,应如此了知:「母亲」即指生育者,「父亲」也是如此。「服侍」是指通过洗足、按摩、涂油、沐浴,以及供养四资具等方式,进行利益与报答之行。在此之中,因父母对子女有大恩德,是希望子女得利得乐者,是大悲悯者——当他们见到孩子们从外嬉戏归来,满身尘土,便为孩子们拂去尘土,嗅其头顶、亲吻他们,心中充满怜爱。就算子女们年满百岁,将父母顶戴头上而行服侍,也不足以报答父母的恩情。正因为父母是养育我们、照顾我们成长的人,是引导我们认识此世间的人,故被尊为梵天、被视作最初的老师。所以服侍父母在现世能获得称赞,在来世能得生天之乐,因此被称为「吉祥」。对此,世尊曾这样说道:显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – mātā nāma janikā vuccati, tathā pitā. Upaṭṭhānaṃ nāma pādadhovanasambāhanaucchādananhāpanehi catupaccayasampadānena ca upakārakaraṇaṃ. Tattha yasmā mātāpitaro bahūpakārā puttānaṃ atthakāmā anukampakā, yaṃ puttake bahi kīḷitvā paṃsumakkhitasarīrake āgate disvā paṃsukaṃ puñchitvā matthakaṃ upasiṅghāyantā paricumbantā ca sinehaṃ uppādenti, vassasatampi mātāpitaro sīsena pariharantā puttā tesaṃ paṭikāraṃ kātuṃ asamatthā. Yasmā ca te āpādakā posakā imassa lokassa dassetāro brahmasammatā pubbācariyasammatā, tasmā tesaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ idha pasaṃsaṃ pecca saggasukhañca āvahati, tena ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
父母被称为梵天,亦称作世间最早的老师;
他们是子女应受供养的对象,是慈悯后代之人。
以饮食、衣服、卧具,
以涂油、沐浴、洗足而服侍,
由于对父母这样的服侍,智者
他在现世即得称赞,身坏命终后于天界欢悦。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Brahmāti mātāpitaro, pubbācariyāti vuccare; Āhuneyyā ca puttānaṃ, pajāya anukampakā. ‘‘Tasmā hi ne namasseyya, sakkareyya ca paṇḍito; Annena atha pānena, vatthena sayanena ca. ‘‘Ucchādanena nhāpanena, pādānaṃ dhovanena ca; Tāya naṃ pāricariyāya, mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā; Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, pecca sagge pamodatī’’ti. (a. ni. 3.31; itivu. 106; jā. 2.20.181-183);
另有一解:「服侍」指赡养、尽责、延续家族血脉等五种善行。以此服侍能遮止诸恶、带来五种现法利益,故应了知它为「吉祥」。世尊曾这样说过——显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – upaṭṭhānaṃ nāma bharaṇakiccakaraṇakulavaṃsaṭṭhapanādipañcavidhaṃ, taṃ pāpanivāraṇādipañcavidhadiṭṭhadhammikahitahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
居士子,儿子应当以五种方式侍奉东方的父母:「他们曾养育我,我将奉养他们;我将为他们履行应尽的职责;我要延续家族血脉;我要继承家业;待父母去世后,我将为他们行布施功德。」居士子,当父母被儿子以这五种方式侍奉时,他们也会以五种方式慈悯儿子:遮止他行恶,引导他入善,教他技艺,为他迎娶相配的妻子,并在适当的时候交付家产。显示巴利原文
‘‘Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi puttena puratthimā disā mātāpitaro paccupaṭṭhātabbā ‘bhato ne bharissāmi, kiccaṃ nesaṃ karissāmi, kulavaṃsaṃ ṭhapessāmi, dāyajjaṃ paṭipajjissāmi, atha vā pana petānaṃ kālakatānaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ anuppadassāmī’ti . Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi puttena puratthimā disā mātāpitaro paccupaṭṭhitā pañcahi ṭhānehi puttaṃ anukampanti, pāpā nivārenti, kalyāṇe nivesenti, sippaṃ sikkhāpenti, patirūpena dārena saṃyojenti, samaye dāyajjaṃ niyyādentī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.267).
再者,若有人通过令父母于三宝生起净信、受持戒律或趣入出家——在这三方面奉侍父母,此人便是所有奉侍父母者中最殊胜的。他的这种奉侍,既是对父母所施恩德的回报,又是众多现世利益与来世利益的近因,故被称为「吉祥」。显示巴利原文
Apica yo mātāpitaro tīsu vatthūsu pasāduppādanena sīlasamādāpanena pabbajjāya vā upaṭṭhahati, ayaṃ mātāpituupaṭṭhākānaṃ aggo, tassa taṃ mātāpituupaṭṭhānaṃ mātāpitūhi katassa upakārassa paccupakārabhūtaṃ anekesaṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ samparāyikānañca atthānaṃ padaṭṭhānato ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati.
关于「子妻」:此处,自己亲生的儿子和女儿都算作「子」。dārā(妻)是指二十种妻子中的任何一种。子与妻合称「子妻」。而「摄护」是指以恭敬等利益方式给予照顾。这种摄护,因妥善安排事业等现世利益的缘故,应知为「吉祥」。显示巴利原文
Puttadārassāti ettha attanā janitā puttāpi dhītaropi ‘‘puttā’’ tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Dārāti vīsatiyā bhariyānaṃ yā kāci bhariyā. Puttā ca dārā ca puttadāraṃ, tassa puttadārassa. Saṅgahoti sammānanādīhi upakārakaraṇaṃ. Taṃ susaṃvihitakammantatādidiṭṭhadhammikahitahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘pacchimā disā puttadārā veditabbā’’ti (dī. ni. 3.266) ettha uddiṭṭhaṃ puttadāraṃ bhariyāsaddena saṅgaṇhitvā –
“居士子,家主应当以五种方式对待西方的妻子:予以恭敬、不轻慢、不邪淫、给予自主权、赠送饰物。居士子,当家主以这五种方式对待西方妻子后,妻子也会以五种方式爱护家主:她妥善处理家业、善待家属、不邪淫、守护所积财物,且于一切所做事务聪敏而不懈怠。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi sāmikena pacchimā disā bhariyā paccupaṭṭhātabbā, sammānanāya anavamānanāya anaticariyāya issariyavossaggena alaṅkārānuppadānena. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi sāmikena pacchimā disā bhariyā paccupaṭṭhitā pañcahi ṭhānehi sāmikaṃ anukampati, susaṃvihitakammantā ca hoti, saṅgahitaparijanā ca, anaticārinī ca, sambhatañca anurakkhati, dakkhā ca hoti analasā sabbakiccesū’’ti (dī. ni. 3.269).
或者再用另一种方式来解释:「摄护」即是以如法的布施、爱语、利行来摄受。比如说:在布萨日提供资具,在星宿日安排观星,在吉祥日举行吉祥的仪式,并对现世与来世的利益给予教导和教诫。应知,正是由于这种摄护能带来现世的利益,也能带来来世的利益,乃至受到天神的礼敬,故而被称为「吉祥」。正如诸天之主帝释天所说:显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ vā aparo nayo – saṅgahoti dhammikāhi dānapiyavācaatthacariyāhi saṅgaṇhanaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – uposathadivasesu paribbayadānaṃ, nakkhattadivasesu nakkhattadassāpanaṃ, maṅgaladivasesu maṅgalakaraṇaṃ, diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikesu atthesu ovādānusāsananti. Taṃ vuttanayeneva diṭṭhadhammikahitahetuto samparāyikahitahetuto devatāhipi namassanīyabhāvahetuto ca ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbaṃ. Yathāha sakko devānamindo –
“那些在家行善、持戒的优婆塞,
他们依法扶养妻儿,摩多利,我向他们致敬!”(《相应部》1.264)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye gahaṭṭhā puññakarā, sīlavanto upāsakā; Dhammena dāraṃ posenti, te namassāmi mātalī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.264);
所谓“有条不紊的事业”,是指那些善知时机、行事得当、不懒散、勤奋精进且无不良嗜好,从而远离了错失时机、行事失当、懈怠疏忽等混乱状态的事业,如农耕、牧牛、经商等。这些事业,或由自己、或由妻子儿女、或由仆人雇工凭其精明才干如此经营,于现法中便能令财富谷物得以增长,因此被称为“吉祥”。世尊也曾说:显示巴利原文
Anākulākammantā nāma kālaññutāya patirūpakāritāya analasatāya uṭṭhānavīriyasampadāya abyasanīyatāya ca kālātikkamanaappatirūpakaraṇākaraṇasithilakaraṇādiākulabhāvavirahitā kasigorakkhavaṇijjādayo kammantā. Ete attano vā puttadārassa vā dāsakammakarānaṃ vā byattatāya evaṃ payojitā diṭṭheva dhamme dhanadhaññavuḍḍhipaṭilābhahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuttā. Vuttañcetaṃ bhagavatā –
“行事得当、堪负重担、勤奋精进之人,能获得财富。”(《经集》189;《相应部》1.246)
“若有人惯于白日贪睡,夜晚又厌恶起身;
唯有恒常具足念与慧者,方能安住于在家生活。
“太冷、太热,此时已太迟;
如是荒废事业,年轻人便错失利益。”
在此,他视冷热如草芥,
履行男子应尽之职责,他不会远离安乐。”
犹如蜜蜂勤采集,慧者于诸财,
财富渐渐积聚,犹如蚁丘日益增高。(《长部》3.265)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Patirūpakārī dhuravā, uṭṭhātā vindate dhana’’nti. (su. ni. 189; saṃ. ni. 1.246) ca; ‘‘Na divā soppasīlena, rattimuṭṭhānadessinā; Niccaṃ mattena soṇḍena, sakkā āvasituṃ gharaṃ. ‘‘Atisītaṃ atiuṇhaṃ, atisāyamidaṃ ahu; Iti vissaṭṭhakammante, atthā accenti māṇave. ‘‘Yodha sītañca uṇhañca, tiṇā bhiyyo na maññati; Karaṃ purisakiccāni, so sukhā na vihāyatī’’ti. ca (dī. ni. 3.253); ‘‘Bhoge saṃharamānassa, bhamarasseva irīyato; Bhogā sannicayaṃ yanti, vammikovūpacīyatī’’ti. (dī. ni. 3.265) –
同样,这首偈颂宣说了四种吉祥:侍奉母亲、侍奉父亲、照顾妻子儿女,以及无混乱的事业。若将「照顾妻子儿女」分为两项,即成为五种吉祥;若将「侍奉父母」合为一项,则成三种吉祥。而它们的吉祥之义,在相应各处已分别阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissāpi gāthāya mātupaṭṭhānaṃ, pitupaṭṭhānaṃ, puttadārassa saṅgaho, anākulā ca kammantāti cattāri maṅgalāni vuttāni, puttadārassa saṅgahaṃ vā dvidhā katvā pañca, mātāpituupaṭṭhānaṃ vā ekameva katvā tīṇi. Maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
266 现在解释“布施”等词:“布施”意指“以此而施与”,也就是将自己的所有物转交给他人。“法行”指依法的行道,或是不离于法的行道。“亲族”指被认作“此为我亲属”的人。“无过失”指无有过咎、不应指责、不应呵责的行为。其余如前所说。这是词语注释。显示巴利原文
266. Idāni dānañcāti ettha dīyate imināti dānaṃ, attano santakaṃ parassa paṭipādīyatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Dhammassa cariyā, dhammā vā anapetā cariyā dhammacariyā. Ñāyante ‘‘amhākaṃ ime’’ti ñātakā. Na avajjāni anavajjāni, aninditāni agarahitānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā.
至于义理的解说,应当这样理解:所谓“布施”,是指为了他人,以善净心为先导,对食物等十种布施物进行舍弃的思心所,或是与这一思相应的无贪心所。正是通过无贪,才将那些物品转交给他人,故说“以此而施与,故名布施”。由于它能获得为众多人所爱、令众人悦意等现世与来世种种殊胜果报,因此称为“吉祥”。于此应当联想到《增支部》5.34等经中所说,例如:“施主!乐于布施者如狮子,为众人所爱、令众人悦意。”显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – dānaṃ nāma paraṃ uddissa subuddhipubbikā annādidasadānavatthupariccāgacetanā taṃsampayutto vā alobho. Alobhena hi taṃ vatthuṃ parassa paṭipādeti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘dīyate imināti dāna’’nti. Taṃ bahujanapiyamanāpatādīnaṃ diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikānaṃ phalavisesānaṃ adhigamahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Dāyako sīha dānapati bahuno janassa piyo hoti manāpo’’ti evamādīni cettha suttāni (a. ni. 5.34) anussaritabbāni.
另有一解——布施分为财布施与法布施两种。其中,财布施即如前所述。法布施则是出于饶益他人之心,为他人宣说由正自觉者所开示、能带来现世与来世灭苦得安乐的法。此二施中,法施最为殊胜。如经所说:显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – dānaṃ nāma duvidhaṃ āmisadānañca, dhammadānañca. Tattha āmisadānaṃ vuttappakārameva. Idhalokaparalokadukkhakkhayasukhāvahassa pana sammāsambuddhappaveditassa dhammassa paresaṃ hitakāmatāya desanā dhammadānaṃ. Imesañca dvinnaṃ dānānaṃ etadeva aggaṃ. Yathāha –
于诸喜中,法喜最胜,
渴爱的灭尽,胜过一切苦。”(《法句经》354)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbadānaṃ dhammadānaṃ jināti, Sabbarasaṃ dhammaraso jināti; Sabbaratiṃ dhammaratī jināti, Taṇhakkhayo sabbadukkhaṃ jinātī’’ti. (dha. pa. 354);
其中,财施的吉祥义前已述及。而法施,由于能成为领悟义理等功德的近因,故称为“吉祥”。对此,世尊曾这样说过:显示巴利原文
Tattha āmisadānassa maṅgalattaṃ vuttameva. Dhammadānaṃ pana yasmā atthapaṭisaṃveditādīnaṃ guṇānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, tasmā ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
诸比丘,比丘依其所闻、所学之法,详细为他人说法,于该法中,他既对其义理有所体证,亦对其法本身有所体证。”如是等。(《长部》3.355;《增支部》5.26)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī cā’’ti evamādi (dī. ni. 3.355; a. ni. 5.26).
所谓“法行”,即十善业道之行。正如所说:“居士们,以身行法行、正行有三种……”等。此法行能成为投生天界之因,故应知为“吉祥”。世尊曾这样说:“居士们,正因法行与正行,此处某些众生身坏命终后,投生善趣、天界。”(《中部》1.441)显示巴利原文
Dhammacariyā nāma dasakusalakammapathacariyā. Yathāha – ‘‘tividhaṃ kho, gahapatayo, kāyena dhammacariyāsamacariyā hotī’’ti evamādi. Sā panesā dhammacariyā saggalokūpapattihetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho, gahapatayo, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.441).
所谓“亲戚”,指从母系或父系追溯,至七代祖先为止,有血缘关联者。当他们为财产损失或疾病所困,来到自己身边时,应尽力以衣物、食物、钱财与粮食等给予照顾。这能成为现法获得称赞等利益,以及来世往生善趣等殊胜成就之因,故称为“吉祥”。显示巴利原文
Ñātakā nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā sambandhā. Tesaṃ bhogapārijuññena vā byādhipārijuññena vā abhihatānaṃ attano samīpaṃ āgatānaṃ yathābalaṃ ghāsacchādanadhanadhaññādīhi saṅgaho pasaṃsādīnaṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ sugatigamanādīnañca samparāyikānaṃ visesādhigamānaṃ hetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati.
所谓“无过失的业”,是指受持布萨戒条、提供服务、营造园林、种植树木、修建桥梁等身、口、意的善行。由于这些行为是获得种种利益与安乐的因,故被称为“吉祥”。关于这一点,当知经典中有言:“毗舍佉,确有此事:世间某位女子或男子,受持具足八支的布萨后,于身坏命终时,得生四大王天。”(《增支部》8.43)等等。显示巴利原文
Anavajjāni kammāni nāma uposathaṅgasamādānaveyyāvaccakaraṇaārāmavanaropanasetukaraṇādīni kāyavacīmanosucaritakammāni. Tāni hi nānappakārahitasukhādhigamahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati. ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyyā’’ti evamādīni cettha suttāni (a. ni. 8.43) anussaritabbāni.
如此,在这首偈颂中,布施、法行、照应亲族、无过失的业——这四种被称为吉祥,而它们各自的吉祥之义,也已在各处开显了。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya dānaṃ, dhammacariyā, ñātakānaṃ saṅgaho, anavajjāni kammānīti cattāri maṅgalāni vuttāni, maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
“布施等”这首偈颂的义释,至此结束。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā dānañcāti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
267 267. 现在解释‘āratī viratī’:此处‘āratī’指厌离;‘viratī’指远离,或者众生借此而远离,故称为离。‘恶’是指不善。以迷醉之义称为‘酒’,饮用酒类即为‘饮酒’,由此而有‘从饮酒’的说法。节制即是‘制约’。不放逸即是‘不放逸’。‘于法中’是指在善法中。其余内容,依前述道理来理解——这是词句的解释。显示巴利原文
267. Idāni āratī viratīti ettha āratīti āramaṇaṃ. Viratīti viramaṇaṃ, viramanti vā etāya sattāti virati. Pāpāti akusalā. Madanīyaṭṭhena majjaṃ, majjassa pānaṃ majjapānaṃ, tato majjapānā. Saṃyamanaṃ saṃyamo. Appamajjanaṃ appamādo. Dhammesūti kusalesu. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā.
关于含义的解释,应当这样理解:所谓‘厌离’,是指已见过患者,内心自然生起对恶的不喜。所谓‘离’,是指经由业门,由身与语而行的远离。此离有三种:成就离、受持离、断除离。其中,善男子因顾念自己的出身、家族或种姓,而如此思惟:‘若我去杀害生命,或拿取未给予之物,这与我的身份实不相称’——以此心态,对现前之事生起远离,这便是成就离。通过受持学处而生起的远离,称为受持离;自从受持之后,善男子便不再造作杀生等诸恶。与圣道相应的远离,称为断除离;自这一圣道生起之后,圣弟子的五种怖畏与怨恨便完全止息了。所谓‘恶’,正如经典中详细所说:‘居士子,杀生是业的染污,不与取……欲邪行……妄语’——显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – ārati nāma pāpe ādīnavadassāvino manasā eva anabhirati. Virati nāma kammadvāravasena kāyavācāhi viramaṇaṃ. Sā cesā virati nāma sampattavirati samādānavirati samucchedaviratīti tividhā hoti. Tattha yā kulaputtassa attano jātiṃ vā kulaṃ vā gottaṃ vā paṭicca ‘‘na me etaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ imaṃ pāṇaṃ haneyyaṃ, adinnaṃ ādiyeyya’’ntiādinā nayena sampattavatthuto virati, ayaṃ sampattavirati nāma. Sikkhāpadasamādānavasena pana pavattā samādānavirati nāma, yassā pavattito pabhuti kulaputto pāṇātipātādīni na samācarati. Ariyamaggasampayuttā samucchedavirati nāma, yassā pavattito pabhuti ariyasāvakassa pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti. Pāpaṃ nāma yaṃ taṃ ‘‘pāṇātipāto kho, gahapatiputta, kammakileso adinnādānaṃ…pe… kāmesumicchācāro…pe… musāvādo’’ti evaṃ vitthāretvā –
所谓恶法,即是指:杀生、不与取,以及妄语;显示巴利原文
‘‘Pāṇātipāto adinnādānaṃ, musāvādo ca vuccati;
还有侵犯他人妻子,智者们对此亦不称赞。(《长部》3.245)
显示巴利原文 Paradāragamanañceva, nappasaṃsanti paṇḍitā’’ti. (dī. ni. 3.245) –
如此,由偈颂所概括的四种不善,即名为业之染污,应当从这些恶中远离。对于这些恶的‘厌离’与‘远离’,因其能带来现法之利、来世之利,以及断除怖畏、怨恨等种种不同的殊胜功德,故称为‘吉祥’。在这里,应当忆持这样的经文:‘居士子,圣弟子远离杀生……’等等。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ gāthāya saṅgahitaṃ kammakilesasaṅkhātaṃ catubbidhaṃ akusalaṃ, tato pāpā. Sabbāpesā ārati ca virati ca diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikabhayaverappahānādinānappakāravisesādhigamahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati. ‘‘Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato kho, gahapatiputta, ariyasāvako’’tiādīni cettha suttāni anussaritabbāni.
所谓‘于饮酒的自制’,即是前文所说的‘离放逸因的谷酒、果酒学处’。然而,因为饮酒者不知何者为利益,不知何者为法,会对母亲造成障碍,对父亲、佛陀、独觉佛、如来弟子也会造成障碍;于现法中遭人讥毁,于来世堕入恶趣,于未来轮回中还会陷入癫狂。反之,能于饮酒自制者,便能止息这些过患,并获得与这些过患相反的种种功德成就。因此,此于饮酒的自制,当知即为‘吉祥’。显示巴利原文
Majjapānāca saṃyamo nāma pubbe vuttasurāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiyāvetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yasmā pana majjapāyī atthaṃ na jānāti, dhammaṃ na jānāti, mātupi antarāyaṃ karoti, pitu buddhapaccekabuddhatathāgatasāvakānampi antarāyaṃ karoti, diṭṭheva dhamme garahaṃ, samparāye duggatiṃ, aparāpariyāye ummādañca pāpuṇāti. Majjapānā pana saṃyato tesaṃ dosānaṃ vūpasamaṃ tabbiparītaguṇasampadañca pāpuṇāti. Tasmā ayaṃ majjapānā saṃyamo ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbo.
所谓“于诸善法中的不放逸”(appamādo kusalesu dhammesu):如《分别论》(846)所说:“对善法的修习,若行不恭敬、不持续、不稳固,退缩懈怠、舍弃意愿、舍弃重担、不修习、不修持、不多修、不决意、不精勤,此即放逸。凡此类放逸、放逸的状态、放逸的性相,皆称为放逸。”与此放逸相反,若于诸善法中正念不远离,即当知为不放逸。这种不放逸,能成就种种善法,能证得不死(涅槃),故称为吉祥。于此,应忆念导师的教法,如:“于不放逸、精勤者……”(《中部》2.18-19;《增支部》5.26),以及“不放逸即不死之路”(《法句》21)等。显示巴利原文
Kusalesu dhammesu appamādo nāma ‘‘kusalānaṃ vā dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya asakkaccakiriyatā asātaccakiriyatā anaṭṭhitakiriyatā olīnavuttitā nikkhittachandatā nikkhittadhuratā anāsevanā abhāvanā abahulīkammaṃ anadhiṭṭhānaṃ ananuyogo pamādo. Yo evarūpo pamādo pamajjanā pamajjitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati pamādo’’ti (vibha. 846) ettha vuttassa pamādassa paṭipakkhanayena atthato kusalesu dhammesu satiyā avippavāso veditabbo. So nānappakārakusalādhigamahetuto amatādhigamahetuto ca ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati. Tattha ‘‘appamattassa ātāpino’’ti (ma. ni. 2.18-19; a. ni. 5.26) ca ‘‘appamādo amatapada’’nti (dha. pa. 21) ca evamādi satthusāsanaṃ anussaritabbaṃ.
如是,于此偈中宣说了三种吉祥——“远离恶行”“节制饮酒”“于善法中不放逸”。其各各为吉祥之义,已于对应诸处分别阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya pāpā virati, majjapānā saṃyamo, kusalesu dhammesu appamādoti tīṇi maṅgalāni vuttāni, maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
“远离、禁止”一偈的义释,至此结束。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā āratī viratīti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
268 现在解释“恭敬”等词。「恭敬」指尊重。「谦下」指行为谦逊。「知足」指满足。「知恩」指知晓他人所做。「适时」指恰当时机、合适时间。「听法」即听闻佛法。其余词句依前述方式理解——此为字面注释。显示巴利原文
268. Idāni gāravo cāti ettha gāravoti garubhāvo. Nivātoti nīcavuttitā. Santuṭṭhīti santoso. Katassa jānanatā kataññutā. Kālenāti khaṇena samayena. Dhammassa savanaṃ dhammassavanaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā.
义理注释应如此理解:「恭敬」是指在佛陀、独觉佛、如来弟子、阿阇梨、亲教师、父母、年长的兄弟姐妹等应当恭敬承事的对象面前,随顺适宜地表达尊重、践行礼敬、保持恭敬心。由于这种恭敬是通往善趣等的因,正如经中所说:显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – gāravo nāma garukārapayogārahesu buddhapaccekabuddhatathāgatasāvakaācariyupajjhāyamātāpitujeṭṭhabhātikabhaginiādīsu yathānurūpaṃ garukāro garukaraṇaṃ sagāravatā. Svāyaṃ gāravo yasmā sugatigamanādīnaṃ hetu. Yathāha –
“他尊重应尊重者,恭敬应恭敬者,供养应供养者。他以如此圆满、如此受持的业,于身坏命终后,投生到善趣、天界。若未于身坏命终后……投生,而获得人身,则无论生于何处,皆成为高种姓者。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Garukātabbaṃ garuṃ karoti, mānetabbaṃ māneti, pūjetabbaṃ pūjeti. So tena kammena evaṃ samattena evaṃ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. No ce kāyassa bhedā…pe… upapajjati, sace manussattaṃ āgacchati, yattha yattha paccājāyati, uccākulīno hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.295).
又如世尊所说:“比丘们,有七种不退法。哪七种呢?敬重导师……”(《增支部》7.32-33)因此,这称为吉祥。显示巴利原文
Yathā cāha – ‘‘sattime, bhikkhave, aparihāniyā dhammā. Katame satta? Satthugāravatā’’tiādi (a. ni. 7.32-33). Tasmā ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati.
“谦下”,是指心意谦卑、行为谦逊。具足这一品德的人,调伏了我慢,调伏了骄矜,变得犹如擦脚布、犹如断角之牛、犹如拔去毒牙的蛇,柔和、可亲、言语令人安乐。这便是谦下。由于它是获得名声等功德的因,故称为吉祥。又如说:“谦下而不傲慢,如此之人得名声。”(《长部》3.273)显示巴利原文
Nivāto nāma nīcamanatā nivātavuttitā, yāya samannāgato puggalo nihatamāno nihatadappo pādapuñchanacoḷakasamo chinnavisāṇusabhasamo uddhaṭadāṭhasappasamo ca hutvā saṇho sakhilo sukhasambhāso hoti, ayaṃ nivāto. Svāyaṃ yasādiguṇapaṭilābhahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati. Āha ca – ‘‘nivātavutti atthaddho, tādiso labhate yasa’’nti evamādi (dī. ni. 3.273).
“知足”,是指对所获得的任何一种资具都感到满足。这知足共有十二种。具体而言:于袈裟,有三种知足——随所得到的知足、随自己力量的知足、随相宜的知足。同样,于饮食等其余资具,也各有此三种知足。显示巴利原文
Santuṭṭhi nāma itarītarapaccayasantoso, so dvādasavidho hoti. Seyyathidaṃ – cīvare yathālābhasantoso, yathābalasantoso, yathāsāruppasantosoti tividho. Evaṃ piṇḍapātādīsu.
这里分类说明:一位比丘得到袈裟,无论好坏,他仅凭这一件袈裟维生,不希求其他,即使得到更好的也不接受,这是他对袈裟的‘随所得知足’。如果后来他生了病,披着沉重的袈裟会弯腰驼背或感到疲惫,他便与同分比丘交换,换为轻便袈裟而活,依然知足,这是他对袈裟的‘随力量知足’。另有一位比丘常有殊胜的衣料可得,他若得到像丝绸袈裟这类昂贵的衣料,心想:‘这适合长老、久出家者和多闻者’,便将衣料供养他们,自己则从垃圾堆等处捡拾碎布,缝成大衣穿着,同样知足,这是他对袈裟的‘随相宜知足’。显示巴利原文
Tassāyaṃ pabhedavaṇṇanā – idha bhikkhu cīvaraṃ labhati sundaraṃ vā asundaraṃ vā, so teneva yāpeti, aññaṃ na pattheti, labhantopi na gaṇhāti, ayamassa cīvare yathālābhasantoso. Atha pana ābādhiko hoti, garuṃ cīvaraṃ pārupanto oṇamati vā kilamati vā. So sabhāgena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ taṃ parivattetvā lahukena yāpentopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa cīvare yathābalasantoso. Aparo bhikkhu paṇītapaccayalābhī hoti, so paṭṭacīvarādīnaṃ aññataraṃ mahagghaṃ cīvaraṃ labhitvā ‘‘idaṃ therānaṃ cirapabbajitānaṃ bahussutānañca anurūpa’’nti tesaṃ datvā attanā saṅkārakūṭā vā aññato vā kutoci nantakāni uccinitvā saṅghāṭiṃ katvā dhārentopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa cīvare yathāsāruppasantoso.
此处,一位比丘得到团食,无论是粗劣还是殊胜,他仅以此维生,不希求其他,即使得到更好的也不接受,这是他对团食的‘随所得知足’。如果他患病,吃了粗劣的团食后引发剧烈病痛,他便将团食给与同分比丘,从那位比丘手中接受酥、蜜、乳等食用,同时修习沙门法,依然知足,这是他对团食的‘随力量知足’。另有一位比丘得到殊胜的团食,他想:‘这团食适合长老、久出家者,以及那些不凭殊胜团食便难以维生的同梵行者’,于是将食物给他们,自己持钵乞食,食用杂拌食物,同样知足,这是他对团食的‘随相宜知足’。显示巴利原文
Idha pana bhikkhu piṇḍapātaṃ labhati lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā, so teneva yāpeti, aññaṃ na pattheti, labhantopi na gaṇhāti, ayamassa piṇḍapāte yathālābhasantoso. Atha pana ābādhiko hoti, lūkhaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitvā bāḷhaṃ rogātaṅkaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sabhāgassa bhikkhuno taṃ datvā tassa hatthato sappimadhukhīrādīni bhuñjitvā samaṇadhammaṃ karontopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa piṇḍapāte yathābalasantoso. Aparo bhikkhu paṇītaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ labhati, so ‘‘ayaṃ piṇḍapāto therānaṃ cirapabbajitānaṃ aññesañca paṇītapiṇḍapātaṃ vinā ayāpentānaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ anurūpo’’ti tesaṃ datvā attanā piṇḍāya caritvā missakāhāraṃ bhuñjantopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa piṇḍapāte yathāsāruppasantoso.
此处,有比丘获得坐卧具,他仅以此坐卧具为满足,即使后来得到更好的坐卧具也不接受,这是他对坐卧具的‘随所得知足’。另有一比丘患病,住在无风的坐卧处时,被胆汁病等剧烈折磨,他便将该坐卧具让给同分比丘,然后住在对方所得的有风凉爽的坐卧处,修习沙门法,照样知足,这是他对坐卧具的‘随力量知足’。又有一比丘,即使得到美好的坐卧具也不受用,心想:‘美好的坐卧具是放逸之处,坐在那里会陷入昏沉睡眠,被睡眠征服后,醒来时贪欲的念头便会现起。’他拒绝这些之后,不论住在露天、树下还是叶屋等地方,都感到知足,这是他对坐卧具的‘随相宜知足’。显示巴利原文
Idha pana bhikkhuno senāsanaṃ pāpuṇāti, so teneva santussati, puna aññaṃ sundaratarampi pāpuṇantaṃ na gaṇhāti, ayamassa senāsane yathālābhasantoso. Atha pana ābādhiko hoti, nivātasenāsane vasanto ativiya pittarogādīhi āturīyati, so sabhāgassa bhikkhuno taṃ datvā tassa pāpuṇanake savātasītalasenāsane vasitvā samaṇadhammaṃ karontopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa senāsane yathābalasantoso. Aparo bhikkhu sundaraṃ senāsanaṃ pattampi na sampaṭicchati ‘‘sundarasenāsanaṃ pamādaṭṭhānaṃ, tatra nisinnassa thinamiddhaṃ okkamati, niddābhibhūtassa ca puna paṭibujjhato kāmavitakkā samudācarantī’’ti, so taṃ paṭikkhipitvā abbhokāsarukkhamūlapaṇṇakuṭīsu yattha katthaci nivasantopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa senāsane yathāsāruppasantoso.
在此,有比丘得到药物,或是诃梨勒或是庵摩罗,他便仅以此活命,不希求他人所得的酥、蜜、糖等,即使得到也不接受。这是他对病缘的「随所得知足」。
另有一比丘患病,需要油来治疗却得到糖,他将糖给予合适的比丘后,从那位比丘手中得到油,用作药物,同时修习沙门法,同样知足。这是他对病缘的「随力量知足」。
又有一比丘,有人将腐尿诃梨勒放在一个容器中,将四甘味放在另一个容器中,并对他说:「尊者,请取用您想要的东西。」如果他的病只用这两者中的任何一种便能痊愈,他便思惟:「腐尿诃梨勒是诸佛等所赞叹的,而且这腐尿药正是依此而出家的,对此应当尽形寿努力。」如此,他在拒绝了四甘味药物后,以腐尿诃梨勒为药,极为满足。这是他对病缘的「随相宜知足」。显示巴利原文
Idha pana bhikkhu bhesajjaṃ labhati harītakaṃ vā āmalakaṃ vā, so teneva yāpeti, aññehi laddhaṃ sappimadhuphāṇitādimpi na pattheti, labhantopi na gaṇhāti, ayamassa gilānapaccaye yathālābhasantoso. Atha pana ābādhiko telena atthiko phāṇitaṃ labhati, so taṃ sabhāgassa bhikkhuno datvā tassa hatthato telena bhesajjaṃ katvā samaṇadhammaṃ karontopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa gilānapaccaye yathābalasantoso. Aparo bhikkhu ekasmiṃ bhājane pūtimuttaharītakaṃ ṭhapetvā ekasmiṃ catumadhuraṃ ‘‘gaṇhatha, bhante, yadicchasī’’ti vuccamāno sacassa tesaṃ dvinnaṃ aññatarenapi byādhi vūpasammati, atha ‘‘pūtimuttaharītakaṃ nāma buddhādīhi vaṇṇitaṃ, ayañca pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo’’ti (mahāva. 128) vuttanti cintento catumadhurabhesajjaṃ paṭikkhipitvā muttaharītakena bhesajjaṃ karontopi paramasantuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa gilānapaccaye yathāsāruppasantoso.
如此细分的一切知足,即称为知足。当知,此知足为「吉祥」,因其是断除过度欲求、恶欲、多欲等恶法之因,是投生善趣之因,是成就圣道之资粮,亦是成就四方无碍等功德之因。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pabhedo sabbopeso santoso santuṭṭhīti vuccati. Sā atricchatāpāpicchatāmahicchatādīnaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ pahānādhigamahetuto sugatihetuto ariyamaggasambhārabhāvato cātuddisādibhāvahetuto ca ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbā. Āha ca –
「他是四方无碍且无瞋者,」
满足于随缘所得的任何资具。(如《经集》42;《小部·犀角经义释》128等所说)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cātuddiso appaṭigho ca hoti, Santussamāno itarītarenā’’ti. (su. ni. 42; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 128) evamādi;
所谓「知恩」,是指对于他人所作的任何或小或大的饶益,能够反复铭记于心、感念不忘。再者,布施等功德能令有情脱离地狱等处的灾厄,对众生有极大的饶益,因此,对这些功德的饶益常怀忆念,也应理解为「知恩」。这种知恩能成就善士所称叹的种种殊胜功德,故被称为「吉祥」。正如佛陀所言:‘诸比丘,世间有两种人甚为难得。哪两种?一是先行布施施恩者,二是知恩感恩者。’(《增支部》2.120)显示巴利原文
Kataññutā nāma appassa vā bahussa vā yena kenaci katassa upakārassa punappunaṃ anussaraṇabhāvena jānanatā. Apica nerayikādidukkhaparittāṇato puññāni eva pāṇīnaṃ bahūpakārāni, tato tesampi upakārānussaraṇatā ‘‘kataññutā’’ti veditabbā. Sā sappurisehi pasaṃsanīyatādinānappakāravisesādhigamahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuttā. Āha ca – ‘‘dveme, bhikkhave, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṃ. Katame dve? Yo ca pubbakārī, yo ca kataññū katavedī’’ti (a. ni. 2.120).
「适时听法」指的是:当心念生起与掉举相应的状态,或心被欲贪寻思等任何一种不善法所征服时,为了驱除这些不善法,而应时听闻佛法。另有一些论师说:每五天一次听闻佛法,即名为「适时听法」。正如阿那律尊者所说:‘尊者,我们确是每隔五天,便整夜共坐一处谈论法义。’(《中部》1.327;《大品》466)显示巴利原文
Kālena dhammassavanaṃ nāma yasmiṃ kāle uddhaccasahagataṃ cittaṃ hoti, kāmavitakkādīnaṃ vā aññatarena abhibhūtaṃ, tasmiṃ kāle tesaṃ vinodanatthaṃ dhammassavanaṃ. Apare āhu – pañcame pañcame divase dhammassavanaṃ kālena dhammassavanaṃ nāma. Yathāha āyasmā anuruddho ‘‘pañcāhikaṃ kho pana mayaṃ, bhante, sabbarattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sannisīdāmā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.327; mahāva. 466).
再者,在能亲近善知识并得以听闻消除自身疑惑之法的时刻,此时的听法亦当理解为“适时听法”。如经中所说:“他时时前往亲近、请问、细问”等。(《长部》3.358)此适时听法,因是断除五盖、获得四种利益、灭尽诸漏等种种殊胜成就之因,故应视为吉祥。对此确曾开示:显示巴利原文
Apica yasmiṃ kāle kalyāṇamitte upasaṅkamitvā sakkā hoti attano kaṅkhāpaṭivinodakaṃ dhammaṃ sotuṃ, tasmiṃ kālepi dhammassavanaṃ ‘‘kālena dhammassavana’’nti veditabbaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘te kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati paripañhatī’’tiādi (dī. ni. 3.358). Tadetaṃ kālena dhammassavanaṃ nīvaraṇappahānacaturānisaṃsaāsavakkhayādinānappakāravisesādhigamahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“比丘们,当圣弟子下定决心、全心作意、集中心力、倾耳谛听正法之时,在此刻,他的五种盖障便不复存在。”(《相应部》5.219)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi katvā sabbaṃ cetaso samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇāti, pañcassa nīvaraṇāni tasmiṃ samaye na hontī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.219) ca.
以及:“比丘们,对于所闻、……乃至……善通达之法,可预期有四种利益。”(《增支部》4.191)显示巴利原文
‘‘Sotānugatānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ…pe… suppaṭividdhānaṃ cattāro ānisaṃsā pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti (a. ni. 4.191) ca.
比丘们,有此四种法,若能时时妥善修习、反复践行,便能渐次导向诸漏灭尽。哪四种?即‘适时听法’等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā kālena kālaṃ sammā bhāviyamānā sammā anuparivattiyamānā anupubbena āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpenti. Katame cattāro? Kālena dhammassavana’’nti ca evamādīni (a. ni. 4.147).
就这样,这首偈颂中宣说了恭敬、谦卑、知足、感恩、适时听法这五种吉祥,且其各自在相应处的吉祥意义皆已阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya gāravo, nivāto, santuṭṭhi, kataññutā, kālena dhammassavananti pañca maṅgalāni vuttāni, maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
关于恭敬与谦卑这一偈的释义,至此结束。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā gāravo ca nivāto cāti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
269 现在解释“忍耐”等词。此处,“忍耐”即堪忍。因善于正面领受,言语温和,故为“易受教”;易受教的行为,称为“易受教行”;易受教的性质,即是“易受教性”。烦恼止息者,名为“沙门”。“见”即观察、看见。对法的讨论,称为“法谈”。其余词句,皆依前述方式理解——这是词句的释义。显示巴利原文
269. Idāni khantī cāti ettha khamanaṃ khanti. Padakkhiṇaggāhitāya sukhaṃ vaco asminti suvaco, suvacassa kammaṃ sovacassaṃ, sovacassassa bhāvo sovacassatā. Kilesānaṃ samitattā samaṇā. Dassananti pekkhanaṃ. Dhammassa sākacchā dhammasākacchā. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā.
然而,义释应如此理解:“忍耐”即安忍的忍耐。具足此忍耐的比丘,当他人以十种骂詈事辱骂,或以殴打、捆绑等方式加害时,他就像不闻不见一般,不为所动,犹如忍辱论师。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā khanti nāma adhivāsanakkhanti, yāya samannāgato bhikkhu dasahi akkosavatthūhi akkosante, vadhabandhādīhi vā vihiṃsante puggale asuṇanto viya ca apassanto viya ca nibbikāro hoti khantivādī viya. Yathāha –
“过去久远之时,有位沙门宣扬忍辱;
迦尸王砍断了那位安住于忍辱的人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ahū atītamaddhānaṃ, samaṇo khantidīpano; Taṃ khantiyāyeva ṭhitaṃ, kāsirājā achedayī’’ti. (jā. 1.4.51);
又或者,由于对方没有更进一步的过失,便以“好的”一面来作意,如同尊者富楼那长老那样。正如所说的那样——显示巴利原文
Bhaddakato vā manasi karoti tato uttari aparādhābhāvena āyasmā puṇṇatthero viya. Yathāha –
“尊者,如果输那国人辱骂我、诽谤我,那时我心里会这样想:‘这些输那国人真是好,真是极好,因为他们没有用手打我……’”等等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sace maṃ, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā akkosissanti paribhāsissanti, tattha me evaṃ bhavissati ‘bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṃ me nayime pāṇinā pahāraṃ dentī’’’tiādi (ma. ni. 3.396; saṃ. ni. 4.88).
具备此忍辱者,亦为仙人们所称赞。正如萨罗婆伽仙人所说——显示巴利原文
Yāya ca samannāgato isīnampi pasaṃsanīyo hoti. Yathāha sarabhaṅgo isi –
对于一切粗恶言语,应当忍耐,
诸寂静者称此为无上之忍。(jā. 2.17.64)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kodhaṃ vadhitvā na kadāci socati, Makkhappahānaṃ isayo vaṇṇayanti; Sabbesaṃ vuttaṃ pharusaṃ khametha, Etaṃ khantiṃ uttamamāhu santo’’ti. (jā. 2.17.64);
这样的忍耐也为诸天所称誉。正如诸天之主帝释天王所说:显示巴利原文
Devatānampi pasaṃsanīyo hoti. Yathāha sakko devānamindo –
若强壮者能安忍,对软弱者施以忍耐;
他们称此为最上的安忍,而软弱者则总是忍耐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo have balavā santo, dubbalassa titikkhati; Tamāhu paramaṃ khantiṃ, niccaṃ khamati dubbalo’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.250-251);
这种忍耐为诸佛所称扬。正如世尊所说:显示巴利原文
Buddhānampi pasaṃsanīyo hoti. Yathāha bhagavā –
面对辱骂、杀害与捆绑,内心无嗔而能忍辱;
拥有忍辱之力、以此为军的人,我称他为婆罗门。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Akkosaṃ vadhabandhañca, aduṭṭho yo titikkhati; Khantībalaṃ balānīkaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇa’’nti. (dha. pa. 399);
此忍辱,作为此处所描述诸功德及其他功德的证得之因,当知是“吉祥”。显示巴利原文
Sā panesā khanti etesañca idha vaṇṇitānaṃ aññesañca guṇānaṃ adhigamahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbā.
所谓「易受教」者,即当同梵行者宣说法语时,不陷入散乱、沉默或寻思其功过得失,而是心怀极恭敬、尊重与谦下,口称「善哉」并依教奉行的习性。由能依此从同梵行者处获得教诫与教授,并能断除过失、证得功德,故称为「吉祥」。显示巴利原文
Sovacassatā nāma sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāne vikkhepaṃ vā tuṇhībhāvaṃ vā guṇadosacintanaṃ vā anāpajjitvā ativiya ādarañca gāravañca nīcamanatañca purakkhatvā ‘‘sādhū’’ti vacanakaraṇatā. Sā sabrahmacārīnaṃ santikā ovādānusāsanīpaṭilābhahetuto dosappahānaguṇādhigamahetuto ca ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati.
所谓「见沙门」者,是指亲近、侍奉、随念、听闻、瞻视那些已寂灭烦恼、已修习身语意慧、具足最上调伏与寂止的出家众;凡此种种,略说名为「见」。应知此即「吉祥」。何以故?以能带来大利益故。正如所说:「诸比丘,我宣说见那些比丘有大利益」等。因此,希求利益的善男子,若见具戒比丘来至家门,倘有可供养之物,应随力以所施物款待;若无所施,应以五体投地顶礼。若此亦不能,应合掌敬礼;若仍不能,应以净信心,用慈眼注视。如是,以此见沙门所生福业,能令千生之中眼无疾患、无烧灼、无肿痛、无疖疮,目得清净,具足五色光明,犹如宝殿中开启的摩尼宝窗。于十万劫中,在天人及人间获得一切成就。身为人类而有智慧者,以如理修习见沙门之福得此果报成就,并不稀奇;即便畜生道众生,仅以信心引发的见沙门之福,亦能获如此果报成就,正如下偈所说:显示巴利原文
Samaṇānaṃdassanaṃ nāma upasamitakilesānaṃ bhāvitakāyavacīcittapaññānaṃ uttamadamathasamathasamannāgatānaṃ pabbajitānaṃ upasaṅkamanupaṭṭhānaanussaraṇasavanadassanaṃ, sabbampi omakadesanāya ‘‘dassana’’nti vuttaṃ. Taṃ ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbaṃ. Kasmā? Bahūpakārattā. Āha ca – ‘‘dassanampahaṃ, bhikkhave, tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bahūpakāraṃ vadāmī’’tiādi (itivu. 104). Yato hitakāmena kulaputtena sīlavante bhikkhū gharadvāraṃ sampatte disvā yadi deyyadhammo atthi, yathābalaṃ deyyadhammena patimānetabbā. Yadi natthi, pañcapatiṭṭhitaṃ katvā vanditabbā. Tasmiṃ asampajjamāne añjaliṃ paggahetvā namassitabbā, tasmimpi asampajjamāne pasannacittena piyacakkhūhi sampassitabbā. Evaṃ dassanamūlakenāpi hi puññena anekāni jātisahassāni cakkhumhi rogo vā dāho vā ussadā vā piḷakā vā na honti, vippasannapañcavaṇṇasassirikāni honti cakkhūni ratanavimāne ugghāṭitamaṇikavāṭasadisāni , satasahassakappamattaṃ devesu ca manussesu ca sabbasampattīnaṃ lābhī hoti. Anacchariyañcetaṃ, yaṃ manussabhūto sappaññajātiko sammā pavattitena samaṇadassanamayena puññena evarūpaṃ vipākasampattiṃ anubhaveyya, yattha tiracchānagatānampi kevalaṃ saddhāmattakajanitassa samaṇadassanassa evaṃ vipākasampattiṃ vaṇṇayanti –
圆眼猫头鹰,
在韦地亚咖久住者
这位拘西耶真是快乐
它清晨即起,便见到了胜佛陀
于我及无上比丘僧,心生净信;
纵使十万劫中,他亦不堕恶趣。
从天界命终之后,为善业所推动,
他将成就无量智慧,以“喜悦”之名广为人知。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ulūko maṇḍalakkhiko, Vediyake ciradīghavāsiko; Sukhito vata kosiyo ayaṃ, Kāluṭṭhitaṃ passati buddhavaraṃ. ‘‘Mayi cittaṃ pasādetvā, bhikkhusaṅghe anuttare; Kappānaṃ satasahassāni, duggatiṃ so na gacchati. ‘‘Devalokā cavitvāna, kusalakammena codito; Bhavissati anantañāṇo, somanassoti vissuto’’ti. (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.144; khu. pā. aṭṭha. 5.10);
所谓“适时讨论法义”,是指在傍晚或清晨,两位持经比丘互相讨论经典,持律者讨论律,持阿毗达摩者讨论阿毗达摩,持本生者讨论本生,持注疏者讨论注疏;或者为净化被昏沉、掉举与疑所侵袭的心,在相应时段进行讨论,这即是“适时讨论法义”。这种行持成就通达圣教、善巧种种功德等利益,故称为吉祥。显示巴利原文
Kālena dhammasākacchā nāma padose vā paccūse vā dve suttantikā bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ suttantaṃ sākacchanti, vinayadharā vinayaṃ, ābhidhammikā abhidhammaṃ , jātakabhāṇakā jātakaṃ, aṭṭhakathikā aṭṭhakathaṃ, līnuddhatavicikicchāparetacittavisodhanatthaṃ vā tamhi tamhi kāle sākacchanti, ayaṃ kālena dhammasākacchā. Sā āgamabyattiādīnaṃ guṇānaṃ hetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccatīti.
如此,于此偈颂中宣说了忍辱、易受教、见沙门、适时讨论法义四种吉祥,其所以为吉祥之理,文中各处已分别阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya khanti, sovacassatā, samaṇadassanaṃ, kālena dhammasākacchāti cattāri maṅgalāni vuttāni, maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
关于“忍耐已圆满成就”这一偈颂的释义,至此便已完成。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā khantī cāti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
270 现在解释“苦行等”这一句:在此,能灼烧诸邪恶不善法,故称为“苦行”。“梵行”:指清净行,或梵天之行,也就是最殊胜的行,如此说即正确。“见圣谛”(ariyasaccāna dassanaṃ),即见到圣谛。也有说“见到诸圣谛”(ariyasaccāni dassanaṃ),但那种说法并不恰当。“涅槃”(nibbānaṃ):因为已从称为“林缚”的渴爱中脱离,故名为涅槃。“作证”(sacchikaraṇaṃ),即亲自证得的行动。因此,“涅槃作证”即亲自证得涅槃。其余内容,依前面讲过的方式去理解。以上是词语的解释。显示巴利原文
270. Idāni tapo cāti ettha pāpake akusale dhamme tapatīti tapo. Brahmaṃ cariyaṃ, brahmānaṃ vā cariyaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, seṭṭhacariyanti vuttaṃ hoti. Ariyasaccānaṃ dassanaṃ ariyasaccāna dassanaṃ. Ariyasaccāni dassanantipi eke, taṃ na sundaraṃ. Nikkhantaṃ vānatoti nibbānaṃ, sacchikaraṇaṃ sacchikiriyā, nibbānassa sacchikiriyā nibbānasacchikiriyā. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā.
至于义理的解释,应如此理解:所谓“苦行”,因能灼烧贪欲、忧恼等烦恼,故指防护根门;或因能灼烧懈怠,故指精进。具足此精进之人,即称为“具勤者”。而这样的苦行,因为是能断除贪忧等烦恼及证得禅那等成就之因,故应知其为“吉祥”。显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – tapo nāma abhijjhādomanassādīnaṃ tapanato indriyasaṃvaro, kosajjassa vā tapanato vīriyaṃ. Tena hi samannāgato puggalo ātāpīti vuccati. Svāyaṃ abhijjhādippahānajhānādipaṭilābhahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbo.
“梵行”是远离淫欲、沙门法、教法与道等的同义语。正如在“断除非梵行,成为梵行者”(长部1.194;中部1.292)等处,将远离淫欲称为梵行;在“贤友,我们在世尊处修梵行”(中部1.257)等处,指沙门法;在“波旬,只要我的梵行还未成就、丰盛、广布、普及众人,我便不般涅槃”(长部2.168;相应部5.822;自说51)等处,指教法;在“比丘,这圣八支道即是梵行,即正见等”(相应部5.6)等处,则指道。在此处,由于后文以见圣谛摄取了道,其余一切含义也都适用。而且,这些意义都是次第证得种种殊胜差别之因,故为“吉祥”。显示巴利原文
Brahmacariyaṃ nāma methunaviratisamaṇadhammasāsanamaggānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tathā hi ‘‘abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī hotī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.194; ma. ni. 1.292) evamādīsu methunavirati brahmacariyanti vuccati. ‘‘Bhagavati no, āvuso, brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.257) samaṇadhammo. ‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujañña’’nti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 2.168; saṃ. ni. 5.822; udā. 51) sāsanaṃ. ‘‘Ayameva kho, bhikkhu, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo brahmacariyaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ, sammādiṭṭhī’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.6) maggo. Idha pana ariyasaccadassanena parato maggassa gahitattā avasesaṃ sabbampi vaṭṭati. Tañcetaṃ uparūpari nānappakāravisesādhigamahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbaṃ.
“见圣谛”是指以现观之力,证见《童子问》中所阐述的四圣谛的道见。这是超越轮回之苦的因,故称为“吉祥”。显示巴利原文
Ariyasaccānadassanaṃ nāma kumārapañhe vuttatthānaṃ catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ abhisamayavasena maggadassanaṃ. Taṃ saṃsāradukkhavītikkamahetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti vuccati.
“涅槃作证”:此处以阿罗汉果作为所意指的涅槃。因为此果脱离了称为“五趣林缚”的渴爱,故亦名“涅槃”。证得此果或省察此果,即名“作证”。至于另一种涅槃,仅由见圣谛即已成就作证,故此处不指它。如是,这种涅槃作证,因为是现法乐住等之因,应知为“吉祥”。显示巴利原文
Nibbānasacchikiriyā nāma idha arahattaphalaṃ ‘‘nibbāna’’nti adhippetaṃ. Tampi hi pañcagativānanena vānasaññitāya taṇhāya nikkhantattā ‘‘nibbāna’’nti vuccati. Tassa patti vā paccavekkhaṇā vā ‘‘sacchikiriyā’’ti vuccati. Itarassa pana nibbānassa ariyasaccānaṃ dassaneneva sacchikiriyā siddhā, tenetaṃ idha na adhippetaṃ. Evamesā nibbānasacchikiriyā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārādihetuto ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbā.
同样地,在这首偈颂中,宣说了苦行、梵行、见圣谛与涅槃作证这四种吉祥,而它们之所以为吉祥的道理,已于各处分别阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissāpi gāthāya tapo, brahmacariyaṃ, ariyasaccāna dassanaṃ, nibbānasacchikiriyāti cattāri maṅgalāni vuttāni, maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
271 现在解释“被世间法所触时”这一句。其中,“被触的”指被接触、被碰触、所遭遇的。“世间法”即世间之法,意指只要世间流转便不会退转的法。“心”即意、思。“其”指无论是新学比丘、中年比丘还是长老。“不动摇”指不摇晃、不动荡。“无忧”即无有忧愁,已拔除忧箭。“离尘”即远离尘垢、摧毁尘垢。“安稳”即无畏、无灾患。其余如前所述。以上是词句注释。显示巴利原文
271. Idāni phuṭṭhassa lokadhammehīti ettha phuṭṭhassāti phusitassa chupitassa sampattassa. Loke dhammā lokadhammā, yāva lokappavatti, tāva anivattakā dhammāti vuttaṃ hoti. Cittanti mano mānasaṃ. Yassāti navassa vā majjhimassa vā therassa vā. Na kampatīti na calati, na vedhati. Asokanti nissokaṃ abbūḷhasokasallaṃ. Virajanti vigatarajaṃ viddhaṃsitarajaṃ. Khemanti abhayaṃ nirupaddavaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayaṃ tāva padavaṇṇanā.
义注应如此了知:被世间法所触时,其心不动摇——当被利、衰等八种世间法所触、所覆时,其心不动摇、不散乱、不震荡;此心因能带来不为任何法所动摇的出世间状态,故应知为“吉祥”。显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – phuṭṭhassa lokadhammehi yassa cittaṃ na kampati, yassa lābhālābhādīhi aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi phuṭṭhassa ajjhotthaṭassa cittaṃ na kampati, na calati, na vedhati, tassa taṃ cittaṃ kenaci akampanīyalokuttarabhāvāvahanato ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbaṃ.
那么,被这些世间法所触时,谁的心不动摇呢?唯有阿拉汉、漏尽者,而非其他任何人。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Kassa pana etehi phuṭṭhassa cittaṃ na kampati? Arahato khīṇāsavassa, na aññassa kassaci. Vuttañhetaṃ –
犹如一块坚固的岩石,不被风吹动;
如是,一切色、声、香、味、触,
一切可意与不可意之法,皆不能动摇那如如不动者;
其心安住、解脱,随观诸行之坏灭。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Selo yathā ekagghano, vātena na samīrati; Evaṃ rūpā rasā saddā, gandhā phassā ca kevalā. ‘‘Iṭṭhā dhammā aniṭṭhā ca, na pavedhenti tādino; Ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ vippamuttaṃ, vayañcassānupassatī’’ti. (a. ni. 6.55; mahāva. 244);
“无忧”唯指漏尽者的心。因此心无有所谓“愁、悲伤、忧苦、内忧、内焦灼、心之热恼”等等(《分别论》237)所说的忧,故为无忧。有人说这是涅槃,但与前面的“心”一词无法衔接。如同无忧,“离尘”与“安稳”也唯指漏尽者的心。因为此心已离贪、嗔、痴的尘垢,故为离尘;因为已从四轭中获得安稳,故为安稳。由此,依种种行相,在每一生起的刹那执取此心而作说明。这三种心,由于能带来尚未生起的蕴等出世间状态,以及能带来应供等状态,故应知为“吉祥”。显示巴利原文
Asokaṃ nāma khīṇāsavasseva cittaṃ. Tañhi yo ‘‘soko socanā socitattaṃ antosoko antoparisoko cetaso parinijjhāyitatta’’ntiādinā (vibha. 237) nayena vuccati soko, tassa abhāvato asokaṃ. Keci nibbānaṃ vadanti, taṃ purimapadena nānusandhiyati. Yathā ca asokaṃ, evaṃ virajaṃ khemantipi khīṇāsavasseva cittaṃ. Tañhi rāgadosamoharajānaṃ vigatattā virajaṃ, catūhi ca yogehi khemattā khemaṃ. Yato etaṃ tena tenākārena tamhi tamhi pavattikkhaṇe gahetvā niddiṭṭhavasena tividhampi appavattakkhandhatādilokuttamabhāvāvahanato āhuneyyādibhāvāvahanato ca ‘‘maṅgala’’nti veditabbaṃ.
如此,在这首偈颂中,宣说了四种吉祥:对八世间法不动摇的心、无忧的心、离尘的心、安稳的心。它们之所以为吉祥,已在各处分别阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya aṭṭhalokadhammehi akampitacittaṃ, asokacittaṃ, virajacittaṃ, khemacittanti cattāri maṅgalāni vuttāni, maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
以上为“已触世间法者”偈颂的义理注释。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā phuṭṭhassa lokadhammehīti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
272 世尊以“不亲近愚者”等十首偈颂宣说了三十八种吉祥之后,为了赞叹这些他自己所说的吉祥,而诵出这首结尾偈颂:“成就如是等已”。显示巴利原文
272. Evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘asevanā ca bālāna’’ntiādīhi dasahi gāthāhi aṭṭhatiṃsa maṅgalāni kathetvā idāni etāneva attanā vuttamaṅgalāni thunanto ‘‘etādisāni katvānā’’ti imaṃ avasānagāthamabhāsi.
其义注如下:“如是等”:指这些如我所说的种类,即不亲近愚者等。“已成就”:即作了。因为从意义上说,katvāna、katvā 与 karitvā 并无差别。“于一切处不被战胜”:即在一切处——蕴魔、烦恼魔、行作魔和天子魔这四种敌人中,不被任何一个战胜,反而自己战胜了那四种魔。应知此处的“ma”字仅为连词之用。显示巴利原文
Tassāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā – etādisānīti etāni īdisāni mayā vuttappakārāni bālānaṃ asevanādīni. Katvānāti katvā. Katvāna katvā karitvāti hi atthato anaññaṃ. Sabbatthamaparājitāti sabbattha khandhakilesābhisaṅkhāradevaputtamārappabhedesu catūsu paccatthikesu ekenapi aparājitā hutvā, sayameva te cattāro māre parājetvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Makāro cettha padasandhikaraṇamattoti viññātabbo.
“于一切处安稳而行”:成就如此这般的吉祥、不被四种魔战胜之后,他们便于此世与他世的一切处,以及在站立、行走等一切处,安稳而行。由于因亲近愚者等可能生起的烦恼、损害与热恼不复存在,他们安稳而行——即不被侵扰、不被逼迫,安稳、无有恐怖而行。应知,此处带鼻音的字是为了使偈颂顺畅而说的。显示巴利原文
Sabbattha sotthiṃ gacchantīti etādisāni maṅgalāni katvā catūhi mārehi aparājitā hutvā sabbattha idhalokaparalokesu ṭhānacaṅkamanādīsu ca sotthiṃ gacchanti, bālasevanādīhi ye uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā , tesaṃ abhāvā sotthiṃ gacchanti, anupaddutā anupasaṭṭhā khemino appaṭibhayā gacchantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Anunāsiko cettha gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ vuttoti veditabbo.
“那是他们的最上吉祥”:世尊以这半偈结束了开示。如何结束的呢?世尊让那位天子领会:“天子!那些成就如此吉祥的人,因他们在一切处安稳而行,故这不亲近愚者等三十八种吉祥,对于这些如此而行的人来说,即是吉祥、最上、最胜、最殊胜的。”显示巴利原文
Taṃ tesaṃ maṅgalamuttamanti iminā gāthāpādena bhagavā desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Kathaṃ? Evaṃ devaputta ye etādisāni karonti, te yasmā sabbattha sotthiṃ gacchanti, tasmā taṃ bālānaṃ asevanādi aṭṭhatiṃsavidhampi tesaṃ etādisakārakānaṃ maṅgalaṃ uttamaṃ seṭṭhaṃ pavaranti gaṇhāhīti.
就这样,当世尊开示结束时,有十万俱胝的天众证得了阿拉汉果,而证得入流果、一来果、不来果的天人数量,则多到无法计算。那时,世尊于次日召唤阿难尊者说:“阿难!昨夜有一位天人来我面前,问及吉祥的问题。我便为他宣说了三十八种吉祥。阿难!你要受持这吉祥法门,受持之后,去教导诸比丘。”阿难尊者领受之后,便教导了诸比丘。这一法门辗转相承,乃至流传至今。当知,这样的梵行正是如此成就、如此广大、如此兴隆、广泛传播、广为人知、广为流布,乃至被诸天与人善加宣说。显示巴利原文
Evañca bhagavatā niṭṭhāpitāya desanāya pariyosāne koṭisatasahassadevatā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu, sotāpattisakadāgāmianāgāmiphalappattānaṃ gaṇanā asaṅkhyeyyā ahosi. Atha bhagavā dutiyadivase ānandattheraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘imaṃ, ānanda, rattiṃ aññatarā devatā maṃ upasaṅkamitvā maṅgalapañhaṃ pucchi. Athassāhaṃ aṭṭhatiṃsa maṅgalāni abhāsiṃ, uggaṇha, ānanda, imaṃ maṅgalapariyāyaṃ, uggahetvā bhikkhū vācehī’’ti. Thero uggahetvā bhikkhū vācesi. Tayidaṃ ācariyaparamparābhataṃ yāvajjatanā pavattati, evamidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitanti veditabbaṃ.
现在,为了在这些吉祥上达成智慧的通达与熟练掌握,从起始以来的串联如下:这些希求此世、他世及出世间安乐的众生,舍弃了亲近愚者,依止了智者,恭敬应当恭敬者。由住在适宜之处与往昔所造福德,而被策励于善法的现行中,正确地确立了自己。他们以多闻、诸多技能及律仪庄严自身,依律仪而说相应而善妙的语言。在尚未脱离在家身份的阶段,他们通过奉养父母,清偿了旧债的根本;通过护持妻子儿女,奠定了新责的根本。由于事业无杂乱,他们在钱财谷物等方面获得了成就。以布施把握了财富的精华,以法行把握了生命的精粹。通过照顾亲戚而行了亲属的义利,通过无过失的事业而行了对他人的利益。通过远离恶行,避免了对他人的伤害;通过节制饮酒,避免了加诸自身的伤害。通过对诸法不放逸,令善法之聚增长。由于善法增长,他们舍弃了在家的标志,安住于出家状态之后,又以恭敬与谦逊,对佛陀、佛弟子、戒师及轨范师等,圆满地履行了应尽之义务。以知足而舍弃了对资具的贪求,以知恩而安立于善士的境界。以听闻正法,舍弃了心的消沉;以忍耐,克服了一切危难。以容易受教,显示巴利原文
Idāni etesveva maṅgalesu ñāṇaparicayapāṭavatthaṃ ayaṃ ādito pabhuti yojanā – evamime idhalokaparalokalokuttarasukhakāmā sattā bālajanasevanaṃ pahāya, paṇḍite nissāya, pūjaneyye pūjentā, patirūpadesavāsena pubbe katapuññatāya ca kusalappavattiyaṃ codiyamānā, attānaṃ sammā paṇidhāya, bāhusaccasippavinayehi alaṅkatattabhāvā, vinayānurūpaṃ subhāsitaṃ bhāsamānā , yāva gihibhāvaṃ na vijahanti, tāva mātāpituupaṭṭhānena porāṇaṃ iṇamūlaṃ visodhayamānā, puttadārasaṅgahena navaṃ iṇamūlaṃ payojayamānā, anākulakammantatāya dhanadhaññādisamiddhiṃ pāpuṇantā, dānena bhogasāraṃ dhammacariyāya jīvitasārañca gahetvā, ñātisaṅgahena sakajanahitaṃ anavajjakammantatāya parajanahitañca karontā, pāpaviratiyā parūpaghātaṃ majjapānasaṃyamena attūpaghātañca vivajjetvā, dhammesu appamādena kusalapakkhaṃ vaḍḍhetvā, vaḍḍhitakusalatāya gihibyañjanaṃ ohāya pabbajitabhāve ṭhitāpi buddhabuddhasāvakupajjhācariyādīsu gāravena nivātena ca vattasampadaṃ ārādhetvā, santuṭṭhiyā paccayagedhaṃ pahāya, kataññutāya sappurisabhūmiyaṃ ṭhatvā, dhammassavanena cittalīnataṃ pahāya, khantiyā sabbaparissaye abhibhavitvā, sovacassatāya sanāthamattānaṃ katvā, samaṇadassanena paṭipattipayogaṃ passantā, dhammasākacchāya kaṅkhāṭṭhāniyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṃ paṭivinodetvā, indriyasaṃvaratapena sīlavisuddhiṃ samaṇadhammabrahmacariyena cittavisuddhiṃ tato parā ca catasso visuddhiyo sampādentā, imāya paṭipadāya ariyasaccadassanapariyāyaṃ ñāṇadassanavisuddhiṃ patvā arahattaphalasaṅkhātaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikaronti. Yaṃ sacchikatvā sinerupabbato viya vātavuṭṭhīhi aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi avikampamānacittā asokā virajā khemino honti. Ye ca khemino, te sabbattha ekenāpi aparājitā honti, sabbattha ca sotthiṃ gacchanti. Tenāha bhagavā –
成就如是之后,于一切处不被战胜;
他们于一切处安稳而行,这就是他们的最上吉祥。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Etādisāni katvāna, sabbatthamaparājitā; Sabbattha sotthiṃ gacchanti, taṃ tesaṃ maṅgalamuttama’’nti.
以上是《胜义灯》(Paramatthajotikā)《小部注疏》的内容。显示巴利原文
Iti paramatthajotikāya khuddaka-aṭṭhakathāya
五、针毛经注显示巴利原文
5. Sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā
以“如是我闻”开头的这部经,就是《针毛经》。它的缘起为何?通过释义的途径,其缘起自然会显现。在释义中,“如是我闻”等语句的意义,即如前文所述。至于“一时,世尊住在伽耶的板石座——针毛夜叉的住处”这一句,其中“伽耶”指什么?“板石座”又是什么?为何世尊会住在那个夜叉的住处呢?答:“伽耶”既可指村庄,也可指渡口,这两种意义都适用。若世尊住在伽耶村附近,亦可说“住在伽耶”,而那座板石座就在村庄附近、不远的门旁。若住在伽耶渡口,亦可说“住在伽耶”,板石座便在渡口处。所谓“板石座”,是将一块石板平铺在四块石头上所成的平台。凭借这板石座,那里便成了夜叉的住处,如同旷野夜叉的住处一般。此外,世尊于当日破晓时分,从大悲定中出定,以佛眼观察世间,见到针毛和粗毛这两个夜叉具备证得入流果的有利条件,于是在天亮之前持着钵和衣,来到那渡口地带——那里汇聚了从各方来的人,地上满是痰、鼻涕等各种不净流出物。世尊便在针毛夜叉住处的板石座上坐了下来。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti sūcilomasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Atthavaṇṇanānayenevassa uppatti āvi bhavissati. Atthavaṇṇanāyañca ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādi vuttatthameva. Gayāyaṃ viharati ṭaṅkitamañce sūcilomassa yakkhassa bhavaneti ettha pana kā gayā, ko ṭaṅkitamañco, kasmā ca bhagavā tassa yakkhassa bhavane viharatīti? Vuccate – gayāti gāmopi titthampi vuccati, tadubhayampi idha vaṭṭati. Gayāgāmassa hi avidūre dese viharantopi ‘‘gayāyaṃ viharatī’’ti vuccati, tassa ca gāmassa samīpe avidūre dvārasantike so ṭaṅkitamañco. Gayātitthe viharantopi ‘‘gayāyaṃ viharatī’’ti vuccati, gayātitthe ca so ṭaṅkitamañco. Ṭaṅkitamañcoti catunnaṃ pāsāṇānaṃ upari vitthataṃ pāsāṇaṃ āropetvā kato pāsāṇamañco . Taṃ nissāya yakkhassa bhavanaṃ āḷavakassa bhavanaṃ viya. Yasmā vā pana bhagavā taṃ divasaṃ paccūsasamaye mahākaruṇāsamāpattito vuṭṭhāya buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento sūcilomassa ca kharalomassa cāti dvinnampi yakkhānaṃ sotāpattiphalūpanissayaṃ addasa, tasmā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya antoaruṇeyeva nānādisāhi sannipatitassa janassa kheḷasiṅghāṇikādinānappakārāsucinissandakilinnabhūmibhāgampi taṃ titthappadesaṃ āgantvā tasmiṃ ṭaṅkitamañce nisīdi sūcilomassa yakkhassa bhavane. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā gayāyaṃ viharati ṭaṅkitamañce sūcilomassa yakkhassa bhavane’’ti.
“那时”,指世尊安住该处之时。“粗毛夜叉和针毛夜叉从世尊不远处经过。”他们是什么样的夜叉,又为何经过呢?答曰——他们二人之中,有一人过去世未先告知僧团便擅自取油涂身。因此业故,他在地狱受苦后,转生于伽耶池塘岸边的夜叉道中。又因彼业的残余果报,其肢体容貌极为丑陋,皮肤犹如瓦片,触感粗糙刺手。据说,他欲恐吓人时,便将那片片如瓦的皮肤掀起示人。正因其皮肤粗涩,故得“粗毛夜叉”之名。显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayenāti yaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā tattha viharati, tena samayena. Kharo ca yakkho sūcilomo ca yakkho bhagavato avidūre atikkamantīti. Ke te yakkhā, kasmā ca atikkamantīti? Vuccate – tesu tāva eko atīte saṅghassa telaṃ anāpucchā gahetvā attano sarīraṃ makkhesi. So tena kammena niraye paccitvā gayāpokkharaṇitīre yakkhayoniyaṃ nibbatto. Tasseva cassa kammassa vipākāvasesena virūpāni aṅgapaccaṅgāni ahesuṃ , iṭṭhakacchadanasadisañca kharasamphassaṃ cammaṃ. So kira yadā paraṃ bhiṃsāpetukāmo hoti, tadā chadaniṭṭhakasadisāni cammakapālāni ukkhipitvā bhiṃsāpeti. Evaṃ so kharasamphassattā kharo yakkhotveva nāmaṃ labhi.
另一夜叉,于迦叶世尊之时为优婆塞,每逢每半月第八日便前往寺院听闻佛法。一日,闻有说法布告,当时他正在僧园门口照料自家田地。听到宣布后,他想:“若我先去沐浴,就太费时间了。”于是满身垢秽,径直走进布萨堂,在贵重的地铺上漫不经心地躺下睡觉。有些比丘说:“他不是优婆塞,而是比丘。”(以此行为)及其他业故,他在地狱受苦之后,转生于伽耶池塘岸边的夜叉道。由于业的剩余果报,其相貌甚为丑陋,身上之毛如针。当他恐吓受害者时,犹如以针贯穿对方。正因其身毛如针,故得“针毛夜叉”之名。这二人为觅食,从住处走出少许路程,又沿原路折返,再转向另一方向,便从世尊不远处经过了。显示巴利原文
Itaro kassapassa bhagavato kāle upāsako hutvā māsassa aṭṭha divase vihāraṃ gantvā dhammaṃ suṇāti. So ekadivasaṃ dhammassavane ghosite saṅghārāmadvāre attano khettaṃ kelāyanto ugghosanaṃ sutvā ‘‘sace nhāyāmi, ciraṃ bhavissatī’’ti kiliṭṭhagattova uposathāgāraṃ pavisitvā mahagghe bhummattharaṇe anādarena nipajjitvā supi. Bhikkhu evāyaṃ, na upāsakoti saṃyuttabhāṇakā. So tena ca aññena kammena ca niraye paccitvā gayāpokkharaṇiyā tīre yakkhayoniyaṃ nibbatto. So tassa kammassa vipākāvasesena duddasiko ahosi, sarīre cassa sūcisadisāni lomāni ahesuṃ. So hi bhiṃsāpetabbake satte sūcīhi vijjhanto viya bhiṃsāpeti. Evaṃ so sūcisadisalomattā sūcilomo yakkhotveva nāmaṃ labhi. Te attano gocaratthāya bhavanato nikkhamitvā muhuttaṃ gantvā gatamaggeneva nivattitvā itaraṃ disābhāgaṃ gacchantā bhagavato avidūre atikkamanti.
“那时,粗毛……”等等。他们为何那样说呢?粗毛是看到沙门模样的外表才这么说的。而针毛一向持此见解:“畏惧者即非真沙门,只因形似沙门,方为假沙门。”因此,他将世尊误作此辈,脱口便说:“非沙门,此是假沙门!”而后又想进一步试探,便说:“且让我弄清楚。”在说毕“那时……”之后,紧接着“针毛夜叉……”自此以下,直至“但朋友,那种触感是邪恶的”为止,文义皆浅显。唯此处理解时需作一衔接:“世尊之身”,指针毛将自己的身体向世尊靠拢。显示巴利原文
Atha kho kharoti kasmā te evamāhaṃsu? Kharo samaṇakappaṃ disvā āha. Sūcilomo pana ‘‘yo bhāyati na so samaṇo, samaṇapaṭirūpakattā pana samaṇako hotī’’ti evaṃladdhiko. Tasmā tādisaṃ bhagavantaṃ maññamāno ‘‘neso samaṇo, samaṇako eso’’ti sahasāva vatvāpi puna vīmaṃsitukāmo āha – ‘‘yāvāhaṃ jānāmī’’ti. ‘‘Atha kho’’ti evaṃ vatvā tato. Sūcilomo yakkhoti ito pabhuti yāva apica kho te samphasso pāpakoti, tāva uttānatthameva kevalañcettha bhagavato kāyanti attano kāyaṃ bhagavato upanāmesīti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo.
针毛见世尊并不畏惧,便说出“沙门,我来问你……”这番话。这是什么缘故?因为他心中盘算:“我用如此粗涩的非人触去触碰他,此人身为人类居然毫不害怕。好吧,我就问他一个属于佛陀境界的问题。他必定无法应对,届时我便如此折磨他。”世尊听他如此说,便开示“朋友,我确实不……”等一切内容,一一皆可依《旷野夜叉经》中所说的方法如实了知。显示巴利原文
Tato abhāyantaṃ bhagavantaṃ disvā ‘‘pañhaṃ taṃ samaṇā’’tiādimāha. Kiṃ kāraṇā? So hi cintesi – ‘‘imināpi nāma me evaṃ kharena amanussasamphassena manusso samāno ayaṃ na bhāyati, handāhaṃ etaṃ buddhavisaye pañhaṃ pucchāmi, addhā ayaṃ tattha na sampāyissati, tato naṃ evaṃ viheṭhessāmī’’ti. Bhagavā taṃ sutvā ‘‘na khvāhaṃ taṃ āvuso’’tiādimāha. Taṃ sabbaṃ āḷavakasutte vuttanayeneva sabbākārehi veditabbaṃ.
273 那时,针毛夜叉以偈颂向世尊请问:“贪与瞋……”其中,贪与瞋如前所说。“从何而生?”即:以何为因,以何为缘。“从何”(kuto)应知是以“从”(to)取代了主格的语尾,且在复合词中其词尾未被省略。或可解为:“生”(nidānā)即已生、已起,所以“从何因生”是说:从何而生,从何而起,从何而现。“不乐、乐、毛发竖立,从何而生?”——“不乐”,即如《分别论》所说:“于边远坐卧处,或于种种殊胜善法,心生不乐、不喜、不悦、厌倦、战栗。”如此分别的不乐;“乐”,即于五种欲功德所生之乐;“毛发竖立”,是因能令毛发竖立而得名的内心恐惧。他问的是:这三种法从何而生、从何而起?“从何生起?”即:从何而生起之后。“心”指善心,“寻”即如《蛇经》中所说的九种欲寻等。正如孩童放飞乌鸦:犹如村童游戏时,用线绑住乌鸦的脚而放飞、抛掷;同样地,他问:不善寻从何生起之后,将善心放飞?显示巴利原文
273.Atha kho sūcilomo yakkho bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ‘‘rāgo ca doso cā’’ti. Tattha rāgadosā vuttanayā eva. Kutonidānāti kiṃnidānā kiṃhetukā. Kutoti paccattavacanassa to-ādeso veditabbo, samāse cassa lopābhāvo. Atha vā nidānāti jātā uppannāti attho, tasmā kutonidānā, kutojātā, kutouppannāti vuttaṃ hoti. Aratī ratī lomahaṃso kutojāti yāyaṃ ‘‘pantesu vā senāsanesu aññataraññataresu vā adhikusalesu dhammesu arati aratitā anabhirati anabhiramaṇā ukkaṇṭhitā paritassitā’’ti (vibha. 856) evaṃ vibhattā arati, yā ca pañcasu kāmaguṇesu rati, yo ca lomahaṃsasamuṭṭhāpanato ‘‘lomahaṃso’’tveva saṅkhyaṃ gato cittutrāso. Ime tayo dhammā kutojā kutojātāti pucchati . Kuto samuṭṭhāyāti kuto uppajjitvā. Manoti kusalacittaṃ, vitakkāti uragasutte vuttā nava kāmavitakkādayo. Kumārakā dhaṅkamivossajantīti yathā gāmadārakā kīḷantā kākaṃ suttena pāde bandhitvā ossajanti khipanti, evaṃ kusalamanaṃ akusalavitakkā kuto samuṭṭhāya ossajantīti pucchati.
274 于是,世尊为他解答那些问题,说出第二首偈颂:“贪……”。其中,“从此”(ito)是就自身而言。因为贪与瞋以自身为因。不乐、乐与毛发竖立,亦从自身而生;欲寻等不善寻,也是从自身生起之后,将善心放飞。因此,为了否定其他如本性等为因,他说:“以此为因,从此而生,从此而起。”此处语法的成立,应依前一偈颂所说之理来理解。显示巴利原文
274. Athassa bhagavā te pañhe vissajjento ‘‘rāgo cā’’ti dutiyagāthamabhāsi. Tattha itoti attabhāvaṃ sandhāyāha. Attabhāvanidānā hi rāgadosā. Aratiratilomahaṃsā ca attabhāvato jātā, kāmavitakkādiakusalavitakkā ca attabhāvatoyeva samuṭṭhāya kusalamano ossajanti, tena tadaññaṃ pakatiādikāraṇaṃ paṭikkhipanto āha – ‘‘itonidānā itojā ito samuṭṭhāyā’’ti. Saddasiddhi cettha purimagāthāya vuttanayeneva veditabbā.
275-6 这样解答了那些问题之后,现在为了证明“从此为因……”等句中所说的“以自身为因、从自身而生、从自身而起”这一意义,他说:“由爱生,依自身而起”。因为这一切贪等乃至寻,都由渴爱的爱润而生,生起时也依于这个自身——即五取蕴所构成的身体——这一同义语而生。所以说:“由爱生,依自身而起”。现在,为阐明其义而作譬喻:“如孟加拉榕的干枝”。这里的“干枝”(khandhajā)意指在树干上生出的,是气根(pāroha)的别名。要说明什么呢?如同孟加拉榕那些名为“干枝”的气根,当有汁液的爱润时便会生起,生起时也正是在那榕树的各个枝杈处产生;同样地,这些贪等当内有渴爱的爱润时便会生起,生起时也正是在那个自身中、在眼等各个不同的门与所缘依处中产生。因此,应当知道:“这些是以自身为因、从自身而生、从自身而起。”显示巴利原文
275-6. Evaṃ te pañhe vissajjetvā idāni yvāyaṃ ‘‘itonidānā’’tiādīsu ‘‘attabhāvanidānā attabhāvato jātā attabhāvato samuṭṭhāyā’’ti attho vutto, taṃ sādhento āha – ‘‘snehajā attasambhūtā’’ti. Ete hi sabbepi rāgādayo vitakkapariyosānā taṇhāsnehena jātā, tathā jāyantā ca pañcupādānakkhandhabhede attabhāvapariyāye attani sambhūtā. Tenāha – ‘‘snehajā attasambhūtā’’ti. Idāni tadatthajotikaṃ upamaṃ karoti ‘‘nigrodhasseva khandhajā’’ti. Tattha khandhesu jātā khandhajā, pārohānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā nigrodhassa khandhajā nāma pārohā āporasasinehe sati jāyanti, jāyantā ca tasmiṃyeva nigrodhe tesu tesu sākhappabhedesu sambhavanti, evametepi rāgādayo ajjhattataṇhāsnehe sati jāyanti, jāyantā ca tasmiṃyeva attabhāve tesu tesu cakkhādibhedesu dvārārammaṇavatthūsu sambhavanti. Tasmā veditabbametaṃ ‘‘attabhāvanidānā attabhāvajā attabhāvasamuṭṭhānā ca ete’’ti.
对于剩下的一颂半,以下是总摄一切意义的解释——像这样,这些依自身而生、种种的烦恼,系著于诸欲之中。贪因五种欲功德等而生,瞋因愤恨事等而生,不乐等也因各各不同的类别而生;如此,这一切烦恼以种种方式变得多种多样,依于事、门、所缘等,在那些种种的所缘欲境中,这样那样地系著、粘著、缠缚而住。如同什么?就像在林中蔓延的蔓藤。正如在林中蔓延的蔓藤,在那些树木的枝、细枝等种种差别中系著、粘著、缠缚而住;同样地,在种种分类的所缘欲境中系著的烦恼群,那些了知它从何因(集起)的人,他们便驱除它——夜叉,你听闻吧!显示巴利原文
Avasesadiyaḍḍhagāthāya pana ayaṃ sabbasaṅgāhikā atthavaṇṇanā – evaṃ attasambhūtā ca ete puthū visattā kāmesu. Rāgopi hi pañcakāmaguṇikādivasena, dosopi āghātavatthādivasena, aratiādayopi tassa tasseva bhedassa vasenāti sabbathā sabbepime kilesā puthū anekappakārā hutvā vatthudvārārammaṇādivasena tesu tesu vatthukāmesu tathā tathā visattā laggā laggitā saṃsibbitvā ṭhitā. Kimiva? Māluvāva vitatā vane, yathā vane vitatā māluvā tesu tesu rukkhassa sākhapasākhādibhedesu visattā hoti laggā laggitā saṃsibbitvā ṭhitā, evaṃ puthuppabhedesu vatthukāmesu visattaṃ kilesagaṇaṃ ye naṃ pajānanti yatonidānaṃ, te naṃ vinodenti suṇohi yakkha.
在此,“从何因”(yatonidānaṃ)是依修习语的中性词指示,它表明什么呢?那些有情,对于这个烦恼群,这样了知:“它从何因生起”,他们了知“它在被渴爱的爱润所润泽的自身中生起”之后,便以见过患等修习智之火,干涸那渴爱的爱润,从而驱除、断除、使之灭尽。“这是我们所说的善说,夜叉,你听闻吧!”如此,在这里,通过了知自身而显示苦的遍知;通过驱除渴爱的爱润、贪等烦恼群而显示集的断除。显示巴利原文
Tattha yatonidānanti bhāvanapuṃsakaniddeso, tena kiṃ dīpeti? Ye sattā naṃ kilesagaṇaṃ ‘‘yatonidānaṃ uppajjatī’’ti evaṃ jānanti, te naṃ ‘‘taṇhāsnehasnehite attabhāve uppajjatī’’ti ñatvā taṃ taṇhāsnehaṃ ādīnavānupassanādibhāvanāñāṇagginā visosentā vinodenti pajahanti byantīkaronti ca, etaṃ amhākaṃ subhāsitaṃ suṇohi yakkhāti. Evamettha attabhāvajānanena dukkhapariññaṃ taṇhāsneharāgādikilesagaṇavinodanena samudayappahānañca dīpeti.
那些驱除它的人,便渡过了这难以渡越的暴流——过去从未渡过——为了不再有后有。由此显示道的修习与灭的作证。的确,那些驱除烦恼聚的人,必定在修习道。因为若不修习道,就没有烦恼的驱除。而那些修习道的人,便渡过了此以自然智难以渡越的四类暴流(欲暴流等)。因为道的修习就是渡越暴流。“过去未曾渡越”,这是指在漫长的时间里,即使在梦中也不曾渡过。“为了不再有后有”,就是为了涅槃。如此,当听闻这首阐明四圣谛的偈颂时,这两位夜叉伙伴,依着“听闻法而受持,对所受持的法思察其义”等次第,随善成熟之慧逐步进展,就在偈颂结束时,便安立于入流果,变得清净可爱、金色辉耀、天饰庄严。显示巴利原文
Ye ca naṃ vinodenti, te duttaraṃ oghamimaṃ taranti atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāya. Etena maggabhāvanaṃ nirodhasacchikiriyañca dīpeti. Ye hi naṃ kilesagaṇaṃ vinodenti, te avassaṃ maggaṃ bhāventi. Na hi maggabhāvanaṃ vinā kilesavinodanaṃ atthi. Ye ca maggaṃ bhāventi, te duttaraṃ pakatiñāṇena kāmoghādiṃ catubbidhampi oghamimaṃ taranti. Maggabhāvanā hi oghataraṇaṃ. Atiṇṇapubbanti iminā dīghena addhunā supinantenapi avītikkantapubbaṃ. Apunabbhavāyāti nibbānāya. Evamimaṃ catusaccadīpikaṃ gāthaṃ suṇantā ‘‘sutvā dhammaṃ dhārenti, dhatānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthamupaparikkhantī’’tiādikaṃ kathaṃ subhāviniyā paññāya anukkamamānā te dvepi sahāyakā yakkhā gāthāpariyosāneyeva sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahiṃsu, pāsādikā ca ahesuṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇā dibbālaṅkāravibhūsitāti.
6. 迦毗罗经(法行经)解释显示巴利原文
6. Kapilasutta-(dhammacariyasutta)-vaṇṇanā
“法行”指的是《迦比罗经》。这部经的起因是什么?如同《雪山夜叉经》中所说的方式,在迦叶世尊般涅槃之后,有两位善男子兄弟出家,在弟子座下出家。兄长名叫 Sodhana(清净者),弟弟名叫 Kapila(迦比罗)。他们的母亲名叫 Sādhanī(成就者),妹妹名叫 Tāpanā(炽热者)。这两位女眷也在比丘尼僧团中出家了。然后,这两兄弟也如同《雪山夜叉经》所说的那样,询问“教法中有哪几种责任”,听闻后,兄长说“我要履行住立责任”,便依止亲教师与阿阇梨住了五年。年资满五年后,他听取了直到证得阿拉汉果为止的业处,进入森林精勤努力,证得了阿拉汉果。迦比罗则说:“我还年轻,等到年老时再去圆满住立责任吧。”于是便开始着手典籍责任,成为了三藏法师。他凭着教理知识有了追随的眷属,凭着眷属又得到了利养。显示巴利原文
Dhammacariyanti kapilasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Hemavatasutte vuttanayeneva parinibbute kassape bhagavati dve kulaputtā bhātaro nikkhamitvā sāvakānaṃ santike pabbajiṃsu. Jeṭṭho sodhano nāma, kaniṭṭho kapilo nāma. Tesaṃ mātā sādhanī nāma, kaniṭṭhabhaginī tāpanā nāma. Tāpi bhikkhunīsu pabbajiṃsu. Tato te dvepi hemavatasutte vuttanayeneva ‘‘sāsane kati dhurānī’’ti pucchitvā sutvā ca jeṭṭho ‘‘vāsadhuraṃ pūressāmī’’ti pañca vassāni ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ santike vasitvā pañcavasso hutvā yāva arahattaṃ, tāva kammaṭṭhānaṃ sutvā araññaṃ pavisitvā vāyamanto arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Kapilo ‘‘ahaṃ tāva taruṇo, vuḍḍhakāle vāsadhuraṃ paripūressāmī’’ti ganthadhuraṃ ārabhitvā tepiṭako ahosi. Tassa pariyattiṃ nissāya parivāro, parivāraṃ nissāya lābho ca udapādi.
他沉醉于多闻带来的骄傲,自以为有智慧,对不知道的事也装作知道,把别人所说的如法说成不如法,不如法说成如法,有过失说成无过失,无过失说成有过失。那些品行端正的比丘们以“贤友迦比罗,不要这样说”等方式劝诫他,他却用“你们知道什么?你们就像空拳头一样”这类话去嘲讽、轻蔑。比丘们将此事禀报了他的兄长 Sodhana 长老。长老也来到他面前,对他说:“贤友迦比罗,教法的寿命就在于像你这样的人能否正确修行。贤友迦比罗,不要把如法说成不如法,不要把不如法说成如法,不要将有过失说成无过失,也不要将无过失说成有过失。”他仍然不听从长老的话。于是 Sodhana 长老反复说了两三次之后——显示巴利原文
So bāhusaccamadena matto paṇḍitamānī anaññātepi aññātamānī hutvā parehi vuttaṃ kappiyampi akappiyaṃ, akappiyampi kappiyaṃ, sāvajjampi anavajjaṃ, anavajjampi sāvajjanti bhaṇati. So pesalehi bhikkhūhi, ‘‘mā, āvuso kapila, evaṃ avacā’’tiādinā nayena ovadiyamāno ‘‘tumhe kiṃ jānātha rittamuṭṭhisadisā’’tiādīhi vacanehi khuṃsento vambhentoyeva carati. Bhikkhū tassa bhātuno sodhanattherassāpi etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Sopi naṃ upasaṅkamitvā āha – ‘‘āvuso kapila, sāsanassa āyu nāma tumhādisānaṃ sammāpaṭipatti. Mā, āvuso kapila, kappiyampi akappiyaṃ, akappiyampi kappiyaṃ, sāvajjampi anavajjaṃ, anavajjampi sāvajjanti vadehī’’ti. So tassapi vacanaṃ nādiyi. Tato naṃ sodhanatthero dvattikkhattuṃ vatvā –
心怀慈悯者,可说一次,乃至两次;
此后不应再多说,犹如奴仆在主人面前。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ekavācampi dvivācaṃ, bhaṇeyya anukampako; Tatuttariṃ na bhāseyya, dāsovayyassa santike’’ti. (jā. 2.19.34) –
他避开后,说道:“贤友,你必将因自己的业行而被认清。”说完便离去了。从此以后,那些品行端正的比丘们便都远离了他。显示巴利原文
Parivajjetvā ‘‘tvameva, āvuso, sakena kammena paññāyissasī’’ti pakkāmi. Tato pabhuti naṃ pesalā bhikkhū chaḍḍesuṃ.
他自身行为不正,又为行为不正者所围绕而过活。一日,他说“我要举行布萨”,便登上狮子座,手持彩拂尘扇而坐,朗声三问:“贤友们,此处有比丘的戒清净吗?”然而,竟无一位比丘应答“我戒清净”。因此,对他们而言,巴帝摩卡的诵出便不成立。于是他说道:“不论是否听过巴帝摩卡,其实根本无律。”随即从座而起。就这样,他令迦叶世尊的教法衰微、毁灭了。就在那一天,须陀那长老般涅槃。迦比罗如此令教法衰败之后,自己也死去,投生于阿鼻大地狱;他的母亲与妹妹同样追随他的邪见,在辱骂、诽谤那些具戒比丘之后死去,也都投生于地狱。显示巴利原文
So durācāro hutvā durācāraparivuto viharanto ekadivasaṃ ‘‘uposathaṃ osāressāmī’’ti sīhāsanaṃ abhiruyha citrabījaniṃ gahetvā nisinno ‘‘vattati, āvuso, ettha bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkho’’ti tikkhattuṃ āha. Atheko bhikkhupi ‘‘mayhaṃ vattatī’’ti na avoca. Na ca tassa tesaṃ vā pātimokkho vattati. Tato so ‘‘pātimokkhe sutepi asutepi vinayo nāma natthī’’ti āsanā vuṭṭhāsi. Evaṃ kassapassa bhagavato sāsanaṃ osakkāpesi vināsesi. Atha sodhanatthero tadaheva parinibbāyi. Sopi kapilo evaṃ taṃ sāsanaṃ osakkāpetvā kālakato avīcimahāniraye nibbatti, sāpissa mātā ca bhaginī ca tasseva diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjitvā pesale bhikkhū akkosamānā paribhāsamānā kālaṃ katvā niraye nibbattiṃsu.
恰于其时,有五百男子犯下屠村等恶行,以盗为生,被当地民众追捕,逃入一片森林。在林中,他们寻不见任何可藏身的密丛或庇护处。这时,见不远处岩石上住着一位林野比丘,便上前顶礼,请求道:“尊者,请您做我们的庇护所吧!”长老回答:“能与你们戒行相配的庇护所并不存在,你们全体受持五戒吧。”他们答言“善哉”,便依教受持了五戒。长老又叮嘱道:“你们如今是持戒之人了,从今往后,纵然有人将你们杀害,内心也不可怀有嗔恨。”他们同样答言“善哉”并接受了。随后,村民赶到,四处搜索,寻得这些盗贼,将他们全部杀害。他们死后,投生于欲界天。其中,盗贼首领成为大天子,其余人则成为他的随从。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃyeva ca kāle pañcasatā purisā gāmaghātādīni katvā corikāya jīvantā janapadamanussehi anubaddhā palāyamānā araññaṃ pavisitvā tattha kiñci gahanaṃ vā paṭisaraṇaṃ vā apassantā avidūre pāsāṇe vasantaṃ aññataraṃ āraññikaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā vanditvā ‘‘amhākaṃ, bhante, paṭisaraṇaṃ hothā’’ti bhaṇiṃsu. Thero ‘‘tumhākaṃ sīlasadisaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ natthi, sabbe pañca sīlāni samādiyathā’’ti āha. Te ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā sīlāni samādiyiṃsu. Thero ‘‘tumhe sīlavanto, idāni attano jīvitaṃ vināsentesupi mā mano padūsayitthā’’ti āha. Te ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchiṃsu. Atha te jānapadā sampattā ito cito ca maggamānā te core disvā sabbeva jīvitā voropesuṃ. Te kālaṃ katvā kāmāvacaradevaloke nibbattiṃsu. Tesu jeṭṭhakacoro jeṭṭhakadevaputto ahosi, itare tasseva parivārā.
他们在轮回中顺逆流转,历经整整一个无佛之期,悉在天界度过。到了我们世尊的时代,从天界命终,大天子结生于舍卫城城门附近一渔夫村,入五百渔夫首领之妻腹中;其余诸天子则分别入其他渔夫之妻腹中。如是,他们于同日结生,同日降生。渔夫首领心想:“今日村中还有别的孩子出生吗?”便去寻找,见到那些男婴时,心想:“这些孩子将来可作我儿子的伴侣。”于是,他为所有孩子提供抚养费。这些孩子一同玩泥巴长大,渐渐成年,其中耶输阇成为了他们的首领。显示巴利原文
Te anulomapaṭilomaṃ saṃsarantā ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ devaloke khepetvā amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle devalokato cavitvā jeṭṭhakadevaputto sāvatthidvāre kevaṭṭagāmo atthi, tattha pañcasatakulajeṭṭhassa kevaṭṭassa pajāpatiyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi, itare avasesakevaṭṭapajāpatīnaṃ. Evaṃ tesaṃ ekadivasaṃyeva paṭisandhiggahaṇañca gabbhavuṭṭhānañca ahosi. Atha kevaṭṭajeṭṭho ‘‘atthi nu kho imasmiṃ gāme aññepi dārakā ajja jātā’’ti vicinanto te dārake disvā ‘‘ime me puttassa sahāyakā bhavissantī’’ti sabbesaṃ posāvanikaṃ adāsi. Te sabbe sahāyakā sahapaṃsuṃ kīḷantā anupubbena vayappattā ahesuṃ. Yasojo tesaṃ aggo ahosi.
那时,迦毗罗因地狱余报,投生在阿致罗筏底河中,成了一条金色、口出恶臭的鱼。一日,所有渔夫的孩子都拿了渔网,说:“我们去捕鱼。”便前往河边撒网。那条鱼游进了他们的网中。众人看见后,整个渔村高声喧哗,纷纷嚷道:“我们的孩子第一次捕鱼就捕到了金鱼!孩子们真有福气,国王定会赐下许多财宝!”于是那五百个小孩和同伴们把鱼放到船上,抬着船去见国王。国王看见后问道:“喂,那是什么?”他们回答:“是一条鱼,大王。”国王见到这条金色的鱼,心想:“它的身体为何有此色泽?世尊一定知道原因。”便让人取了鱼,带到世尊面前。当鱼张口时,极其浓烈的臭气弥漫了祇园精舍。显示巴利原文
Kapilopi tadā niraye pakkāvasesena aciravatiyā suvaṇṇavaṇṇo duggandhamukho maccho hutvā nibbatti. Athekadivasaṃ sabbepi kevaṭṭadārakā jālāni gahetvā ‘‘macche bandhissāmā’’ti nadiṃ gantvā jālāni pakkhipiṃsu. Tesaṃ jālaṃ so maccho pāvisi. Taṃ disvā sabbo kevaṭṭagāmo uccāsaddamahāsaddo ahosi – ‘‘amhākaṃ puttā paṭhamaṃ macche bandhantā suvaṇṇamacchaṃ bandhiṃsu, vuḍḍhi nesaṃ dārakānaṃ, idāni ca no rājā pahūtaṃ dhanaṃ dassatī’’ti. Atha te pañcasatāpi dārakasahāyakā macchaṃ nāvāya pakkhipitvā nāvaṃ ukkhipitvā rañño santikaṃ agamaṃsu. Rājā disvā ‘‘kiṃ etaṃ bhaṇe’’ti āha. ‘‘Maccho devā’’ti. Rājā suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ macchaṃ disvā ‘‘bhagavā etassa vaṇṇakāraṇaṃ jānissatī’’ti macchaṃ gāhāpetvā bhagavato santikaṃ agamāsi. Macchassa mukhavivaraṇakāle jetavanaṃ ativiya duggandhaṃ hoti.
国王问世尊:“尊者,为何此鱼身呈金色,口中却又散发恶臭?”“大王,在迦叶世尊的教法中,曾有一位名叫迦毗罗的比丘,多闻通达法义。他对那些不接受他话语的比丘恶口辱骂、诽谤,并毁坏彼世尊的教法。因他毁坏彼世尊教法,以此业故,投生无间大地狱;如今以剩余果报,成为此鱼。又因他长夜读诵佛语、赞叹佛陀功德,以此异熟,感得此金色之身。由于他曾恶口辱骂、诽谤比丘们,所以口中散发恶臭。”“大王,我让他开口说话吧?”“好的,世尊。”于是世尊对鱼说道:“你是迦毗罗吗?”“是的,世尊,我是迦毗罗。”“你从何处来?”“从无间大地狱来,世尊。”“索达那去了何处?”“已般涅槃了,世尊。”“萨达尼去了何处?”“投生在大地狱里,世尊。”“塔巴娜去了何处?”“投生在大地狱里,世尊。”“现在你将去往何处?”“去大地狱,世尊。”话音刚落,他为追悔之心所压,以头撞船而死,随即投生于大地狱。在场大众极为震惊,汗毛直竖。那时,世尊便向在场的在家及出家大众,宣说了适时的法义。显示巴利原文
Rājā bhagavantaṃ pucchi – ‘‘kasmā, bhante, maccho suvaṇṇavaṇṇo jāto, kasmā cassa mukhato duggandho vāyatī’’ti? Ayaṃ, mahārāja, kassapassa bhagavato pāvacane kapilo nāma bhikkhu ahosi, bahussuto āgatāgamo. Attano vacanaṃ agaṇhantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ akkosakaparibhāsako. Tassa ca bhagavato sāsanavināsako. Yaṃ so tassa bhagavato sāsanaṃ vināsesi, tena kammena avīcimahāniraye nibbatti, vipākāvasesena ca idāni maccho jāto. Yaṃ dīgharattaṃ buddhavacanaṃ vācesi, buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ kathesi, tassa nissandena īdisaṃ vaṇṇaṃ paṭilabhi. Yaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ akkosakaparibhāsako ahosi, tenassa mukhato duggandho vāyati. ‘‘Ullapāpemi naṃ mahārājā’’ti? ‘‘Āma bhagavā’’ti. Atha bhagavā macchaṃ ālapi – ‘‘tvaṃsi kapilo’’ti? ‘‘Āma bhagavā, ahaṃ kapilo’’ti. ‘‘Kuto āgatosī’’ti? ‘‘Avīcimahānirayato bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Sodhano kuhiṃ gato’’ti? ‘‘Parinibbuto bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhanī kuhiṃ gatā’’ti? ‘‘Mahāniraye nibbattā bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Tāpanā kuhiṃ gatā’’ti? ‘‘Mahāniraye nibbattā bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Idāni tvaṃ kuhiṃ gamissasī’’ti? ‘‘Mahānirayaṃ bhagavā’’ti. Tāvadeva vippaṭisārābhibhūto nāvaṃ sīsena paharitvā kālakato mahāniraye nibbatti. Mahājano saṃviggo ahosi lomahaṭṭhajāto. Atha bhagavā tattha sampattagahaṭṭhapabbajitaparisāya taṅkhaṇānurūpaṃ dhammaṃ desento imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
277-8 这里,“法行”是指身善行等合乎正法的行为。“梵行”是指道梵行。“这称为最上财”:这两者都是世间与出世间的善行,因能带来生天与解脱的安乐,故圣者们称其为“最上财”。所谓“最上财”,即是最殊胜的宝物,恒常随身、自作主宰,且国王等他人所不能共有。显示巴利原文
277-8. Tattha dhammacariyanti kāyasucaritādi dhammacariyaṃ. Brahmacariyanti maggabrahmacariyaṃ. Etadāhu vasuttamanti etaṃ ubhayampi lokiyalokuttaraṃ sucaritaṃ saggamokkhasukhasampāpakattā vasuttamanti āhu ariyā. Vasuttamaṃ nāma uttamaratanaṃ, anugāmikaṃ attādhīnaṃ rājādīnaṃ asādhāraṇanti adhippāyo.
至此,已开示“无论在家还是出家,正行道才是真正的皈依处”这一道理。接下来,为揭示缺乏实修的出家空无实质,并呵责迦毗罗及与其类似者,故说出“即使出家者”等语句。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā ‘‘gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā sammāpaṭipattiyeva paṭisaraṇa’’nti dassetvā idāni paṭipattivirahitāya pabbajjāya asārakattadassanena kapilaṃ aññe ca tathārūpe garahanto ‘‘pabbajitopi ce hotī’’ti evamādimāha.
此处注释如下:任何人,若舍去在家形相,仅以剃除须发、披着袈裟等方式,成为前文所说的“从在家而出家”的出家者。若此人天性饶舌、言语粗恶,因喜好种种伤害而“乐于害”,又由于无惭无愧,如同野兽,故称为“野兽”。他的生命更为下劣,极为罪恶、极为低劣。何以故?因为他正依此行径增长贪欲等种种尘垢(烦恼)。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā – yo hi koci gihibyañjanāni apanetvā bhaṇḍukāsāvādigahaṇamattaṃ upasaṅkamanena pabbajitopi cehoti pubbe vuttatthaṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ, so ce mukharajātiko hoti pharusavacano, nānappakārāya vihesāya abhiratattā vihesābhirato, hirottappābhāvena magasadisattā mago, jīvitaṃ tassa pāpiyo, tassa evarūpassa jīvitaṃ atipāpaṃ atihīnaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā imāya micchāpaṭipattiyā rāgādimanekappakāraṃ rajaṃ vaḍḍheti attano.
279 不仅如此,其生命之所以更恶劣,还不止于此。再者,像这样天性多嘴、喜好争论的比丘,被一种“痴法”所覆蔽,此痴法令他对善说之法的义理与认知产生混淆。因此,即使清净比丘们以“贤友迦毗罗,莫作是说,不妨以此角度领受”的方便向他开示,他亦不能了知佛陀所教说的法;纵然别人以种种方式解说,他也不能了解。如是,他的生命更为下劣。显示巴利原文
279. Na kevalañca imināva kāraṇenassa jīvitaṃ pāpiyo, apica kho pana ayaṃ evarūpo mukharajātikattā kalahābhirato bhikkhu subhāsitassa atthavijānanasammohanena mohadhammena āvuto, ‘‘mā, āvuso kapila, evaṃ avaca, imināpi pariyāyena taṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti evamādinā nayena pesalehi bhikkhūhi akkhātampi na jānāti dhammaṃ buddhena desitaṃ. Yo dhammo buddhena desito, taṃ nānappakārena attano vuccamānampi na jānāti. Evampissa jīvitaṃ pāpiyo.
280 同样地,像这样的人因为喜好伤害,便去恼害那些已修习成就者——也就是那些修行有素、已得证悟的诸漏尽比丘,从清净长老等人开始,对他们说:‘你们不懂律,不懂经,不懂阿毗达摩,不过是些老出家的人罢了。’等等。原文在此处为属格,表示动作的对象。或者,依照前文所述的方式,也应理解为省略了‘对已修习成就者作恼害’的文句。若依不了义来解释,此处的属格用法也能成立。‘为无明所前导’:是指他被一种无明所前导、所驱使、所推动,这种无明遮蔽了他观察恼害已修习成就者之过患的慧眼。他并不知道,这种以言语恼害其他有修行的出家众的行为,不仅在现世当下就因内心的恼害而造成杂染,更将在未来世导向堕落,趣入地狱之道。显示巴利原文
280. Tathā so evarūpo vihesābhiratattā vihesaṃ bhāvitattānaṃ bhāvitatte khīṇāsavabhikkhū sodhanattherapabhutike ‘‘na tumhe vinayaṃ jānātha, na suttaṃ na abhidhammaṃ, vuḍḍhapabbajitā’’tiādinā nayena vihesanto . Upayogappavattiyañhi idaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Atha vā yathāvutteneva nayena ‘‘vihesaṃ bhāvitattānaṃ karonto’’ti pāṭhaseso veditabbo. Evaṃ nippariyāyameva sāmivacanaṃ sijjhati. Avijjāya purakkhatoti bhāvitattavihesane ādīnavadassanapaṭicchādikāya avijjāya purakkhato pesito payojito sesapabbajitānaṃ bhāvitattānaṃ vihesabhāvena pavattaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme cittavibādhanena saṅkilesaṃ, āyatiñca nirayasampāpanena maggaṃ nirayagāminaṃ na jānāti.
281 由于不知,他便循着那条路,堕入了分为四恶趣的堕落处。在那堕落处中,他从一个母胎进入另一个母胎,从黑暗走向更深的黑暗,在各类众生中,有时要经历百次、千次,不断地从母胎转向母胎。乃至投生为连日月光芒也无法照亮的阿修罗身之类黑暗之处。像这样的比丘,在此世死后,从这个世界前往他世之后,便会如同那条迦毗罗鱼一样,遭受种种苦楚。显示巴利原文
281. Ajānanto ca tena maggena catubbidhāpāyabhedaṃ vinipātaṃ samāpanno. Tattha ca vinipāte gabbhā gabbhaṃ tamā tamaṃ ekekanikāye satakkhattuṃ sahassakkhattumpi mātukucchito mātukucchiṃ candimasūriyehipi aviddhaṃsanīyā asurakāyatamā tamañca samāpanno. Sa ve tādisakobhikkhu pecca ito paralokaṃ gantvā ayaṃ kapilamaccho viya nānappakāraṃ dukkhaṃ nigacchati.
282 这是什么原因呢?譬如一座粪坑,经年累月被粪尿填满,就像那厕所中的粪坑,多年积聚,历经无数年月,从入口处被粪便不断填入,完全充满。这样的粪坑,即使用百壶、千壶的水去冲洗,也难以去除其恶臭与不净之色,极难彻底洗净。同样地,若有人长久以来造作杂染的业,就像那粪坑被粪便充满一样,被这些恶业所充满,那么此人便是一位‘有垢秽者’,实在难以清净。即便他长时间承受那垢秽的果报,也依然无法清净。所以说,这样的比丘,在死后必然会遭受痛苦,其年数多得无法计算。或者,也可以这样来理解与偈颂的关联:当我说‘这样的比丘确实会在死后遭受痛苦’时,你们或许会问:‘有什么办法能让他死后不遭受痛苦吗?’答案是:‘没有。’为什么?因为就如同那粪坑……乃至……是‘有垢秽者’一样。显示巴利原文
282. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Gūthakūpo yathā assa, sampuṇṇo gaṇavassiko,yathā vaccakuṭigūthakūpo gaṇavassiko anekavassiko bahūni vassāni mukhato gūthena pūriyamāno sampuṇṇo assa, so udakakumbhasatehi udakakumbhasahassehi dhoviyamānopi duggandhadubbaṇṇiyānapagamā dubbisodho hoti, evameva yo evarūpo assa dīgharattaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhakammanto gūthakūpo viya gūthena pāpena sampuṇṇattā sampuṇṇo puggalo, so dubbisodho hi sāṅgaṇo, cirakālaṃ tassa aṅgaṇassa vipākaṃ paccanubhontopi na sujjhati. Tasmā vassagaṇanāya aparimāṇampi kālaṃ sa ve tādisako bhikkhu pecca dukkhaṃ nigacchatīti. Atha vā ayaṃ imissā gāthāya sambandho – yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘sa ve tādisako bhikkhu, pecca dukkhaṃ nigacchatī’’ti, tatra siyā tumhākaṃ ‘‘sakkā panāyaṃ tathā kātuṃ, yathā pecca dukkhaṃ na nigaccheyyā’’ti. Na sakkā. Kasmā? Yasmā gūthakūpo…pe… sāṅgaṇoti.
283-4 因此,诸比丘,对于那种依于在家的状态,你们应知那即是依着于五种欲乐。因其具足显现虚妄功德希求之相的邪恶欲望,故称为恶欲者;因其具足欲寻思等,故称为恶思惟者;因其具足身业违犯及施竹等邪恶行为,故称为恶行者;因其行于淫女等邪恶行处,故称为恶行处者。你们应当全体和合,彻底地摈弃他。此处“应彻底摈弃”(abhinibbajjiyāthā)的意思是应当远离,不应亲近。切不可仅以摈弃他为满足,便漠然置之,更应驱除糠秕(kāraṇḍavaṃ),摒弃污物(kasambuṃ)。应如丢弃垃圾般,毫不留恋地驱除那已如垃圾之人;也应如对待混入刹帝利等众中、疮口迸裂流脓的旃陀罗,抓住其手或头,将其驱逐出去。正如尊者大目犍连抓住那恶法比丘的手臂,推出门外并下了门闩,这便是应当如此摒弃的示范。何以故?因为僧园是为持戒者建造的,不是为破戒者。显示巴利原文
283-4. Yato paṭikacceva yaṃ evarūpaṃ jānātha, bhikkhavo gehanissitaṃ, yaṃ evarūpaṃ pañcakāmaguṇanissitaṃ jāneyyātha abhūtaguṇapatthanākārappavattāya pāpikāya icchāya samannāgatattā pāpicchaṃ, kāmavitakkādīhi samannāgatattā pāpasaṅkappaṃ, kāyikavītikkamādinā veḷudānādibhedena ca pāpācārena samannāgatattā pāpācāraṃ, vesiyādipāpagocarato pāpagocaraṃ, sabbe samaggā hutvāna abhinibbajjiyātha naṃ. Tattha abhinibbajjiyāthāti vivajjeyyātha mā bhajeyyātha, mā cassa abhinibbajjanamatteneva appossukkataṃ āpajjeyyātha, apica kho pana kāraṇḍavaṃ niddhamatha, kasambuṃ apakassatha, taṃ kacavarabhūtaṃ puggalaṃ kacavaramiva anapekkhā niddhamatha, kasaṭabhūtañca naṃ khattiyādīnaṃ majjhe paviṭṭhaṃ pabhinnapaggharitakuṭṭhaṃ caṇḍālaṃ viya apakassatha, hatthe vā sīse vā gahetvā nikkaḍḍhatha. Seyyathāpi āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ puggalaṃ pāpadhammaṃ bāhāya gahetvā bahidvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhāmetvā sūcighaṭikaṃ adāsi, evaṃ apakassathāti dasseti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Saṅghārāmo nāma sīlavantānaṃ kato, na dussīlānaṃ.
285-6 因此,对于那些谷壳——那些并非沙门却自许为沙门者,你们应当扬弃他们。正如谷壳,内无米粒,外因皮壳看似稻谷;那些恶比丘,内无戒等实质,外借袈裟等资具看似比丘,故被称为谷壳。你们应簸扬散弃这些谷壳。从胜义上说,他们绝非沙门,仅凭外在衣饰而自以为是沙门。如此驱除之后,应保持恭敬(patissatā)。此处“应行”(kappayavho)意为应作、应施行;“恭敬”(patissatā)即是相互尊重,心存敬意。如此,你们这些清净者便与清净者共住,因见与戒的同一性而和合,又因次第成熟的智慧而成为审慎者,终将作苦之边际。世尊便以阿拉汉果为究竟,结束了这次开示。显示巴利原文
285-6. Yato etadeva tato palāpe vāhetha, assamaṇe samaṇamānine, yathā hi palāpā anto taṇḍularahitāpi bahi thusehi vīhī viya dissanti, evaṃ pāpabhikkhū anto sīlādivirahitāpi bahi kāsāvādiparikkhārena bhikkhū viya dissanti. Tasmā ‘‘palāpā’’ti vuccanti. Te palāpe vāhetha, opunātha, vidhamatha paramatthato assamaṇe vesamattena samaṇamānine . Evaṃ niddhamitvāna…pe… patissatā. Tattha kappayavhoti kappetha, karothāti vuttaṃ hoti. Patissatāti aññamaññaṃ sagāravā sappatissā. Tato samaggā nipakā, dukkhassantaṃ karissathāti athevaṃ tumhe suddhā suddhehi saṃvāsaṃ kappentā, diṭṭhisīlasāmaññatāya samaggā, anupubbena paripākagatāya paññāya nipakā, sabbassevimassa vaṭṭadukkhādino dukkhassa antaṃ karissathāti arahattanikūṭeneva desanaṃ niṭṭhapesi.
开示结束时,这五百位渔夫之子生起强烈的悚惧,渴望尽苦边际。他们便于世尊座下出家,不久之后即尽苦边际,证得阿拉汉果。此后,他们与世尊同受不动住等至之法味,成为同一受用者。而他们与世尊同一受用的详情,应如《优陀那》中耶输陀罗经所述了知。显示巴利原文
Desanāpariyosāne te pañcasatā kevaṭṭaputtā saṃvegamāpajjitvā dukkhassantakiriyaṃ patthayamānā bhagavato santike pabbajitvā nacirasseva dukkhassantaṃ katvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ āneñjavihārasamāpattidhammaparibhogena ekaparibhogā ahesuṃ. Sā ca nesaṃ evaṃ bhagavatā saddhiṃ ekaparibhogatā udāne vuttayasojasuttavaseneva veditabbāti.
7. 《婆罗门法经》的释义。「如是我闻」等,就是这部《婆罗门法经》。它的缘起是怎样的呢?正如它的序分所说:‘那时,有众多……’等等。在这里,「众多」(sambahulā)指很多,不是单独一个。「拘萨罗人」(Kosalakā)指居住在拘萨罗国的人。「大富婆罗门」(Brāhmaṇamahāsālā)指因出身而为婆罗门,又因拥有巨富而称为‘大富’。据说,那些积蓄贮藏的财富达到八十亿的人,才被称为‘大富婆罗门’。这些婆罗门正是如此,所以经中说他们是‘大富婆罗门’。「已衰老」(Jiṇṇā)指老朽,因衰老而呈现牙齿掉落等状态。「已年长」(Vuḍḍhā)指身体四肢的生长已经达到极限。「长老」(Mahallakā)指具备出身上的长老性,也就是经历了很长时间的意思。「经长久岁月」(Addhagatā)指经历了长久的时间,意思是已经度过两三位国王的统治期。「达至晚年」(Vayo anuppattā)指到达了最后的年龄。另外一种解释是:「已衰老」指渊源古老,即其家族延续经历了很长时间。「已年长」指具足了戒行等功德的增长。「长老」指具备财富的广大,即大财大富。「经长久岁月」指行于正道,即无违逾越婆罗门的仪轨、行持等规范而生活。「达至晚年」指既已达到出生年岁的增长,也已到达最终年龄。应当如此了知此处的关联。其余的文句,意思显而易见。显示巴利原文
7. Brāhmaṇadhammikasuttavaṇṇanā
“如是我闻”等语是《婆罗门法经》的开端。这部经的缘起是什么?正是这部经的缘起,就如“那时,众多……”等开篇所说。其中,“众多”指很多、不止一位。“憍萨罗人”指居住在憍萨罗国的人。“大财富婆罗门”指种姓为婆罗门,且因极为殷实而成为大富豪者。据说,凡是拥有并固定存放八十亿财富的人,就称为“大财富婆罗门”。而这些婆罗门正是如此,因此称为“大财富婆罗门”。“老朽”指身体已变得衰颓,因为衰老而出现牙齿掉落等状况。“年迈”指四肢与身体各部分已发育到极限。“长老”指具足了出身上的长老状态,意即经历很长时间。“长途”指已走过了长远的路,意思是已经经历了前后两三代国王的更替。“达于后龄”指已经到达了最后的年纪。此外,也可以这样解释:“老朽”指古老的,意思是属于延续了很长时间的家族传承;“年迈”指在戒行、德行等功德上具足增长;“长老”指具足了广大的财富,即拥有大量财产、众多受用;“长途”指行持在修行路上,即修习婆罗门的梵行等规范而不逾越;“达于后龄”指不仅达到了出身上的年长状态,也已抵达了最后。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti brāhmaṇadhammikasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Ayameva yāssa nidāne ‘‘atha kho sambahulā’’tiādinā nayena vuttā. Tattha sambahulāti bahū aneke. Kosalakāti kosalaraṭṭhavāsino. Brāhmaṇamahāsālāti jātiyā brāhmaṇā mahāsāratāya mahāsālā. Yesaṃ kira nidahitvā ṭhapitaṃyeva asītikoṭisaṅkhyaṃ dhanamatthi, te ‘‘brāhmaṇamahāsālā’’ti vuccanti. Ime ca tādisā, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘brāhmaṇamahāsālā’’ti. Jiṇṇāti jajjarībhūtā jarāya khaṇḍiccādibhāvamāpāditā. Vuḍḍhāti aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ vuḍḍhimariyādaṃ pattā. Mahallakāti jātimahallakatāya samannāgatā, cirakālappasutāti vuttaṃ hoti. Addhagatāti addhānaṃ gatā, dve tayo rājaparivaṭṭe atītāti adhippāyo. Vayo anuppattāti pacchimavayaṃ sampattā. Apica jiṇṇāti porāṇā, cirakālappavattakulanvayāti vuttaṃ hoti. Vuḍḍhāti sīlācārādiguṇavuḍḍhiyuttā. Mahallakāti vibhavamahantatāya samannāgatā mahaddhanā mahābhogā. Addhagatāti maggapaṭipannā brāhmaṇānaṃ vatacariyādimariyādaṃ avītikkamma caramānā. Vayo anuppattāti jātivuḍḍhabhāvampi antimavayaṃ anuppattāti evampettha yojanā veditabbā. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
他们与世尊互相问候,也就是询问“是否堪忍”等,彼此生起欢喜。他们通过这样的谈话互相问候:“乔达摩尊者是否堪忍?是否还能维持?是否无病?是否无疾?是否有体力、起身轻快、安住安乐?”这种谈话能引生以欢喜和喜悦为内涵的欣喜,所以是“值得问候的”;由于词句与意义的甘甜,即使历经久时也能记忆、持续不绝,所以是“值得忆持的”。因为听的时候令人觉得舒服,所以是“值得问候的”;因为回忆的时候令人觉得舒服,所以是“值得忆持的”。同样,因为词句清净,所以是“值得问候的”;因为意义清净,所以是“值得忆持的”。就这样,他们以种种方式,将这值得问候、值得忆持的谈话进行完毕、结束、圆满之后,为了询问前来的目的,便退坐一面。显示巴利原文
Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsūti khamanīyādīni pucchantā aññamaññaṃ samappavattamodā ahesuṃ. Yāya ca ‘‘kacci bhoto gotamassa khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, appābādhaṃ, appātaṅkaṃ, balaṃ, lahuṭṭhānaṃ, phāsuvihāro’’tiādikāya kathāya sammodiṃsu, taṃ pītipāmojjasaṅkhātasammodajananato sammodituṃ arahato ca sammodanīyaṃ, atthabyañjanamadhuratāya sucirampi kālaṃ sāretuṃ nirantaraṃ pavattetuṃ arahato saritabbabhāvato ca sāraṇīyaṃ. Suyyamānasukhato ca sammodanīyaṃ, anussariyamānasukhato sāraṇīyaṃ, tathā byañjanaparisuddhatāya sammodanīyaṃ, atthaparisuddhatāya sāraṇīyanti evaṃ anekehi pariyāyehi sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā pariyosāpetvā niṭṭhāpetvā yenatthena āgatā, taṃ pucchitukāmā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Taṃ –
不在后,不在前,亦不近不远;
「不于侧边,不于逆风;不于低处,不于高处。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na pacchato na purato, nāpi āsannadūrato; Na passe nāpi paṭivāte, na cāpi oṇatuṇṇate’’ti. –
以上解释的方式,已于《吉祥经》注中说。显示巴利原文
Ādinā nayena maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttameva.
那些大富婆罗门退坐一面后,对世尊这样说道:“这是什么呢?”——也就是“是否可见?”等语。这些内容意义皆甚显然。唯独在这里,“婆罗门的婆罗门法”,指的是抛开了说法的时间、处所等条件,单指那种婆罗门法本身。因此,“婆罗门们啊!”——因为你们向我提出了请求,所以你们这些婆罗门:要倾听,要善作意,要如理作意。其含义是:以精勤清净来听,以意乐清净来善作意;以不散乱来听,以策励来善作意。运用这种方式,这些词句所含的意趣,虽然在前文中没有明确宣说,也应当了知。接着,那些大富婆罗门接受了世尊的教言,回答道:“是的,尊者!”他们正面领受了世尊的话语。或者说,他们应允了。这就表示:对于“请听,善作意”这句话的用意,他们一心想要照着去做,于是便应允了。然后,对这些已经应允的人,世尊这样说道:“怎么回事呢?”——也就是:“过去的仙人们……”等等。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇamahāsālā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ ta’’nti? ‘‘Sandissanti nu kho’’tiādi. Taṃ sabbaṃ uttānatthameva. Kevalañhettha brāhmaṇānaṃ brāhmaṇadhammeti desakālādidhamme chaḍḍetvā yo brāhmaṇadhammo, tasmiṃyeva. Tena hi brāhmaṇāti yasmā maṃ tumhe yācittha, tasmā brāhmaṇā suṇātha, sotaṃ odahatha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, yoniso manasi karotha. Tathā payogasuddhiyā suṇātha, āsayasuddhiyā sādhukaṃ manasi karotha. Avikkhepena suṇātha, paggahena sādhukaṃ manasi karothātiādinā nayena etesaṃ padānaṃ pubbe avuttopi adhippāyo veditabbo. Atha bhagavatā vuttaṃ taṃ vacanaṃ sampaṭicchantā ‘‘evaṃ bho’’ti kho te brāhmaṇamahāsālā bhagavato paccassosuṃ, bhagavato vacanaṃ abhimukhā hutvā assosuṃ. Atha vā paṭissuṇiṃsu. ‘‘Suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karothā’’ti vuttamatthaṃ kattukāmatāya paṭijāniṃsūti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha tesaṃ evaṃ paṭissutavataṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ ta’’nti? ‘‘Isayo pubbakā’’tiādi.
287 其中,先说第一偈:“saññatattā”是指以戒律的摄护而摄心;“tapassino”是指致力于守护根门的苦行者;“attadatthamacārisu”是指他们修习明咒、禅那、梵住等,成就了自身的利益。其余文义甚为明了。显示巴利原文
287. Tattha paṭhamagāthāya tāva saññatattāti sīlasaṃyamena saṃyatacittā. Tapassinoti indriyasaṃvaratapayuttā. Attadatthamacārisunti mantajjhenabrahmavihārabhāvanādiṃ attano atthaṃ akaṃsu. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
288 第二偈等部分的简要注释如下——“na pasū brāhmaṇānaṃ āsuṃ”意思是:古时的婆罗门们没有牲畜,不作拥有牲畜之事。“na hiraññaṃ na dhāniyaṃ”意思是:婆罗门们没有黄金,连一片皂荚钱那样的黄金也不曾有;同样,粳米、稻、大麦、小麦等种种谷物,他们也没有。因为他们舍弃了金银,不加以积聚储存,唯以讽诵为财富、为粮食,只有那名为明咒和禅那的自有财富与粮食。而那种慈等梵住,由于最为殊胜,又能随逐于后世,故称“梵财”;他们恒常守护这梵财,依修习而令其随逐。显示巴利原文
288. Dutiyagāthādīsupi ayaṃ saṅkhepavaṇṇanā – na pasū brāhmaṇānāsunti porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ pasū na āsuṃ, na te pasupariggahamakaṃsu. Na hiraññaṃ na dhāniyanti hiraññañca brāhmaṇānaṃ antamaso jatumāsakopi nāhosi , tathā vīhisāliyavagodhūmādi pubbaṇṇāparaṇṇabhedaṃ dhāniyampi tesaṃ nāhosi. Te hi nikkhittajātarūparajatā asannidhikārakāva hutvā kevalaṃ sajjhāyadhanadhaññā attano mantajjhenasaṅkhāteneva dhanena dhaññena ca samannāgatā ahesuṃ. Yo cāyaṃ mettādivihāro seṭṭhattā anugāmikattā ca brahmanidhīti vuccati, tañca brahmaṃ nidhimapālayuṃ sadā tassa bhāvanānuyogena.
289 对于如此安住的婆罗门,他们所得的是什么?即为这些婆罗门而备的施食——安放在门口的食物。“dvārabhattaṃ upaṭṭhitaṃ”是指施主们心想“我们将施予婆罗门”,于是备好并各自安放在家门前的食物。“saddhāpakataṃ”是指由信心所备办者,也就是信施。“esānaṃ”指寻求者,即那些正在寻求的人。“dātabbe”指所应施之物。“tadamaññisuṃ”是指施主们这样认为:那备好并安放在门口的食物与信施,应当施予这些正在寻求的婆罗门,而非其他人。因为他们于其他事物并无希求,唯以衣食满足为最高目标,知足而住,这便是此处所说之意趣。显示巴利原文
289. Evaṃ vihārīnaṃ yaṃ nesaṃ pakataṃ āsi, yaṃ etesaṃ pakataṃ ete brāhmaṇe uddissa kataṃ ahosi. Dvārabhattaṃ upaṭṭhitanti ‘‘brāhmaṇānaṃ dassāmā’’ti sajjetvā tehi tehi dāyakehi attano attano gharadvāre ṭhapitabhattaṃ. Saddhāpakatanti saddhāya pakataṃ, saddhādeyyanti vuttaṃ hoti. Esānanti esantīti esā, tesaṃ esānaṃ, esamānānaṃ pariyesamānānanti vuttaṃ hoti. Dātaveti dātabbaṃ. Tadamaññisunti taṃ amaññiṃsu, taṃ dvāre sajjetvā ṭhapitaṃ bhattaṃ saddhādeyyaṃ pariyesamānānaṃ etesaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ dātabbaṃ amaññiṃsu dāyakā janā, na tato paraṃ. Anatthikā hi te aññena ahesuṃ, kevalaṃ ghāsacchādanaparamatāya santuṭṭhāti adhippāyo.
290 “nānārattehīti”意为以种种色彩染成的衣物、铺有各色华丽卧具的床榻,以及单层、双层等殊胜的殿堂住所。“āvasathehīti”指以这些资具庄严的住处。“phītā janapadā raṭṭhā”是说,那些一处一处如地区般富庶的国土,以及某些整个王国的人们,朝夕如同礼敬天神一般,向婆罗门合掌,称念:“礼敬婆罗门!”显示巴利原文
290.Nānārattehīti nānāvidharāgarattehi vatthehi vicitrattharaṇatthatehi, sayanehi ekabhūmikadvibhūmikādipāsādavarehi. Āvasathehīti evarūpehi upakaraṇehi. Phītā janapadā raṭṭhā ekekappadesabhūtā janapadā ca keci keci sakalaraṭṭhā ca ‘‘namo brāhmaṇāna’’nti sāyaṃ pātaṃ brāhmaṇe deve viya namassiṃsu.
291 世间如此敬重他们,婆罗门便成为不可杀害的人;不仅不可杀害,他们还不可征服——由于他们不能被加害、不能被压制,故而不可征服。是什么缘故呢?因为他们受法守护,即由法所保护。他们守护了五种殊胜戒法,正如“法确实守护行法者”那样,成为法所守护者,因此不可杀害、不可征服,这便是其中意趣。“na ne koci nivāresīti”:那些婆罗门在各家门前,无论外门还是内门,由于众人对他们爱敬、尊重,且他们具足殊胜戒德,人们如同对父母一般极度信赖,所以没有谁阻挡他们,说“你不许进入此处”。显示巴利原文
291. Te evaṃ namassiyamānā lokena avajjhā brāhmaṇā āsuṃ, na kevalañca avajjhā, ajeyyā vihiṃsitumpi anabhibhavanīyattā ajeyyā ca ahesuṃ. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Dhammarakkhitā, yasmā dhammena rakkhitā. Te hi pañca varasīladhamme rakkhiṃsu, ‘‘dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāri’’nti (jā. 1.10.102; 1.15.385) dhammarakkhitā hutvā avajjhā ajeyyā ca ahesunti adhippāyo. Na ne koci nivāresīti te brāhmaṇe kulānaṃ dvāresu sabbaso bāhiresu ca abbhantaresu ca sabbadvāresu yasmā tesu piyasammatesu varasīlasamannāgatesu mātāpitūsu viya ativissatthā manussā ahesuṃ, tasmā ‘‘idaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ tayā na pavisitabba’’nti na koci nivāresi.
292 这样,他们受法守护,在各家门前不受遮止而游行。“aṭṭha ca cattālīsañcāti”,即四十八年——从幼童时起,他们便以修行行持童真梵行,长达四十八年。即便是婆罗门旃陀罗也曾如此行持,更不用说那些如同梵天者的婆罗门了,此处当如此理解其中的用意。正是这样行持梵行,古代的婆罗门所为的是寻求明与行而修行,并非成为非梵行者。其中,“vijjāpariyeṭṭhīti”指寻求明,也就是关于咒文的禅那。这也被记载道:“他行持童真梵行四十八年,学习咒文。”(增支部5.192)“caraṇapariyeṭṭhīti”指寻求行,也就是守护戒律。又有读作“vijjācaraṇapariyeṭṭhu”的,意为为了寻求明与行而修行。显示巴利原文
292. Evaṃ dhammarakkhitā kuladvāresu anivāritā carantā aṭṭha ca cattālīsañcāti aṭṭhacattālīsaṃ vassāni kumārabhāvato pabhuti caraṇena komāraṃ brahmacariyaṃ cariṃsu te. Yepi brāhmaṇacaṇḍālā ahesuṃ, ko pana vādo brahmasamādīsūti evamettha adhippāyo veditabbo. Evaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carantā eva hi vijjācaraṇapariyeṭṭhiṃ acaruṃ brāhmaṇā pure, na abrahmacārino hutvā. Tattha vijjāpariyeṭṭhīti mantajjhenaṃ. Vuttañcetaṃ ‘‘so aṭṭhacattālīsa vassāni komāraṃ brahmacariyaṃ carati mante adhīyamāno’’ti (a. ni. 5.192). Caraṇapariyeṭṭhīti sīlarakkhaṇaṃ. ‘‘Vijjācaraṇapariyeṭṭhu’’ntipi pāṭho, vijjācaraṇaṃ pariyesituṃ acarunti attho.
293 正如所说,那些婆罗门在依时修习梵行之后,即便要安立在家生活,也不会转而求娶其他种姓——如刹帝利或吠舍等——中的女子。这指的是那些如同天神般尊贵或恪守规矩的婆罗门。同样,他们也不会像现今某些人那样,以百金或千金买妻,而是以法求取妻子。如何求取呢?婆罗门修习梵行四十八年后,便四处求告少女:‘我已完成四十八年梵行,谁家有适龄女儿,请给予我。’于是,有适龄女儿的人家便将女子装扮好,带至门前,向站在门口的婆罗门手中倒水,说道:‘婆罗门,我将此妻给予你,为延续后代。’然后便给予。显示巴利原文
293. Yathāvuttañca kālaṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritvā tato paraṃ gharāvāsaṃ kappentāpi na brāhmaṇā aññamagamuṃ khattiyaṃ vā vessādīsu aññataraṃ vā, ye ahesuṃ devasamā vā mariyādā vāti adhippāyo. Tathā sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā datvā napi bhariyaṃ kiṇiṃsu te, seyyathāpi etarahi ekacce kiṇanti. Te hi dhammena dāraṃ pariyesanti. Kathaṃ? Aṭṭhacattālīsaṃ vassāni brahmacariyaṃ caritvā brāhmaṇā kaññābhikkhaṃ āhiṇḍanti – ‘‘ahaṃ aṭṭhacattālīsa vassāni ciṇṇabrahmacariyo, yadi vayappattā dārikā atthi, detha me’’ti. Tato yassa vayappattā dārikā hoti, so taṃ alaṅkaritvā nīharitvā dvāre ṭhitasseva brāhmaṇassa hatthe udakaṃ āsiñcanto ‘‘imaṃ te, brāhmaṇa, bhariyaṃ posāvanatthāya dammī’’ti vatvā deti.
然而,为什么他们在如此长久修习梵行之后,还要寻求妻子,而不终身行持梵行呢?这是由于邪见。因为他们持有这种邪见:‘不生子者,即是断绝家族血脉的人,由此将堕入地狱。’据说有四种对不应怖畏之事感到怖畏的众生:蚯蚓、见岸鸟、鹬鸟、婆罗门。蚯蚓因害怕大地毁灭,便适量进食,不贪吃过多泥土。见岸鸟因害怕天空塌下,便仰身护住卵。鹬鸟因害怕大地震动,双脚从不踏实地面。婆罗门因害怕家族血脉断绝,故而寻求妻子。于此有偈云:显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana te evaṃ ciraṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritvāpi dāraṃ pariyesanti, na yāvajīvaṃ brahmacārino hontīti? Micchādiṭṭhivasena. Tesañhi evaṃdiṭṭhi hoti – ‘‘yo puttaṃ na uppādeti, so kulavaṃsacchedakaro hoti, tato niraye paccatī’’ti. Cattāro kira abhāyitabbaṃ bhāyanti gaṇḍuppādo kikī kuntanī brāhmaṇāti. Gaṇḍuppādā kira mahāpathaviyā khayabhayena mattabhojino honti, na bahuṃ mattikaṃ khādanti. Kikī sakuṇikā ākāsapatanabhayena aṇḍassa upari uttānā seti. Kuntanī sakuṇikā pathavikampanabhayena pādehi bhūmiṃ na suṭṭhu akkamati. Brāhmaṇā kulavaṃsūpacchedabhayena dāraṃ pariyesanti. Āha cettha –
蚯蚓、见岸鸟、鹬鸟,及奉婆罗门法者;
这四种愚痴之人,对无畏之事心怀恐怖。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gaṇḍuppādo kikī ceva, kuntī brāhmaṇadhammiko; Ete abhayaṃ bhāyanti, sammūḷhā caturo janā’’ti.
如此以法求得妻子之后,他们即以完全的喜爱相结合,喜悦共住;正是以完全的喜爱,彼此以爱意,身心交融、紧密结合,喜悦共住——这不是以不喜爱,也非以压制的方式而共住。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ dhammena dāraṃ pariyesitvāpi ca sampiyeneva saṃvāsaṃ saṅgantvā samarocayuṃ, sampiyeneva aññamaññaṃ pemeneva kāyena ca cittena ca missībhūtā saṅghaṭitā saṃsaṭṭhā hutvā saṃvāsaṃ samarocayuṃ, na appiyena na niggahena cāti vuttaṃ hoti.
294 当他们以完全喜爱的方式共住时,也‘除了那时之外’——即除了那段经期:在那时,婆罗门女才应被婆罗门接近。除开那时,除去那段时间,对于妻子,他们从经期远离,即守持经期戒,直到那段时间再次到来之前,在此期间皆不接近。‘淫欲法’意指为淫欲而设的法。据说,这里把为格转成了业格。‘他们不去’即根本不去。婆罗门指那些如同天神、具轨范者。显示巴利原文
294. Evaṃ sampiyeneva saṃvāsaṃ karontāpi ca aññatra tamhāti, yo so utusamayo, yamhi samaye brāhmaṇī brāhmaṇena upagantabbā, aññatra tamhā samayā ṭhapetvā taṃ samayaṃ ututo virataṃ utuveramaṇiṃ pati bhariyaṃ, yāva puna so samayo āgacchati, tāva aṭṭhatvā antarāyeva. Methunaṃ dhammanti methunāya dhammāya. Sampadānavacanapattiyā kiretaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. Nāssu gacchantīti neva gacchanti. Brāhmaṇāti ye honti devasamā ca mariyādā cāti adhippāyo.
295 然而,他们不加区分地……乃至……诽谤梵行与戒。其中,「梵行」指远离淫欲;「戒」指其余四条学处;「正直」指正直的状态,即不狡诈、不虚伪;「柔和」指柔软的状态,即不顽固、不骄慢;「苦行」指诸根防护;「知耻」指柔和乐善、不违逆的习性;「无害」指不以手等恼害的本性,具足悲悯的状态;「忍耐」指堪忍的忍耐。他们诽谤这些功德。那些未能圆满以行道而证得的人,也在其中成为见到精髓者,以言语称扬赞叹。显示巴利原文
295. Avisesena pana sabbepi brahmacariyañca…pe… avaṇṇayuṃ. Tattha brahmacariyanti methunavirati. Sīlanti sesāni cattāri sikkhāpadāni. Ajjavanti ujubhāvo, atthato asaṭhatā amāyāvitā ca. Maddavanti mudubhāvo, atthato atthaddhatā anatimānitā ca. Tapoti indriyasaṃvaro. Soraccanti suratabhāvo sukhasīlatā appaṭikūlasamācāratā. Avihiṃsāti pāṇiādīhi avihesikajātikatā sakaruṇabhāvo. Khantīti adhivāsanakkhanti. Iccete guṇe avaṇṇayuṃ. Yepi nāsakkhiṃsu sabbaso paṭipattiyā ārādhetuṃ, tepi tattha sāradassino hutvā vācāya vaṇṇayiṃsu pasaṃsiṃsu.
296 而在这样称扬的他们之中……乃至……他没有去接近;在这些婆罗门中,那位最殊胜的梵天,即名为与梵天等同的最上婆罗门,由于具足坚固的精进,故称坚固精进者。‘vā’字是表强调的字,用以说明他正是这样的婆罗门。「淫欲法」指行淫。「即使在梦中也未去接近」,即即使在梦中也不曾行淫。显示巴利原文
296. Evaṃ vaṇṇentānañca yo nesaṃ…pe… nāgamā, yo etesaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ paramo brahmā ahosi, brahmasamo nāma uttamo brāhmaṇo ahosi, daḷhena parakkamena samannāgatattā daḷhaparakkamo. Sa vāti vibhāvane vā-saddo, tena so evarūpo brāhmaṇoti tameva vibhāveti. Methunaṃ dhammanti methunasamāpattiṃ. Supinantepi nāgamāti supinepi na agamāsi.
297 从此,他的行持……乃至……诽谤。以这首偈颂,即第九偈,由始至终说明所述功德时,显示了如同天人的婆罗门。那些有智慧的人,随学那如同梵天的婆罗门的行持,通过出家与修习禅那;而他们正是通过行道来称扬这些梵行等功德。这一切婆罗门,皆应依《增支部》五集《陶师经》所述之理来理解。显示巴利原文
297. Tato tassa vattaṃ…pe… avaṇṇayuṃ. Imāya gāthāya navamagāthāya vuttaguṇeyeva ādiantavasena niddisanto devasame brāhmaṇe pakāseti. Te hi viññujātikā paṇḍitā tassa brahmasamassa brāhmaṇassa vattaṃ anusikkhanti pabbajjāya jhānabhāvanāya ca, te ca ime brahmacariyādiguṇe paṭipattiyā eva vaṇṇayantīti. Te sabbepi brāhmaṇā pañcakanipāte doṇasutte (a. ni. 5.192) vuttanayeneva veditabbā.
298 现在,为了说明遵守界限的婆罗门,他说了“谷米、卧具”等。其含义是:他们当中那些遵守界限的婆罗门,若想举办祭祀,由于他们远离接受生谷的行为,便依于所谓“圣者们依止此而住,这是对圣者的乞求”这一称为依止处的法,而依法乞求各种谷米、床椅等卧具、亚麻等衣服,以及牛酥油、芝麻油等酥油。此后,凡有愿意布施者,便将那些已给的谷米等物聚集、集中。也有异读作“收集后”,意义相同。随后,他们便带着那些东西,举行祭祀,进行布施。显示巴利原文
298. Idāni mariyāde brāhmaṇe dassento āha – ‘‘taṇḍulaṃ sayana’’nti. Tassattho – tesu ye honti mariyādā, te brāhmaṇā sace yaññaṃ kappetukāmā honti, atha āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇā paṭiviratattā nānappakārakaṃ taṇḍulañca, mañcapīṭhādibhedaṃ sayanañca, khomādibhedaṃ vatthañca, gosappitilatelādibhedaṃ sappitelañca yāciya dhammena, ‘‘uddissa ariyā tiṭṭhanti, esā ariyāna yācanā’’ti evaṃ vuttena uddissaṭhānasaṅkhātena dhammena yācitvā, atha yo yaṃ icchati dātuṃ, tena taṃ dinnataṇḍulādiṃ samodhānetvā saṃkaḍḍhitvā. ‘‘Samudānetvā’’tipi pāṭho, ekoyevattho. Tato yaññamakappayunti tato gahetvā dānamakaṃsu .
299 在举行的时候,于此现前施设的、名为布施的祭祀中,他们没有杀害那些公牛,也没有杀害那些母牛。于此,当知是以“母牛之口”代表一切众生。是什么原因使他们不加杀害呢?因为具有梵行等功德。再者,特别是如母一般……他们没有杀害那些牛。其中,“于彼中出生药草”是指:在这些母牛身上,产生了作为胆汁等药的五种牛乳制品。显示巴利原文
299. Karontā ca evametasmiṃ upaṭṭhitasmiṃ dānasaṅkhāte yaññasmiṃ nāssu gāvo haniṃsu te, na te gāviyo haniṃsu. Gāvīmukhena cettha sabbapāṇā vuttāti veditabbā. Kiṃkāraṇā na haniṃsūti? Brahmacariyādiguṇayuttattā. Apica visesato yathā mātā…pe… nāssu gāvo haniṃsu te. Tattha yāsu jāyanti osadhāti yāsu pittādīnaṃ bhesajjabhūtā pañca gorasā jāyanti.
300 在“施食物者”等句中,当知:因为食用五种牛乳制品的人们,饥饿得以止息,力量得以增长,肤色变得明净,身心的快乐生起,所以它们被称为“施食物者”、“施力量者”、“施肤色者”、“施快乐者”。其余于此,意义浅明。显示巴利原文
300.Annadātiādīsu yasmā pañca gorase paribhuñjantānaṃ khudā vūpasammati, balaṃ vaḍḍhati, chavivaṇṇo vippasīdati, kāyikamānasikaṃ sukhaṃ uppajjati , tasmā annadā baladā vaṇṇadā sukhadā cetāti veditabbā. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
301 就这样,在祭祀中不杀牛的他们,身体受到福德威力的护持,变得娇嫩……人民便安乐地增长。其中,「娇嫩」指手足等柔软细嫩;「体型高大」指具足高壮与丰满;「有容色」指具金色容貌与匀称身形;「有名声」指拥有利养与眷属的成就。「以自法」即依自己的行持。「于应为与不应为之事中勤勉」是指:对应做之事,‘这应当做’;对不应做之事,‘这不应当做’,如此生起勤勉。就这样,那些古代的婆罗门成为如此——值得瞻仰、令人信服、为世间最上的应供者,依此而行,只要他们还行于世间,便远离恐惧、灾难与祸害,享有并获得种种安乐,或者说,安乐地增长,安乐地达至增盛。「这人民」指众生世间。显示巴利原文
301. Evaṃ te yaññesu gāvo ahanantā puññappabhāvānuggahitasarīrā sukhumālā…pe… sukhamedhittha yaṃ pajā. Tattha sukhumālā mudutaluṇahatthapādāditāya, mahākāyā ārohapariṇāhasampattiyā, vaṇṇavanto suvaṇṇavaṇṇatāya saṇṭhānayuttatāya ca, yasassino lābhaparivārasampadāya. Sehi dhammehīti sakehi cārittehi. Kiccākiccesu ussukāti kiccesu ‘‘idaṃ kātabbaṃ’’, akiccesu ‘‘idaṃ na kātabba’’nti ussukkamāpannā hutvāti attho. Evaṃ te porāṇā brāhmaṇā evarūpā hutvā dassanīyā pasādanīyā lokassa paramadakkhiṇeyyā imāya paṭipattiyā yāva loke avattiṃsu, tāva vigataītibhayupaddavā hutvā nānappakārakaṃ sukhaṃ edhittha pāpuṇi, sukhaṃ vā edhittha sukhaṃ vuḍḍhiṃ agamāsi. Ayaṃ pajāti sattalokaṃ nidasseti.
302-3 然而,随着时间流逝,当他们想要破坏原有的界限时,便生起了颠倒想……依部分而计量。在这里,「颠倒想」即颠倒的认知。「从微细中见微细」:他们认为,与从欲乐中产生的色界定、无色界定以及涅槃之乐相比,五欲乐因低劣、微小、少乐的性质而称为微细,连与之比较的资格都不具备,因此看到了欲乐是微细的;或者,与出世间乐相比,欲乐显得微细,于是他们看到,比起自己证得的世间等至之乐,欲乐更为微细、极少、微不足道——这便是其含义。‘国王的’是指国王的。「成就」指繁荣。「套有良马」指配备了良种马。「善作」指以木工、金工善加制造的。「彩绘缝制」指以狮皮等作为庄严的彩绘缝制品。「住所」指房屋的基址。「屋舍」指建于其上的房子。「划分」指依长宽而划分的。「按部分计量」即分为庭院、大门、殿堂、楼阁等部分而计量。这说明了什么呢?那些婆罗门见到了称为微细的欲乐、国王的繁荣、端严的女子,以及上述的车乘、住所与屋舍。在那些实质是苦的事物上,他们产生了‘这是乐’的想法,因此便有了所谓的颠倒想,也就是对先前所生起的出离想的颠倒。显示巴利原文
302-3. Kālaccayena pana sambhinnamariyādabhāvaṃ āpajjitukāmānaṃ tesaṃ āsi vipallāso…pe… bhāgaso mite. Tattha vipallāsoti viparītasaññā. Aṇuto aṇunti lāmakaṭṭhena parittaṭṭhena appassādaṭṭhena aṇubhūtato kāmaguṇato uppannaṃ jhānasāmaññanibbānasukhāni upanidhāya saṅkhyampi anupagamanena aṇuṃ kāmasukhaṃ, lokuttarasukhaṃ vā upanidhāya aṇubhūtato attanā paṭiladdhalokiyasamāpattisukhato aṇuṃ appakatopi appakaṃ kāmasukhaṃ disvāti adhippāyo. Rājino cāti rañño ca. Viyākāranti sampattiṃ. Ājaññasaṃyutteti assājānīyasaṃyutte. Sukateti dārukammalohakammena suniṭṭhite. Cittasibbaneti sīhacammādīhi alaṅkaraṇavasena citrasibbane. Nivesaneti gharavatthūni. Niveseti tattha patiṭṭhāpitagharāni. Vibhatteti āyāmavitthāravasena vibhattāni. Bhāgaso miteti aṅgaṇadvārapāsādakūṭāgārādivasena koṭṭhāsaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ katvā mitāni. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Tesaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ aṇuto aṇusaññitaṃ kāmasukhañca rañño byākārañca alaṅkatanāriyo ca vuttappakāre rathe ca nivesane nivese ca disvā dukkhesuyeva etesu vatthūsu ‘‘sukha’’nti pavattattā pubbe pavattanekkhammasaññāvipallāsasaṅkhātā viparītasaññā āsi.
304 他们这样有了颠倒想之后,……婆罗门。其中,「被牛群围绕」即被牛群所环绕;「与最胜女子众相俱」即与最优秀的女子众共处;「广大」即广博;「人间受用物」指人们的住所等受用之物。他们生起贪求:‘啊!愿这些成为我们的!’如此增长渴爱,满怀强烈的期盼而思虑。显示巴利原文
304. Te evaṃ viparītasaññā hutvā gomaṇḍalaparibyūḷhaṃ…pe… brāhmaṇā. Tattha gomaṇḍalaparibyūḷhanti goyūthehi parikiṇṇaṃ. Nārīvaragaṇāyutanti varanārīgaṇasaṃyuttaṃ. Uḷāranti vipulaṃ . Mānusaṃ bhoganti manussānaṃ nivesanādibhogavatthuṃ. Abhijjhāyiṃsūti ‘‘aho vatidaṃ amhākaṃ assā’’ti taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhetvā abhipatthayamānā jhāyiṃsu.
305 当他们这样生起贪求时,心想:‘这些人善于沐浴、善于涂香,须发修整,佩戴珠宝饰物,以五种欲功德享受快乐;而我们虽同样被他们所礼敬,却身体被汗垢所污,腋下及隐秘处毛发丛生,没有受用之物,过得极为悲苦。而且,这些人或骑象、或骑马、或乘轿、或坐金车等出行,我们却徒步行走。这些人住在两层楼等的宫殿平台上,而我们住在阿兰若、树下等处。这些人铺着羊毛毯等敷具,卧在殊胜的床座上,而我们铺着草席、兽皮片等,卧在地上。这些人吃种种味道的食物,而我们靠乞食维生。我们怎样才能变得和这些人一样呢?’这样想了之后,他们确定:‘应当希求财富,没有财富的人不可能获得这种成就。’于是,他们分裂了吠陀,毁坏与法相应的古老咒语,编造与非法相应的虚假咒语,渴望财富,前往亲近奥咖咖王,说了一些祝福的话之后,说道:‘大王,在我们的婆罗门传承中,有世代相传的古老咒句。我们秉承师传,从未对任何人宣说。大王值得听闻它。’并称赞了马祭等祭祀。称赞之后,鼓励国王说:‘请祭祀吧,大王,您拥有如此丰足的财物与谷物,并不缺少祭祀的资具。您这样显示巴利原文
305. Evaṃ abhijjhāyantā ca ‘‘ete manussā sunhātā suvilittā kappitakesamassū āmuttamaṇiābharaṇā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi paricārenti, mayaṃ pana evaṃ tehi namassiyamānāpi sedamalakiliṭṭhagattā parūḷhakacchanakhalomā bhogarahitā paramakāruññataṃ pattā viharāma. Ete ca hatthikkhandhaassapiṭṭhisivikāsuvaṇṇarathādīhi vicaranti, mayaṃ pādehi. Ete dvibhūmikādipāsādatalesu vasanti, mayaṃ araññarukkhamūlādīsu. Ete ca gonakādīhi attharaṇehi atthatāsu varaseyyāsu sayanti, mayaṃ taṭṭikācammakhaṇḍādīni attharitvā bhūmiyaṃ. Ete nānārasāni bhojanāni bhuñjanti, mayaṃ uñchācariyāya yāpema. Kathaṃ nu kho mayampi etehi sadisā bhaveyyāmā’’ti cintetvā ‘‘dhanaṃ icchitabbaṃ, na sakkā dhanarahitehi ayaṃ sampatti pāpuṇitu’’nti ca avadhāretvā vede bhinditvā dhammayutte purāṇamante nāsetvā adhammayutte kūṭamante ganthetvā dhanatthikā okkākarājānamupasaṅkamma sotthivacanādīni payuñjitvā ‘‘amhākaṃ, mahārāja, brāhmaṇavaṃse paveṇiyā āgataṃ porāṇamantapadaṃ atthi, taṃ mayaṃ ācariyamuṭṭhitāya na kassaci bhaṇimhā, taṃ mahārājā sotumarahatī’’ti ca vatvā assamedhādiyaññaṃ vaṇṇayiṃsu. Vaṇṇayitvā ca rājānaṃ ussāhentā ‘‘yaja, mahārāja, evaṃ pahūtadhanadhañño tvaṃ, natthi te yaññasambhāravekallaṃ, evañhi te yajato sattakulaparivaṭṭā sagge uppajjissantī’’ti avocuṃ. Tena nesaṃ taṃ pavattiṃ dassento āha bhagavā ‘‘te tattha mante…pe… bahu te dhana’’nti.
此处,‘彼处’意指:在那所受用物之相中,即他们曾贪求的那个。这是以方位格表示相状。‘那时亲近’意为那时他们去亲近。‘您拥有丰足的财富谷物’意思是:您来世将成为拥有丰足财富谷物者,这是指来世。因为精通声明者认为,在表达愿望时,即便是指未来,也可使用现在时动词。‘请祭祀’意为请举行祭祀。‘财物即财富’:因为是产生财富的因,故称‘财物’;因为是产生成功的因,故称‘财富’。或者,‘财物’即作为财富之因的饰品等资具,见于‘具有丰足财物资具’等句中;‘财富’则是金银等。这是在说什么呢?那些婆罗门编造了咒语,那时去亲近奥咖咖王,说道:‘大王,您有很多财物和财富,请祭祀吧,来世您也将成为拥有丰足财富谷物者。’显示巴利原文
Tattha tatthāti tasmiṃ, yaṃ bhogamabhijjhāyiṃsu, tannimittanti vuttaṃ hoti. Nimittatthe hi etaṃ bhummavacanaṃ. Tadupāgamunti tadā upāgamuṃ. Pahūtadhanadhaññosīti pahūtadhanadhañño bhavissasi, abhisamparāyanti adhippāyo. Āsaṃsāyañhi anāgatepi vattamānavacanaṃ icchanti saddakovidā. Yajassūti yajāhi. Vittaṃ dhananti jātarūpādiratanameva vittikāraṇato vittaṃ, samiddhikāraṇato dhananti vuttaṃ. Atha vā vittanti vittikāraṇabhūtameva ābharaṇādi upakaraṇaṃ, yaṃ ‘‘pahūtavittūpakaraṇo’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.331) āgacchati. Dhananti hiraññasuvaṇṇādi. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Te brāhmaṇā mante ganthetvā tadā okkākaṃ upāgamuṃ. Kinti? ‘‘Mahārāja, bahū te vittañca dhanañca, yajassu, āyatimpi pahūtadhanadhañño bhavissasī’’ti.
306 在他们这样陈述理由,使国王知晓后,那位国王……布施了财富。此处,‘被知晓’意谓被晓谕。‘车乘之雄’:因为在众多大车乘、刹帝利中,以其不可动摇之义而如同雄牛。对于‘马祭’等:在此,马被祭祀,故称马祭;这是以两种辅助祭祀应举行的、有二十一柱的、除土地与男子外布施其余一切财富的祭祀之名。人在这里被祭祀,故称人祭;这是以四种辅助祭祀应举行的、连同土地一起布施同于马祭中所说财富的祭祀之名。在此抛掷标尺,故称广掷标尺祭;每日抛掷标尺,于其落地处建立祭坛,以可移动的柱子等,从色罗斯沃蒂河沉没处开始逆流而行应举行的,这是百祭之名。在此饮力,故称饮力祭;这是以一种辅助祭祀、以十七头牲畜应举行的、有孟加拉苹果树柱的、有十七种供养物的祭祀之名。这里没有门闩,故称无闩祭;这是以九种辅助祭祀应举行的、连同土地和男子一起布施同于马祭中所说财富的、称为一切祭祀之终极的、马祭之变体的名称。此处其余的意义是明显的。显示巴利原文
306. Evaṃ kāraṇaṃ vatvā saññāpentehi tato ca rājā…pe… adā dhanaṃ. Tattha saññattoti ñāpito. Rathesabhoti mahārathesu khattiyesu akampiyaṭṭhena usabhasadiso. ‘‘Assamedha’’ntiādīsu assamettha medhantīti assamedho, dvīhi pariyaññehi yajitabbassa ekavīsatiyūpassa ṭhapetvā bhūmiñca purise ca avasesasabbavibhavadakkhiṇassa yaññassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Purisamettha medhantīti purisamedho, catūhi pariyaññehi yajitabbassa saddhiṃ bhūmiyā assamedhe vuttavibhavadakkhiṇassa yaññassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sammamettha pāsantīti sammāpāso, divase divase sammaṃ khipitvā tassa patitokāse vediṃ katvā saṃhārimehi yūpādīhi sarassatinadiyā nimuggokāsato pabhuti paṭilomaṃ gacchantena yajitabbassa satrayāgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vājamettha pivantīti vājapeyyo. Ekena pariyaññena sattarasahi pasūhi yajitabbassa beluvayūpassa sattarasakadakkhiṇassa yaññassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Natthi ettha aggaḷāti niraggaḷo, navahi pariyaññehi yajitabbassa saddhiṃ bhūmiyā ca purisehi ca assamedhe vuttavibhavadakkhiṇassa sabbamedhapariyāyanāmassa assamedhavikappassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
307-8 现在,为说明‘他布施了财富给婆罗门们’这句话,便说了‘牛与卧具’等两首偈颂。那位国王心想:‘愿他们长久以来因粗劣食物而疲惫的身体,享用五种牛乳制品吧!’于是布施了连同公牛在内的牛群给他们。同样地,他又想:‘愿他们长久以来因卧于硬地、穿着粗厚布衣、独卧、徒步行走、栖居树下等而疲惫的身体,在铺有羊毛毯等殊胜卧具的地方享受快乐吧!’便布施了价值昂贵的卧具等给他们。就这样,他也布施了其他各种金银等财富。因此,世尊说:‘牛与卧具、衣服……他布施了财富给婆罗门们。’显示巴利原文
307-8. Idāni yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘brāhmaṇānamadā dhana’’nti, taṃ dassento ‘‘gāvo sayanañcā’’ti gāthādvayamāha. So hi rājā ‘‘dīgharattaṃ lūkhāhārena kilantā pañca gorase paribhuñjantū’’ti nesaṃ sapuṅgavāni goyūthāneva adāsi, tathā ‘‘dīgharattaṃ thaṇḍilasāyitāya thūlasāṭakanivāsanena ekaseyyāya pādacārena rukkhamūlādivāsena ca kilantā gonakādiatthatavarasayanādīsu sukhaṃ anubhontū’’ti nesaṃ mahagghāni sayanādīni ca adāsi. Evametaṃ nānappakārakaṃ aññañca hiraññasuvaṇṇādidhanaṃ adāsi. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘gāvo sayanañca vatthañca…pe… brāhmaṇānamadā dhana’’nti.
309-10 就这样,那些婆罗门从那位国王那里,在那些祭祀中得到了财富,此后长久以来,他们日复一日只是如此寻求衣食,并乐于积聚种种所欲的财物。他们深陷于欲求,因为乐著乳等五种牛味的缘故,被味爱所浸染的心便生起这样的念头:‘连乳等牛的产品都如此美味,想必这些牛的肉更加美味。’于是,对肉的更强烈渴爱便增长起来。他们又想:‘如果我们杀了牛来吃,必将遭到谴责。不如我们在咒语中编造些说法吧。’于是,他们再次毁坏吠陀,编造出相应的咒语。那些婆罗门据此编造了虚假咒语之后,又去到了奥咖咖王那里。他们这样解释说:‘正如水……乃至……你会有很多财富。’显示巴利原文
309-10. Evaṃ tassa rañño santikā te ca tattha…pe… puna mupāgamuṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Tassa rañño santikā te brāhmaṇā tesu yāgesu dhanaṃ labhitvā dīgharattaṃ divase divase evameva ghāsacchādanaṃ pariyesitvā nānappakārakaṃ vatthukāma sannidhiṃsamarocayuṃ. Tato tesaṃ icchāvatiṇṇānaṃ khīrādipañcagorasassādavasena rasataṇhāya otiṇṇacittānaṃ ‘‘khīrādīnipi tāva gunnaṃ sādūni, addhā imāsaṃ maṃsaṃ sādutaraṃ bhavissatī’’ti evaṃ maṃsaṃ paṭicca bhiyyo taṇhā pavaḍḍhatha. Tato cintesuṃ – ‘‘sace mayaṃ māretvā khādissāma, gārayhā bhavissāma, yaṃnūna mante gantheyyāmā’’ti. Atha punapi vedaṃ bhinditvā tadanurūpe te tattha mante ganthetvā te brāhmaṇā tannimittaṃ kūṭamante ganthetvā okkākarājānaṃ puna upāgamiṃsu. Imamatthaṃ bhāsamānā ‘‘yathā āpo ca…pe… bahu te dhana’’nti.
这是什么意思呢?他们说道:‘大王,在我们的咒语中有这样的传承:如同水在洗手等一切事务中为众生所用,它们并不因此而有罪过。为什么?因为那是众生的资具,是为了作利益而生起的。’这便是其意趣。又如这大地,在行处等一切事务中,被称为金钱的金、银等财物,以及大麦、小麦等谷物,在交易等一切事务中发挥作用;同样地,牛也是为了在人类一切事务中发挥作用而生起的。因此,杀死这些牛,在各种祭祀中行祭祀吧!你将获得大量财富,行祭祀吧!你将获得大量财物。’显示巴利原文
Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Amhākaṃ, mahārāja, mantesu etadāgataṃ yathā āpo hatthadhovanādisabbakiccesu pāṇīnaṃ upayogaṃ gacchati, natthi tesaṃ tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā parikkhāro so hi pāṇinaṃ, upakaraṇatthāya uppannoti adhippāyo. Yathā cāyaṃ mahāpathavī gamanaṭṭhānādisabbakiccesu kahāpaṇasaṅkhātaṃ hiraññaṃ suvaṇṇarajatādibhedaṃ dhanaṃ, yavagodhūmādibhedaṃ dhāniyañca, saṃvohārādisabbakiccesu upayogaṃ gacchati, evaṃ gāvo manussānaṃ sabbakiccesu upayogagamanatthāya uppannā. Tasmā etā hanitvā nānappakārake yāge yajassu bahu te vittaṃ, yajassu bahu te dhananti.
311-12 就这样,如同前面所说的情况,那位国王……(中略)……屠杀。在那之前,他不曾伤害任何众生……(中略)……屠杀。据说那时,婆罗门们将牛群填满了祭坑,绑住吉祥公牛,带到国王面前,说道:“大王,请举行牛祭吧!这样,您通往梵天界的道路就会变得清净。”国王在吉时执剑,将公牛连同数十万头牛一并宰杀。婆罗门们便在祭坑中切割牛肉食用,披着黄衣、红毯,进行屠杀。据说从那时起,牛只要看见身披布料的人便会惊恐。因此世尊说:“没有……(中略)……屠杀。”显示巴利原文
311-12. Evaṃ purimanayeneva tato ca rājā…pe… aghātayi, yaṃ tato pubbe kañci sattaṃ na pādā…pe… ghātayi. Tadā kira brāhmaṇā yaññāvāṭaṃ gāvīnaṃ pūretvā maṅgalausabhaṃ bandhitvā rañño mūlaṃ netvā ‘‘mahārāja, gomedhayaññaṃ yajassu, evaṃ te brahmalokassa maggo visuddho bhavissatī’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā katamaṅgalakicco khaggaṃ gahetvā puṅgavena saha anekasatasahassā gāvo māresi. Brāhmaṇā yaññāvāṭe maṃsāni chinditvā khādiṃsu, pītakodātarattakambale ca pārupitvā māresuṃ. Tadupādāya kira gāvo pārute disvā ubbijjanti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘na pādā…pe… ghātayī’’ti.
313 “于是诸天”等:当那位国王开始屠杀那些牛时,就在那一刻,见到此屠牛之举后,四大王天等诸天,被婆罗门称为“父亲”的梵天,帝释天王,以及住在山脚、被称为檀那婆和夜叉的阿修罗、罗刹们,都发出呼喊:“非正法!非正法!”并高声道:“可耻啊,人们!可耻啊,人们!”如此大声叫喊。这声音从地面生起,一刹那间传到了梵天界,整个世界充满了同一种呵责之声。这是什么原因呢?这便是“利器落在牛身上”这句的含义,意思是:由于利器落到了牛身上。显示巴利原文
313.Tato devāti evaṃ tasmiṃ rājini gāviyo ghātetumāraddhe atha tadanantarameva taṃ goghātakaṃ disvā ete cātumahārājikādayo devā ca, pitaroti brāhmaṇesu laddhavohārā brahmāno ca, sakko devānamindo ca, pabbatapādanivāsino dānavayakkhasaññitā asurarakkhasā ca ‘‘adhammo adhammo’’ti evaṃ vācaṃ nicchārentā ‘‘dhi manussā, dhi manussā’’ti ca vadantā pakkanduṃ. Evaṃ bhūmito pabhuti so saddo muhuttena yāva brahmalokā agamāsi, ekadhikkāraparipuṇṇo loko ahosi. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Yaṃ satthaṃ nipatī gave, yasmā gāvimhi satthaṃ nipatīti vuttaṃ hoti.
314 不仅诸天等这样呼喊,世间还出现了其他的灾患:原本只有三种病——欲求、饥饿与衰老,也就是种种渴求的贪欲、饥渴以及老死。然而,由于宰杀牲畜的恶行,这些病辗转增长,变成了九十八种,也就是说,眼病等各类疾病分化成了九十八种,这便是此处之义。显示巴利原文
314. Na kevalañca devādayo pakkanduṃ, ayamaññopi loke anattho udapādi – ye hi te tayo rogā pure āsuṃ, icchā anasanaṃ jarā, kiñci kiñcideva patthanataṇhā ca khudā ca paripākajarā cāti vuttaṃ hoti. Te pasūnañca samārambhā, aṭṭhānavutimāgamuṃ, cakkhurogādinā bhedena aṭṭhanavutibhāvaṃ pāpuṇiṃsūti attho.
315 现在,世尊为了谴责那种杀生,而说「这是非法」。它的意思是:这种称为杀生的行为,属身罚等三种惩罚之一。因其背离正法,故非法便如此出现、已发生。又因它自那时起便持续存在,故称「古老」。自从它出现以后,那些原先不伤害任何众生、完全无害的牛便被宰杀。那些杀牛者、祭祀者与举行祭祀的人,他们身上的法便因此毁坏、退失、减损。显示巴利原文
315. Idāni bhagavā taṃ pasusamārambhaṃ nindanto āha ‘‘eso adhammo’’ti. Tassattho eso pasusamārambhasaṅkhāto kāyadaṇḍādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ daṇḍānaṃ aññataradaṇḍabhūto dhammato apetattā adhammo okkanto ahu, pavatto āsi, so ca kho tato pabhuti pavattattā purāṇo, yassa okkamanato pabhuti kenaci pādādinā ahiṃsanato adūsikāyo gāvo haññanti. Yā ghātentā dhammā dhaṃsanti cavanti parihāyanti yājakā yaññayājino janāti.
316 「如此,这小法」:如此,这便是卑劣之法、低下之法,也就是所谓的非法。又或者,由于这种杀生祭祀中也有少许布施的善法,因此针对那一点而说「小法」。「古老的」:因为自久远年代以来便一直存在,故称古老的。应当知道,「被智者所呵责」是因它受到智者们的呵责。又因被智者呵责,所以当人们看见这样的祭祀者时,便会呵责他。如何呵责呢?他们说:「阿浮陀是那些婆罗门弄出来的,他们宰牛食其肉。」等等。这便是此处所说的传闻。显示巴利原文
316.Evameso aṇudhammoti evaṃ eso lāmakadhammo hīnadhammo, adhammoti vuttaṃ hoti. Yasmā vā ettha dānadhammopi appako atthi , tasmā taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘aṇudhammo’’ti. Porāṇoti tāva cirakālato pabhuti pavattattā porāṇo. Viññūhi pana garahitattā viññūgarahitoti veditabbo. Yasmā ca viññugarahito, tasmā yattha edisakaṃ passati, yājakaṃ garahatī jano. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Abbudaṃ brāhmaṇehi uppāditaṃ, gāvo vadhitvā maṃsaṃ khādantī’’ti evamādīni vatvāti ayamettha anussavo.
317 「这样,法便毁坏」:如此,古代的婆罗门法便已毁坏。也有读作「颠倒」,意思是颠倒变样。「纯正的吠舍与首陀罗分裂了」:原先和睦相处的首陀罗与吠舍,他们已分裂。「众多刹帝利相互分裂」:刹帝利们也彼此分裂,分成众多派别。「妻子轻慢丈夫」:妻子因家务等事,仗着自己的自主力或儿子的力量等,变得骄慢,于是轻慢、轻视丈夫,不再如法恭敬地侍奉。显示巴利原文
317.Evaṃ dhamme viyāpanneti evaṃ porāṇe brāhmaṇadhamme naṭṭhe. ‘‘Viyāvatte’’tipi pāṭho, viparivattitvā aññathā bhūteti attho. Vibhinnā suddavessikāti pubbe samaggā viharantā suddā ca vessā ca te vibhinnā. Puthū vibhinnā khattiyāti khattiyāpi bahū aññamaññaṃ bhinnā. Patiṃ bhariyāvamaññathāti bhariyā ca gharāvāsatthaṃ issariyabale ṭhapitā puttabalādīhi upetā hutvā patiṃ avamaññatha, paribhavi avamaññi na sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhāsi.
318 刹帝利与婆罗门等就这样互相分裂……最终都'随逐于欲'。刹帝利、婆罗门,以及吠舍、首陀罗,原本各依自己的种姓而受保护,互不混杂,因此称为'种姓所护'。然而,他们全都抛弃了这种出身论,将'我是刹帝利'、'我是婆罗门'之类的想法一并舍弃,转而随逐于名为五欲的感官享乐,深深沉溺其中。意思是,为了欲乐,他们无所不为。显示巴利原文
318. Evaṃ aññamaññaṃ vibhinnā samānā khattiyā brahmabandhū ca…pe… kāmānaṃ vasamanvagunti. Khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca ye caññe vessasuddā yathā saṅkaraṃ nāpajjanti, evaṃ attano attano gottena rakkhitattā gottarakkhitā. Te sabbepi taṃ jātivādaṃ niraṃkatvā, ‘‘ahaṃ khattiyo, ahaṃ brāhmaṇo’’ti etaṃ sabbampi nāsetvā pañcakāmaguṇasaṅkhātānaṃ kāmānaṃ vasaṃ anvaguṃ āsattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu, kāmahetu na kiñci akattabbaṃ nākaṃsūti vuttaṃ hoti.
在此,世尊首先以'过去诸仙'等九首偈颂讲述古代婆罗门的功德;以'他们中之最上者'这首偈颂表明与梵天同等;以'随学其行'这首偈颂表明与天同等;以'米、卧具'等四首偈颂表明界限;又以'他们有了颠倒'等十七首偈颂表明界限已被破坏,并说明当他们越轨时诸天等如何高声呼喊,随后便结束了整篇说法。然而,婆罗门旃陀罗在此并未被提及。为何?因它非法败坏之因。当婆罗门法成就时,与梵天同等、与天同等、这些界限是因而非果;而当法败坏时,这些界限遭到破坏才是因。至于《多纳经》(增支部5.192)所描述的那种婆罗门旃陀罗,也非法败坏之因。何以故?因它是在法已败坏之后方才出现。所以,世尊未予显示即结束了说法。不过,时至今日,就连那样的婆罗门旃陀罗也极难寻获。就这样,这些婆罗门的法已彻底毁灭。正因为如此,多纳婆罗门才说:'既然如此,乔达摩先生,我们连婆罗门旃陀罗都够不着啊。'其余内容,皆可按前面所述的方法去理解。显示巴利原文
Evamettha bhagavā ‘‘isayo pubbakā’’tiādīhi navahi gāthāhi porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā ‘‘yo nesaṃ paramo’’ti gāthāya brahmasamaṃ, ‘‘tassa vattamanusikkhantā’’ti gāthāya devasamaṃ, ‘‘taṇḍulaṃ sayana’’ntiādikāhi catūhi gāthāhi mariyādaṃ, ‘‘tesaṃ āsi vipallāso’’tiādīhi sattarasahi gāthāhi sambhinnamariyādaṃ, tassa vippaṭipattiyā devādīnaṃ pakkandanādidīpanatthañca dassetvā desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Brāhmaṇacaṇḍālo pana idha avuttoyeva. Kasmā? Yasmā vipattiyā akāraṇaṃ. Brāhmaṇadhammasampattiyā hi brahmasamadevasamamariyādā kāraṇaṃ honti, vipattiyā sambhinnamariyādo. Ayaṃ pana doṇasutte (a. ni. 5.192) vuttappakāro brāhmaṇacaṇḍālo brāhmaṇadhammavipattiyāpi akāraṇaṃ. Kasmā? Vipanne dhamme uppannattā. Tasmā taṃ adassetvāva desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Etarahi pana sopi brāhmaṇacaṇḍālo dullabho. Evamayaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ dhammo vinaṭṭho. Tenevāha doṇo brāhmaṇo – ‘‘evaṃ sante mayaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇacaṇḍālampi na pūremā’’ti. Sesamettha vuttanayameva.
第八《法经》(《船经》)解释显示巴利原文
8. Dhammasutta-(nāvāsutta)-vaṇṇanā
319 这部经以'Yasmā hi dhammaṃ'开头,故称《法经》,亦名《船经》。其缘起为何?此经乃针对尊者舍利弗长老而宣说。此处略述其要,详细因缘则应从两位上首弟子的降生说起。据说,当佛陀尚未出现于世时,两位上首弟子曾于长达一不可数劫又十万劫中圆满具足波罗蜜,居于天界。第一位从该天界殁后,投生于王舍城附近一个名为伍巴提沙村的婆罗门富庶村庄,村中有一位拥有五亿六十俱胝财富的婆罗门村长,其妻名为鲁巴萨莉。这位未来的上首弟子便在她的腹中结生。另一位则投生于附近的拘律陀村,那里同样有一位拥有同等财富的婆罗门村长,其妻名为目犍连尼,他也在同一天于她的腹中结生。就这样,他们于同一天结生,同一天出生。因生于伍巴提沙村,便取名伍巴提沙;因生于拘律陀村,便取名拘律陀。显示巴利原文
319.Yasmāhi dhammanti dhammasuttaṃ, ‘‘nāvāsutta’’ntipi vuccati. Kā uppatti? Idaṃ suttaṃ āyasmantaṃ sāriputtattheraṃ ārabbha vuttaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ uppattito pabhuti veditabbo. Seyyathidaṃ – anuppanne kira bhagavati dve aggasāvakā ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā devaloke nibbattā. Tesaṃ paṭhamo cavitvā rājagahassa avidūre upatissagāmo nāma brāhmaṇānaṃ bhogagāmo atthi, tattha saṭṭhiadhikapañcakoṭisatadhanavibhavassa gāmasāmino brāhmaṇassa rūpasārī nāma brāhmaṇī, tassā kucchiyaṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Dutiyo tassevāvidūre kolitagāmo nāma brāhmaṇānaṃ bhogagāmo atthi. Tattha tathārūpavibhavasseva gāmasāmino brāhmaṇassa moggallānī nāma brāhmaṇī, tassā kucchiyaṃ taṃ divasameva paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Evaṃ tesaṃ ekadivasameva paṭisandhiggahaṇañca gabbhavuṭṭhānañca ahosi. Ekadivaseyeva ca nesaṃ ekassa upatissagāme jātattā upatisso, ekassa kolitagāme jātattā kolitoti nāmamakaṃsu.
他们从小一同玩泥嬉戏,渐渐长大后成为挚友,各自拥有五百名青年随从。他们去园林或河岸时,总是率众同行:一位乘坐五百顶黄金轿,另一位乘坐五百辆良马车。那时,王舍城时常举办名为“山头之会”的节庆。傍晚时分,城中央,整个摩揭陀国知名的刹帝利青年等都聚集一处,坐在铺设好的床座等座位上观赏节庆盛景。于是,这两位朋友带着随从去到那里,坐在所设的座位上。接着,优波提舍观看节庆盛况,见到大众云集,便心想:“如此众多的人,还不到百岁就都会死去。”他感到死亡仿佛已至眼前,停在额间;拘律陀也生起同样的感受。纵然有种种演员正在表演,他们也无意观看,反而内心生起了悚惧。显示巴利原文
Te sahapaṃsuṃ kīḷantā sahāyakā anupubbena vuḍḍhiṃ pāpuṇiṃsu, ekamekassa ca pañcapañcamāṇavakasatāni parivārā ahesuṃ. Te uyyānaṃ vā nadītitthaṃ vā gacchantā saparivārāyeva gacchanti. Eko pañcahi suvaṇṇasivikāsatehi, dutiyo pañcahi ājaññarathasatehi. Tadā ca rājagahe kālānukālaṃ giraggasamajjo nāma hoti. Sāyanhasamaye nagaravemajjhe yattha sakalaaṅgamagadhavāsino abhiññātā khattiyakumārādayo sannipatitvā supaññattesu mañcapīṭhādīsu nisinnā samajjavibhūtiṃ passanti. Atha te sahāyakā tena parivārena saddhiṃ tattha gantvā paññattāsanesu nisīdiṃsu. Tato upatisso samajjavibhūtiṃ passanto mahājanakāyaṃ sannipatitaṃ disvā ‘‘ettako janakāyo vassasataṃ appatvāva marissatī’’ti cintesi. Tassa maraṇaṃ āgantvā nalāṭante patiṭṭhitaṃ viya ahosi, tathā kolitassa. Tesaṃ anekappakāresu naṭesu naccantesu dassanamattepi cittaṃ na nami, aññadatthu saṃvegoyeva udapādi.
节庆结束后,众人散去,两位朋友也与各自的随从离开。拘律陀问优波提舍:“朋友,难道你观看那些戏剧等表演时,连丝毫欢喜也没有吗?”优波提舍把自己的心境告诉他,又同样反问。拘律陀也将自己的心境告诉他,然后说:“朋友,来吧,我们出家去寻求那不死吧。”优波提舍应允道:“好的,朋友。”于是,两人舍弃了那些荣华富贵,再次回到王舍城。那时,王舍城住着一位名叫删阇耶的游方者。他们与五百名青年一同在删阇耶座下出家,不几天便通达了三吠陀及一切游方者的教义。他们审视这些教义的开头、中间和结尾,却看不到究竟,便问老师:“这些教义的开头、中间是可见的,但最终却看不见。也就是说,通过这些教义能达成某些结果,而此后便再也没有更高的了。”老师也说:“我也看不到它们的究竟。”他们便说:“那么,我们就自己去探寻这些教义的究竟吧。”老师说:“你们随意去探寻吧。”于是,获得许可的他们游历赡部洲,寻求不死,声名远扬。凡是刹帝利、贤者等前来问难,他们都能解答,无人能给以更深的诘问。只要提起“优波提舍、拘律陀”的名字,没有人会说“这些人是谁?我们不知道”。他们正是如此驰名。显示巴利原文
Atha vuṭṭhite samajje pakkantāya parisāya sakaparivārena pakkantesu tesu sahāyesu kolito upatissaṃ pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ, samma, nāṭakādidassanena tava pamodanamattampi nāhosī’’ti? So tassa taṃ pavattiṃ ārocetvā tampi tatheva paṭipucchi. Sopi tassa attano pavattiṃ ārocetvā ‘‘ehi, samma, pabbajitvā amataṃ gavesāmā’’ti āha. ‘‘Sādhu sammā’’ti upatisso taṃ sampaṭicchi. Tato dvepi janā taṃ sampattiṃ chaḍḍetvā punadeva rājagahamanuppattā. Tena ca samayena rājagahe sañcayo nāma paribbājako paṭivasati. Te tassa santike pañcahi māṇavakasatehi saddhiṃ pabbajitvā katipāheneva tayo vede sabbañca paribbājakasamayaṃ uggahesuṃ. Te tesaṃ satthānaṃ ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ upaparikkhantā pariyosānaṃ adisvā ācariyaṃ pucchiṃsu – ‘‘imesaṃ satthānaṃ ādimajjhaṃ dissati, pariyosānaṃ pana na dissati ‘idaṃ nāma imehi satthehi pāpuṇeyyāti, yato uttari pāpuṇitabbaṃ natthī’’’ti. Sopi āha – ‘‘ahampi tesaṃ tathāvidhaṃ pariyosānaṃ na passāmī’’ti. Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘tena hi mayaṃ imesaṃ pariyosānaṃ gavesāmā’’ti. Te ācariyo ‘‘yathāsukhaṃ gavesathā’’ti āha. Evaṃ te tena anuññātā amataṃ gavesamānā āhiṇḍantā jambudīpe pākaṭā ahesuṃ. Tehi khattiyapaṇḍitādayo pañhaṃ puṭṭhā uttaruttariṃ na sampāyanti. ‘‘Upatisso kolito’’ti vutte pana ‘‘ke ete, na kho mayaṃ jānāmā’’ti bhaṇantā natthi, evaṃ vissutā ahesuṃ.
正当他们如此寻求不死之时,我们的世尊出现于世间,转动妙法轮,次第游行至王舍城。那些游方者遍寻了整个赡部洲,别说获得不死,就连最终问题的解答也丝毫未能得到,于是又返回了王舍城。那时,尊者阿说示于清晨时分,着下衣,持衣钵……直至他们出家,其后的详细过程,应按照《大品·出家犍度》中所说的方法来了知。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tesu amatapariyesanaṃ caramānesu amhākaṃ bhagavā loke uppajjitvā pavattitavaradhammacakko anupubbena rājagahamanuppatto. Te ca paribbājakā sakalajambudīpaṃ caritvā tiṭṭhatu amataṃ, antamaso pariyosānapañhavissajjanamattampi alabhantā punadeva rājagahaṃ agamaṃsu. Atha kho āyasmā assaji pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvāti yāva tesaṃ pabbajjā, tāva sabbaṃ pabbajjākkhandhake (mahāva. 60) āgatanayeneva vitthārato daṭṭhabbaṃ.
这两位朋友出家之后,尊者舍利弗在半个月内便证得了声闻波罗蜜智。每当与阿说示长老同住一寺时,他从侍奉世尊之处回来后,便即刻前往侍奉长老,心中恭敬地想:“这位具寿是我先前的老师,我正是依止他,才了悟了世尊的教法。”当他未与阿说示长老同住时,则朝向长老所住的方向,五体投地作礼,合掌致敬。一些比丘看见后,便议论说:“舍利弗成为上首弟子之后,还在向那个方向作礼,看来似乎还未断除婆罗门的邪见。”那时,世尊以天耳界听到了那番议论,便出现在已铺设好的庄严佛座上,问比丘们:“诸比丘,你们现在聚在一起谈论什么事?”比丘们禀报了此事。于是,世尊说:“诸比丘,舍利弗并非向方向作礼,他是在礼拜、恭敬、尊重那位使他了悟教法的自己的老师。诸比丘,舍利弗是尊重老师的人。”接着,为了向聚集的众比丘说法,世尊说了此经。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pabbajitesu tesu dvīsu sahāyakesu āyasmā sāriputto aḍḍhamāsena sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ sacchākāsi. So yadā assajittherena saddhiṃ ekavihāre vasati, tadā bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā anantaraṃ therassa upaṭṭhānaṃ gacchati ‘‘pubbācariyo me ayamāyasmā, etamahaṃ nissāya bhagavato sāsanaṃ aññāsi’’nti gāravena. Yadā pana assajittherena saddhiṃ ekavihāre na vasati, tadā yassaṃ disāyaṃ thero vasati, taṃ disaṃ oloketvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā añjaliṃ paggayha namassati. Taṃ disvā keci bhikkhū kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesuṃ – ‘‘sāriputto aggasāvako hutvā disaṃ namassati, ajjāpi maññe brāhmaṇadiṭṭhi appahīnā’’ti. Atha bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā taṃ kathāsallāpaṃ sutvā paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinnaṃyeva attānaṃ dassento bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā’’ti ? Te taṃ pavattiṃ ācikkhiṃsu. Tato bhagavā ‘‘na, bhikkhave, sāriputto disaṃ namassati, yaṃ nissāya sāsanaṃ aññāsi, taṃ attano ācariyaṃ vandati namassati sammāneti, ācariyapūjako, bhikkhave, sāriputto’’ti vatvā tattha sannipatitānaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
其中,「Yasmā hi dhammaṃ puriso vijaññā」(凡夫若了知法)指:一个人了解、知晓、通达分为三藏的教理法,或者听闻教理之后应当证得的、分为九种出世间的证悟法。另有「yassa」(其)的异读,意思相同。
「Indaṃva naṃ devatā pūjayeyya」(如同诸天敬奉帝释)指:如同在两个天界的诸天敬奉帝释天王那样,这个人也会适时起身,为他做脱鞋等一切应尽的义务与责任,去敬奉他、尊重他、礼敬他。这是什么原因呢?那位受敬奉的老师,因弟子生起了清净的信心,凭借着多闻与说法的能力,通过说法开显出教理法,以及听法之后依教奉行而应当证得的证悟法;或者通过说法开显教理法,通过譬喻开显自己已经证得的证悟法。显示巴利原文
Tattha yasmā hi dhammaṃ puriso vijaññāti yato puggalā piṭakattayappabhedaṃ pariyattidhammaṃ vā, pariyattiṃ sutvā adhigantabbaṃ navalokuttarappabhedaṃ paṭivedhadhammaṃ vā puriso vijaññā jāneyya vedeyya. ‘‘Yassā’’tipi pāṭho, so evattho. Indaṃva naṃ devatā pūjayeyyāti yathā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ dvīsu devalokesu devatā pūjenti, evaṃ so puggalo taṃ puggalaṃ kālasseva vuṭṭhāya upāhanaomuñcanādiṃ sabbaṃ vattapaṭivattaṃ karonto pūjeyya sakkareyya garukareyya. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? So pūjito…pe… pātukaroti dhammaṃ, so ācariyo evaṃ pūjito tasmiṃ antevāsimhi pasannacitto pariyattipaṭivedhavasena bahussuto desanāvaseneva pariyattidhammañca, desanaṃ sutvā yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipattiyā adhigantabbaṃ paṭivedhadhammañca pātukaroti deseti, desanāya vā pariyattidhammaṃ, upamāvasena attanā adhigatapaṭivedhadhammaṃ pātukaroti.
320 320.「Tadaṭṭhikatvāna nisamma dhīro」(他闻已坚住,成为智者):对于具足清净信心的老师所开显的法,因为具有听闻后能够忆持的能力,而成为智者。
「Dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjamāno」(随法修行法):指修习作为出世间法随顺的观。
「Viññū vibhāvī nipuṇo ca hoti」(成为有智、明了、敏锐者):由于证得了称为“有智”的智慧而成为有智者;由于能够明了之后也让别人清楚知道而成为明了者;由于证得了最微妙的究竟义而成为敏锐者。
「Yo tādisaṃ bhajati appamatto」(若有人不放逸地亲近如是之人):若有人以恭敬、不放逸的态度,去亲近前面所说的那种多闻者。显示巴利原文
320.Tadaṭṭhikatvāna nisamma dhīroti evaṃ pasannena ācariyena pātukataṃ dhammaṃ aṭṭhikatvāna suṇitvā upadhāraṇasamatthatāya dhīro puriso. Dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjamānoti lokuttaradhammassa anulomattā anudhammabhūtaṃ vipassanaṃ bhāvayamāno. Viññū vibhāvī nipuṇo ca hotīti viññutāsaṅkhātāya paññāya adhigamena viññū, vibhāvetvā paresampi pākaṭaṃ katvā ñāpanasamatthatāya vibhāvī, paramasukhumatthapaṭivedhatāya nipuṇo ca hoti. Yo tādisaṃ bhajati appamattoti yo tādisaṃ pubbe vuttappakāraṃ bahussutaṃ appamatto tappasādanaparo hutvā bhajati.
321 如此赞叹亲近智者师之后,为呵责亲近愚者师而说此偈:“khuddañca bālaṃ”(微小且愚痴)。其中,“khudda”(微小)指具备微细的身业等,因无智慧故名为“bāla”(愚痴)。“anāgatattha”(未达义利)指尚未获得的教理义与证悟义。“usūyaka”(嫉妒)指心怀嫉妒而不能忍受弟子成长。其余文辞在字面上是明显的。然而,就意旨而言:若有某位获得众多衣服等利养的老师,既不能以衣服等物给予弟子,在法施上甚至说不出“无常、苦、无我”这样的话——由于他具足此类微小等性质,亲近这样一位微小、愚痴、未达义利、心怀嫉妒的老师,即如所说的“以草尖挑腐鱼”(《如是语》76;《本生》1.15.183)那样,自己也会成为愚痴者。因此,在此教法中,于教理法及证悟法分毫未曾通达、未得了知,于法尚怀疑惑,未能超越疑惑便命终——当如此理解此处之义。显示巴利原文
321. Evaṃ paṇḍitācariyasevanaṃ pasaṃsitvā idāni bālācariyasevanaṃ nindanto ‘‘khuddañca bāla’’nti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha khuddanti khuddena kāyakammādinā samannāgataṃ, paññābhāvato bālaṃ. Anāgatatthanti anadhigatapariyattipaṭivedhatthaṃ. Usūyakanti issāmanakatāya antevāsikassa vuḍḍhiṃ asahamānaṃ. Sesamettha pākaṭameva padato. Adhippāyato pana yo bahucīvarādilābhī ācariyo antevāsikānaṃ cīvarādīni na sakkoti dātuṃ, dhammadāne pana aniccadukkhānattavacanamattampi na sakkoti. Etehi khuddatādidhammehi samannāgatattā taṃ khuddaṃ bālaṃ anāgatatthaṃ usūyakaṃ ācariyaṃ upasevamāno ‘‘pūtimacchaṃ kusaggenā’’ti (itivu. 76; jā. 1.15.183) vuttanayena sayampi bālo hoti. Tasmā idha sāsane kiñci appamattakampi pariyattidhammaṃ paṭivedhadhammaṃ vā avibhāvayitvā ca avijānitvā ca yassa dhammesu kaṅkhā, taṃ ataritvā maraṇaṃ upetīti evamassa attho veditabbo.
322-3 现在,为阐明此同一意义,说出“yathā naro”(如人)等两首偈颂。其中,“āpaga”(河)指河流。“mahodaka”(多水)指水量很大。“salila”(水流)指四处流动的水,意为广阔。另有“sarita”的异读,意义相同。“sīghasota”(急流)指夹带漂流物、具速度之流,即湍急的意思。“Kiṃ so”(他怎能)——此处由于“so vuyhamāno”(他被冲走)一语已指明其人,故“so”仅为语气词。意为:“他怎能(度人)?(其人自念:)‘我将不存在,我将毁灭。’”“dhamma”(法)如前所说,指那两种法。“anisāmayattha”(未审察义)指未审察意义。其余的在字面上是明显的。显示巴利原文
322-3. Idāni tassevatthassa pākaṭakaraṇatthaṃ ‘‘yathā naro’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha āpaganti nadiṃ. Mahodakanti bahuudakaṃ. Salilanti ito cito ca gataṃ, vitthiṇṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Sarita’’ntipi pāṭho, so evattho. Sīghasotanti hārahārikaṃ, vegavatinti vuttaṃ hoti. Kiṃ soti ettha ‘‘so vuyhamāno’’ti iminā ca sokārena tassa narassa niddiṭṭhattā nipātamatto sokāro. Kiṃ sūti vuttaṃ hoti yathā ‘‘na bhavissāmi nāma so, vinassissāmi nāma so’’ti. Dhammanti pubbe vuttaṃ duvidhameva. Anisāmayatthanti anisāmetvā atthaṃ. Sesamettha pākaṭameva padato.
就意旨而言:正如有任何人,进入如上所述的那类河流,被该河冲没,顺流漂荡,唯随波逐流,他怎能将其他求渡者带到对岸呢?(“sakkati”为另一读法)同样地,于二种法,自己既未以智慧通达,又未至多闻者前审察其义——由未通达故不晓了,由未审察故未超越疑惑——这样的人,怎能令他人信解、了悟呢?当如此看待此处之义。再者,于此当忆念《中部》经文:“纯陀!自身陷入沼泽者……”等(《中部》1.87)。显示巴利原文
Adhippāyato pana yathā yo kocideva naro vuttappakāraṃ nadiṃ otaritvā tāya nadiyā vuyhamāno anusotagāmī sotameva anugacchanto pare pāratthike kiṃ sakkhati pāraṃ netuṃ. ‘‘Sakkatī’’tipi pāṭho. Tatheva duvidhampi dhammaṃ attano paññāya avibhāvayitvā bahussutānañca santike atthaṃ anisāmetvā sayaṃ avibhāvitattā ajānanto anisāmitattā ca avitiṇṇakaṅkho pare kiṃ sakkhati nijjhāpetuṃ pekkhāpetunti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘So vata, cunda, attanā palipapalipanno’’tiādikañcettha (ma. ni. 1.87) suttapadaṃ anussaritabbaṃ.
324-5 如此,先用譬喻说明亲近愚者之人不能令他人信解,接着,为了说明“yo tādisaṃ bhajati appamatto”(若有人不放逸地亲近如是者)这类智者有能力令他人信解,而说出“yathāpi nāva”(犹如船)等两首偈颂。其中,“phiyena”(桨)指桨叶。“rittena”(舵)指竹竿。“tattha”(于彼)指在那艘船上。“tatrūpayaññū”(善知彼方便)指知晓该船的装卸等方便及引导航路,因而成为善知方便者。因所学已掌握、技艺娴熟而成为“kusalo”(善巧)。因有能力应对已生灾患而成为“mutīmā”(具慧)。“vedagū”(极智者)指以四种道智而到达者。“bhāvitatta”(修习己心者)指通过那样的道修习而修治自心的人。“bahussuta”(多闻)如前所述。“avedhadhamma”(不可动摇法者)指其本性不被八种世间法所动摇。“sotāvadhānūpanisūpapanna”(具倾听与近缘者)指具备倾听与近缘者。显示巴利原文
324-5. Evaṃ bālasevanāya bālassa paraṃ nijjhāpetuṃ asamatthatāya pākaṭakaraṇatthaṃ upamaṃ vatvā idāni ‘‘yo tādisaṃ bhajati appamatto’’ti ettha vuttassa paṇḍitassa pare nijjhāpetuṃ samatthatāya pākaṭakaraṇatthaṃ ‘‘yathāpi nāva’’nti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha phiyenāti dabbipadarena. Rittenāti veḷudaṇḍena. Tatthāti tassaṃ nāvāyaṃ. Tatrūpayaññūti tassā nāvāya āharaṇapaṭiharaṇādiupāyajānanena maggapaṭipādanena upāyaññū. Sikkhitasikkhatāya sukusalahatthatāya ca kusalo. Uppannupaddavapaṭikārasamatthatāya mutīmā. Vedagūti vedasaṅkhātehi catūhi maggañāṇehi gato. Bhāvitattoti tāyeva maggabhāvanāya bhāvitacitto. Bahussutoti pubbe vuttanayeneva. Avedhadhammoti aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi akampaniyasabhāvo. Sotāvadhānūpanisūpapanneti sotaodahanena ca maggaphalānaṃ upanissayena ca upapanne. Sesaṃ uttānapadatthameva. Adhippāyayojanāpi sakkā purimanayeneva jānitunti na vitthāritā.
326 如此,在用譬喻说明智者有能力令他人信解之后,为劝勉亲近那位智者,而说出这首结尾偈颂:“tasmā have”(因此确实)。其要义为:由于具备近缘之人通过亲近智者而获得殊胜,因此确实应当亲近善士。应当亲近怎样的善士呢?即既有智慧又多闻者。由智慧成就而称为“medhāvī”(有智慧者),由如前所述的两种经典而称为“bahussuta”(多闻)。亲近这样的人,了知他所说的法义,如理了知后,遵照教导去行持,依此行道而证悟,成为“viññātadhamma”(了知法者),他便能获得、证得、达到道、果、涅槃等出世间乐。世尊以阿拉汉果为顶点,结束了说法。显示巴利原文
326. Evaṃ paṇḍitassa pare nijjhāpetuṃ samatthabhāvapākaṭakaraṇatthaṃ upamaṃ vatvā tassā paṇḍitasevanāya niyojento ‘‘tasmā have’’ti imaṃ avasānagāthamāha. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – yasmā upanissayasampannā paṇḍitasevanena visesaṃ pāpuṇanti, tasmā have sappurisaṃ bhajetha. Kīdisaṃ sappurisaṃ bhajetha? Medhāvinañceva bahussutañca, paññāsampattiyā ca medhāvinaṃ vuttappakārasutadvayena ca bahussutaṃ. Tādisañhi bhajamāno tena bhāsitassa dhammassa aññāya atthaṃ evaṃ ñatvā ca yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāno tāya paṭipattiyā paṭivedhavasena viññātadhammo so maggaphalanibbānappabhedaṃ lokuttarasukhaṃ labhetha adhigaccheyya pāpuṇeyyāti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ samāpesīti.
第九 《何戒经解说》显示巴利原文
9. Kiṃsīlasuttavaṇṇanā
327 「Kiṃsīlo」(具何戒)即《具何戒经》。它的缘起是什么?尊者舍利弗有一位在家朋友,是一位婆罗门的儿子,这位婆罗门正是长老的父亲——梵伽那婆罗门——的朋友。他舍弃了五百六十亿财富,在尊者舍利弗长老跟前出家,并学尽一切佛语。长老多次教导他,给予修行业处,他却未能由此证得殊胜。于是长老知道‘此人唯佛能度’,便带他前往世尊面前,针对那位比丘,不限定人地问:「Kiṃsīlo」(具何戒)。于是世尊便为他宣说了以下内容。其中,「Kiṃsīlo」(具何戒):具足怎样的禁止戒?或具有怎样的本性?「Kiṃsamācāro」(具何行)指具足怎样的行持戒?「kāni kammāni brūhayanti」(增长哪些业)指增长哪些身业等?「naro sammā niviṭṭhassā」(人正确地安立)指爱乐教法之人,应正确地安立于教法中。「uttamatthañca pāpuṇe」(还证最上义)指还应证得一切处中最上的阿拉汉果——这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
327.Kiṃsīloti kiṃsīlasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Āyasmato sāriputtassa gihisahāyako eko therasseva pituno vaṅgantabrāhmaṇassa sahāyassa brāhmaṇassa putto saṭṭhikoṭiadhikaṃ pañcasatakoṭidhanaṃ pariccajitvā āyasmato sāriputtattherassa santike pabbajitvā sabbaṃ buddhavacanaṃ pariyāpuṇi. Tassa thero bahuso ovaditvā kammaṭṭhānamadāsi, so tena visesaṃ nādhigacchati. Tato thero ‘‘buddhaveneyyo eso’’ti ñatvā taṃ ādāya bhagavato santikaṃ gantvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha puggalaṃ aniyametvā ‘‘kiṃsīlo’’ti pucchi. Athassa bhagavā tato paraṃ abhāsi. Tattha kiṃsīloti kīdisena vārittasīlena samannāgato, kīdisapakatiko vā. Kiṃsamācāroti kīdisena cārittena yutto. Kāni kammānibrūhayanti kāni kāyakammādīni vaḍḍhento. Naro sammā niviṭṭhassāti abhirato naro sāsane sammā patiṭṭhito bhaveyya. Uttamatthañca pāpuṇeti sabbatthānaṃ uttamaṃ arahattañca pāpuṇeyyāti vuttaṃ hoti.
328 于是,世尊作意观察:‘舍利弗受具足戒才半月,便已抵达声闻波罗蜜,为何还问出像初学凡夫的问题?’当他了知这是为了同住比丘而问之后,便不将问中所涉的行戒与止戒分开解释,而是直接针对那位比丘的相应根性说法,开示了‘vuḍḍhāpacāyī’(尊敬增长者)等偈颂。显示巴利原文
328. Tato bhagavā ‘‘sāriputto aḍḍhamāsūpasampanno sāvakapāramippatto, kasmā ādikammikaputhujjanapañhaṃ pucchatī’’ti āvajjento ‘‘saddhivihārikaṃ ārabbhā’’ti ñatvā pucchāya vuttaṃ cārittasīlaṃ avibhajitvāva tassa sappāyavasena dhammaṃ desento ‘‘vuḍḍhāpacāyī’’tiādimāha.
此处,有四种‘增长者’:慧增长者、德增长者、种姓增长者、年龄增长者。即使年纪幼小,仅因多闻而获得广博智慧,他在寡闻的长老比丘们中间,便被称为‘慧增长者’。因为在他身边,连年长的比丘也来学习佛语,期待他的教诫、裁决与答疑。同样,虽年轻而已证殊胜成就的比丘,名为‘德增长者’:安住于他的教导之后,连年长的比丘也能摄取内观之胎藏,证得阿拉汉果。同样,年纪虽幼,但已灌顶的刹帝利王或婆罗门,值得他人礼敬,称为‘种姓增长者’。而一切最先出生者,则称为‘年龄增长者’。在这其中,除世尊之外,在智慧方面没有任何人能及舍利弗尊者;在功德方面也一样,他仅半月便通达一切声闻波罗蜜智;在种姓方面,他又出生于大婆罗门家族。因此,尽管那位比丘与他同龄,凭着这三种原因,他依然是‘增长者’。而于此,世尊正是着眼于慧与德的超胜,才说‘尊敬增长者’。因此,通过对这样的增长者致以恭敬,便成为‘尊敬增长者’;通过消除对这类增长者在利养等方面的嫉妒,便成为‘无嫉妒者’。这便是偈颂第一句的含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha paññāvuḍḍho, guṇavuḍḍho, jātivuḍḍho, vayovuḍḍhoti cattāro vuḍḍhā. Jātiyā hi daharopi bahussuto bhikkhu appassutamahallakabhikkhūnamantare bāhusaccapaññāya vuḍḍhattā paññāvuḍḍho. Tassa hi santike mahallakabhikkhūpi buddhavacanaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, ovādavinicchayapañhavissajjanāni ca paccāsīsanti. Tathā daharopi bhikkhu adhigamasampanno guṇavuḍḍho nāma. Tassa hi ovāde patiṭṭhāya mahallakāpi vipassanāgabbhaṃ gahetvā arahattaphalaṃ pāpuṇanti. Tathā daharopi rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto brāhmaṇo vā sesajanassa vandanārahato jātivuḍḍho nāma. Sabbo pana paṭhamajāto vayovuḍḍho nāma. Tattha yasmā paññāya sāriputtattherassa sadiso natthi ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ, tathā guṇenapi aḍḍhamāsena sabbasāvakapāramīñāṇassa paṭividdhattā. Jātiyāpi so brāhmaṇamahāsālakule uppanno, tasmā tassa bhikkhuno vayena samānopi so imehi tīhi kāraṇehi vuḍḍho. Imasmiṃ panatthe paññāguṇehi eva vuḍḍhabhāvaṃ sandhāya bhagavā āha – ‘‘vuḍḍhāpacāyī’’ti. Tasmā tādisānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ apacitikaraṇena vuḍḍhāpacāyī, tesameva vuḍḍhānaṃ lābhādīsu usūyavigamena anusūyako ca siyāti ayamādipādassa attho.
‘他应是知时者’:在此,当贪欲生起时,为了除灭贪欲而去谒见师长,这就是知时者;当瞋恚……愚痴……懈怠生起时,为了除灭它们而去谒见师长,这也是知时者。正是由于如此知晓适当的时机,他才会去谒见师长。‘法谈’是指与止观相应的言说。‘宣说’即是将其宣讲出来。‘知机会者’是指能察觉听闻此种法谈的时机,或了知听闻这种法谈的机缘极为难得。‘恭敬地听闻’是指对此法谈恭恭敬敬地听受。而且不仅限于此法,对其他诸如佛功德等相关的善说,也都应恭敬地听受。这便是此处的意思。显示巴利原文
Kālaññū cassāti ettha pana rāge uppanne tassa vinodanatthāya garūnaṃ dassanaṃ gacchantopi kālaññū, dose… mohe… kosajje uppanne tassa vinodanatthāya garūnaṃ dassanaṃ gacchantopi kālaññū, yato evaṃ kālaññū ca assa garūnaṃ dassanāya. Dhammiṃ kathanti samathavipassanāyuttaṃ. Erayitanti vuttaṃ. Khaṇaññūti tassā kathāya khaṇavedī, dullabho vā ayaṃ īdisāya kathāya savanakkhaṇoti jānanto. Suṇeyya sakkaccāti taṃ kathaṃ sakkaccaṃ suṇeyya. Na kevalañca tameva, aññānipi buddhaguṇādipaṭisaṃyuttāni subhāsitāni sakkaccameva suṇeyyāti attho.
329 他应知时去见师长:此处所说的方法,是指了知自身所生起的贪等烦恼应在何时去除之后,再去师长跟前,即是适时往诣师长。不可因为‘我是修习业处的行者、持守头陀支的人’,便在礼拜佛塔时、菩提树园中、乞食路上、过早或正午等时分,只要看见师长站在某处,就为了问问题而凑上前去。应待师长在自己的住处坐定、消除疲劳之后,再为请问业处等事而前去亲近,这便是此句的意涵。如是在去的时候,应当舍弃傲慢,调柔谦下,摧毁令心刚硬的我慢,以卑下之态,如擦脚布、如被截去双角的牛、如被拔除毒牙的蛇一般,去到师长面前。然后,对于师长所说的‘义’‘法’乃至其他教导,都应遵行。‘义’指所说内容的含义;‘法’指巴利经典;‘律仪’指戒;‘梵行’指其余教法中的梵行。‘忆念并遵行’:在应忆念‘义’的场合忆念‘义’,在应忆念‘法’‘律仪’‘梵行’的场合忆念它们。不仅忆念,更应完全遵行、受持实践。应当致力于将那一切教导贯彻于自身,能如此行,便是尽了自己的本分。显示巴利原文
329. ‘‘Kālaññū cassa garūnaṃ dassanāyā’’ti ettha vuttanayañca attano uppannarāgādivinodanakālaṃ ñatvāpi garūnaṃ santikaṃ gacchanto kālena gacche garūnaṃsakāsaṃ, ‘‘ahaṃ kammaṭṭhāniko dhutaṅgadharo cā’’ti katvā na cetiyavandanabodhiyaṅgaṇabhikkhācāramaggaatimajjhanhikavelādīsu yattha katthaci ṭhitamācariyaṃ disvā paripucchanatthāya upasaṅkameyya, sakasenāsane pana attano āsane nisinnaṃ vūpasantadarathaṃ sallakkhetvā kammaṭṭhānādividhipucchanatthaṃ upasaṅkameyyāti attho. Evaṃ upasaṅkamantopi ca thambhaṃ niraṃkatvā nivātavutti thaddhabhāvakaraṃ mānaṃ vināsetvā nīcavutti pādapuñchanacoḷakachinnavisāṇusabhauddhatadāṭhasappasadiso hutvā upasaṅkameyya. Atha tena garunā vuttaṃ atthaṃ dhammaṃ…pe… samācare ca. Atthanti bhāsitatthaṃ. Dhammanti pāḷidhammaṃ. Saṃyamanti sīlaṃ. Brahmacariyanti avasesasāsanabrahmacariyaṃ. Anussare ceva samācare cāti atthaṃ kathitokāse anussareyya, dhammaṃ saṃyamaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kathitokāse anussareyya, anussaraṇamatteneva ca atussanto taṃ sabbampi samācare samācareyya samādāya vatteyya. Tāsaṃ kathānaṃ attani pavattane ussukkaṃ kareyyāti attho. Evaṃ karonto hi kiccakaro hoti.
330 其次,他应成为法之乐者、法之喜者、住立于法者、了知法抉择者。在此一切词句中,‘法’指止与观。‘乐’与‘喜’同义。以法为乐,故为‘法之乐者’;于法欣悦,不欣羡其他,故为‘法之喜者’;随法而行,故为‘住立于法者’;了知法抉择,即知道‘这是生智,这是灭智’,故为‘了知法抉择者’。他应成为如此之人。至于那种王论等畜生论,由于令初修观者对外在的色法等生起欢喜,从而染污其止观之法,故被称为‘毁法之论’。他不可行此毁法之论,而应选择适宜的住处与行境等,以真实、善说来度日。此处,与止观相应的话语方为‘真实’。以如是善说度日,即以此度过光阴,这便是此处之义。显示巴利原文
330. Tato parañca dhammārāmo dhammarato dhamme ṭhito dhammavinicchayaññū bhaveyya. Sabbapadesu cettha dhammoti samathavipassanā, ārāmo ratīti ekova attho, dhamme ārāmo assāti dhammārāmo. Dhamme rato, na aññaṃ pihetīti dhammarato. Dhamme ṭhito dhammaṃ vattanato. Dhammavinicchayaṃ jānāti ‘‘idaṃ udayañāṇaṃ idaṃ vayañāṇa’’nti dhammavinicchayaññū, evarūpo assa. Atha yāyaṃ rājakathāditiracchānakathā taruṇavipassakassa bahiddhārūpādīsu abhinandanuppādanena taṃ samathavipassanādhammaṃ sandūseti, tasmā ‘‘dhammasandosavādo’’ti vuccati, taṃ nevācare dhammasandosavādaṃ, aññadatthu āvāsagocarādisappāyāni sevanto tacchehi nīyetha subhāsitehi. Samathavipassanāpaṭisaṃyuttānevettha tacchāni, tathārūpehi subhāsitehi nīyetha nīyeyya, kālaṃ khepeyyāti attho.
331 现在,为了阐明在‘毁法之论’中极为简略提及的、修习止观比丘的随烦恼,并连同其他随烦恼一起,世尊说了此偈:‘笑、闲谈……’一作‘笑者’。作为观行者的比丘,于可笑之事仅应微笑,不应作无意义的闲谈;于亲属遭遇灾难等时不应悲泣;于树桩、荆棘等不应心生嗔恼。所谓‘谄曲’即三种诡诈;还有对资具的贪求;由种姓等而起的慢;名为‘对抗不悦’的忿激;以粗恶语为特征的粗犷;贪等垢秽;以极强渴爱为特征的昏迷——这些过失,求乐者应视如炭坑、求净者应视如粪聚、求活者应视如毒蛇等而断除。断除之后,因无病慢等的离去而离慢,因心无散乱而安住,应如此修行。如此修行者,由令一切随烦恼清净的修习,不久即证阿拉汉果。因此,世尊说了从‘笑、闲谈……乃至……心安定’的偈颂。显示巴利原文
331. Idāni ‘‘dhammasandosavāda’’nti ettha atisaṅkhepena vuttaṃ samathavipassanāyuttassa bhikkhuno upakkilesaṃ pākaṭaṃ karonto tadaññenapi upakkilesena saddhiṃ ‘‘hassaṃ jappa’’nti imaṃ gāthamāha. Hāsantipi pāṭho. Vipassakena hi bhikkhunā hasanīyasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ sitamattameva kātabbaṃ, niratthakakathājappo na bhāsitabbo, ñātibyasanādīsu paridevo na kātabbo, khāṇukaṇṭakādimhi manopadoso na uppādetabbo. Māyākatanti vuttā māyā, tividhaṃ kuhanaṃ, paccayesu giddhi, jātiādīhi māno, paccanīkasātatāsaṅkhāto sārambho, pharusavacanalakkhaṇaṃ kakkasaṃ, rāgādayo kasāvā, adhimattataṇhālakkhaṇā mucchāti ime ca dosā sukhakāmena aṅgārakāsu viya, sucikāmena gūthaṭhānaṃ viya, jīvitukāmena āsivisādayo viya ca pahātabbā. Hitvā ca ārogyamadādivigamā vītamadena cittavikkhepābhāvā ṭhitattena caritabbaṃ. Evaṃ paṭipanno hi sabbupakkilesaparisuddhāya bhāvanāya na cirasseva arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘hassaṃ jappaṃ…pe… ṭhitatto’’ti.
332 332. 现在,那位具足以‘笑、闲谈’等方式所说的随烦恼的比丘,由于轻率而不加审察,因贪而染著,因嗔而为恶,在善法修习中不恒常精进而放逸。对于这样的比丘,以‘应恭敬听闻善说’等方式给予的教诫便毫无意义。因此,为了说明此随烦恼在依人所施设的教说中是闻等增长的障碍,而宣说了‘知精华者’此偈。显示巴利原文
332. Idāni yvāyaṃ ‘‘hassaṃ jappa’’ntiādinā nayena upakkileso vutto, tena samannāgato bhikkhu yasmā sāhaso hoti avīmaṃsakārī, ratto rāgavasena duṭṭho dosavasena gacchati, pamatto ca hoti kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya asātaccakārī, tathārūpassa ca ‘‘suṇeyya sakkacca subhāsitānī’’tiādinā nayena vutto ovādo niratthako, tasmā imassa saṃkilesassa puggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya sutādivuddhipaṭipakkhabhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘viññātasārānī’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha.
其含义是:那些与止观相应的善说,了知它们方为精华。若已了知,则是善;若只执取音声,则毫无所成。以闻所成智了知这些善说,此即‘闻’;而这闻所成智的精华,在于了知与定。在那些已了知的法中,那种心不散乱的定,即是证得如实状态的修行,此为其精华所在。因为仅凭了知,无法成就任何目标。然而,那因贪等而轻率行事、于善法修习中不恒常精进而放逸的人,他只是执取音声而已。因此,他由于缺乏义理的了知,那种了知善说的智慧便不增长;由于缺乏证得如实状态的修行,他的闻亦不增长。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – yāni hetāni samathavipassanāpaṭisaṃyuttāni subhāsitāni, tesaṃ vijānanaṃ sāro. Yadi viññātāni sādhu, atha saddamattameva gahitaṃ, na kiñci kataṃ hoti, yena etāni sutamayena ñāṇena viññāyanti, taṃ sutaṃ, etañca sutamayañāṇaṃ viññātasamādhisāraṃ, tesu viññātesu dhammesu yo samādhi cittassāvikkhepo tathattāya paṭipatti, ayamassa sāro. Na hi vijānanamatteneva koci attho sijjhati. Yo panāyaṃ naro rāgādivasena vattanato sāhaso, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya asātaccakāritāya pamatto, so saddamattaggāhīyeva hoti. Tena tassa atthavijānanābhāvato sā subhāsitavijānanapaññā ca, tathattāya paṭipattiyā abhāvato sutañca na vaḍḍhatīti.
333 333. 如是宣说了放逸众生慧的退失与闻的退失之后,现在为了阐明不放逸者获得此二者的精华,世尊说:‘于法……得精华’。其中,由圣者所宣说的法,即是止观法。何以故?从未有佛陀不教导止观法而般涅槃者。因此,于此圣者所宣说的法中,那些欢喜、乐著、不放逸、恒常精进者,他们于语、于意、于业为无上。以其具足四种语善行、三种意善行、三种身善行,故于语、于意、于业为无上,与其他众生不同,是为最上、超胜。至此,连同前行分的戒,显示了与圣道相应的戒。这些戒清净者,安住于寂静柔和与定,获得了闻与慧的精华。应知,那些于圣者所宣说的法欢喜者,不唯于语等为无上,而且安住于寂静柔和与定,并获得了闻与慧的精华。这是对期望者的真实之说。其中,‘寂静’即涅槃;‘柔和’是因乐善法而如实通达的智慧;寂静与柔和合称‘寂静柔和’,这是以涅槃为所缘的道慧之别名。‘定’即相应的道定。‘安住’即于此二者中稳固建立。闻与慧的精华,名为阿拉汉果解脱。因此梵行以解脱为精华。显示巴利原文
333. Evaṃ pamattānaṃ sattānaṃ paññāparihāniṃ sutaparihāniñca dassetvā idāni appamattānaṃ tadubhayasārādhigamaṃ dassento āha – ‘‘dhamme ca ye…pe… sāramajjhagū’’ti. Tattha ariyappavedito dhammo nāma samathavipassanādhammo. Ekopi hi buddho samathavipassanādhammaṃ adesetvā parinibbuto nāma natthi. Tasmā etasmiṃ dhamme ca ye ariyappavediteratā niratā appamattā sātaccānuyogino, anuttarā te vacasā manasā kammunā ca, te catubbidhena vacīsucaritena tividhena manosucaritena tividhena kāyasucaritena ca samannāgatattā vacasā manasā kammunā ca anuttarā, avasesasattehi asamā aggāvisiṭṭhā. Ettāvatā saddhiṃ pubbabhāgasīlena ariyamaggasampayuttaṃ sīlaṃ dasseti. Evaṃ parisuddhasīlā te santisoraccasamādhisaṇṭhitā, sutassa paññāya ca sāramajjhagū, ye ariyappavedite dhamme ratā, te na kevalaṃ vācādīhi anuttarā honti, apica kho pana santisoracce samādhimhi ca saṇṭhitā hutvā sutassa paññāya ca sāramajjhagū adhigatā icceva veditabbā. Āsaṃsāyaṃ bhūtavacanaṃ. Tattha santīti nibbānaṃ, soraccanti sundare ratabhāvena yathābhūtapaṭivedhikā paññā, santiyā soraccanti santisoraccaṃ, nibbānārammaṇāya maggapaññāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Samādhīti taṃsampayuttova maggasamādhi. Saṇṭhitāti tadubhaye patiṭṭhitā. Sutapaññānaṃ sāraṃ nāma arahattaphalavimutti. Vimuttisārañhi idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ.
世尊在此,以“法”开示了前行分的修行道,以“语无上”等开示显示了戒蕴,又以寂静、柔和与定,开显了慧蕴与定蕴——通过这三蕴,显示了后行分的修行道。接着,以闻与慧的精华揭示了不动摇的解脱,并以阿拉汉果的巅峰圆满了这次开示。开示结束时,那位比丘证得入流果,不久便安住于最上果——阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Evamettha bhagavā dhammena pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ, ‘‘anuttarā vacasā’’tiādīhi sīlakkhandhaṃ, santisoraccasamādhīhi paññākkhandhasamādhikkhandheti tīhipi imehi khandhehi aparabhāgapaṭipadañca dassetvā sutapaññāsārena akuppavimuttiṃ dassento arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ samāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne ca so bhikkhu sotāpattiphalaṃ patvā puna na cirasseva aggaphale arahatte patiṭṭhāsīti.
十、《奋起经》注释显示巴利原文
10. Uṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā
334 “奋起吧”等偈颂出自《奋起经》。其缘起如下:一时,世尊住于舍卫城,夜间在祇园精舍安住后,翌日上午,由比丘僧团随同进入舍卫城乞食,随后由东门出城,为作午休而前往鹿母讲堂。此为世尊常行之事:若夜间安住祇园精舍,便至鹿母讲堂午休;若夜间安住鹿母讲堂,便至祇园精舍午休。何以故?一者为护念两方施主之家,二者为彰显大布施之功德。鹿母讲堂下有五百间尖顶房,住有五百位比丘。世尊住于楼下时,诸比丘敬畏世尊,不敢登上楼阁。然而此日,世尊进入了楼上的尖顶房,是故楼下五百个房间便住进了五百位比丘。他们尽是初入此法、此律的新学比丘,轻浮躁动,高傲自负,不护根门。进入后,于午休时躺卧安眠,至傍晚起身,便聚于大厅,高声喧哗,谈论种种与饮食相关的话题:‘今日在斋堂,你吃到了什么?你去了何处?朋友,我去了拘萨罗王宫,去了给孤独长者之家,那里的供食方式是这般这般……’显示巴利原文
334.Uṭṭhahathāti uṭṭhānasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharanto rattiṃ jetavanavihāre vasitvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pācīnadvārena nagarā nikkhamitvā migāramātupāsādaṃ agamāsi divāvihāratthāya. Āciṇṇaṃ kiretaṃ bhagavato rattiṃ jetavanavihāre vasitvā migāramātupāsāde divāvihārūpagamanaṃ, rattiñca migāramātupāsāde vasitvā jetavane divāvihārūpagamanaṃ. Kasmā? Dvinnaṃ kulānaṃ anuggahatthāya mahāpariccāgaguṇaparidīpanatthāya ca. Migāramātupāsādassa ca heṭṭhā pañca kūṭāgāragabbhasatāni honti, yesu pañcasatā bhikkhū vasanti. Tattha yadā bhagavā heṭṭhāpāsāde vasati, tadā bhikkhū bhagavato gāravena uparipāsādaṃ nāruhanti. Taṃ divasaṃ pana bhagavā uparipāsāde kūṭāgāragabbhaṃ pāvisi, tena heṭṭhāpāsāde pañcapi gabbhasatāni pañcasatā bhikkhū pavisiṃsu. Te ca sabbeva navā honti adhunāgatā imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ uddhatā unnaḷā pākatindriyā. Te pavisitvā divāseyyaṃ supitvā sāyaṃ uṭṭhāya mahātale sannipatitvā ‘‘ajja bhattagge tuyhaṃ kiṃ ahosi, tvaṃ kattha agamāsi, ahaṃ āvuso kosalarañño gharaṃ, ahaṃ anāthapiṇḍikassa, tattha evarūpo ca evarūpo ca bhojanavidhi ahosī’’ti nānappakāraṃ āmisakathaṃ kathentā uccāsaddamahāsaddā ahesuṃ.
世尊听到那些声音,心想:‘这些与我共住的人竟如此放逸,唉,真是所作不应理。’便忆念大目犍连尊者到来。当下,具寿大目犍连了知世尊心意,即以神通力来到,顶礼于世尊足下。世尊便对他说:‘目犍连,你的这些同梵行者甚为放逸,你去令他们心生畏惧吧。’‘是的,尊者!’具寿大目犍连应答后,即刻进入水遍处定,以大脚趾撼动那座建于泥地上的大讲堂及其地基,犹如飓风吹动小舟。当下,众比丘惊惧叫喊,丢下各自衣袍,从四门奔逃而出。世尊为令他们看见自己,便从另一扇门走出,犹如刚从香室步入一般。众比丘见到世尊,顶礼后立于一旁。世尊问:‘诸比丘,你们为何恐惧?’他们答:‘尊者,鹿母讲堂剧烈震动。’世尊又问:‘诸比丘,你们可知是谁所为?’他们答:‘我们不知,尊者。’世尊便说:‘诸比丘,正是为了让你们这些失念、不正知、常行放逸者心生畏惧,目犍连才震动讲堂。’此后,世尊为那些比丘说法,宣说了此经。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā taṃ saddaṃ sutvā ‘‘ime mayā saddhiṃ vasantāpi evaṃ pamattā, aho ayuttakārino’’ti mahāmoggallānattherassa āgamanaṃ cintesi. Tāvadeva āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato cittaṃ ñatvā iddhiyā āgamma pādamūle vandamānoyeva ahosi. Tato naṃ bhagavā āmantesi – ‘‘ete te, moggallāna, sabrahmacārino pamattā, sādhu ne saṃvejehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ bhante’’ti kho so āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā tāvadeva āpokasiṇaṃ samāpajjitvā karīsabhūmiyaṃ ṭhitaṃ mahāpāsādaṃ nāvaṃ viya mahāvāto pādaṅguṭṭhakena kampesi saddhiṃ patiṭṭhitapathavippadesena. Atha te bhikkhū bhītā vissaraṃ karontā sakasakacīvarāni chaḍḍetvā catūhi dvārehi nikkhamiṃsu. Bhagavā tesaṃ attānaṃ dassento aññena dvārena gandhakuṭiṃ pavisanto viya ahosi, te bhagavantaṃ disvā vanditvā aṭṭhaṃsu . Bhagavā ‘‘kiṃ, bhikkhave, bhītatthā’’ti pucchi, te ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, migāramātupāsādo kampito’’ti āhaṃsu . ‘‘Jānātha, bhikkhave, kenā’’ti? ‘‘Na jānāma, bhante’’ti. Atha bhagavā ‘‘tumhādisānaṃ, bhikkhave, muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ pamādavihārīnaṃ saṃvegajananatthaṃ moggallānena kampito’’ti vatvā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
此处,“奋起吧”(uṭṭhahatha)意为从座位起身,精勤努力,切勿懈怠。“坐好”(nisīdatha)指结跏趺坐,为专心修习业处而坐好。“睡眠对你们有何用”(ko attho supitena vo):你们是为无取般涅槃而出家的人,睡眠对你们有何用?因为睡着的人,任何利益也无从获得。对于患病之人,如何能有睡意?对于被箭刺穿、遭受苦痛之人,如何能有睡意?乃至身体极细微处,那些为眼病等所苦的人,哪怕被仅一两指节长的铁箭、骨箭、牙箭、角箭、木箭等任何一种刺入而受苦,他们尚没有睡意。那么,你们这些整个身心相续都被破坏、为种种生起的烦恼病所苦的人,如何能有睡意?你们这些内心被贪欲等五种箭矢深深刺入、刺穿而受苦的人,如何能有睡意?显示巴利原文
Tattha uṭṭhahathāti āsanā uṭṭhahatha ghaṭatha vāyamatha, mā kusītā hotha. Nisīdathāti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā kammaṭṭhānānuyogatthāya nisīdatha. Ko attho supitena voti ko tumhākaṃ anupādāparinibbānatthāya pabbajitānaṃ supitena attho. Na hi sakkā supantena koci attho pāpuṇituṃ. Āturānañhi kā niddā, sallaviddhāna ruppatanti yatra ca nāma appakepi sarīrappadese uṭṭhitena cakkhurogādinā rogena āturānaṃ ekadvaṅgulamattampi paviṭṭhena ayasallaaṭṭhisalladantasallavisāṇasallakaṭṭhasallānaṃ aññatarena sallena ruppamānānaṃ manussānaṃ niddā natthi, tattha tumhākaṃ sakalacittasarīrasantānaṃ bhañjitvā uppannehi nānappakārakilesarogehi āturānañhi kā niddā rāgasallādīhi ca pañcahi sallehi antohadayaṃ pavisiya viddhattā sallaviddhānaṃ ruppataṃ.
335 世尊这样说完后,进一步激励、警策那些比丘,说道:“奋起吧……随其所欲。”此处合于意图的解释如下:诸比丘,你们这些被烦恼箭刺穿的人,现在正是觉醒之时。何以故?因为这梵行如同可饮的醍醐,导师就在眼前。然而在此之前,你们未曾见到圣谛,所以在漫漫长夜沉睡,在山中沉睡,在河边沉睡,在平地沉睡,在险处沉睡,甚至在树梢沉睡。因此,为了结束那种沉睡,为了寂止,你们应当奋起、坐好、精勤修学。显示巴利原文
335. Evaṃ vatvā puna bhagavā bhiyyosomattāya te bhikkhū ussāhento saṃvejento ca āha – ‘‘uṭṭhahatha…pe… vasānuge’’ti. Tatrāyaṃ sādhippāyayojanā atthavaṇṇanā – evaṃ kilesasallaviddhānañhi vo, bhikkhave, kālo pabujjhituṃ. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Maṇḍapeyyamidaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṃ, satthā sammukhībhūto, ito pubbe pana vo dīgharattaṃ suttaṃ, girīsu suttaṃ, nadīsu suttaṃ, samesu suttaṃ, visamesu suttaṃ, rukkhaggesupi suttaṃ adassanā ariyasaccānaṃ, tasmā tassā niddāya antakiriyatthaṃ uṭṭhahatha nisīdatha daḷhaṃ sikkhatha santiyā.
其中,前半偈的意义如前所述。至于后半偈,“寂止”(santi)有三种寂止:究竟寂止、彼分寂止和世俗寂止,这是涅槃、观、见等(境界)的异名。然而此处所指的是究竟寂止,即涅槃。因此,这句话是说:你们应当为证涅槃而坚固修学,以不懈怠的精进而修学。为何如此?是为了不让死王魔罗将你们视为放逸者而迷惑,使你们任其摆布。意思是:切莫让那位名为死王的魔罗,视你们为“这些是放逸者”而迷惑你们,使你们随他自在掌控,切勿让他如此主宰你们。显示巴利原文
Tattha purimapādassattho vuttanayo eva. Dutiyapāde pana santīti tisso santiyo – accantasanti, tadaṅgasanti, sammutisantīti, nibbānavipassanādiṭṭhigatānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha pana accantasanti nibbānamadhippetaṃ, tasmā nibbānatthaṃ daḷhaṃ sikkhatha, asithilaparakkamā hutvā sikkhathāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Mā vo pamatte viññāya, maccurājā amohayittha vasānuge, mā tumhe ‘‘pamattā ete’’ti evaṃ ñatvā maccurājapariyāyanāmo māro vasānuge amohayittha, yathā tassa vasaṃ gacchatha, evaṃ vasānuge karonto mā amohayitthāti vuttaṃ hoti.
336 既然不应随顺他的意愿,那么你们就应当超越它——超越那天人贪着依附、天人渴求的色、声、香、味、触。那便是散漫广布的贪爱,即对「有」与资具的渴爱;正因它广泛流散、弥漫于种种境界,散漫而遍通,故称「散漫」。莫让时机超越你们,切勿错过修习沙门法的时机。那些错过这时机的人、被时机抛在身后的人,必将忧愁,沉沦于地狱。他们安顿于四种恶趣——恶趣因缺乏滋味而称地狱——他们将追悔忧愁:「唉,我们确实未造善业。」显示巴利原文
336. Yato tassa vasaṃ anupagacchantā yāya devā manussā ca…pe… samappitā, yāya devā ca manussā ca atthikā rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbatthikā, taṃ rūpādiṃ sitā nissitā allīnā hutvā tiṭṭhanti, taratha samatikkamatha etaṃ nānappakāresu visayesu visaṭavitthiṇṇavisālattā visattikaṃ bhavabhogataṇhaṃ. Khaṇo vo mā upaccagā, ayaṃ tumhākaṃ samaṇadhammakaraṇakkhaṇo mā atikkami. Yesañhi ayamevarūpo khaṇo atikkamati, ye ca imaṃ khaṇaṃ atikkamanti, te khaṇātītā hi socanti nirayamhi samappitā, nirassādaṭṭhena nirayasaññite catubbidhepi apāye patiṭṭhitā ‘‘akataṃ vata no kalyāṇa’’ntiādinā nayena socanti.
337 世尊如此激励、警策那些比丘之后,为了呵责他们放逸的生活,并策励所有人安住于不放逸,便说出此偈:「放逸是尘垢。」此处,「放逸」简而言之即失念。因其令心染污,故称尘垢。「随逐放逸者」:因追随放逸而随之不断生起的放逸本身,亦是尘垢。的确,任何放逸都不可能远离尘垢。这是在说明什么?是在说明:「你们不要以为『我们还年轻,日后自会了悟』,便心安理得地放逸。因年轻时的放逸即是尘垢,到了中年、老年,由于继续随逐放逸,便成大尘垢,犹如垃圾堆。譬如家中一两日所积的灰尘虽也是灰尘,但若越积越多,长年累月便成垃圾堆。不过,即便如此,若有比丘在青年时修学佛语,而在其后的人生阶段修习沙门法;或青年时修学佛语、中年时听闻、老年时修习沙门法,他便不是随逐放逸而住的人,因他已踏上随顺不放逸的道路。然而,若有人像你们这般,在生命的每一阶段都过着放逸的生活,沉溺于午睡与以饮食为话题的谈论,那么对他而言,青年时的放逸是尘垢,其显示巴利原文
337. Evaṃ bhagavā te bhikkhū ussāhetvā saṃvejetvā ca idāni tesaṃ taṃ pamādavihāraṃ vigarahitvā sabbeva te appamāde niyojento ‘‘pamādo rajo’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha pamādoti saṅkhepato sativippavāso, so cittamalinaṭṭhena rajo. Taṃ pamādamanupatito pamādānupatito, pamādānupatitattā aparāparuppanno pamādo eva, sopi rajo. Na hi kadāci pamādo nāma arajo atthi. Tena kiṃ dīpeti? Mā tumhe ‘‘daharā tāva mayaṃ pacchā jānissāmā’’ti vissāsamāpajjittha. Daharakālepi hi pamādo rajo, majjhimakālepi therakālepi pamādānupatitattā mahārajo saṅkārakūṭo eva hoti, yathā ghare ekadvedivasiko rajo rajo eva, vaḍḍhamāno pana gaṇavassiko saṅkārakūṭo eva hoti. Evaṃ santepi pana paṭhamavaye buddhavacanaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā itaravayesu samaṇadhammaṃ karonto, paṭhamavaye vā pariyāpuṇitvā majjhimavaye suṇitvā pacchimavaye samaṇadhammaṃ karontopi bhikkhu pamādavihārī na hoti appamādānulomapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannattā. Yo pana sabbavayesu pamādavihārī divāseyyaṃ āmisakathañca anuyutto, seyyathāpi tumhe, tasseva so paṭhamavaye pamādo rajo, itaravayesu pamādānupatito mahāpamādo ca mahārajo evāti.
如此责备了他们的放逸生活,并策导他们安住不放逸后,世尊说道:「以不放逸与明,拔除自己的箭。」意思是:正因放逸无时不是尘垢,所以贤善男子应当以「不放逸」——即不失正念的状态,以及「明」——即诸漏灭尽的智慧,来拔除那黏着于自心的贪等五种箭。世尊以阿拉汉果为顶点结束了这次开示。开示结束时,那些比丘内心生起敬畏,专心忆念此法开示,反覆思惟,着手修观,最终这五百位比丘皆证得阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tesaṃ pamādavihāraṃ vigarahitvā appamāde niyojento āha – ‘‘appamādena vijjāya, abbahe sallamattano’’ti, tassattho – yasmā evameso sabbadāpi pamādo rajo, tasmā satiavippavāsasaṅkhātena appamādena āsavānaṃ khayañāṇasaṅkhātāya ca vijjāya paṇḍito kulaputto uddhare attano hadayanissitaṃ rāgādipañcavidhaṃ sallanti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ samāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne saṃvegamāpajjitvā tameva dhammadesanaṃ manasi karitvā paccavekkhamānā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā pañcasatāpi te bhikkhū arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsūti.
11. 《罗睺罗经》注释显示巴利原文
11. Rāhulasuttavaṇṇanā
338 「是否因常共住」(kacci abhiṇhasaṃvāsā):此偈出自《罗睺罗经》。其缘起如何呢?世尊成就正自觉后,自菩提道场一路渐次,来到迦毗罗卫城。那时,罗睺罗王子向他乞求遗产,说:“沙门,请给我遗产。”于是世尊嘱咐舍利弗尊者:“你度罗睺罗王子出家吧。”如此种种,皆当依《大品注疏》中所说而了知。就这样,罗睺罗王子出家了。及至长大,由舍利弗尊者为他授具足戒,大目犍连尊者则担任他的羯磨教授师。世尊心念:“此王子具足种姓等优越条件,切勿让他依凭种姓、家族、肤色之美好等而生起慢心或骄逸。”为了教诲他,从幼年直至他证得圣位,世尊时常为他宣说此经。是故,于此经末亦作是说:“据说,世尊确实常常以这些偈颂教导罗睺罗尊者。”此处,第一首偈的简要含义是:世尊对舍利弗尊者说:“罗睺罗,你是否因为常共住,便以种姓等理由轻慢智者?对于那位犹如持炬、为人们带来智慧之灯与说法之灯的人,你是否恭敬、恒常地尊敬他?”显示巴利原文
338.Kacciabhiṇhasaṃvāsāti rāhulasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Bhagavā sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā bodhimaṇḍato anupubbena kapilavatthuṃ gantvā tattha rāhulakumārena ‘‘dāyajjaṃ me samaṇa dehī’’ti dāyajjaṃ yācito sāriputtattheraṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘rāhulakumāraṃ pabbājehī’’ti. Taṃ sabbaṃ khandhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 105) vuttanayeneva gahetabbaṃ. Evaṃ pabbajitaṃ pana rāhulakumāraṃ vuḍḍhippattaṃ sāriputtattherova upasampādesi, mahāmoggallānatthero assa kammavācācariyo ahosi. Taṃ bhagavā ‘‘ayaṃ kumāro jātiādisampanno, so jātigottakulavaṇṇapokkharatādīni nissāya mānaṃ vā madaṃ vā mā akāsī’’ti daharakālato pabhuti yāva na ariyabhūmiṃ pāpuṇi, tāva ovadanto abhiṇhaṃ imaṃ suttamabhāsi. Tasmā cetaṃ suttapariyosānepi vuttaṃ ‘‘itthaṃ sudaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ imāhi gāthāhi abhiṇhaṃ ovadatī’’ti. Tattha paṭhamagāthāyaṃ ayaṃ saṅkhepattho ‘‘kacci tvaṃ, rāhula, abhiṇhaṃ saṃvāsahetu jātiādīnaṃ aññatarena vatthunā na paribhavasi paṇḍitaṃ, ñāṇapadīpassa dhammadesanāpadīpassa ca dhāraṇato ukkādhāro manussānaṃkacci apacito tayā, kacci niccaṃ pūjito tayā’’ti āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ sandhāya bhaṇati.
339 世尊这样说后,罗睺罗尊者为了表明:“世尊,我不似下劣之人,因共住而生起慢心或骄逸。”便以答偈说:“我非因常共住……”此偈含义显明。显示巴利原文
339. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā rāhulo ‘‘nāhaṃ bhagavā nīcapuriso viya saṃvāsahetu mānaṃ vā madaṃ vā karomī’’ti dīpento imaṃ paṭigāthamāha ‘‘nāhaṃ abhiṇhasaṃvāsā’’ti. Sā uttānatthā eva.
340 随后,世尊为进一步教诲他,宣说了以“五欲功德”等开头的其余偈颂。于此,因为五欲功德具有可爱、令人欢喜的特性,为众生极度希求、渴望,能令他们的心喜悦,而这位罗睺罗尊者并非为国王所逼,非为盗贼所逼,非因债负所迫,非因恐惧所迫,亦非为求活命;他是凭着净信,舍弃了这些五欲功德,从家中出离。因此,世尊激励他说:“你已舍弃这些可爱、令人愉悦的五欲功德,凭着净信从家中出离。”又为促使他实践与这出离相称的修行,而说道:“你应成为苦的终结者。”显示巴利原文
340. Tato naṃ bhagavā uttariṃ ovadanto pañca kāmaguṇetiādikā avasesagāthāyo āha. Tattha yasmā pañca kāmaguṇā sattānaṃ piyarūpā piyajātikā ativiya sattehi icchitā patthitā , mano ca nesaṃ ramayanti, te cāyasmā rāhulo hitvā saddhāya gharā nikkhanto, na rājābhinīto, na corābhinīto, na iṇaṭṭo, na bhayaṭṭo, na jīvikāpakato, tasmā naṃ bhagavā ‘‘pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā, piyarūpe manorame, saddhāya gharā nikkhammā’’ti samuttejetvā imassa nekkhammassa patirūpāya paṭipattiyā niyojento āha – ‘‘dukkhassantakaro bhavā’’ti.
在此,或许有人会问:“这位尊者不是因为贪图遗产而被强制出家的吗?为何世尊却说‘凭信心从家中出离’呢?”回答是:这是因为他心向出离。确实,这位尊者长久以来便向往出离:过去,他生为名叫“螺”的龙王,见到莲花上正自觉者的儿子——优波离瓦达沙弥之后,便举办七日大供养,并祈愿成就那样的状态。从那时起,他便具足愿求、积累了修行的资粮,于十万劫中圆满波罗蜜,投生于此最后一生。世尊正是了知他有如此深厚的出离志向。这种了知,属于如来力所及的智慧。因此,世尊说:“凭信心从家中出离。”或者说,也可这样理解:你自久远以来便是凭信心出家,现在应当成为苦的终结者——这是此处的意趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha siyā ‘‘nanu cāyasmā dāyajjaṃ patthento balakkārena pabbājito, atha kasmā bhagavā āha – ‘saddhāya gharā nikkhammā’’’ti vuccate – nekkhammādhimuttattā. Ayañhi āyasmā dīgharattaṃ nekkhammādhimutto padumuttarasammāsambuddhassa puttaṃ uparevataṃ nāma sāmaṇeraṃ disvā saṅkho nāma nāgarājā hutvā satta divase dānaṃ datvā tathābhāvaṃ patthetvā tato pabhuti patthanāsampanno abhinīhārasampanno satasahassakappe pāramiyo pūretvā antimabhavaṃ upapanno. Evaṃ nekkhammādhimuttatañcassa bhagavā jānāti. Tathāgatabalaññatarañhi etaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Tasmā āha – ‘‘saddhāya gharā nikkhammā’’ti. Atha vā dīgharattaṃ saddhāyeva gharā nikkhamma idāni dukkhassantakaro bhavāti ayamettha adhippāyo.
341 341. 现在,为了从起始处便为他指出断尽轮回之苦的修行方法,世尊说道:“应亲近善知识”等。在此,所谓“善知识”,是指在戒等功德上卓越之人。亲近他们,好比依靠雪山而生长的大娑罗树,凭借树根等而茁壮,自己的戒等功德也会增长。因此说:“应亲近善知识”。其次是“僻静的坐卧处,远离、无喧杂”:那些坐卧处应当偏僻、远离、人迹罕至、没有喧闹,在那里仅闻鹿与野猪等声音,便能生起“山林想”。如此坐卧之处,你也应当亲近。再有“于食知量”,意思是应当知道分量,即了知接受的分量和受用的分量。其中,“了知接受分量者”应如此行:若所施物少,施者也愿少施,便只应接受少量;若所施物少,而施者愿多施,也只应接受少量;若所施物丰盛,但施者愿少施,也只应接受少量;若所施物既丰盛,施者也愿多施,则应了知自身承受能力而接受。再者,关于“世尊赞叹适量”,“了知受用分量者”应当如理作意,如同看待亲子之肉、如同使用车轴润滑油一般,来受用食物。显示巴利原文
341. Idānissa ādito pabhuti vaṭṭadukkhassa antakiriyāya paṭipattiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘mitte bhajassu kalyāṇe’’tiādimāha. Tattha sīlādīhi adhikā kalyāṇamittā nāma, te bhajanto himavantaṃ nissāya mahāsālā mūlādīhi viya sīlādīhi vaḍḍhati. Tenāha – ‘‘mitte bhajassu kalyāṇe’’ti. Pantañca sayanāsanaṃ, vivittaṃ appanigghosanti yañca sayanāsanaṃ pantaṃ dūraṃ vivittaṃ appākiṇṇaṃ appanigghosaṃ, yattha migasūkarādisaddena araññasaññā uppajjati, tathārūpaṃ sayanāsanañca bhajassu. Mattaññū hohi bhojaneti pamāṇaññū hohi, paṭiggahaṇamattaṃ paribhogamattañca jānāhīti attho. Tattha paṭiggahaṇamattaññunā deyyadhammepi appe dāyakepi appaṃ dātukāme appameva gahetabbaṃ, deyyadhamme appe dāyake pana bahuṃ dātukāmepi appameva gahetabbaṃ, deyyadhamme pana bahutare dāyakepi appaṃ dātukāme appameva gahetabbaṃ, deyyadhammepi bahutare dāyakepi bahuṃ dātukāme attano balaṃ jānitvā gahetabbaṃ. Apica mattāyeva vaṇṇitā bhagavatāti paribhogamattaññunā puttamaṃsaṃ viya akkhabbhañjanamiva ca yoniso manasi karitvā bhojanaṃ paribhuñjitabbanti.
342 342. 这样,以此偈颂劝导他亲近作为梵行助缘的善知识,并以坐卧处和食物为切入点,策励他受持资具受用清净戒。接下来,因为在衣等资具上,贪爱会导致邪命,所以为遮止它并策励他受持活命遍净戒,世尊说了此偈颂:“于衣、于团食”。此处,“资具”是指作为病缘的资具。“于这些”是指在衣等四种容易令比丘生起爱欲的对象中。“莫作爱”是指应当观察过患:“这四种资具,仅是为了遮蔽寒暑、覆蔽羞处等目的;对于常病者,犹如医药;对于脆弱、依赖他人、极为羸弱的身体,犹如支撑”,而不应生起爱欲;也就是说,应安住于爱欲不生起、不让爱欲生起的状态。何以故?“莫再回此世间”。若对这些资具生起爱欲,便会被爱欲牵挽,再度回到此世间。你若对这些资具不生爱欲,这样,便不会再来此世间了。显示巴利原文
342. Evamimāya gāthāya brahmacariyassa upakārabhūtāya kalyāṇamittasevanāya niyojetvā senāsanabhojanamukhena ca paccayaparibhogapārisuddhisīle samādapetvā idāni yasmā cīvarādīsu taṇhāya micchāājīvo hoti, tasmā taṃ paṭisedhetvā ājīvapārisuddhisīle samādapento ‘‘cīvare piṇḍapāte cā’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha paccayeti gilānappaccaye. Etesūti etesu catūsu cīvarādīsu bhikkhūnaṃ taṇhuppādavatthūsu. Taṇhaṃ mākāsīti ‘‘hirikopīnapaṭicchādanādiatthameva te cattāro paccayā niccāturānaṃ purisānaṃ paṭikārabhūtā jajjaragharassevimassa atidubbalassa kāyassa upatthambhabhūtā’’tiādinā nayena ādīnavaṃ passanto taṇhaṃ mā janesi, ajanento anuppādento viharāhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Mālokaṃ punarāgami. Etesu hi taṇhaṃ karonto taṇhāya ākaḍḍhiyamāno punapi imaṃ lokaṃ āgacchati. So tvaṃ etesu taṇhaṃ mākāsi, evaṃ sante na puna imaṃ lokaṃ āgamissasīti.
世尊这样说时,尊者罗睺罗心想:“世尊教导我‘于衣莫作贪爱’”,便受持了与衣相关的两种头陀支:粪扫衣支与三衣支。他又想:“世尊教导我‘于团食莫作贪爱’”,便受持了与团食相关的五种头陀支:常乞食支、次第乞食支、一座食支、一钵食支、过午不食支。他又想:“世尊教导我‘于坐卧具莫作贪爱’”,便受持了与坐卧具相关的六种头陀支:阿兰若住支、露地住支、树下住支、随处住支、冢间住支、常坐不卧支。他又想:“世尊教导我‘于病缘资具莫作贪爱’”,便以“随所得、随力所能、随其适当”这三种知足,于一切资具中安住满足。他正如一位易于受教的善男子,善于纳受教导。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā rāhulo ‘‘cīvare taṇhaṃ mākāsīti maṃ bhagavā āhā’’ti cīvarapaṭisaṃyuttāni dve dhutaṅgāni samādiyi paṃsukūlikaṅgañca, tecīvarikaṅgañca. ‘‘Piṇḍapāte taṇhaṃ mākāsīti maṃ bhagavā āhā’’ti piṇḍapātapaṭisaṃyuttāni pañca dhutaṅgāni samādiyi – piṇḍapātikaṅgaṃ, sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ, ekāsanikaṅgaṃ, pattapiṇḍikaṅgaṃ, khalupacchābhattikaṅganti. ‘‘Senāsane taṇhaṃ mākāsīti maṃ bhagavā āhā’’ti senāsanapaṭisaṃyuttāni cha dhutaṅgāni samādiyi – āraññikaṅgaṃ, abbhokāsikaṅgaṃ, rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ, yathāsanthatikaṅgaṃ, sosānikaṅgaṃ, nesajjikaṅganti. ‘‘Gilānappaccaye taṇhaṃ mākāsīti maṃ bhagavā āhā’’ti sabbappaccayesu yathālābhaṃ yathābalaṃ yathāsāruppanti tīhi santosehi santuṭṭho ahosi, yathā taṃ subbaco kulaputto padakkhiṇaggāhī anusāsaninti.
343 世尊如此劝导尊者罗睺罗安住于活命遍净戒之后,为进而劝导他安住于其余诸戒以及止与观,便开示了“巴帝摩卡律仪”等语。其中,「巴帝摩卡律仪」:此处省略了“你应是”。“是”应理解为与最末一句相连,第二句亦然。如是,以此二句,世尊劝导了巴帝摩卡律仪戒与根律仪戒。此处,虽以明显的方式提及了五根,然从法义特征而言,当知第六根亦已含摄其中。关于「身至念」:对于立足于四种遍净戒的你,应令身至念安住、生起,即修习四界差别、四种正知、入出息念、食厌逆想等身至念的修习——意谓:你应当修习此法。「厌离充盛」:你应当对轮回流转深生厌离,对一切世间修无喜乐想,此即其义。显示巴利原文
343. Evaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ ājīvapārisuddhisīle samādapetvā idāni avasesasīle samathavipassanāsu ca samādapetuṃ ‘‘saṃvuto pātimokkhasmi’’ntiādimāha. Tattha saṃvuto pātimokkhasminti ettha bhavassūti pāṭhaseso. Bhavāti antimapadena vā sambandho veditabbo, tathā dutiyapade. Evametehi dvīhi vacanehi pātimokkhasaṃvarasīle, indriyasaṃvarasīle ca samādapesi. Pākaṭavasena cettha pañcindriyāni vuttāni. Lakkhaṇato pana chaṭṭhampi vuttaṃyeva hotīti veditabbaṃ. Sati kāyagatā tyatthūti evaṃ catupārisuddhisīle patiṭṭhitassa tuyhaṃ catudhātuvavatthānacatubbidhasampajaññānāpānassatiāhārepaṭikūlasaññābhāvanādibhedā kāyagatā sati atthu bhavatu, bhāvehi nanti attho. Nibbidābahulo bhavāti saṃsāravaṭṭe ukkaṇṭhanabahulo sabbaloke anabhiratasaññī hohīti attho.
344 至此,开示了抉择分的近行地之后,为显示安止地,世尊进而说“应避开相”等语。其中,「相」:指令人起染著的净相。正因如此,他随后详细解释道:“净相,与染著相应”。「应避开」:即通过不作意而予以断舍。「应修不净心」:如同于有识或无识的身体上修习不净,你应当如此修心。「一境」、「极安止」:以近行定成就心一境性,以安止定成就极善安止。意思是,你的心应当成为如此,你应当如此修习。显示巴利原文
344. Ettāvatā nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ upacārabhūmiṃ dassetvā idāni appanābhūmiṃ dassento ‘‘nimittaṃ parivajjehī’’tiādimāha. Tattha nimittanti rāgaṭṭhāniyaṃ subhanimittaṃ. Teneva naṃ parato visesento āha – ‘‘subhaṃ rāgūpasañhita’’nti. Parivajjehīti amanasikārena pariccajāhi. Asubhāya cittaṃ bhāvehīti yathā saviññāṇake aviññāṇake vā kāye asubhabhāvanā sampajjati, evaṃ cittaṃ bhāvehi. Ekaggaṃ susamāhitanti upacārasamādhinā ekaggaṃ, appanāsamādhinā susamāhitaṃ. Yathā te īdisaṃ cittaṃ hoti, tathā naṃ bhāvehīti attho.
345 如此,在向他开示了安止地之后,为了指示观修,佛陀宣说“无相”等。其中,「应修无相」意为:应以能抉择之定令心得等持,然后修习观。因为观,依“无常随观智从常相解脱,故为无相解脱”等理趣,或因不执取贪相等,而得“无相”之名。如经中所说:显示巴利原文
345. Evamassa appanābhūmiṃ dassetvā vipassanaṃ dassento ‘‘animitta’’ntiādimāha. Tattha animittañca bhāvehīti evaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyena samādhinā samāhitacitto vipassanaṃ bhāvehīti vuttaṃ hoti. Vipassanā hi ‘‘aniccānupassanāñāṇaṃ niccanimittato vimuccatīti animitto vimokkho’’tiādinā nayena rāganimittādīnaṃ vā aggahaṇena animittavohāraṃ labhati. Yathāha –
“诸贤,我由不作意一切相,具足无相心定而安住。诸贤,当我以此安住而住时,随相之识乃生。”(《相应部》4.340)显示巴利原文
‘‘So khvāhaṃ, āvuso, sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharāmi. Tassa mayhaṃ, āvuso, iminā vihārena viharato nimittānusāri viññāṇaṃ hotī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.340).
「断除慢随眠」:意即通过此无相修习,证得无常想后,依“弥醯,于无常想者,无我想得立;于无我想者,能根除我慢”(《增支部》9.3;《优陀那》31)等所说,渐次地去去除、断除、弃舍慢随眠。此为彼义。由慢的完全通达,你将成为寂静者而住:这即是说,通过圣道,对慢完全通达、穷尽、灭尽、断除、弃舍之后,你便成为寂静、清凉、离一切热恼,直至于无余涅槃界般涅槃为止。在此期间,你将依空、无相、无愿三种果等至中的一种而住。世尊以阿拉汉果为究竟,结束了这一番教诫。显示巴利原文
Mānānusayamujjahāti imāya animittabhāvanāya aniccasaññaṃ paṭilabhitvā ‘‘aniccasaññino, meghiya, anattasaññā saṇṭhāti, anattasaññī asmimānasamugghātaṃ pāpuṇātī’’ti evamādinā (a. ni. 9.3; udā. 31) anukkamena mānānusayaṃ ujjaha pajaha pariccajāhīti attho. Tato mānābhisamayā, upasanto carissasīti athevaṃ ariyamaggena mānassa abhisamayā khayā vayā pahānā paṭinissaggā upasanto nibbuto sītibhūto sabbadarathapariḷāhavirahito yāva anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāsi, tāva suññatānimittāppaṇihitānaṃ aññataraññatarena phalasamāpattivihārena carissasi viharissasīti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
此后,“如此,世尊”等语是结集者的言语。其中,“如此”意为“这样,这是”,即确实如此。其余部分在这里意思清晰。就这样,尊者罗睺罗在受教诫时,随着解脱成熟法的圆满,在《小罗睺罗教诫经》结束时,与数千天众一同证得阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Tato paraṃ ‘‘itthaṃ sudaṃ bhagavā’’tiādi saṅgītikārakānaṃ vacanaṃ. Tattha itthaṃ sudanti itthaṃ su idaṃ, evamevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha uttānatthameva. Evaṃ ovadiyamāno cāyasmā rāhulo paripākagatesu vimuttiparipācaniyesu dhammesu cūḷarāhulovādasuttapariyosāne anekehi devatāsahassehi saddhiṃ arahatte patiṭṭhāsīti.
第十二章《尼哥罗达咖巴经》(又叫做《鹏耆舍经》)的注释。显示巴利原文
12. Nigrodhakappasutta-(vaṅgīsasutta)-vaṇṇanā
以“如是我闻”开头的这部经,名为《尼哥罗达咖巴经》,也称为《鹏耆舍经》。它的缘起为何?就在其序言中已说明。这里“如是我闻”等词意思明了,因此我们放下这些及同类的已解说部分,只解释尚未说到的内容。“于阿给勒婆支提寺”是指在阿罗毗地方的阿给支提寺。何以故?因为佛陀尚未出世时,有阿给勒婆、郭达摩等多座支提,为夜叉、龙等非人的住处。佛陀出世后,人们毁弃那些支提而兴建寺院,但仍沿用旧名。因此,说“住在名为阿给勒婆支提的寺院中”,即此义。“尊者鹏耆舍”:“尊者”是亲切的称呼,“鹏耆舍”是长老的名字。他的来历要从其出生说起:据说,他是游方者的儿子,母亲也是游方女。他掌握一种明,运用此明的力量,能敲打死人的头盖骨,了知该有情投生何处。人们将已故亲属的头骨从墓地带来问他那些人投生何处,他便说“投生到了某地狱”、“投生在人间某处”。众人对此惊奇,便布施他许多财物。就这样,他周行整个赡部洲洲。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti nigrodhakappasuttaṃ, ‘‘vaṅgīsasutta’’ntipi vuccati. Kā uppatti? Ayameva yāssa nidāne vuttā. Tattha evaṃ metiādīni vuttatthāneva, yato tāni aññāni ca tathāvidhāni chaḍḍetvā avuttanayameva vaṇṇayissāma. Aggāḷave cetiyeti āḷaviyaṃ aggacetiye. Anuppanne hi bhagavati aggāḷavagotamakādīni anekāni cetiyāni ahesuṃ yakkhanāgādīnaṃ bhavanāni. Tāni uppanne bhagavati manussā vināsetvā vihāre akaṃsu, teneva ca nāmena vohariṃsu. Tato aggāḷavacetiyasaṅkhāte vihāre viharatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Āyasmato vaṅgīsassāti ettha āyasmāti piyavacanaṃ, vaṅgīsoti tassa therassa nāmaṃ. So jātito pabhuti evaṃ veditabbo – so kira paribbājakassa putto paribbājikāya kucchimhi jāto aññataraṃ vijjaṃ jānāti, yassānubhāvena chavasīsaṃ ākoṭetvā sattānaṃ gatiṃ jānāti. Manussāpi sudaṃ attano ñātīnaṃ kālakatānaṃ susānato sīsāni ānetvā taṃ tesaṃ gatiṃ pucchanti. So ‘‘asukaniraye nibbatto, asukamanussaloke’’ti vadati. Te tena vimhitā tassa bahuṃ dhanaṃ denti. Evaṃ so sakalajambudīpe pākaṭo ahosi.
他曾在十万劫中圆满波罗蜜、具足大悲决意,被五千人众围绕,游历各个村落、城镇、邦国和王都之间,最终到达舍卫城。那时,世尊正住在舍卫城。舍卫城的居民在午前供养饮食之后,到了午后,都穿戴齐整、衣着庄重,手持花、香等供品,前往祇园听法。他看见他们,便问道:“这大群人是往何处去呢?”人们告诉他:“佛陀已出现于世,为利益广大众生而说法,我们正是前往那里。”于是,他也带领自己的眷属,随同这些人一道前去,与世尊互致敬意后,坐在一旁。世尊便问他:“鹏耆舍,听说你掌握一种明,能敲击死人的头骨并说出其投向,是真的吗?”他回答:“是的,乔达摩先生,我知道。”世尊便让人取来一个投生地狱者的头骨展示给他看。他用指甲敲了敲,说:“乔达摩先生,这是投生地狱者的头骨。”如此,世尊将投生各个趣处的头骨一一拿给他看,他全都正确识别并如实报告。最后,世尊又拿出一个漏尽者的头骨给他看,他反复敲击,却无法了知。于是世尊对他说:“鹏耆舍,这不是你的境界所能及的,这是我的境界,这是漏尽者的头骨。”接着,便诵出此偈颂。显示巴利原文
So satasahassakappaṃ pūritapāramī abhinīhārasampanno pañcahi purisasahassehi parivuto gāmanigamajanapadarājadhānīsu vicaranto sāvatthiṃ anuppatto. Tena ca samayena bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati, sāvatthivāsino purebhattaṃ dānaṃ datvā pacchābhattaṃ sunivatthā supārutā pupphagandhādīni gahetvā dhammassavanatthāya jetavanaṃ gacchanti. So te disvā ‘‘mahājanakāyo kuhiṃ gacchatī’’ti pucchi. Athassa te ācikkhiṃsu – ‘‘buddho loke uppanno, so bahujanahitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tattha gacchāmā’’ti. Sopi tehi saddhiṃ saparivāro gantvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammoditvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Atha naṃ bhagavā āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ, vaṅgīsa, jānāsi kira tādisaṃ vijjaṃ, yāya sattānaṃ chavasīsāni ākoṭetvā gatiṃ pavedesī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bho gotama, jānāmī’’ti. Bhagavā niraye nibbattassa sīsaṃ āharāpetvā dassesi, so nakhena ākoṭetvā ‘‘niraye nibbattassa sīsaṃ bho gotamā’’ti āha. Evaṃ sabbagatinibbattānaṃ sīsāni dassesi, sopi tatheva ñatvā ārocesi. Athassa bhagavā khīṇāsavasīsaṃ dassesi, so punappunaṃ ākoṭetvā na aññāsi. Tato bhagavā ‘‘avisayo te ettha vaṅgīsa, mameveso visayo, khīṇāsavasīsa’’nti vatvā imaṃ gāthamabhāsi –
野兽的去处是林野,虚空是飞鸟的去处,诸法的趣向是灭尽,涅槃是阿拉汉的归趣。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gatī migānaṃ pavanaṃ, ākāso pakkhinaṃ gati;
鹏耆舍听了这首偈颂后,便说:“乔达摩尊者,请您将此明传授于我。”世尊说:“此明非未出家者所能成就。”他又说:“乔达摩尊者,那就请让我出家,或依您所愿作任何安排之后,再将此明传授于我。”那时,尼哥罗达咖巴尊者正好在世尊身边,世尊便指示他说:“既如此,尼哥罗达咖巴,你来度此人出家。”于是尼哥罗达咖巴度他出家,并教导了“皮五种”业处。鹏耆舍依此渐次修习,证得无碍解,成为阿拉汉。后来,世尊在《增支部》(A. I. 212)中授记他为最上首:“诸比丘,在我诸声闻比丘弟子中,辩才第一者,即是此鹏耆舍。”显示巴利原文
Vibhavo gati dhammānaṃ, nibbānaṃ arahato gatī’’ti. (pari. 339);
如是出家的鹏耆舍尊者,其亲教师因以呵责等方式进行省察,而得“尼哥罗达咖巴长老”之名。“咖巴”是这位长老的名字,因他在一棵孟加拉榕树下证得阿拉汉果,故世尊称其为“尼哥罗达咖巴”,此后比丘们也都如此称呼。“长老”:意指于教法中得坚固,故称长老。他在阿伽罗婆塔庙,此后不久便于该塔庙中般涅槃。经文说“独处宴坐”:“独处”,指身离众人聚会,独居一处;“宴坐”,指心从诸外缘退转归来,向内安住,故称宴坐。他内心生起如是“遍寻”:即依此方式生起寻思。为何而生?因长老般涅槃时不在场,以及往昔曾见之习气。这位长老般涅槃时他未在其前,而往昔曾见此长老有手玩弄等宿世习气,这些习气非仅未断烦恼之凡夫有,漏尽者亦因过去世之串习而存。显示巴利原文
Vaṅgīso gāthaṃ sutvā ‘‘imaṃ me, bho gotama, vijjaṃ dehī’’ti āha. Bhagavā ‘‘nāyaṃ vijjā apabbajitānaṃ sampajjatī’’ti āha. So ‘‘pabbājetvā vā maṃ, bho gotama, yaṃ vā icchasi, taṃ katvā imaṃ vijjaṃ dehī’’ti āha. Tadā ca bhagavato nigrodhakappatthero samīpe hoti, taṃ bhagavā āṇāpesi – ‘‘tena hi, nigrodhakappa, imaṃ pabbājehī’’ti. So taṃ pabbājetvā tacapañcakakammaṭṭhānaṃ ācikkhi. Vaṅgīso anupubbena paṭisambhidāppatto arahā ahosi. Etadagge ca bhagavatā niddiṭṭho ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭibhānavantānaṃ yadidaṃ vaṅgīso’’ti (a. ni. 1.212).
正如宾头卢颇罗堕尊者,他于午后为作日间住而常往优填王的花园,因其昔日为国王时,曾于此处享乐,此由过去习气所致;又如憍梵波提长老,前往三十三天一座空天宫,因其曾为天子,于彼处享乐,亦由过去习气所致;再如毕陵伽婆蹉比丘,以贱称唤其他比丘,因其过去五百生皆为婆罗门,习惯如此言语,同样是由过去习气所致。因此,由于婆耆舍尊者当时不在亲教师面前,又见过他以往的行为习惯,心中便生起这样的思惟:‘我的亲教师是已般涅槃,还是未般涅槃呢?’其后文义容易了知。‘偏袒上衣’:这里是依再次安立的方式而说。‘偏袒’是指搭于左肩而住,这正是它的称谓。当把衣搭在左肩上而安立时,如此作衣的含义应当了知。其余文句不难领会。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ samudāgatassa āyasmato vaṅgīsassa upajjhāyo vajjāvajjādiupanijjhāyanena evaṃ laddhavohāro nigrodhakappo nāma thero. Kappoti tassa therassa nāmaṃ, nigrodhamūle pana arahattaṃ adhigatattā ‘‘nigrodhakappo’’ti bhagavatā vutto. Tato naṃ bhikkhūpi evaṃ voharanti. Sāsane thirabhāvaṃ pattoti thero. Aggāḷave cetiye aciraparinibbuto hotīti tasmiṃ cetiye aciraparinibbuto hoti. Rahogatassa paṭisallīnassāti gaṇamhā vūpakaṭṭhattā rahogatassa kāyena, paṭisallīnassa cittena tehi tehi visayehi paṭinivattitvā sallīnassa. Evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādīti iminā ākārena vitakko uppajji. Kasmā pana udapādīti. Asammukhattā diṭṭhāsevanattā ca. Ayañhi tassa parinibbānakāle na sammukhā ahosi, diṭṭhapubbañcānena assa hatthakukkuccādipubbāsevanaṃ, tādisañca akhīṇāsavānampi hoti khīṇāsavānampi pubbaparicayena.
‘无劣慧’:‘劣’是指低微、鄙劣;不是‘劣慧’即‘无劣慧’,意思是大慧。‘于现法’:即现证,或指在此现有之生命体中。‘关于疑’:指关于这类思惟。‘已知’:即清晰明了。‘有名声’:指具足利养与眷属。‘已寂灭者’:指心得守护,或者说心无焦虑。显示巴利原文
Tathā hi piṇḍolabhāradvājo pacchābhattaṃ divāvihāratthāya udenassa uyyānameva gacchati pubbe rājā hutvā tattha paricāresīti iminā pubbaparicayena, gavampatitthero tāvatiṃsabhavane suññaṃ devavimānaṃ gacchati devaputto hutvā tattha paricāresīti iminā pubbaparicayena. Pilindavaccho bhikkhū vasalavādena samudācarati abbokiṇṇāni pañca jātisatāni brāhmaṇo hutvā tathā abhāsīti iminā pubbaparicayena. Tasmā asammukhattā diṭṭhāsevanattā cassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘‘parinibbuto nu kho me upajjhāyo, udāhu no parinibbuto’’ti. Tato paraṃ uttānatthameva. Ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvāti ettha pana puna saṇṭhāpanena evaṃ vuttaṃ. Ekaṃsanti ca vāmaṃsaṃ pārupitvā ṭhitassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yato yathā vāmaṃsaṃ pārupitvā ṭhitaṃ hoti, tathā cīvaraṃ katvāti evamassattho veditabbo. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
346 ‘无劣慧’:‘劣’是指低微、鄙劣;不是‘劣慧’即‘无劣慧’,意思是大慧。‘于现法’:即现证,或指在此现有之生命体中。‘关于疑’:指关于这类思惟。‘已知’:即清晰明了。‘有名声’:指具足利养与眷属。‘已寂灭者’:指心得守护,或者说心无焦虑。显示巴利原文
346.Anomapaññanti omaṃ vuccati parittaṃ lāmakaṃ, na omapaññaṃ, anomapaññaṃ, mahāpaññanti attho. Diṭṭheva dhammeti paccakkhameva, imasmiṃyeva attabhāveti vā attho. Vicikicchānanti evarūpānaṃ parivitakkānaṃ. Ñātoti pākaṭo. Yasassīti lābhaparivārasampanno abhinibbutattoti guttacitto apariḍayhamānacitto vā.
347 「由你所作」:因他坐在尼拘律树下,故被称为「尼拘律咖波」;说「由你所作」,即是世尊如自己所观照那样而说。然而,世尊并非仅因其坐在那里便如此称呼他,而是因为他在那里证得阿拉汉果。「婆罗门」:是就种姓而言。据说他确实是从婆罗门大富豪家族出家。「行礼敬」:即行敬礼而住。「希求解脱」:即希求名为涅槃的解脱,意思是希求涅槃。「坚固法见者」:是称呼世尊。因为涅槃以不可破坏之义称为「坚固法」,而世尊显示此法,因此称他为「坚固法见者」。显示巴利原文
347.Tayā katanti nigrodhamūle nisinnattā ‘‘nigrodhakappo’’ti vadatā tayā katanti yathā attanā upalakkheti, tathā bhaṇati. Bhagavā pana na nisinnattā eva taṃ tathā ālapi, apica kho tattha arahattaṃ pattattā. Brāhmaṇassāti jātiṃ sandhāya bhaṇati. So kira brāhmaṇamahāsālakulā pabbajito. Namassaṃ acarīti namassamāno vihāsi. Mutyapekkhoti nibbānasaṅkhātaṃ vimuttiṃ apekkhamāno, nibbānaṃ patthentoti vuttaṃ hoti. Daḷhadhammadassīti bhagavantaṃ ālapati. Daḷhadhammo hi nibbānaṃ abhijjanaṭṭhena, tañca bhagavā dasseti. Tasmā taṃ ‘‘daḷhadhammadassī’’ti āha.
348 「释迦」:也是以姓氏称呼世尊。「我等一切」:含摄全体大众,表明自身而说。「普眼」:也是以一切知智称呼世尊。「善安住」:即正确地安住,作意而安住。「我等」:即我们的。「为听闻」:为了听闻此问题的解释。「诸耳」:即耳根。「汝是我等师,汝是无上者」:这只是赞叹的话语。显示巴利原文
348.Sakyātipi bhagavantameva kulanāmena ālapati. Mayampi sabbeti niravasesaparisaṃ saṅgaṇhitvā attānaṃ dassento bhaṇati. Samantacakkhūtipi bhagavantameva sabbaññutaññāṇena ālapati. Samavaṭṭhitāti sammā avaṭṭhitā ābhogaṃ katvā ṭhitā. Noti amhākaṃ. Savanāyāti imassa pañhassa veyyākaraṇassavanatthāya. Sotāti sotindriyāni. Tuvaṃ no satthā tvamanuttarosīti thutivacanamattamevetaṃ.
349 「断除疑」:他确实断除了疑,即远离了不善之疑;然而,这句话是针对那类似疑的寻思而说。「请告诉我」:意思是,请你告诉我那件事——你已被我这般请求:「那位释迦族的声闻,我们所有人也都想要了知。」在你宣说时,具广大智慧者,请告知那位已般涅槃者,就在我們中间讲说;已了知那已般涅槃者的大智慧世尊,请您在我们所有人中间宣说,令我们皆能了知。而「如同诸天中的千眼帝释天」这一句,则是赞叹的话。再者,他也有这样的意图:就像千眼帝释天在诸天中宣说那被他们恭敬领受的话语,同样地,也请您在我们中间宣说那被我们恭敬领受的话语。显示巴利原文
349.Chindevano vicikicchanti akusalavicikicchāya nibbicikiccho so, vicikicchāpatirūpakaṃ pana taṃ parivitakkaṃ sandhāyevamāha. Brūhi metanti brūhi me etaṃ, yaṃ mayā yācitosi ‘‘taṃ sāvakaṃ sakya, mayampi sabbe aññātumicchāmā’’ti, brūvanto ca taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ parinibbutaṃ vedaya bhūripañña majjheva no bhāsa, parinibbutaṃ ñatvā mahāpaññaṃ bhagavā majjheva amhākaṃ sabbesaṃ bhāsa, yathā sabbeva mayaṃ jāneyyāma. Sakkova devāna sahassanettoti idaṃ pana thutivacanameva. Apicassa ayaṃ adhippāyo – yathā sakko sahassanetto devānaṃ majjhe tehi sakkaccaṃ sampaṭicchitavacano bhāsati, evaṃ amhākaṃ majjhe amhehi sampaṭicchitavacano bhāsāti.
350 「凡任何」:为激发赞颂世尊之愿而说此偈。其义为:凡是贪等结缚,因未断除他们,即未能断除愚痴与疑,故被称为「愚痴之路」、「无明之部分」、「疑之处所」。这一切在值遇如来后,便以如来说法之力被摧毁殆尽,不复存在。何以故?因为这是众人最上之眼。由如来能生起摧破一切结缚的智慧眼,故说为众人最上之眼。显示巴利原文
350.Ye kecīti imampi gāthaṃ bhagavantaṃ thunantoyeva vattukāmataṃ janetuṃ bhaṇati. Tassattho ye keci abhijjhādayo ganthā tesaṃ appahāne mohavicikicchānaṃ pahānābhāvato ‘‘mohamaggā’’ti ca ‘‘aññāṇapakkhā’’ti ca ‘‘vicikicchaṭṭhānā’’ti ca vuccanti. Sabbe te tathāgataṃ patvā tathāgatassa desanābalena viddhaṃsitā na bhavanti nassanti. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Cakkhuñhi etaṃ paramaṃ narānaṃ, yasmā tathāgato sabbaganthavidhamanapaññācakkhujananato narānaṃ paramaṃ cakkhunti vuttaṃ hoti.
351 「若确实不曾」:他同样为生起赞颂之心而诵出此偈。其中,jātu(确实)是不变词,purisa(男子)指世尊,jotimanto(具光耀者)指具足慧光的舍利弗等人。此义为:如果世尊不能像东风等风吹散浓云那样,以说法之威力吹散烦恼;正如被密云遮蔽的世界唯有黑暗,被无明遮蔽者亦唯有黑暗;那么,如今这些看似具光耀的舍利弗等人,他们也不会放射光芒。显示巴利原文
351.No ce hi jātūti imampi gāthaṃ thunantoyeva vattukāmataṃ janentova bhaṇati. Tattha jātūti ekaṃsavacanaṃ. Purisoti bhagavantaṃ sandhāyāha. Jotimantoti paññājotisamannāgatā sāriputtādayo. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yadi bhagavā yathā puratthimādibhedo vāto abbhaghanaṃ vihanati, evaṃ desanāvegena kilese na vihaneyya . Tathā yathā abbhaghanena nivuto loko tamova hoti ekandhakāro, evaṃ aññāṇanivutopi tamovassa. Yepi ime dāni jotimanto khāyanti sāriputtādayo, tepi narā na tapeyyunti.
352 「智者与」:他以同样的赞颂方式说出此偈。其义为:智者与贤明之士,能成为带来光明者,能生起智慧之光。因此,我认为具足精进勇猛的世尊,正是一位「智者」,也正是一位「带来光明者」。正因为我们确切了知世尊如实照见一切法,我们才前来亲近世尊。所以,请在众中为我们开示「劫波」,宣说阐明「尼拘律咖波」。显示巴利原文
352.Dhīrā cāti imampi gāthaṃ purimanayeneva bhaṇati. Tassattho dhīrā ca paṇḍitā purisā pajjotakarā bhavanti, paññāpajjotaṃ uppādenti. Tasmā ahaṃ taṃ vīra padhānavīriyasamannāgato bhagavā tatheva maññe dhīroti ca pajjotakarotveva ca maññāmi. Mayañhi vipassinaṃ sabbadhamme yathābhūtaṃ passantaṃ bhagavantaṃ jānantā eva upāgamumhā, tasmā parisāsu no āvikarohi kappaṃ, nigrodhakappaṃ ācikkha pakāsehīti.
353 “Khippaṃ”:以同样的方式说出此偈。其义为:世尊啊,请您迅速发出话语,请说出令人愉悦、美妙动听的语言。犹如金天鹅觅食归来,望见自己出生的湖泊与林丛,便伸长脖颈,以红色的喙,从容舒缓地发出美妙音声——同样地,您也以大人相之一的梵音,善巧分别、善加修饰的圆满音声,缓缓说法;我等皆正立不退,心意无散,倾听您的妙音。显示巴利原文
353.Khippanti imampi gāthaṃ purimanayeneva bhaṇati. Tassattho khippaṃ giraṃ eraya lahuṃ acirāyamāno vacanaṃ bhāsa, vagguṃ manoramaṃ bhagavā. Yathā suvaṇṇahaṃso gocarapaṭikkanto jātassaravanasaṇḍaṃ disvā gīvaṃ paggayha uccāretvā rattatuṇḍena saṇikaṃ ataramāno vagguṃ giraṃ nikūjati nicchāreti, evameva tvampi saṇikaṃ nikūja, iminā mahāpurisalakkhaṇaññatarena bindussarena suvikappitena suṭṭhuvikappitena abhisaṅkhatena. Ete mayaṃ sabbeva ujugatā avikkhittamānasā hutvā tava nikūjitaṃ suṇomāti.
354 “Pahīnajātimaraṇaṃ”:以同样的方式说出此偈。其中,“na sesetīti aseso”:毫无残留,即彻底。“已断生死而无余”,意思是说,不像入流者等那样还留有残余,而是彻底断除了生死。“niggayhā”:以正确的方式恳请、约束之后。“dhona”:洗净一切罪恶者。“vadessāmi”:我将宣说法。“Na kāmakāro hi puthujjanānaṃ”:的确,凡夫不得自在,想知、想说却不能如愿。“saṅkheyyakāro ca tathāgatānaṃ”:而如来则有审智之行,以慧为先导;想知、想说,皆能成办——此是隐含之义。显示巴利原文
354.Pahīnajātimaraṇanti imampi gāthaṃ purimanayeneva bhaṇati. Tattha na sesetīti aseso, taṃ asesaṃ. Sotāpannādayo viya kiñci asesetvā pahīnajātimaraṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Niggayhāti suṭṭhu yācitvā nibandhitvā. Dhonanti dhutasabbapāpaṃ. Vadessāmīti kathāpessāmi dhammaṃ. Na kāmakāro hi puthujjanānanti puthujjanānameva hi kāmakāro natthi, yaṃ patthenti ñātuṃ vā vattuṃ vā, taṃ na sakkonti. Saṅkheyyakāro ca tathāgatānanti tathāgatānaṃ pana vīmaṃsakāro paññāpubbaṅgamā kiriyā. Te yaṃ patthenti ñātuṃ vā vattuṃ vā, taṃ sakkontīti adhippāyo.
355 如今,为阐明此审智之行,而说“sampannaveyyākaraṇaṃ”偈。其义为:世尊啊,确实,您那在种种处所被提起、被宣说的、于此正正慧者具足成就的记说——诸如“珊陀提大臣将升至七棵多罗树之高而般涅槃”,“须跋陀罗·释迦将于第七日陷入大地”等例证——全然是如实亲见、毫无倒错。由此,更深深合掌而言:此为最后合掌,至诚敬礼;此又一合掌,更加深敬。请莫因沉默令我等陷入迷惑,您是明知劫波去向者。无等智慧者啊——这是对世尊的称呼。显示巴利原文
355. Idāni taṃ saṅkheyyakāraṃ pakāsento ‘‘sampannaveyyākaraṇa’’nti gāthamāha. Tassattho – tathā hi tava bhagavā idaṃ samujjupaññassa tattha tattha samuggahītaṃ vuttaṃ pavattitaṃ sampannaveyyākaraṇaṃ, ‘‘santatimahāmatto sattatālamattaṃ abbhuggantvā parinibbāyissati, suppabuddho sakko sattame divase pathaviṃ pavisissatī’’ti evamādīsu aviparītaṃ diṭṭhaṃ. Tato pana suṭṭhutaraṃ añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā āha – ayamañjalī pacchimo suppaṇāmito, ayamaparopi añjalī suṭṭhutaraṃ paṇāmito. Mā mohayīti mā no akathanena mohayi jānaṃ jānanto kappassa gatiṃ. Anomapaññāti bhagavantaṃ ālapati.
356 「Parovaraṃ」:接着以另一种方式,为了请求不迷惑而说此偈。其中,「parovaraṃ」指依世间与出世间而分的美好与不美好,或远与近。「ariyadhammaṃ」指四圣谛法。「viditvā」意为彻底通达之后。「jānaṃ」指了知一切应被了知的事物。「vācābhikaṅkhāmi」:我渴望您的话语,犹如在暑热中疲惫不堪、口渴难耐的人渴望水一般。「sutaṃ pavassa」:请您降下所闻之雨,也就是名为‘所闻’的声处,请让它流露、释放、持续地展现。另有异读作「sutassa vassā」,意为降下如前所述的声处之雨。显示巴利原文
356.Parovaranti imaṃ pana gāthaṃ aparenapi pariyāyena amohanameva yācanto āha. Tattha parovaranti lokiyalokuttaravasena sundarāsundaraṃ dūresantikaṃ vā. Ariyadhammanti catusaccadhammaṃ. Viditvāti paṭivijjhitvā. Jānanti sabbaṃ ñeyyadhammaṃ jānanto. Vācābhikaṅkhāmīti yathā ghammani ghammatatto puriso kilanto tasito vāriṃ, evaṃ te vācaṃ abhikaṅkhāmi. Sutaṃ pavassāti sutasaṅkhātaṃ saddāyatanaṃ pavassa pagghara muñca pavattehi. ‘‘Sutassa vassā’’tipi pāṭho, vuttappakārassa saddāyatanassa vuṭṭhiṃ vassāti attho.
357 现在,为了说明他所渴望的是怎样的话语,而说:显示巴利原文
357. Idāni yādisaṃ vācaṃ abhikaṅkhati, taṃ pakāsento –
劫波耶那啊,你为了什么目的而修此梵行?那个目的不会落空吧?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yadatthikaṃ brahmacariyaṃ acarī, Kappāyano kaccissa taṃ amoghaṃ; Nibbāyi so ādu saupādiseso, Yathā vimutto ahu taṃ suṇomā’’ti. –
他诵出此偈。其中,“kappāyana”是出于恭敬而称说“劫”。问“如何解脱”,即是在问:“他是如无学那样入无余涅槃界,还是如有学那样住于有余涅槃界?”其余部分容易了知。显示巴利原文
Gāthamāha . Tattha kappāyanoti kappameva pūjāvasena bhaṇati. Yathā vimuttoti ‘‘kiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā yathā asekkhā, udāhu upādisesāya yathā sekkhā’’ti pucchati. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
358 358. 就这样,当他被人以十二首偈颂请求之后,世尊为他解说,而诵出此偈:显示巴利原文
358. Evaṃ dvādasahi gāthāhi yācito bhagavā taṃ viyākaronto –
“他已于此名色中断除渴爱,”(世尊这样说)
那是长久随眠的黑暗烦恼之流,
他已无余地超越生与死,
世尊,五趣中的无上者,如此说道。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Acchecchi taṇhaṃ idha nāmarūpe, (iti bhagavā) Kaṇhassa sotaṃ dīgharattānusayitaṃ; Atāri jātiṃ maraṇaṃ asesaṃ, Iccabravī bhagavā pañcaseṭṭho’’ti. –
他说此偈。此处,前半句的意义是:凡于此名色中,依欲爱等分类的渴爱,因长久未被断除而成为随眠,它也被称为黑魔的“流”。这个属于黑魔的流,即长久随眠于此名色中的渴爱,名叫劫者的人已断除。而这里的“世尊这样说”,是结集者的话。“他完全超越了生与死”,表明他断除那渴爱后,便完全超越生与死,依无余涅槃界而般涅槃。“世尊,五中最胜者,如此说”:被婆耆舍请问的世尊这样说;他是五位最初弟子——五群比丘中的最胜者,或由于信等五根,或由于戒等法蕴及极其殊胜的眼而成为最胜者。这也是结集者的话。显示巴利原文
Gāthamāha. Tattha purimapadassa tāva attho – yāpi imasmiṃ nāmarūpe kāmataṇhādibhedā taṇhādīgharattaṃ appahīnaṭṭhena anusayitā kaṇhanāmakassa mārassa ‘‘sota’’ntipi vuccati, taṃ kaṇhassa sotabhūtaṃ dīgharattānusayitaṃ idha nāmarūpe taṇhaṃ kappāyano chindīti. Iti bhagavāti idaṃ panettha saṅgītikārānaṃ vacanaṃ. Atāri jātiṃ maraṇaṃ asesanti so taṃ taṇhaṃ chetvā asesaṃ jātimaraṇaṃ atāri, anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyīti dasseti. Iccabravī bhagavā pañcaseṭṭhoti vaṅgīsena puṭṭho bhagavā etadavoca pañcannaṃ paṭhamasissānaṃ pañcavaggiyānaṃ seṭṭho, pañcahi vā saddhādīhi indriyehi, sīlādīhi vā dhammakkhandhehi ativisiṭṭhehi cakkhūhi ca seṭṭhoti saṅgītikārānamevidaṃ vacanaṃ.
359 当这样说时,婆耆舍对世尊的教导心生欢喜,便说出“他听闻此”等偈颂。其中,第一首偈颂中的“仙人之第七”:世尊既是仙人,也是第七位;因为以最胜义,他将名为毗婆尸、尸弃、毗舍婆佛、拘留孙、拘那含、迦叶的六位仙人,与自身合为七位而出现于世,故称仙人之第七,这是以称呼的口吻而说。“他不欺诳我”:因为他已般涅槃,故对于期望他般涅槃的我,他不欺诳、不违背。此处其余文句已很清楚。显示巴利原文
359. Evaṃ vutte bhagavato bhāsitamabhinandamānaso vaṅgīso ‘‘esa sutvā’’tiādigāthāyo āha. Tattha paṭhamagāthāya isisattamāti bhagavā isi ca sattamo ca uttamaṭṭhena vipassīsikhīvessabhūkakusandhakoṇāgamanakassapanāmake cha isayo attanā saha satta karonto pātubhūtotipi isisattamo, taṃ ālapanto āha. Na maṃ vañcesīti yasmā parinibbuto, tasmā tassa parinibbutabhāvaṃ icchantaṃ maṃ na vañcesi, na visaṃvādesīti attho. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
360 第二首偈颂中,由于他住于对解脱的期待,因此就这一点而说“如说而行,他是佛陀的弟子”。“死魔之网”:指遍布于三界轮回的魔罗的渴爱之网。“具幻术者”:即具有众多幻术的人。也有人读作“tathā māyāvino”,意思是:那个以种种幻术多次前来世尊面前的人,正是这样的一位具幻术者。显示巴利原文
360. Dutiyagāthāya yasmā mutyapekkho vihāsi, tasmā taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘yathāvādī tathākārī, ahu buddhassa sāvako’’ti. Maccuno jālaṃ tatanti tebhūmakavaṭṭe vitthataṃ mārassa taṇhājālaṃ. Māyāvinoti bahumāyassa. ‘‘Tathā māyāvino’’tipi keci paṭhanti, tesaṃ yo anekāhi māyāhi anekakkhattumpi bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkami, tassa tathā māyāvinoti adhippāyo.
361 在第三首偈颂中,“始”(ādi)指原因。“取”(upādānassa):指轮回。因为轮回依其应被执取的义理,在此处被称为“取”;而对于此“取”之始——即分为无明、渴爱等类别的因——那位名为咖巴的人已经照见。应如此解说,这是就“世尊”的意趣而说的。“已越过啊”(accagā vata):即已经超越。“死域”(maccudheyya):所谓死域,是死魔安住于其中之意,这是三界轮回的别名。那极为难渡的死域,他已经越过了啊——他如此生起智慧而作赞叹。其余诸句在此皆意义明显。显示巴利原文
361. Tatiyagāthāya ādīti kāraṇaṃ. Upādānassāti vaṭṭassa. Vaṭṭañhi upādātabbaṭṭhena idha ‘‘upādāna’’nti vuttaṃ, tasseva upādānassa ādiṃ avijjātaṇhādibhedaṃ kāraṇaṃ addasa kappoti evaṃ vattuṃ vaṭṭati bhagavāti adhippāyena vadati. Accagā vatāti atikkanto vata. Maccudheyyanti maccu ettha dhiyatīti maccudheyyaṃ, tebhūmakavaṭṭassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Taṃ suduttaraṃ maccudheyyaṃ accagā vatāti vedajāto bhaṇati. Sesamettha pākaṭamevāti.
于《胜义光明》(Paramatthajotikā)之《小部注疏》(Khuddaka-aṭṭhakathā)显示巴利原文
Paramatthajotikāya khuddaka-aṭṭhakathāya
《经集注疏》(Suttanipāta-aṭṭhakathā)之《尼哥罗达咖巴经注释》(Nigrodhakappasuttavaṇṇanā)终。显示巴利原文
Suttanipāta-aṭṭhakathāya nigrodhakappasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
13. 《正游行经》(Sammāparibbājanīyasutta)——《大集会经》(Mahāsamayasutta)——注释显示巴利原文
13. Sammāparibbājanīyasutta-(mahāsamayasutta)-vaṇṇanā
362 “我问广慧的牟尼”等颂,此为《正游行经》。因在大集会日宣说,也被称为《大集会经》。其缘起为何?乃是以提问为缘的缘起。由化现的佛陀提问之后,世尊宣说了这部经,连同提问一起,被称为“正游行经”。此处只是略说。至于详尽解说,则由古师们从释迦族与拘利族的起源开始阐述。显示巴利原文
362.Pucchāmimuniṃ pahūtapaññanti sammāparibbājanīyasuttaṃ, ‘‘mahāsamayasutta’’ntipi vuccati mahāsamayadivase kathitattā. Kā uppatti? Pucchāvasikā uppatti. Nimmitabuddhena hi puṭṭho bhagavā imaṃ suttamabhāsi, taṃ saddhiṃ pucchāya ‘‘sammāparibbājanīyasutta’’nti vuccati. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthārato pana sākiyakoliyānaṃ uppattito pabhuti porāṇehi vaṇṇīyati.
在此,略述其传承:据说,最初劫初之王“大选王”(Mahāsammata)有子名为罗阇(Roja)。罗阇之后有婆罗罗阇(Vararoja),婆罗罗阇之后有迦利耶纳(Kalyāṇa),迦利耶纳之后有婆罗迦利耶纳(Varakalyāṇa),婆罗迦利耶纳之后有曼陀多(Mandhātā),曼陀多之后有婆罗曼陀多(Varamandhātā),婆罗曼陀多之后有布萨(Uposatha),布萨之后有婆罗(Vara),婆罗之后有伍巴婆罗(Upavara),伍巴婆罗之后有摩伽提婆(Maghadeva)。摩伽提婆的相续后裔,共有八万四千位刹帝利。他们之后,有三个甘蔗王(Okkāka)的王族。其中,第三位甘蔗王有五位王后:哈塔(Hatthā)、基达(Cittā)、姜图(Jantu)、迦利尼(Jālinī)和毗舍佉(Visākhā)。每一位王后各有五百侍女随从。最年长的王后育有四子——奥迦穆卡(Okkāmukha)、卡拉干度(Karakaṇḍu)、哈提尼卡(Hatthinika)、西尼普罗(Sinipura);以及五女——毕雅(Piyā)。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ uddesamaggavaṇṇanā – paṭhamakappikānaṃ kira rañño mahāsammatassa rojo nāma putto ahosi. Rojassa vararojo, vararojassa kalyāṇo, kalyāṇassa varakalyāṇo, varakalyāṇassa mandhātā, mandhātussa varamandhātā, varamandhātussa uposatho, uposathassa varo, varassa upavaro, upavarassa maghadevo, maghadevassa paramparā caturāsīti khattiyasahassāni ahesuṃ. Tesaṃ parato tayo okkākavaṃsā ahesuṃ. Tesu tatiyaokkākassa pañca mahesiyo ahesuṃ – hatthā, cittā, jantu, jālinī, visākhāti. Ekekissā pañca pañca itthisatāni parivārā. Sabbajeṭṭhāya cattāro puttā – okkāmukho, karakaṇḍu, hatthiniko, sinipuroti; pañca dhītaro – piyā, suppiyā, ānandā, vijitā, vijitasenāti. Evaṃ sā nava putte labhitvā kālamakāsi.
接着,国王又迎娶了一位年轻貌美的王族少女,立为正宫王后。她也生下一个儿子,取名姜图。王子出生第五天,她将王子装饰打扮后带到国王面前。国王满心欢喜,便赐予王后一个恩惠。她与亲族商议后,替儿子乞求王位。国王说:“你这下贱的女人,想阻碍我的儿子们吗?”并未答应。王后多次在私下取悦国王,说道:“大王,说不实之语是不应该的。”如此种种,一再乞求。于是,国王将儿子们召集过来,对他们说:“孩子们,我看见你们幼弟姜图王子,一时仓促间便答应了他母亲一个恩惠。如今她想把王位交到她的儿子手里。你们且等我去世之后,再回来治理王国吧。”说完便派遣八位大臣陪同。王子们带着姐妹,率领四支军队出了城。许多人心想:“王子们未来在父王去世后必定会回来治国,我们应当跟去随侍。”于是纷纷追随。第一天,军队绵延约一由旬;第二天有两由旬;第三天达三由旬。王子们心想:“这支军队太庞大了,即便攻取邻国、夺取国土,那里也容不下这么多人。何必靠压迫他人得来的王位呢?赡部洲洲幅员广大,我们不如在森林中建造一座城市。”于是他们便朝着雪山方向进发。显示巴利原文
Atha rājā aññaṃ daharaṃ abhirūpaṃ rājadhītaraṃ ānetvā aggamahesiṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Sāpi jantuṃ nāma ekaṃ puttaṃ vijāyi. Taṃ jantukumāraṃ pañcamadivase alaṅkaritvā rañño dassesi. Rājā tuṭṭho mahesiyā varaṃ adāsi. Sā ñātakehi saddhiṃ mantetvā puttassa rajjaṃ yāci. Rājā ‘‘nassa vasali, mama puttānaṃ antarāyamicchasī’’ti nādāsi. Sā punappunaṃ raho rājānaṃ paritosetvā ‘‘na, mahārāja, musāvādo vaṭṭatī’’tiādīni vatvā yācati eva. Atha rājā putte āmantesi – ‘‘ahaṃ, tātā, tumhākaṃ kaniṭṭhaṃ jantukumāraṃ disvā tassa mātuyā sahasā varaṃ adāsiṃ. Sā puttassa rajjaṃ pariṇāmetuṃ icchati. Tumhe mamaccayena āgantvā rajjaṃ kāreyyāthā’’ti aṭṭhahi amaccehi saddhiṃ uyyojesi. Te bhaginiyo ādāya caturaṅginiyā senāya nagarā nikkhamiṃsu. ‘‘Kumārā pituaccayena āgantvā rajjaṃ kāressanti, gacchāma ne upaṭṭhahāmā’’ti cintetvā bahū manussā anubandhiṃsu. Paṭhamadivase yojanamattā senā ahosi, dutiyadivase dviyojanamattā, tatiyadivase tiyojanamattā. Kumārā cintesuṃ – ‘‘mahā ayaṃ balakāyo, sace mayaṃ kañci sāmantarājānaṃ akkamitvā janapadaṃ gaṇhissāma, sopi no na pahossati, kiṃ paresaṃ pīḷaṃ katvā laddharajjena, mahā jambudīpo, araññe nagaraṃ māpessāmā’’ti himavantābhimukhā agamiṃsu.
他们在那里寻找适合建城的地点。当时,雪山中有一位名叫迦毗罗的大苦行仙人,住在大树林里,靠近池塘岸边。王子们来到他的住处,他看到他们,询问缘由,听完所有经过后,对他们生起了怜悯。据说他精通一种名为“地网”的明咒,能看透向上八十肘的虚空,也能察看地下的优劣。那时,他看到某个地方,野猪等野兽竟能将狮子、老虎吓得逃跑,青蛙、老鼠也能把蛇吓退。他见这些现象后,认准“这片土地是大地之巅”,便在那里建了庵舍。接着,他对王子们说:“如果你们用我的名字建造城市,我就把这块地给你们。”王子们答应了。仙人说:“站在这块地上,哪怕是一个旃陀罗之子,也能凭借此地的力量胜过转轮王。”又说:“就在我这庵舍处建起国王的宫宅,然后营建城市吧。”他将那块地给了他们,自己则在不远的山脚下另建庵舍居住。于是,王子们便在那里建城,因城建在迦毗罗曾居住之处,故命名为迦毗罗卫,并定居下来。显示巴利原文
Tattha nagaramāpanokāsaṃ pariyesamānā himavati kapilo nāma ghoratapo tāpaso paṭivasati pokkharaṇitīre mahāsākasaṇḍe, tassa vasanokāsaṃ gatā. So te disvā pucchitvā sabbaṃ pavattiṃ sutvā tesu anukampaṃ akāsi. So kira bhummajālaṃ nāma vijjaṃ jānāti, yāya uddhaṃ asītihatthe ākāse ca heṭṭhā bhūmiyañca guṇadose passati. Athekasmiṃ padese sūkaramigā sīhabyagghādayo tāsetvā paripātenti, maṇḍūkamūsikā sappe bhiṃsāpenti. So te disvā ‘‘ayaṃ bhūmippadeso pathavīagga’’nti tasmiṃ padese assamaṃ māpesi. Tato so rājakumāre āha – ‘‘sace mama nāmena nagaraṃ karotha, demi vo imaṃ okāsa’’nti. Te tathā paṭijāniṃsu. Tāpaso ‘‘imasmiṃ okāse ṭhatvā caṇḍālaputtopi cakkavattiṃ balena atisetī’’ti vatvā ‘‘assame rañño gharaṃ māpetvā nagaraṃ māpethā’’ti taṃ okāsaṃ datvā sayaṃ avidūre pabbatapāde assamaṃ katvā vasi. Tato kumārā tattha nagaraṃ māpetvā kapilassa vutthokāse katattā ‘‘kapilavatthū’’ti nāmaṃ āropetvā tattha nivāsaṃ kappesuṃ.
后来,大臣们心想:“这些王子都已长大成人,如果父王在身边,定会为他们安排婚嫁。如今,这份责任便落在我们身上了。”于是与王子们商议。王子们说:“我们找不到与我们相配的刹帝利女子,也找不到与我们的姐妹相配的刹帝利青年。绝不可令血统混杂。”因惧怕血统混杂,他们将长姐安置在母亲的位置上,与其余姐妹共同生活。父王听闻此事后,发出了这样的感叹:“真是‘释迦’啊,诸位王子!真是最极‘释迦’啊,诸位王子!”这便是释迦族名的起源。此事后来也被世尊所提及——显示巴利原文
Atha amaccā ‘‘ime kumārā vayappattā, yadi nesaṃ pitā santike bhaveyya, so āvāhavivāhaṃ kāreyya. Idāni pana amhākaṃ bhāro’’ti cintetvā kumārehi saddhiṃ mantesuṃ. Kumārā ‘‘amhākaṃ sadisā khattiyadhītaro na passāma, tāsampi bhaginīnaṃ sadise khattiyakumāre, jātisambhedañca na karomā’’ti. Te jātisambhedabhayena jeṭṭhabhaginiṃ mātuṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā avasesāhi saṃvāsaṃ kappesuṃ. Tesaṃ pitā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā ‘‘sakyā vata, bho kumārā, paramasakyā vata, bho kumārā’’ti udānaṃ udānesi. Ayaṃ tāva sakyānaṃ uppatti. Vuttampi cetaṃ bhagavatā –
阿摩昼,那时,甘蔗王对大臣和侍从们说:‘诸位,王子们如今住在何处?’‘大王,在雪山山坡一池畔,有一大片娑罗树林,王子们现在正住在那里。他们因害怕血统混杂,便与自己的姐妹共同生活。’阿摩昼,于是甘蔗王发出赞叹:‘这些王子确实是释迦,是最卓越的释迦!’阿摩昼,从此便有了‘释迦族’的名称,而那位正是释迦族的始祖。显示巴利原文
‘‘Atha kho, ambaṭṭha, rājā okkāko amacce pārisajje āmantesi – ‘kahaṃ nu kho, bho, etarahi kumārā sammantī’ti. Atthi, deva, himavantapasse pokkharaṇiyā tīre mahāsākasaṇḍo, tatthetarahi kumārā sammanti. Te jātisambhedabhayā sakāhi bhaginīhi saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ kappentīti. Atha kho, ambaṭṭha, rājā okkāko udānaṃ udānesi – ‘sakyā vata, bho kumārā, paramasakyā vata, bho kumārā’ti, tadagge kho pana , ambaṭṭha, sakyā paññāyanti, so ca sakyānaṃ pubbapuriso’’ti (dī. ni. 1.267).
后来,他们的大姐患了麻风病,身上长出紫矿花般的斑块。王子们想:‘与她一同坐卧、一同饮食,这病也会传染到我们身上。’于是假装去园林游玩,把她抬上车,进入森林,令人挖了一个池塘,连饮食一起将她丢入塘中,盖上木板,覆上泥土,便离开了。那时,还有一位名叫罗摩的国王,也患了麻风病,遭到后宫与舞伎的厌弃。他因此心生悚惧,将王位交给长子,自己遁入山林,以树叶、根茎和果实维生。不久,他的病竟然痊愈,身体变为金色。他四处游荡时,见到一棵巨大的空心树,便将树心清理出十六肘的空间,开了门窗,绑上梯子,住了进去。夜晚,他燃起炭火,躺卧时聆听周围各种悦耳与不悦耳的声音。他仔细分辨:‘那方是狮子吼,那方是老虎叫。’天一亮,他便前往该处,取回残肉烧煮而食。显示巴利原文
Tato nesaṃ jeṭṭhabhaginiyā kuṭṭharogo udapādi, koviḷārapupphasadisāni gattāni ahesuṃ. Rājakumārā ‘‘imāya saddhiṃ ekato nisajjaṭṭhānabhojanādīni karontānampi upari esa rogo saṅkamatī’’ti cintetvā uyyānakīḷaṃ gacchantā viya taṃ yāne āropetvā araññaṃ pavisitvā pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇāpetvā taṃ tattha khādanīyabhojanīyehi saddhiṃ pakkhipitvā upari padaraṃ paṭicchādāpetvā paṃsuṃ datvā pakkamiṃsu. Tena ca samayena rāmo nāma rājā kuṭṭharogī orodhehi ca nāṭakehi ca jigucchiyamāno tena saṃvegena jeṭṭhaputtassa rajjaṃ datvā araññaṃ pavisitvā tattha paṇṇamūlaphalāni paribhuñjanto nacirasseva arogo suvaṇṇavaṇṇo hutvā, ito cito ca vicaranto mahantaṃ susirarukkhaṃ disvā tassabbhantare soḷasahatthappamāṇaṃ taṃ kolāpaṃ sodhetvā, dvārañca vātapānañca katvā nisseṇiṃ bandhitvā tattha vāsaṃ kappesi. So aṅgārakaṭāhe aggiṃ katvā rattiṃ vissarañca sussarañca suṇanto sayati. So ‘‘asukasmiṃ padese sīho saddamakāsi, asukasmiṃ byaggho’’ti sallakkhetvā pabhāte tattha gantvā vighāsamaṃsaṃ ādāya pacitvā khādati.
有一天,破晓时分,他生起火坐着。这时,一只老虎闻到那公主的气味,把她埋藏的地方刨开,在铺木板处挖出一个洞。公主从洞中看到老虎,吓得尖叫起来。国王听到声音,辨认出是女人的声音。天亮后,他前往那里,问:‘谁在里面?’‘我是女人,主人。’‘出来吧。’‘我不出来。’‘为什么?’‘我是刹帝利女。’即使已被这样埋在坑中,她仍保持着骄慢。他问明一切后,说道:‘我也是刹帝利。’并告知了自己的出身,然后说:‘现在来吧,你已经像投入酥油的牛奶一样了。’她说:‘主人,我得了麻风病,不能出来。’他说:‘我已有了经验,能够治好你。’便放下梯子,把她拉上来,带回住处,将自己用过的药给了她。不久,他治好了她的病,使她也变成了金色之身。他与她结合。她初次结合便怀孕,生下两个儿子;之后又生两个,如此生了十六次,共三十二位兄弟。他们渐渐长大,父亲教给了他们一切技艺。显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ so paccūsasamaye aggiṃ jāletvā nisīdi. Tena ca samayena tassā rājadhītāya gandhaṃ ghāyitvā byaggho taṃ padesaṃ khaṇitvā padaratthare vivaramakāsi. Tena vivarena sā byagghaṃ disvā bhītā vissaramakāsi. So taṃ saddaṃ sutvā ‘‘itthisaddo eso’’ti ca sallakkhetvā pātova tattha gantvā ‘‘ko etthā’’ti āha. ‘‘Mātugāmo sāmī’’ti. ‘‘Nikkhamā’’ti. ‘‘Na nikkhamāmī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ kāraṇā’’ti? ‘‘Khattiyakaññā aha’’nti. Evaṃ sobbhe nikhātāpi mānameva karoti. So sabbaṃ pucchitvā ‘‘ahampi khattiyo’’ti jātiṃ ācikkhitvā ‘‘ehi dāni khīre pakkhittasappi viya jāta’’nti āha. Sā ‘‘kuṭṭharoginīmhi sāmi, na sakkā nikkhamitu’’nti āha. So ‘‘katakammo dāni ahaṃ sakkā tikicchitu’’nti nisseṇiṃ datvā taṃ uddharitvā attano vasanokāsaṃ netvā sayaṃ paribhuttabhesajjāni eva datvā nacirasseva arogaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇamakāsi. So tāya saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ kappesi. Sā paṭhamasaṃvāseneva gabbhaṃ gaṇhitvā dve putte vijāyi, punapi dveti evaṃ soḷasakkhattuṃ vijāyi. Evaṃ te dvattiṃsa bhātaro ahesuṃ. Te anupubbena vuḍḍhippatte pitā sabbasippāni sikkhāpesi.
后来有一天,一位罗摩王城的居民到山里寻找宝石,来到了那处地方。他一看见国王,便认了出来,说道:‘大王,我认得您。’国王问他:‘你从哪里来?’他回答:‘从王城来,大王。’于是国王便向他询问城中的种种情况。在他们这样交谈时,孩子们走了过来。那人看见后问道:‘大王,这些是谁的孩子?’国王说:‘朋友,是我的儿子。’那人便说:‘大王,如今三十二位王子围绕着您,您为什么还住在林中呢?请回王城治理国家吧!’国王说:‘朋友,不用了,我在这里很快乐。’那人觉得‘这下有了回去禀报的话头’,便回到城中,将情况告诉了国王的儿子。王子心想:‘我要把父王迎回来。’于是率领四支军队来到那里,用种种方式恳请父王。父王仍说:‘够了,孩子!我在这里很快乐。’始终不肯回去。于是王子心想:‘既然父王不愿回来,那我就在这里为他建一座城吧。’他便挖起那棵空心树,在原地建造房屋,规划并营建了一座城市。因为这城市是在拔除了空心树的地方建造的,故称‘空心树城’;又因它建在老虎往来的路上,故又名‘虎道’。赋予这两个名称之后,王子便返回了。显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ eko rāmarañño nagaravāsī pabbate ratanāni gavesanto taṃ padesaṃ āgato rājānaṃ disvā aññāsi. ‘‘Jānāmahaṃ, deva, tumhe’’ti āha. ‘‘Kuto tvaṃ āgatosī’’ti ca tena puṭṭho ‘‘nagarato devā’’ti āha. Tato naṃ rājā sabbaṃ pavattiṃ pucchi. Evaṃ tesu samullapamānesu te dārakā āgamiṃsu. So te disvā ‘‘ime ke devā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Puttā me bhaṇe’’ti. ‘‘Imehi dāni, deva, dvattiṃsakumārehi parivuto vane kiṃ karissasi, ehi rajjamanusāsā’’ti? ‘‘Alaṃ, bhaṇe, idheva sukha’’nti. So ‘‘laddhaṃ dāni me kathāpābhata’’nti nagaraṃ gantvā rañño puttassārocesi. Rañño putto ‘‘pitaraṃ ānessāmī’’ti caturaṅginiyā senāya tattha gantvā nānappakārehi pitaraṃ yāci. Sopi ‘‘alaṃ, tāta kumāra, idheva sukha’’nti neva icchi. Tato rājaputto ‘‘na dāni rājā āgantuṃ icchati, handassa idheva nagaraṃ māpemī’’ti cintetvā taṃ kolarukkhaṃ uddharitvā gharaṃ katvā nagaraṃ māpetvā kolarukkhaṃ apanetvā katattā ‘‘kolanagara’’nti ca byagghapathe katattā ‘‘byagghapajja’’nti cāti dve nāmāni āropetvā agamāsi.
后来,王子们成年时,母亲吩咐道:‘孩子啊,住在迦毗罗卫的释迦族人是你们的舅舅,你们去娶他们的女儿吧。’于是,每当刹帝利少女们去河里嬉戏的那一天,他们就前去守住渡口,通报自己的名字,各自把中意的公主带走。释迦国王们听闻此事后,说道:‘也罢,他们毕竟是我们的亲属。’便默然不语了。这便是拘利族的起源。显示巴利原文
Tato vayappatte kumāre mātā āṇāpesi – ‘‘tātā, tumhākaṃ kapilavatthuvāsino sakyā mātulā honti, dhītaro nesaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti. Te yaṃ divasaṃ khattiyakaññāyo nadīkīḷanaṃ gacchanti, taṃ divasaṃ gantvā nadītitthaṃ uparundhitvā nāmāni sāvetvā patthitā patthitā rājadhītaro gahetvā agamaṃsu. Sakyarājāno sutvā ‘‘hotu bhaṇe, amhākaṃ ñātakā evā’’ti tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Ayaṃ koliyānaṃ uppatti.
释迦族与拘利族就这样互相嫁娶,其族谱一直传到狮子颊王,应当详细了知:据说狮子颊王有五个儿子——净饭、阿蜜多丹那、头楼丹那、释拘丹那、须拘丹那。其中,净饭王在位时,他的夫人是阿拏罗王的女儿摩耶天后。那时,圆满波罗蜜的大士依《本生因缘》中所说的方式,从兜率天命终,入于摩耶天后的母胎结生,渐次成长,之后完成大出家,证得正自觉,转起无上法轮。此后,渐次来到迦毗罗卫,使净饭大王等人安住于圣果,然后出发到各地游化;又在另一时返回,与一千五百位比丘一起,住于迦毗罗卫的尼拘律园中。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tesaṃ sākiyakoliyānaṃ aññamaññaṃ āvāhavivāhaṃ karontānaṃ āgato vaṃso yāva sīhahanurājā, tāva vitthārato veditabbo – sīhahanurañño kira pañca puttā ahesuṃ – suddhodano, amitodano, dhotodano, sakkodano, sukkodanoti. Tesu suddhodane rajjaṃ kārayamāne tassa pajāpatiyā añjanarañño dhītāya mahāmāyādeviyā kucchimhi pūritapāramī mahāpuriso jātakanidāne vuttanayena tusitapurā cavitvā paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā anupubbena katamahābhinikkhamano sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā pavattitavaradhammacakko anukkamena kapilavatthuṃ gantvā suddhodanamahārājādayo ariyaphale patiṭṭhāpetvā janapadacārikaṃ pakkamitvā punapi aparena samayena paccāgantvā pannarasahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ kapilavatthusmiṃ viharati nigrodhārāme.
那时,世尊正住于彼处,释迦族与拘利族因水源起了争执。此事缘起如何?据说,在他们双方的迦毗罗城与拘利城之间,有一条名为罗希尼的河流。此河时浅时涨。水浅时节,释迦族人及拘利族人便各自筑堰,引水灌溉己田。某日,双方正在筑堰之际,彼此争吵,以出身相互辱骂。他们骂道:“你们的王族与自家姐妹同居,犹如鸡犬豺狼等畜生;你们的王族住在空心树中,犹如鬼怪、蜥蜴。”骂罢,各自禀报自己的国王。国王们勃然大怒,整军备战,开赴罗希尼河畔。就这样,如同大海一般庞大的军阵,摆开了阵势。显示巴利原文
Tattha viharante ca bhagavati sākiyakoliyānaṃ udakaṃ paṭicca kalaho ahosi. Kathaṃ? Nesaṃ kira ubhinnampi kapilapurakoliyapurānaṃ antare rohiṇī nāma nadī pavattati. Sā kadāci appodakā hoti, kadāci mahodakā. Appodakakāle setuṃ katvā sākiyāpi koliyāpi attano attano sassapāyanatthaṃ udakaṃ ānenti. Tesaṃ manussā ekadivasaṃ setuṃ karontā aññamaññaṃ bhaṇḍantā ‘‘are tumhākaṃ rājakulaṃ bhaginīhi saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ kappesi kukkuṭasoṇasiṅgālāditiracchānā viya, tumhākaṃ rājakulaṃ susirarukkhe vāsaṃ kappesi pisācillikā viyā’’ti evaṃ jātivādena khuṃsetvā attano attano rājūnaṃ ārocesuṃ. Te kuddhā yuddhasajjā hutvā rohiṇīnadītīraṃ sampattā. Evaṃ sāgarasadisaṃ balaṃ aṭṭhāsi.
那时,世尊心想:“亲族们正在争斗,我应去阻止他们。”便从空中而来,立于两军之间。另有一说谓:世尊是从舍卫城依忆念之力而来。如是站定之后,世尊宣说了《执杖经》。听毕,众人无不惊惧,纷纷丢弃武器,向世尊顶礼而立,并为世尊敷设了高座。世尊从空而降,坐于所设之座,先为讲述《悸动本生》(以“手持斧头者”为开篇),继而又讲《鹌鹑本生》(以“我礼敬您,大象”为开篇)。显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā ‘‘ñātakā kalahaṃ karonti, handa, ne vāressāmī’’ti ākāsenāgantvā dvinnaṃ senānaṃ majjhe aṭṭhāsi. Tampi āvajjetvā sāvatthito āgatoti eke. Evaṃ ṭhatvā ca pana attadaṇḍasuttaṃ (su. ni. 941 ādayo) abhāsi. Taṃ sutvā sabbe saṃvegappattā āvudhāni chaḍḍetvā bhagavantaṃ namassamānā aṭṭhaṃsu, mahagghañca āsanaṃ paññāpesuṃ. Bhagavā oruyha paññattāsane nisīditvā ‘‘kuṭhārīhattho puriso’’tiādikaṃ phandanajātakaṃ (jā. 1.13.14), ‘‘vandāmi taṃ kuñjarā’’tiādikaṃ laṭukikajātakaṃ (jā. 1.5.39).
“那些鸟儿和合相处,一同衔着网飞去;一旦彼此起争执,便会落入我掌控。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sammodamānā gacchanti, jālamādāya pakkhino; Yadā te vivadissanti, tadā ehinti me vasa’’nti. (jā. 1.1.33) –
讲完这部《鹌鹑本生经》后,世尊为了显示他们久远以来的亲戚关系,又讲述了《大族系经》。他们听后心想:‘原来我们很久以来就一直都是亲属!’因而感到极为欢喜。于是,释迦族提供了二百五十位青年王子,拘利族也提供了二百五十位青年王子,合计五百位王子,作为世尊的随从。世尊见到他们过去的因缘后,说道:‘来吧,比丘们!’他们全体立即凭借神通,显现出具足八种资具的出家相,腾空而起,来到世尊面前,礼敬后退立一旁。世尊便带着他们前往大林。这些王子的妻子们派来使者,以种种方式诱惑他们,他们因此心生厌离。世尊了知他们心生厌离后,为了消除他们的不乐,便为他们示现了雪山,并在那里以《拘那罗本生经》中的教法问道:‘比丘们,你们以前可曾见过雪山?’他们回答:‘没有,世尊。’世尊便说:‘那么来吧,比丘们,来看看吧。’他运用自己的神通力,带着他们在空中飞行,示现种种宝山,并说:‘这是金山,这是银山,这是宝珠山。’然后降落在拘那罗湖的雌黄石上。接着,他决意道:‘愿雪山中所有四足、多足等一切畜生道众生都前来,而这一切之……’显示巴利原文
Imaṃ vaṭṭakajātakañca kathetvā puna tesaṃ cirakālappavattaṃ ñātibhāvaṃ dassento imaṃ mahāvaṃsaṃ kathesi. Te ‘‘pubbe kira mayaṃ ñātakā evā’’ti ativiya pasīdiṃsu. Tato sakyā aḍḍhateyyakumārasate, koliyā aḍḍhateyyakumārasateti pañca kumārasate bhagavato parivāratthāya adaṃsu. Bhagavā tesaṃ pubbahetuṃ disvā ‘‘etha bhikkhavo’’ti āha. Te sabbe iddhiyā nibbattaaṭṭhaparikkhārayuttā ākāse abbhuggantvā āgamma bhagavantaṃ vanditvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Bhagavā te ādāya mahāvanaṃ agamāsi. Tesaṃ pajāpatiyo dūte pāhesuṃ, te tāhi nānappakārehi palobhiyamānā ukkaṇṭhiṃsu. Bhagavā tesaṃ ukkaṇṭhitabhāvaṃ ñatvā himavantaṃ dassetvā tattha kuṇālajātakakathāya (jā. 2.21.289 kuṇālajātakaṃ) tesaṃ anabhiratiṃ vinodetukāmo āha – ‘‘diṭṭhapubbo vo, bhikkhave, himavā’’ti? ‘‘Na bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Etha, bhikkhave, pekkhathā’’ti attano iddhiyā te ākāsena nento ‘‘ayaṃ suvaṇṇapabbato, ayaṃ rajatapabbato, ayaṃ maṇipabbato’’ti nānappakāre pabbate dassetvā kuṇāladahe manosilātale paccuṭṭhāsi. Tato ‘‘himavante sabbe catuppadabahuppadādibhedā tiracchānagatā pāṇā āgacchantu, sabbesañca pacchato kuṇālasakuṇo’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Āgacchante ca te jātināmaniruttivasena vaṇṇento ‘‘ete, bhikkhave, haṃsā, ete koñcā , ete cakkavākā, karavīkā, hatthisoṇḍakā, pokkharasātakā’’ti tesaṃ dassesi.
他们看得心中惊奇,只见所有众生中最后到来的,是一只拘那罗鸟。它的喙被两只雌鸟从左右两边叼住,它们共同衔着一根棍子,而它自己则坐在棍子的正中间,身边有上千只雌鸟围绕。他们看见这一幕,心生稀有、前所未有之感,便对世尊说:‘尊者!难道世尊您往昔也曾是这里的拘那罗王吗?’世尊回答:‘是的,比丘们,是我成就了这拘那罗族的传承。因为在过去,曾有四人住在这里:那罗陀是天仙,阿难陀是秃鹫王,满面是弗沙杜鹃鸟,我是拘那罗鸟。’于是,世尊完整地讲述了《大拘那罗本生经》。听完之后,那些比丘因忆念前妻而生起的厌离与不乐,便消止息灭了。接着,世尊又为他们开示了四圣谛的教法。说法结束时,这些人中证果最浅的也成为了入流者,证果最高的则成为了不还者,没有一个还是凡夫或阿拉汉。之后,世尊带着他们,再次降落到大林。而这一次,那些比丘返回时,都是凭着自己的神通回来的。显示巴利原文
Te vimhitahadayā passantā sabbapacchato āgacchantaṃ dvīhi dijakaññāhi mukhatuṇḍakena ḍaṃsitvā gahitakaṭṭhavemajjhe nisinnaṃ sahassadijakaññāparivāraṃ kuṇālasakuṇaṃ disvā acchariyabbhutacittajātā bhagavantaṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘kacci, bhante, bhagavāpi idha kuṇālarājā bhūtapubbo’’ti? ‘‘Āma, bhikkhave, mayāvesa kuṇālavaṃso kato. Atīte hi mayaṃ cattāro janā idha vasimhā – nārado devilo isi, ānando gijjharājā, puṇṇamukho phussakokilo, ahaṃ kuṇālo sakuṇo’’ti sabbaṃ mahākuṇālajātakaṃ kathesi. Taṃ sutvā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ purāṇadutiyikāyo ārabbha uppannā anabhirati vūpasantā. Tato tesaṃ bhagavā saccakathaṃ kathesi, kathāpariyosāne sabbapacchimako sotāpanno, sabbauparimo anāgāmī ahosi, ekopi puthujjano vā arahā vā natthi. Tato bhagavā te ādāya punadeva mahāvane oruhi. Āgacchamānā ca te bhikkhū attanova iddhiyā āgacchiṃsu.
之后,世尊为令他们体证更上的道果,再次说法。那五百位比丘皆修习观,证得了阿拉汉果。第一位证果的比丘最先离去,心想:‘我要向世尊禀报。’他回来之后,说道:‘世尊,我今安住于法乐,不厌离。’礼敬世尊后,退坐一旁。就这样,所有比丘都依次前来,围绕世尊坐下。那天正是仲夏月份的布萨日傍晚。于是,除了无想有情与无色界梵天之外,整个一万个轮围世界中的其余诸天等,皆依《吉祥经》注释中所说的方法,化作微细身,前来围绕端坐于胜妙佛座上、被五百位漏尽者围绕的世尊,心想:‘我们要听闻无碍的法说。’其中,有四位漏尽梵天从等至出定后,不见梵天众,便作意:‘他们去了哪里?’了知此事后,最后才来,因得不到位置,便站在轮围山顶,各自说出偈颂。如经中所说——显示巴利原文
Atha nesaṃ bhagavā uparimaggatthāya puna dhammaṃ desesi. Te pañcasatāpi vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Paṭhamaṃ patto paṭhamameva agamāsi ‘‘bhagavato ārocessāmī’’ti. Āgantvā ca ‘‘abhiramāmahaṃ bhagavā, na ukkaṇṭhāmī’’ti vatvā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Evaṃ te sabbepi anukkamena āgantvā bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā nisīdiṃsu jeṭṭhamāsauposathadivase sāyanhasamaye. Tato pañcasatakhīṇāsavaparivutaṃ varabuddhāsane nisinnaṃ bhagavantaṃ ṭhapetvā asaññasatte ca arūpabrahmāno ca sakaladasasahassacakkavāḷe avasesadevatādayo maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayena sukhumattabhāve nimminitvā samparivāresuṃ ‘‘vicitrapaṭibhānaṃ dhammadesanaṃ sossāmā’’ti. Tattha cattāro khīṇāsavabrahmāno samāpattito vuṭṭhāya brahmagaṇaṃ apassantā ‘‘kuhiṃ gatā’’ti āvajjetvā tamatthaṃ ñatvā pacchā āgantvā okāsaṃ alabhamānā cakkavāḷamuddhani ṭhatvā paccekagāthāyo abhāsiṃsu. Yathāha –
那时,四位净居天的天神这样想:‘如今,这位世尊住在释迦族迦毗罗卫城的大林,与大约五百位比丘的大比丘僧团在一起,那些比丘全都是阿拉汉。来自十方世间的天神,多半都已聚集,想要拜见世尊与比丘僧团。我们何不也去世尊那里,到后,在世尊面前各自说一首偈颂呢?’显示巴利原文
‘‘Atha kho catunnaṃ suddhāvāsakāyikānaṃ devatānaṃ etadahosi – ‘ayaṃ, kho, bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi. Dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti bhagavantaṃ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca . Yaṃnūna mayampi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike paccekaṃ gāthaṃ bhāseyyāmā’’’ti (dī. ni. 2.331; saṃ. ni. 1.37).
这一切都应依《有偈品》中所说的方法来理解。就这样前往之后,那里有一位梵天在东方轮围山的山顶得到位置,站在那里诵出此偈:显示巴利原文
Sabbaṃ sagāthāvagge vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ gantvā ca tattha eko brahmā puratthimacakkavāḷamuddhani okāsaṃ labhitvā tattha ṭhito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
“大集会在林中……(略)”
以目睹那不可战胜的僧团。’(长部尼柯耶 2.332;相应部尼柯耶 1.37)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mahāsamayo pavanasmiṃ…pe… Dakkhitāye aparājitasaṅgha’’nti. (dī. ni. 2.332; saṃ. ni. 1.37);
当这位梵天诵出此偈时,立在西方轮围山上的梵天听到了声音。显示巴利原文
Imañcassa gāthaṃ bhāsamānassa pacchimacakkavāḷapabbate ṭhito saddaṃ assosi.
第二位梵天于西方轮围山顶得一处所,立于该处听闻此偈后,诵出如是偈颂:显示巴利原文
Dutiyo pacchimacakkavāḷamuddhani okāsaṃ labhitvā tattha ṭhito taṃ gāthaṃ sutvā imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
‘于此,诸比丘令心得定……(中略)'
智者守护诸根。’(《长部》2.332;《相应部》1.37)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tatra bhikkhavo samādahaṃsu…pe… Indriyāni rakkhanti paṇḍitā’’ti. (dī. ni. 2.332; saṃ. ni. 1.37);
第三位梵天在南方轮围山顶获得一处,站立其处,听闻那首偈颂后,诵出这首偈:显示巴利原文
Tatiyo dakkhiṇacakkavāḷamuddhani okāsaṃ labhitvā tattha ṭhito taṃ gāthaṃ sutvā imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
“已断除桩柱,已断除闩……乃至……善调之龙象。”(长部尼柯耶 2.332;相应部尼柯耶 1.37)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Chetvā khīlaṃ chetvā palighaṃ…pe… susunāgā’’ti. (dī. ni. 2.332; saṃ. ni. 1.37);
第四位梵天在北方轮围山顶获得一处,站立其处,听闻那首偈颂后,诵出这首偈:显示巴利原文
Catuttho uttaracakkavāḷamuddhani okāsaṃ labhitvā tattha ṭhito taṃ gāthaṃ sutvā imaṃ gāthamabhāsi –
“凡皈依佛陀者……乃至……”
“他们将充满天界。”(《长部》2.332;《相应部》1.37)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye keci buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatāse…pe… Devakāyaṃ paripūressantī’’ti. (dī. ni. 2.332; saṃ. ni. 1.37);
站在南方轮围山顶的那位也听到了那个声音。如此,当时这四位梵天称扬大众后便站立在那里,而大梵天们则遍覆整个轮围世界而安住。显示巴利原文
Tassapi taṃ saddaṃ dakkhiṇacakkavāḷamuddhani ṭhito assosi. Evaṃ tadā ime cattāro brahmāno parisaṃ thometvā ṭhitā ahesuṃ, mahābrahmāno ekacakkavāḷaṃ chādetvā aṭṭhaṃsu.
那时,世尊观察天众后,告诉比丘们:“诸比丘,过去时的阿拉汉、正自觉者们,那些世尊的天众集会,最多也只是这般聚集,犹如我如今。诸比丘,未来时的阿拉汉、正自觉者们,那些世尊的天众集会,最多也将这般聚集,犹如我如今。”随后,世尊将集会依能成就与不能成就分为两类:“这么多能成就,这么多不能成就。”他深知:“不能成就之众,即使有百位佛陀说法也不会觉知;能成就之众,则能被觉悟。”接着,又依习性将能成就的补特伽罗分成六类:“这么多是贪行者,这么多是嗔行者、痴行者、寻行者、信行者、慧行者。”如此依习性把握后,世尊省察法谈:“对于这个集会,哪一种说法方式才合适?”他再次用心于集会:“是依自意趣而了知,还是依他意趣、依因缘生起,或是依问答而了知?”了知“应依问答而了知”后,又仔细审视全体集会:“有没有有能力提问的人?”看清“没有任何人能提问”后,他心想:“若我自己提问又自己解答,对此集会并不合适。何不化现一尊化佛呢?”于是,世尊进入基础禅那,出定后,以心意所成神通进行造作。显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā devaparisaṃ oloketvā bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva devatā sannipatitā ahesuṃ. Seyyathāpi mayhaṃ etarahi, yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva devatā sannipatitā bhavissanti seyyathāpi mayhaṃ etarahī’’ti. Tato taṃ devaparisaṃ bhabbābhabbavasena dvidhā vibhaji ‘‘ettakā bhabbā, ettakā abhabbā’’ti. Tattha ‘‘abhabbaparisā buddhasatepi dhammaṃ desente na bujjhati, bhabbaparisā sakkā bodhetu’’nti ñatvā puna bhabbapuggale cariyavasena chadhā vibhaji ‘‘ettakā rāgacaritā, ettakā dosa-moha-vitakka-saddhā-buddhicaritā’’ti. Evaṃ cariyavasena pariggahetvā ‘‘assā parisāya kīdisā dhammadesanā sappāyā’’ti dhammakathaṃ vicinitvā puna taṃ parisaṃ manasākāsi – ‘‘attajjhāsayena nu kho jāneyya, parajjhāsayena, aṭṭhuppattivasena, pucchāvasenā’’ti. Tato ‘‘pucchāvasena jāneyyā’’ti ñatvā ‘‘pañhaṃ pucchituṃ samattho atthi, natthī’’ti puna sakalaparisaṃ āvajjetvā ‘‘natthi kocī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘sace ahameva pucchitvā ahameva vissajjeyyaṃ, evamassā parisāya sappāyaṃ na hoti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ nimmitabuddhaṃ māpeyyanti pādakajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya manomayiddhiyā abhisaṅkharitvā nimmitabuddhaṃ māpesi. Sabbaṅgapaccaṅgī lakkhaṇasampanno pattacīvaradharo ālokitavilokitādisampanno hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhānacittena saha pāturahosi. So pācīnalokadhātuto āgantvā bhagavato samasame āsane nisinno evaṃ āgantvā yāni bhagavatā imamhi samāgame cariyavasena cha suttāni (su. ni. 854 ādayo, 868 ādayo, 884 ādayo, 901 ādayo, 921 ādayo) kathitāni. Seyyathidaṃ – purābhedasuttaṃ kalahavivādasuttaṃ cūḷabyūhaṃ mahābyūhaṃ tuvaṭakaṃ idameva sammāparibbājanīyanti. Tesu rāgacaritadevatānaṃ sappāyavasena kathetabbassa imassa suttassa pavattanatthaṃ pañhaṃ pucchanto ‘‘pucchāmi muniṃ pahūtapañña’’nti imaṃ gāthamāha.
其中,“大智慧”指广大的智慧。“已渡越”指渡过了四种瀑流。“已到彼岸”指到达涅槃。“般涅槃”指以有余涅槃而般涅槃。“自制的”指心不被世间法所动摇。“从家出离,舍断诸欲”指舍离了事物所依之欲,从居家生活中出离。“比丘如何于世间正确游行?”的意思是:那位比丘应如何正确地游行、安住于世间,不被世间染着,超越世间。此处的其余内容,皆依已述之理来理解。显示巴利原文
Tattha pahūtapaññanti mahāpaññaṃ. Tiṇṇanti caturoghatiṇṇaṃ. Pāraṅgatanti nibbānappattaṃ. Parinibbutanti saupādisesanibbānavasena parinibbutaṃ. Ṭhitattanti lokadhammehi akampanīyacittaṃ. Nikkhamma gharā panujja kāmeti vatthukāme panuditvā gharāvāsā nikkhamma. Kathaṃ bhikkhu sammā so loke paribbajeyyāti so bhikkhu kathaṃ loke sammā paribbajeyya vihareyya anupalitto lokena hutvā, lokaṃ atikkameyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha vuttanayameva.
363 363. 此时,世尊因尚未证得漏尽者不可能于世间正确游行,故在由贪行等所摄的一切众生中,为帮助那些带有同样过失的各天众舍断所惯习的过失,便从“凡他的吉祥……”开始,以阿拉汉道为顶,开示漏尽者的行道,说了十五首偈颂。显示巴利原文
363. Atha bhagavā yasmā āsavakkhayaṃ appatvā loke sammā paribbajanto nāma natthi, tasmā tasmiṃ rāgacaritādivasena pariggahite sabbapuggalasamūhe taṃ taṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ samānadosānaṃ devatāgaṇānaṃ āciṇṇadosappahānatthaṃ ‘‘yassa maṅgalā’’ti ārabhitvā arahattanikūṭeneva khīṇāsavapaṭipadaṃ pakāsento pannarasa gāthāyo abhāsi.
在此,第一首偈颂中,“吉祥”(maṅgalā)是《吉祥经》中所说见吉祥等的代称。“善断”(samūhatā)指彻底拔除,即以智慧利刃完全斩断。“异兆”(uppātā)指这样的执取:认为“流星陨落、方位起火等会产生那样的果报”而生起的执取。“梦”(supinā)指这样的执取:认为“晨朝做梦便会发生某事,正午等时分做梦便会发生某事,左侧卧梦见某物便会发生某事,右侧卧等梦见某物便会发生某事,梦终见月便会发生某事,见日等便会发生某事”而生起的执取。“相”(lakkhaṇā)指学习棍相、布相等文句后,认为“依此便会发生某事”而生起的执取。所有这些,都应依《梵网经》中所说的方法来了知。“他舍弃了吉祥与过失”(so maṅgaladosavippahīno):除了三十八种大吉祥之外,其余便称为吉祥与过失。若有人将这些吉祥等完全断除,他便成为“舍弃了吉祥与过失者”。或者,由于吉祥及异兆等过失皆已断除,他便成为“舍弃了吉祥与过失者”,他并不依吉祥等而获得清净,因为他已证得圣道。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭhamagāthāya tāva maṅgalāti maṅgalasutte vuttānaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Samūhatāti suṭṭhu ūhatā paññāsatthena samucchinnā. Uppātāti ‘‘ukkāpātadisāḍāhādayo evaṃ vipākā hontī’’ti evaṃ pavattā uppātābhinivesā. Supināti ‘‘pubbaṇhasamaye supinaṃ disvā idaṃ nāma hoti, majjhanhikādīsu idaṃ, vāmapassena sayatā diṭṭhe idaṃ nāma hoti, dakkhiṇapassādīhi idaṃ, supinante candaṃ disvā idaṃ nāma hoti, sūriyādayo disvā ida’’nti evaṃ pavattā supinābhinivesā. Lakkhaṇāti daṇḍalakkhaṇavatthalakkhaṇādipāṭhaṃ paṭhitvā ‘‘iminā idaṃ nāma hotī’’ti evaṃ pavattā lakkhaṇābhinivesā. Te sabbepi brahmajāle vuttanayeneva veditabbā. So maṅgaladosavippahīnoti aṭṭhatiṃsa mahāmaṅgalāni ṭhapetvā avasesā maṅgaladosā nāma. Yassa panete maṅgalādayo samūhatā, so maṅgaladosavippahīno hoti. Atha vā maṅgalānañca uppātādidosānañca pahīnattā maṅgaladosavippahīno hoti, na maṅgalādīhi suddhiṃ pacceti ariyamaggassa adhigatattā. Tasmā sammā so loke paribbajeyya, so khīṇāsavo sammā loke paribbajeyya anupalitto lokenāti.
364 364. 在第二首偈颂中,“比丘应调伏人间与天上的欲望中的贪欲”(rāgaṃ vinayetha mānusesu, dibbesu kāmesu cāpi bhikkhū):对于人间与天上的五欲对象,以不来道令贪欲不再生起,从而调伏贪欲。“超越有而通达法”(atikkamma bhavaṃ samecca dhammaṃ):如此调伏贪欲之后,进一步以阿拉汉道,依一切方式成就遍知现观等,通达四谛法的差别,以此行道超越三有。他(那位比丘)也正确地游行于世间。显示巴利原文
364. Dutiyagāthāya rāgaṃ vinayetha mānusesu, dibbesu kāmesu cāpi bhikkhūti mānusesu ca dibbesu ca kāmaguṇesu anāgāmimaggena anuppattidhammataṃ nento rāgaṃ vinayetha. Atikkamma bhavaṃ samecca dhammanti evaṃ rāgaṃ vinetvā tato paraṃ arahattamaggena sabbappakārato pariññābhisamayādayo sādhento catusaccabhedampi samecca dhammaṃ imāya paṭipadāya tividhampi atikkamma bhavaṃ. Sammā soti sopi bhikkhu sammā loke paribbajeyya.
365 365. 在第三首偈颂中,“已舍弃随顺与违逆”(anurodhavirodhavippahīno)指于一切事处已断除贪与嗔。其余内容如前所说,而且在所有偈颂中,都应搭配“那位比丘也正确地游行于世间”来理解。从此以下,不再说明搭配方式,只解释尚未说明的意义。显示巴利原文
365. Tatiyagāthāya ‘‘anurodhavirodhavippahīno’’ti sabbavatthūsu pahīnarāgadoso. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva sabbagāthāsu ca ‘‘sopi bhikkhu sammā loke paribbajeyyā’’ti yojetabbaṃ. Ito parañhi yojanampi avatvā avuttanayameva vaṇṇayissāma.
366 366. 在第四首偈颂中,应依七种行来了知可爱与不可爱这两者,于此,通过断除欲贪与嗔恚而将其舍离。「不执取」指不以四种取而执取任何法。「不依止于任何事物」指不依止于分为八百种贪爱所依及六十二种邪见所依的依止,不依止于任何色等法或任何生存界。「从可结缚法中解脱」:一切三界诸法皆是十种结缚的所缘境,故说为可结缚法;由修习圣道完全了知他们一切行相,故说为解脱。在此,第一句显示贪与嗔的断除;第二句显示无执取与无依止;第三句显示从其余不善及不善因中解脱。或者,第一句是断除贪嗔,第二句是断除它们的方法,第三句是因他们断除而从可结缚法中解脱,应如此了知。显示巴利原文
366. Catutthagāthāya sattasaṅkhāravasena duvidhaṃ piyañca appiyañca veditabbaṃ, tattha chandarāgapaṭighappahānena hitvā. Anupādāyāti catūhi upādānehi kañci dhammaṃ aggahetvā. Anissitokuhiñcīti aṭṭhasatabhedena taṇhānissayena dvāsaṭṭhibhedena diṭṭhinissayena ca kuhiñci rūpādidhamme bhave vā anissito. Saṃyojaniyehi vippamuttoti sabbepi tebhūmakadhammā dasavidhasaṃyojanassa visayattā saṃyojaniyā, tehi sabbappakārato maggabhāvanāya pariññātattā ca vippamuttoti attho. Paṭhamapādena cettha rāgadosappahānaṃ vuttaṃ, dutiyena upādānanissayābhāvo, tatiyena sesākusalehi akusalavatthūhi ca vippamokkho. Paṭhamena vā rāgadosappahānaṃ, dutiyena tadupāyo, tatiyena tesaṃ pahīnattā saṃyojaniyehi vippamokkhoti veditabbo.
367 367. 在第五首偈颂中,「诸依着」指在诸蕴依着之中。「执取」,由于具有应被执取的意义,也正是指那些依着本身。「不可被引而随」:由于善见无常等行相,不会因任何人引导而生起‘这个更殊胜’的想法。其余的字面意义直白。这里的意思是:对于诸执取,以第四道彻底地去除欲贪之后,他已调伏欲贪,不见那些蕴依着中有任何坚实,视一切蕴依着为无坚实。因此,他于彼中不依着于二种依止,亦不为任何人所引而认为‘此更殊胜’,这位漏尽比丘正确地游行于世间。显示巴利原文
367. Pañcamagāthāya upadhīsūti khandhupadhīsu. Ādānanti ādātabbaṭṭhena teyeva vuccanti. Anaññaneyyoti aniccādīnaṃ sudiṭṭhattā ‘‘idaṃ seyyo’’ti kenaci anetabbo. Sesaṃ uttānapadatthameva. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ādānesu catutthamaggena sabbaso chandarāgaṃ vinetvā so vinītachandarāgo, tesu upadhīsu na sārameti, sabbe upadhī asārakatteneva passati. Tato tesu duvidhenapi nissayena anissito aññena vā kenaci ‘‘idaṃ seyyo’’ti anetabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sammā so loke paribbajeyya.
368 368. 在第六首偈颂中,「不相违逆」:由于断除了三种恶行,而与诸善行不违逆。「了知法义」:以圣道了知四谛之法。「希愿涅槃之境」:希愿无余蕴般涅槃的境界。其余的字面意义直白。显示巴利原文
368. Chaṭṭhagāthāya aviruddhoti etesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ duccaritānaṃ pahīnattā sucaritehi saddhiṃ aviruddho. Viditvā dhammanti maggena catusaccadhammaṃ ñatvā. Nibbānapadābhipatthayānoti anupādisesaṃ khandhaparinibbānapadaṃ patthayamāno. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
369 第七偈中,「被辱骂」(akkuṭṭho):指遭受十种辱骂方式的攻击。「不应怀恨」(na sandhiyetha):不应怨恨,也不应愤怒。「得到他人饮食不应骄慢」(laddhā parabhojanaṃ na majje):得到他人布施的信施后,不应骄慢地想:‘我是知名的、有声望的、有获得的人。’其余文义清楚。显示巴利原文
369. Sattamagāthāya akkuṭṭhoti dasahi akkosavatthūhi abhisatto. Na sandhiyethāti na upanayhetha na kuppeyya. Laddhā parabhojanaṃna majjeti parehi dinnaṃ saddhādeyyaṃ labhitvā ‘‘ahaṃ ñāto yasassī lābhī’’ti na majjeyya. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
370 第八偈中,「贪」(lobhaṃ):指不正确的贪。「有」(bhavaṃ):指欲有等有。如此,这两句说明了对有与财富的渴爱。或者前句说明一切渴爱,后句说明业有。「远离切割与束缚」(virato chedanabandhanā cā):由于这类业与烦恼已断除,因此也远离了切割与束缚其他众生的行为。其余如前所述。显示巴利原文
370. Aṭṭhamagāthāya lobhanti visamalobhaṃ. Bhavanti kāmabhavādibhavaṃ. Evaṃ dvīhi padehi bhavabhogataṇhā vuttā. Purimena vā sabbāpi taṇhā, pacchimena kammabhavo. Virato chedanabandhanā cāti evametesaṃ kammakilesānaṃ pahīnattā parasattachedanabandhanā ca viratoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
371 第九偈中,「了知自身的适当」(sāruppaṃ attano viditvā):指了知合乎自己比丘身份的行持,舍弃邪命等,安住于正命等清净活命及其他正行之中,以此而了知。因为仅凭知道是成就不了什么的。「如其真实」(yathātathiyaṃ):如实,如真相。「法」(dhammaṃ):指以如实智通达的蕴、处、界等分类之法,或以道通达的四谛法。其余文义清楚。显示巴利原文
371. Navamagāthāya sāruppaṃ attano viditvāti attano bhikkhubhāvassa patirūpaṃ anesanādiṃ pahāya sammāesanādiājīvasuddhiṃ aññañca sammāpaṭipattiṃ tattha patiṭṭhahanena viditvā. Na hi ñātamatteneva kiñci hoti. Yathātathiyanti yathātathaṃ yathābhūtaṃ. Dhammanti khandhāyatanādibhedaṃ yathābhūtañāṇena, catusaccadhammaṃ vā maggena viditvā. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
372 第十偈中的“无欲、无所希求者”:因圣道已断尽随眠,其不善根亦被彻底拔除,故他成为无欲、无渴爱者。由于无有渴爱,他对任何色等诸法都无所希求。因此说“无欲、无所希求者”。其余如前所述。显示巴利原文
372. Dasamagāthāya so nirāso anāsisānoti yassa ariyamaggena vināsitattā anusayā ca na santi, akusalamūlā ca samūhatā, so nirāso nittaṇho hoti. Tato āsāya abhāvena kañci rūpādidhammaṃ nāsīsati. Tenāha ‘‘nirāso anāsisāno’’ti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
373 第十一偈中的“漏尽者”:已断尽四漏之人。“已断慢”:已断除九种慢。“贪径”:成为贪之对象、三地所摄的种种法。“超越”:以遍知与断除而超越。“已调伏”:舍弃一切根门的耽著,已到达圣者调伏的境地。“般涅槃”:由于烦恼之火熄灭而变得清凉。其余如前所述。显示巴利原文
373. Ekādasamagāthāya āsavakhīṇoti khīṇacaturāsavo. Pahīnamānoti pahīnanavavidhamāno. Rāgapathanti rāgavisayabhūtaṃ tebhūmakadhammajātaṃ. Upātivattoti pariññāpahānehi atikkanto. Dantoti sabbadvāravisevanaṃ hitvā ariyena damathena dantabhūmiṃ patto. Parinibbutoti kilesaggivūpasamena sītibhūto. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
374 第十二偈中的“信”:对于佛陀等的功德,因不依他人为缘,具足一切行相、由不坏净信而成就,并非因信他人而随转修行。正如所说:“尊者,对此,我并非凭着对世尊的信而去。”(《增支部》5.34)“多闻”:已圆满多闻之务,具备胜义谛上的多闻。“见决定”:在迷失于轮回旷野的世间中,亲眼看见那条通往不死之城、成为正性决定之道,即是已见道的意思。“于行异见者中不随异见行”:所谓“行异见者”,是指落入六十二见之人,他们彼此相违,故为异众。在这些依异见而行的众生中,不随之而行——即不依“这将断灭,这将如其所是地存在”等见而转。“嗔”:指打击、恼害心的东西,是嗔的别名。“调伏”:即已调伏。其余如前所述。显示巴利原文
374. Dvādasamagāthāya saddhoti buddhādiguṇesu parappaccayavirahitattā sabbākārasampannena aveccappasādena samannāgato, na parassa saddhāya paṭipattiyaṃ gamanabhāvena. Yathāha – ‘‘na khvāhaṃ ettha bhante bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmī’’ti (a. ni. 5.34). Sutavāti vositasutakiccattā paramatthikasutasamannāgato. Niyāmadassīti saṃsārakantāramūḷhe loke amatapuragāmino sammattaniyāmabhūtassa maggassa dassāvī, diṭṭhamaggoti vuttaṃ hoti. Vaggagatesu na vaggasārīti vaggagatā nāma dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatikā aññamaññaṃ paṭilomattā, evaṃ vaggāhi diṭṭhīhi gatesu sattesu na vaggasārī – ‘‘idaṃ ucchijjissati, idaṃ tatheva bhavissatī’’ti evaṃ diṭṭhivasena agamanato. Paṭighanti paṭighātakaṃ, cittavighātakanti vuttaṃ hoti. Dosavisesanamevetaṃ. Vineyyāti vinetvā. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
375 在第十三偈中,’清净胜者‘:以清净的阿拉汉道战胜烦恼者。’揭开遮蔽‘:已揭开贪、嗔、痴的遮蔽。’于诸法得自在‘:于四谛法得自在。因无人能将他所证知的这些法以任何方式改变,所以漏尽者被称为’于诸法得自在者‘。’到彼岸‘:彼岸即涅槃,他已到达,即以有余依的方式证得涅槃。’不动‘:已离渴爱的动摇。’善于行灭智‘:行灭即是涅槃,有关它的智是圣道慧;对此善巧,即通过四次修习而成为熟练者。显示巴利原文
375. Terasamagāthāya saṃsuddhajinoti saṃsuddhena arahattamaggena vijitakileso. Vivaṭṭacchadoti vivaṭarāgadosamohachadano. Dhammesu vasīti catusaccadhammesu vasippatto. Na hissa sakkā te dhammā yathā ñātā kenaci aññathā kātuṃ, tena khīṇāsavo ‘‘dhammesu vasī’’ti vuccati. Pāragūti pāraṃ vuccati nibbānaṃ, taṃ gato, saupādisesavasena adhigatoti vuttaṃ hoti. Anejoti apagatataṇhācalano. Saṅkhāranirodhañāṇakusaloti saṅkhāranirodho vuccati nibbānaṃ, tamhi ñāṇaṃ ariyamaggapaññā, tattha kusalo, catukkhattuṃ bhāvitattā chekoti vuttaṃ hoti.
376 在第十四偈中,’于过去‘:对于已生已过去的五蕴。’于未来‘:对于未生的五蕴。’超越计度‘:已超越’我‘与’我所‘的计执,或超越一切爱、见的妄计。’极清净慧‘:智慧极为清净,或是超越三时后而拥有清净慧。超越哪三时?阿拉汉已超越了由无明与行构成的过去时,由生、老、死构成的未来时,以及以识等为边际、包含有支的现在时——他超越这一切,度越疑惑,成为达到最极清净慧者而安住,因此称为’极清净慧者‘。’于一切处‘:即于十二处。阿拉汉正是这样超越计度的。由于已超越计度,且是极清净慧者,故未来不再趣向任何处。因此说:’于一切处得解脱。‘显示巴利原文
376. Cuddasamagāthāya atītesūti pavattiṃ patvā atikkantesu pañcakkhandhesu. Anāgatesūti pavattiṃ appattesu pañcakkhandhesu eva. Kappātītoti ‘‘ahaṃ mama’’nti kappanaṃ sabbampi vā taṇhādiṭṭhikappaṃ atīto. Aticca suddhipaññoti atīva suddhipañño, atikkamitvā vā suddhipañño. Kiṃ atikkamitvā? Addhattayaṃ. Arahā hi yvāyaṃ avijjāsaṅkhārasaṅkhāto atīto addhā, jātijarāmaraṇasaṅkhāto anāgato addhā, viññāṇādibhavapariyanto paccuppanno ca addhā, taṃ sabbampi atikkamma kaṅkhaṃ vitaritvā paramasuddhippattapañño hutvā ṭhito. Tena vuccati ‘‘aticca suddhipañño’’ti. Sabbāyatanehīti dvādasahāyatanehi. Arahā hi evaṃ kappātīto. Kappātītattā aticca suddhipaññattā ca āyatiṃ na kiñci āyatanaṃ upeti. Tenāha – ‘‘sabbāyatanehi vippamutto’’ti.
377 在第十五偈中,’了知句义‘:即了知那些被称为’四谛之句‘的每一句,以前行阶段的谛决断慧一一了知。’证知法‘:此后,透过四圣道证知四谛法。’见显露后,断尽诸漏‘:那时,以省察智亲见已显露、无覆障的漏尽涅槃,便断尽诸漏。’尽一切依‘:由于一切依——蕴、五欲、烦恼、行等不同名称的事物——皆已灭尽,故于任何处皆不执著。比丘当如此正确地游行世间、安住世间,无着地行于世间——以此结束了开示。显示巴利原文
377. Pannarasamagāthāya aññāya padanti ye te ‘‘saccānaṃ caturo padā’’ti vuttā, tesu ekekapadaṃ pubbabhāgasaccavavatthāpanapaññāya ñatvā. Samecca dhammanti tato paraṃ catūhi ariyamaggehi catusaccadhammaṃ samecca. Vivaṭaṃ disvāna pahānamāsavānanti atha paccavekkhaṇañāṇena āsavakkhayasaññitaṃ nibbānaṃ vivaṭaṃ pākaṭamanāvaṭaṃ disvā. Sabbupadhīnaṃ parikkhayāti sabbesaṃ khandhakāmaguṇakilesābhisaṅkhārabhedānaṃ upadhīnaṃ parikkhīṇattā katthaci asajjamāno bhikkhu sammā so loke paribbajeyya vihareyya, anallīyanto lokaṃ gaccheyyāti desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
378 于是,那位化现者为赞叹说法,诵出此偈:“确实,世尊……”在此,他指的是各别偈颂中所描述的那位比丘,亦即:“那位如此而住者”(yo so evaṃ vihārī):那位已经摧破吉祥等一切相、住于断除一切吉祥与过失的比丘;同样,也是指那位调伏了对天、人五欲的贪染,超越诸有,住于法现观的比丘。他这样说明之后,其余的意义便很清楚了。这里的关联是:确实,世尊,这正如您所说——“凡已摧破吉祥……”等,并且在每一首偈颂的结尾都说:“他应如此正确地游行于世间。”为什么这样说呢?因为那位如此而住的比丘,已被无上调伏所调伏,并且超越了十结、四轭。因此,他确实应该这样正确地游行于世间,我对此毫无疑惑——就这样,连这首赞叹说法的偈颂也被宣说出来,最终以阿拉汉果为顶峰而结束开示。在这部经结束的时候,有一亿十万天众证得阿拉汉果;至于证得须陀洹、斯陀含、阿那含的人数,更是不可计数。显示巴利原文
378. Tato so nimmito dhammadesanaṃ thomento ‘‘addhā hi bhagavā’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha yo so evaṃ vihārīti yo so maṅgalādīni samūhanitvā sabbamaṅgaladosappahānavihārī, yopi so dibbamānusakesu kāmesu rāgaṃ vineyya bhavātikkamma dhammābhisamayavihārīti evaṃ tāya tāya gāthāya niddiṭṭhabhikkhuṃ dassento āha. Sesaṃ uttānameva. Ayaṃ pana yojanā – addhā hi bhagavā tatheva etaṃ yaṃ tvaṃ ‘‘yassa maṅgalā samūhatā’’tiādīni vatvā tassā tassā gāthāya pariyosāne ‘‘sammā so loke paribbajeyyā’’ti avaca. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Yo so evaṃvihārī bhikkhu, so uttamena damathena danto, sabbāni ca dasapi saṃyojanāni caturo ca yoge vītivatto hoti. Tasmā sammā so loke paribbajeyya, natthi me ettha vicikicchāti iti desanāthomanagāthampi vatvā arahattanikūṭeneva desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Suttapariyosāne koṭisatasahassadevatānaṃ aggaphalappatti ahosi, sotāpattisakadāgāmianāgāmiphalappattā pana gaṇanato asaṅkhyeyyāti.
14. 如法经释义显示巴利原文
14. Dhammikasuttavaṇṇanā
如是我闻,此经为《如法经》。它的缘起是怎样的呢?据说,当世间导师世尊住世时,有一位名叫“如法”的在家近事男,他的名字与他的修行相应。他具足皈依,持戒圆满,广学多闻,并能持诵三藏,证得阿那含果,获得神通,能腾空而行。他有五百位近事男作为随从,这些人也都同样如此。一日,他在布萨日受持斋戒,独自静坐禅思,于中夜将尽时,心中生起这样的思惟:“我何不去请问世尊:在家与出家的修行之道呢?”于是,他便在五百位近事男的随同下,前往世尊处,请问此事。世尊便为他开示。这里,与前面已解说过相似的内容,应依前说而了知;至于新的内容,我们将予以解释。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti dhammikasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Tiṭṭhamāne kira bhagavati lokanāthe dhammiko nāma upāsako ahosi nāmena ca paṭipattiyā ca. So kira saraṇasampanno sīlasampanno bahussuto piṭakattayadharo anāgāmī abhiññālābhī ākāsacārī ahosi. Tassa parivārā pañcasatā upāsakā, tepi tādisā eva ahesuṃ. Tassekadivasaṃ uposathikassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa majjhimayāmāvasānasamaye evaṃ parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ agāriyaanagāriyānaṃ paṭipadaṃ puccheyya’’nti. So pañcahi upāsakasatehi parivuto bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā tamatthaṃ pucchi, bhagavā cassa byākāsi. Tattha pubbe vaṇṇitasadisaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, apubbaṃ vaṇṇayissāma.
379 这里先解释第一首偈颂。“如何行持者”:意指怎样做、怎样行道的人。“成为善好者”:即成为美好、无过失、能成就利益的人。“近事男众等”:即指近事男众。其余的文义很清楚。此处的关联是:从在家而出家修行的人,以及在家的近事男众,在这两类弟子中,怎样的弟子、如何行持的弟子,才是善好的呢?显示巴利原文
379. Tattha paṭhamagāthāya tāva kathaṃkaroti kathaṃ karonto kathaṃ paṭipajjanto. Sādhu hotīti sundaro anavajjo atthasādhano hoti. Upāsakāseti upāsakāicceva vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamatthato pākaṭameva. Ayaṃ pana yojanā – yo vā agārā anagārameti pabbajati, ye vā agārino upāsakā, etesu duvidhesu sāvakesu kathaṃkaro sāvako sādhu hotīti.
380-1 现在,为彰显世尊有能力回答如此提问,而诵出“你确知”等两首偈颂。其中,“趣”指内心的趋向。“归趣”指最终的成就。或者,“趣”指地狱等五种趣。“归趣”指超越这些趣向的去处——从诸趣解脱的般涅槃。“无相等者”:即无人能与你等同。你以一切智了知一切法后,出于悲悯而向众生开示,意思是:世尊,对于任何所应知的法,你皆已无余证知,而后悲悯众生,开示了一切智与一切法。凡是对他有利益的事,你都为他阐明、演说,这是说,你绝无师长的吝啬。“无垢者,你照耀”:犹如远离云雾的满月,因远离贪等烦恼的垢秽,故而清净无垢地普照。此中余下的文义,皆明白易懂。显示巴利原文
380-1. Idāni evaṃ puṭṭhassa bhagavato byākaraṇasamatthataṃ dīpento ‘‘tuvañhī’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha gatinti ajjhāsayagatiṃ. Parāyaṇanti nipphattiṃ. Atha vā gatinti nirayādipañcappabhedaṃ. Parāyaṇanti gatito paraṃ ayanaṃ gativippamokkhaṃ parinibbānaṃ, na catthi tulyoti tayā sadiso natthi. Sabbaṃ tuvaṃ ñāṇamavecca dhammaṃ, pakāsesi satte anukampamānoti tvaṃ bhagavā yadatthi ñeyyaṃ nāma, taṃ anavasesaṃ avecca paṭivijjhitvā satte anukampamāno sabbaṃ ñāṇañca dhammañca pakāsesi. Yaṃ yaṃ yassa hitaṃ hoti, taṃ taṃ tassa āvikāsiyeva desesiyeva, na te atthi ācariyamuṭṭhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Virocasi vimaloti dhūmarajādivirahito viya cando, rāgādimalābhāvena vimalo virocasi. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
382 现在,为赞叹那些当时听闻世尊说法的天子并称扬世尊,而诵出“来到你面前”等两首偈颂。其中,“名为伊罗婆那龙王”:据说这位名为伊罗婆那的天子,能随意变化身形,住于天宫。当帝释天王前往园林游乐时,他便化作一百五十由旬长的身躯,现起三十三个头瘤,成为名为伊罗婆那的象。一一头瘤各有七支象牙,一一牙各有七座池塘,一一池塘各有七丛莲花,一一莲丛各有七朵花,一一花各有七片花瓣,一一花瓣上各有七位天女舞蹈,她们被称为“莲华天女”,是帝释天王著名的舞姬,如《天宫事》所说:“优雅的少女们在莲花丛中旋舞。”此三十三头瘤正中,有一名为“善见”的头瘤,高约三十由旬,于高三由旬的花亭中,铺设著宽一由旬的宝石座。帝释天,这位诸天之主,就在那里为天女众所围绕,享受天界的福乐。当帝释天,这位诸天之主,从园林游乐返回后,便收起那个形象,恢复为天子的模样。针对于此,他说:“名为伊罗婆那的龙王来到你面前”。“闻胜者”:即听闻“这位世尊已战胜诸恶法”。显示巴利原文
382. Idāni yesaṃ tadā bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi, te devaputte kittetvā bhagavantaṃ pasaṃsanto ‘‘āgañchī te santike’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha nāgarājā erāvaṇo nāmāti ayaṃ kira erāvaṇo nāma devaputto kāmarūpī dibbe vimāne vasati. So yadā sakko uyyānakīḷaṃ gacchati, tadā diyaḍḍhasatayojanaṃ kāyaṃ abhinimminitvā tettiṃsa kumbhe māpetvā erāvaṇo nāma hatthī hoti. Tassa ekekasmiṃ kumbhe dve dve dantā honti, ekekasmiṃ dante satta satta pokkharaṇiyo, ekekissā pokkharaṇiyā satta satta paduminiyo, ekekissā paduminiyā satta satta pupphāni, ekekasmiṃ pupphe satta satta pattāni, ekekasmiṃ patte satta satta accharāyo naccanti padumaccharāyotveva vissutā sakkassa nāṭakitthiyo, yā ca vimānavatthusmimpi ‘‘bhamanti kaññā padumesu sikkhitā’’ti (vi. va. 1034) āgatā. Tesaṃ pana tettisaṃkumbhānaṃ majjhe sudassanakumbho nāma tiṃsayojanamatto hoti, tattha yojanappamāṇo maṇipallaṅko tiyojanubbedhe pupphamaṇḍape attharīyati. Tattha sakko devānamindo accharāsaṅghaparivuto dibbasampattiṃ paccanubhoti. Sakke pana devānaminde uyyānakīḷāto paṭinivatte puna taṃ rūpaṃ saṃharitvāna devaputtova hoti. Taṃ sandhāyāha – ‘‘āgañchi te santike nāgarājā erāvaṇo nāmā’’ti. Jinoti sutvāti ‘‘vijitapāpadhammo esa bhagavā’’ti evaṃ sutvā. Sopi tayā mantayitvāti tayā saddhiṃ mantayitvā, pañhaṃ pucchitvāti adhippāyo. Ajjhagamāti adhiagamā, gatoti vuttaṃ hoti. Sādhūti sutvāna patītarūpoti taṃ pañhaṃ sutvā ‘‘sādhu bhante’’ti abhinanditvā tuṭṭharūpo gatoti attho.
383 “王、多闻天王、俱吠罗”云云:此处,那位夜叉因能令人喜乐,故称为“王”;因在毗舍那王都理政,故称“多闻天王”;依其本名,则称为“俱吠罗”。据说,他前世是一位名叫俱吠罗的婆罗门大富长者,广行布施等福业之后,转生为毗舍那王都之主,因此被称为“俱吠罗多闻天王”。显示巴利原文
383.Rājāpi taṃ vessavaṇo kuveroti ettha so yakkho rañjanaṭṭhena rājā, visāṇāya rājadhāniyā rajjaṃ kāretīti vessavaṇo, purimanāmena kuveroti veditabbo. So kira kuvero nāma brāhmaṇamahāsālo hutvā dānādīni puññāni katvā visāṇāya rājadhāniyā adhipati hutvā nibbatto. Tasmā ‘‘kuvero vessavaṇo’’ti vuccati. Vuttañcetaṃ āṭānāṭiyasutte –
“贤者,俱吠罗大王的王都名为毗舍那,因此俱吠罗大王被称为‘多闻天王’。”(长部.3.291)显示巴利原文
‘‘Kuverassa kho pana, mārisa, mahārājassa visāṇā nāma rājadhānī, tasmā kuvero mahārājā ‘vessavaṇo’ti pavuccatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.291) –
此处其余内容,文义易了。显示巴利原文
Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
于此或有问难:何以住在较远三十三天界的伊罗婆那先至,多闻天王次之,而这位同住一城的在家居士反倒最后到达?他又如何得知他们到来而说出这番话呢?答曰:据说,当时多闻天王乘坐由数千金宝所成、广十二由旬的女眷车乘,手持珊瑚矛,被一万亿夜叉簇拥,心想‘我当向世尊请教’,便将天宫停驻空中,沿路前来。他抵达维鲁犍陀迦城,停于在家女居士难陀母亲居所的上方。那女居士具有殊胜功德:戒行极其清净,一向远离非时食,能持诵三藏,且安住于不来果。当时她打开狮形窗,为取清凉而立于香风拂送之处,以圆润的语句、悦耳的音声诵出《八章·彼岸道品》。多闻天王便在那里停住车乘,直到女居士诵完‘世尊住摩揭陀国,于婆娑那迦塔庙,为婆罗门的十六位侍从说法’等结语,全程谛听。该品章结束时,他伸出如巨大金鼓般的脖颈,赞叹道:‘善哉,善哉,姊妹!’她问:‘是谁在那里?’答:‘是我,多闻天王,姊妹。’据知,这位女居士先证须陀洹果,多闻天王后证。由此因缘,他依于法显示巴利原文
Tattha siyā – kasmā pana dūratare tāvatiṃsabhavane vasanto erāvaṇo paṭhamaṃ āgato, vessavaṇo pacchā, ekanagareva vasanto ayaṃ upāsako sabbapacchā, kathañca so tesaṃ āgamanaṃ aññāsi, yena evamāhāti? Vuccate – vessavaṇo kira tadā anekasahassapavāḷapallaṅkaṃ dvādasayojanaṃ nārivāhanaṃ abhiruyha pavāḷakuntaṃ uccāretvā dasasahassakoṭiyakkhehi parivuto ‘‘bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchissāmī’’ti ākāsaṭṭhakavimānāni pariharitvā maggena maggaṃ āgacchanto veḷukaṇḍakanagare nandamātāya upāsikāya nivesanassa uparibhāgaṃ sampatto. Upāsikāya ayamānubhāvo – parisuddhasīlā hoti, niccaṃ vikālabhojanā paṭiviratā, piṭakattayadhārinī, anāgāmiphale patiṭṭhitā. Sā tamhi samaye sīhapañjaraṃ ugghāṭetvā utuggahaṇatthāya māluteritokāse ṭhatvā aṭṭhakapārāyanavagge parimaṇḍalehi padabyañjanehi madhurena sarena bhāsati. Vessavaṇo tattheva yānāni ṭhapetvā yāva upāsikā ‘‘idamavoca bhagavā magadhesu viharanto pāsāṇake cetiye paricārakasoḷasannaṃ brāhmaṇāna’’nti nigamanaṃ abhāsi, tāva sabbaṃ sutvā vaggapariyosāne suvaṇṇamurajasadisaṃ mahantaṃ gīvaṃ paggahetvā ‘‘sādhu sādhu bhaginī’’ti sādhukāramadāsi. Sā ‘‘ko etthā’’ti āha. ‘‘Ahaṃ bhagini vessavaṇo’’ti. Upāsikā kira paṭhamaṃ sotāpannā ahosi, pacchā vessavaṇo. Taṃ so dhammato sahodarabhāvaṃ sandhāya upāsikaṃ bhaginivādena samudācarati. Upāsikāya ca ‘‘vikālo, bhātika bhadramukha, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti vutto ‘‘ahaṃ bhagini tayi pasanno pasannākāraṃ karomī’’ti āha. Tena hi bhadramukha, mama khette nipphannaṃ sāliṃ kammakarā āharituṃ na sakkonti, taṃ tava parisāya āṇāpehīti. So ‘‘sādhu bhaginī’’ti yakkhe āṇāpesi. Te aḍḍhaterasa koṭṭhāgārasatāni pūresuṃ. Tato pabhuti koṭṭhāgāraṃ ūnaṃ nāma nāhosi, ‘‘nandamātu koṭṭhāgāraṃ viyā’’ti loke nidassanaṃ ahosi. Vessavaṇo koṭṭhāgārāni pūretvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkami. Bhagavā ‘‘vikāle āgatosī’’ti āha. Atha bhagavato sabbaṃ ārocesi. Iminā kāraṇena āsannatarepi cātumahārājikabhavane vasanto vessavaṇo pacchā āgato. Erāvaṇassa pana na kiñci antarā karaṇīyaṃ ahosi, tena so paṭhamataraṃ āgato.
这位在家居士虽为不来果圣者,且原本就是日中一食者,但那日是布萨日,他便受持了布萨戒条。傍晚时分,他衣着整齐,由五百位在家居士围绕,前往祇园闻听佛法开示,之后返回自宅,为那些在家居士开示皈依、戒律、布萨功德等在家修行法要,随后送别他们。他的屋舍中备有五百张脚高仅一拳、适合坐卧的床铺,分别安置于各小房间内。众人各自进入小房间,结坐入定;这位居士亦复如是。当时舍卫城有居民五十七万户,计有人口一亿八千万。初夜时分,象声、马声、人声、大鼓声等喧嚣四起,舍卫城如同大海一般闹腾。至中夜时分,诸声方渐平息。就在这时,居士从定中而出,思惟自身功德:‘我能安住于道乐与果乐之中,这些快乐,是依谁而得呢?’思惟之后,‘乃依世尊而获。’于是他对世尊生起净信之心,继而寻思:‘世尊如今住于何种禅定呢?’他以天眼观见伊罗婆那与多闻天王,以天耳界闻听佛法开示,以他心智了知他们内心的喜悦,便想:‘我何不也前去请问世尊那条能带来现世与来世双重利益的显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana upāsako kiñcāpi anāgāmī pakatiyāva ekabhattiko, tathāpi tadā uposathadivasoti katvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya sāyanhasamayaṃ sunivattho supāruto pañcasataupāsakaparivuto jetavanaṃ gantvā dhammadesanaṃ sutvā attano gharaṃ āgamma tesaṃ upāsakānaṃ saraṇasīlauposathānisaṃsādibhedaṃ upāsakadhammaṃ kathetvā te upāsake uyyojesi. Tesañca tasseva ghare muṭṭhihatthappamāṇapādakāni pañca kappiyamañcasatāni pāṭekkovarakesu paññattāni honti. Te attano attano ovarakaṃ pavisitvā samāpattiṃ appetvā nisīdiṃsu, upāsakopi tathevākāsi. Tena ca samayena sāvatthinagare sattapaññāsa kulasatasahassāni vasanti, manussagaṇanāya aṭṭhārasakoṭimanussā. Tena paṭhamayāme hatthiassamanussabherisaddādīhi sāvatthinagaraṃ mahāsamuddo viya ekasaddaṃ hoti. Majjhimayāmasamanantare so saddo paṭippassambhati . Tamhi kāle upāsako samāpattito vuṭṭhāya attano guṇe āvajjetvā ‘‘yenāhaṃ maggasukhena phalasukhena sukhito viharāmi, idaṃ sukhaṃ kaṃ nissāya laddha’’nti cintetvā ‘‘bhagavantaṃ nissāyā’’ti bhagavati cittaṃ pasādetvā ‘‘bhagavā etarahi katamena vihārena viharatī’’ti āvajjento dibbena cakkhunā erāvaṇavessavaṇe disvā dibbāya sotadhātuyā dhammadesanaṃ sutvā cetopariyañāṇena tesaṃ pasannacittataṃ ñatvā ‘‘yaṃnūnāhampi bhagavantaṃ ubhayahitaṃ paṭipadaṃ puccheyya’’nti cintesi. Tasmā so ekanagare vasantopi sabbapacchā āgato, evañca nesaṃ āgamanaṃ aññāsi. Tenāha – ‘‘āgañchi te santike nāgarājā…pe… so cāpi sutvāna patītarūpo’’ti.
384 384. 现在,为将世尊与外间世间所共许的沙门婆罗门相较,彰显世尊最为殊胜,而诵出‘凡有这些’等两首偈颂。此处,‘外道’是指由难陀、婆蹉、散闍耶等最初外道师所创立的三种邪见基础上产生的外道见解;在这些教法中出家者,如富兰那迦叶等六师。其中,尼乾陀·若提子为一类,其余为邪命外道。为总摄所有,故说‘凡有这些好为论说的外道’,意指他们惯于宣称:‘我等是正行者,他人则为邪行者’,以口舌之箭刺伤世间而游行世间。‘或邪命外道’则是总结此义后,再另作分别显示。‘不能超越’意为无法逾过。‘一切’一词,也是为了囊括其余一切外道弟子等而说。‘犹如站立之人不能超越行走之人’:譬如一个站立不动、行动不便者,无法超过一个快速行走的人;同样地,由于他们缺乏智慧的灵动,对于种种义理差别不能明悟,因此犹如站立不动之人,无法超越智慧极为迅速的世尊,此乃偈中要义。显示巴利原文
384. Idāni ito bahiddhā lokasammatehi samaṇabrāhmaṇehi ukkaṭṭhabhāvena bhagavantaṃ pasaṃsanto ‘‘ye kecime’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha titthiyāti nandavacchasaṃkiccehi ādipuggalehi tīhi titthakarehi kate diṭṭhititthe jātā, tesaṃ sāsane pabbajitā pūraṇādayo cha satthāro. Tattha nāṭaputto nigaṇṭho, avasesā ājīvakāti te sabbe dassento āha ‘‘ye kecime titthiyā vādasīlā’’ti, ‘‘mayaṃ sammā paṭipannā, aññe micchā paṭipannā’’ti evaṃ vādakaraṇasīlā lokaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā vicaranti. Ājīvakā vāti te ekajjhamuddiṭṭhe bhinditvā dasseti. Nātitarantīti nātikkamanti. Sabbeti aññepi ye keci titthiyasāvakādayo, tepi pariggaṇhanto āha. ‘‘Ṭhito vajantaṃ viyā’’ti yathā koci ṭhito gativikalo sīghagāminaṃ purisaṃ gacchantaṃ nātitareyya, evaṃ te paññāgatiyā abhāvena te te atthappabhede bujjhituṃ asakkontā ṭhitā, atijavanapaññaṃ bhagavantaṃ nātitarantīti attho.
385 以“婆罗门喜好辩论、年长”的说法,显示商吉、陀若树、沸伽罗娑罗、生闻等人;又以“虽然有些婆罗门存在”这一句,显示阿摄惒、婆悉吒、阿摩昼、北方的学童等——那些中等的、年轻的,仅仅是婆罗门而有、可以找到的人。“为义所系缚”是指,就像“我应当解答这个问题吗?我应当断除此疑吗?”这样被义理所系缚。“以及还有其他者”是指还有其他无数的人,怀着“我们是论者”的想法各处游行,诸如刹帝利贤者、婆罗门、梵天、天神、夜叉等。显示所有这些人都被义理系缚于你。显示巴利原文
385.Brāhmaṇā vādasīlā vuddhā cāti ettāvatā caṅkītārukkhapokkharasātijāṇussoṇiādayo dasseti, api brāhmaṇā santi kecīti iminā majjhimāpi daharāpi kevalaṃ brāhmaṇā santi atthi upalabbhanti kecīti evaṃ assalāyanavāseṭṭhaambaṭṭhauttaramāṇavakādayo dasseti. Atthabaddhāti ‘‘api nu kho imaṃ pañhaṃ byākareyya, imaṃ kaṅkhaṃ chindeyyā’’ti evaṃ atthabaddhā bhavanti. Ye cāpi aññeti aññepi ye ‘‘mayaṃ vādino’’ti evaṃ maññamānā vicaranti khattiyapaṇḍitabrāhmaṇabrahmadevayakkhādayo aparimāṇā. Tepi sabbe tayi atthabaddhā bhavantīti dasseti.
386-7 就这样以种种方式赞叹世尊后,现在为了以法本身来赞叹他,并请求说法,而说了“此确为法”等两首偈颂。其中,“此确为法”是就三十七菩提分法而说。“微细”指细密、难以通达。“乐”指此法一旦被通达,便能带来出世间之乐,因此被称为乐。“善说”指被完善地教导。“我们这些希求听闻者”即“我们想要听闻”的意思。“请为我们说那个”即“请为我们宣说那个法”。“你为我们”也是一种读法,意为“你为我们说”。通过“所有这些比丘啊”显示,据说那时有五百比丘坐着,佛陀是显示出这些比丘而请求说法。“以及优婆塞”则显示出围绕在自己周围的其他众人。这首偈颂中其余的意思,显而易见。显示巴利原文
386-7. Evaṃ nānappakārehi bhagavantaṃ pasaṃsitvā idāni dhammeneva taṃ pasaṃsitvā dhammakathaṃ yācanto ‘‘ayañhi dhammo’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha ayañhi dhammoti sattatiṃsa bodhipakkhiyadhamme sandhāyāha. Nipuṇoti saṇho duppaṭivijjho. Sukhoti paṭividdho samāno lokuttarasukhamāvahati, tasmā sukhāvahattā ‘‘sukho’’ti vuccati. Suppavuttoti sudesito. Sussūsamānāti sotukāmamhāti attho. Taṃ no vadāti taṃ dhammaṃ amhākaṃ vada. ‘‘Tvaṃ no’’tipi pāṭho, tvaṃ amhākaṃ vadāti attho. Sabbepime bhikkhavoti taṅkhaṇaṃ nisinnāni kira pañca bhikkhusatāni honti, tāni dassento yācati. Upāsakā cāpīti attano parivāre aññe ca dasseti. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
388 那时,世尊为了先开示出家之道,对诸比丘说:“比丘们,你们听我说……”等等。其中,关于“法被抖落,你们全都应行持”这句:因为抖落烦恼,故称为“被抖落”;我要为你们宣说此能抖落烦恼的行道之法;对于我所宣说的,你们所有人都应行持、践行,切勿放逸。这就是所说的意思。“威仪”指行住坐卧四种威仪。“随顺出家的”指适合沙门的、与正念正知相连的。另一些注释者说:“这是专在森林中致力于业处而转起的。”“应侍奉那个”指应亲近那个威仪。“见义者”指观察利益者。“有慧者”指具智慧者。其余在这首偈颂中的意思,显而易见。显示巴利原文
388. Atha bhagavā anagāriyapaṭipadaṃ tāva dassetuṃ bhikkhū āmantetvā ‘‘suṇātha me bhikkhavo’’tiādimāha. Tattha dhammaṃ dhutaṃ tañca carātha sabbeti kilese dhunātīti dhuto, evarūpaṃ kilesadhunanakaṃ paṭipadādhammaṃ sāvayāmi vo, tañca mayā sāvitaṃ sabbe caratha paṭipajjatha, mā pamāditthāti vuttaṃ hoti. Iriyāpathanti gamanādicatubbidhaṃ. Pabbajitānulomikanti samaṇasāruppaṃ satisampajaññayuttaṃ. Araññe kammaṭṭhānānuyogavasena pavattamevāti apare. Sevetha nanti taṃ iriyāpathaṃ bhajeyya . Atthadasoti hitānupassī. Mutīmāti buddhimā. Sesamettha gāthāya pākaṭameva.
389 「不应在非时」等:如此随顺出家威仪而行的比丘,考虑到逾越日间正午的过犯,不应于非时游行,只应在适当的时间入村乞食。何以故?耽著者即与诸结相缚——诸多结缚,如贪结等,会缠附、拥抱、执取、黏着于非时游行之人。因此,诸佛不于非时游行,是故了知四谛的诸佛、圣者,亦不于非时乞食。据说,当时尚未制定非时食的学处,故此处仅以说法方式为凡夫显示其过患而说此偈。然而,圣者自证道的那一刹那便已自然远离,此是法之本性。显示巴利原文
389.No ve vikāleti evaṃ pabbajitānulomikaṃ iriyāpathaṃ sevamāno ca divāmajjhanhikavītikkamaṃ upādāya vikāle na careyya bhikkhu, yuttakāle eva pana gāmaṃ piṇḍāya careyya. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Akālacāriñhi sajanti saṅgā, akālacāriṃ puggalaṃ rāgasaṅgādayo aneke saṅgā sajanti parissajanti upaguhanti allīyanti. Tasmā vikāle nacaranti buddhā, tasmā ye catusaccabuddhā ariyapuggalā, na te vikāle piṇḍāya carantīti. Tena kira samayena vikālabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ appaññattaṃ hoti, tasmā dhammadesanāvasenevettha puthujjanānaṃ ādīnavaṃ dassento imaṃ gāthamāha. Ariyā pana saha maggapaṭilābhā eva tato paṭiviratā honti, esā dhammatā.
390 这样遮止非时游行后,为了显示“即使在适时游行,亦当如此而行”,便说:「色与声等」。其意为:对于色等种种能令人迷醉、使众生生醉的对象,当依《团食清净经》等(中部第3册第438经等)所说的方法去除欲求,只应在适宜的时间前往早餐。在此,“应于早上啖食”者称为早餐,这是团食的称谓。而在何处获得,彼处亦由那种关联而于此称为「早餐」。应前往获得团食之处——应当这样了知此处的意义。显示巴利原文
390. Evaṃ vikālacariyaṃ paṭisedhetvā ‘‘kāle carantenapi evaṃ caritabba’’nti dassento āha ‘‘rūpā ca saddā cā’’ti. Tassattho – ye te rūpādayo nānappakārakaṃ madaṃ janentā satte sammadayanti, tesu piṇḍapātapārisuddhisuttādīsu (ma. ni. 3.438 ādayo) vuttanayena chandaṃ vinodetvā yuttakāleneva pātarāsaṃ paviseyyāti. Ettha ca pāto asitabboti pātarāso, piṇḍapātassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Yo yattha labbhati, so padesopi taṃ yogena ‘‘pātarāso’’ti idha vutto. Yato piṇḍapātaṃ labhati, taṃ okāsaṃ gaccheyyāti evamettha attho veditabbo.
391 如此进入之后:显示巴利原文
391. Evaṃ paviṭṭho –
比丘适时得抟食后,
应独自退居静处安坐;
内自思维,不令心向外驰;
应令心住于善持的状态。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Piṇḍañca bhikkhu samayena laddhā, Eko paṭikkamma raho nisīde; Ajjhattacintī na mano bahiddhā, Nicchāraye saṅgahitattabhāvo’’.
于此,“团食”是指杂合的乞食。因为它从各处汇集、揉合而成,故名为“团食”。“于时”指在正午前的时段。“独自返回”指成就了身远离,无有第二种,独自退坐一处。“内思惟者”指将三相摄持于心,思惟蕴的相续之人。“不令心向外驰”指不因对外在的色等对象生起贪染而将心向外拉扯。“善持之身”即指已被善加收摄、把握的心。显示巴利原文
Tattha piṇḍanti missakabhikkhaṃ, sā hi tato tato samodhānetvā sampiṇḍitaṭṭhena ‘‘piṇḍo’’ti vuccati. Samayenāti antomajjhanhikakāle. Eko paṭikkammāti kāyavivekaṃ sampādento adutiyo nivattitvā. Ajjhattacintīti tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā khandhasantānaṃ cintento. Na mano bahiddhānicchārayeti bahiddhā rūpādīsu rāgavasena cittaṃ na nīhare. Saṅgahitattabhāvoti suṭṭhu gahitacitto.
392 如此而住者——显示巴利原文
392. Evaṃ viharanto ca –
即使他与弟子交谈,
或与其他任何比丘说话,
他也应当宣说那殊胜的法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sacepi so sallape sāvakena, Aññena vā kenaci bhikkhunā vā; Dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ tamudāhareyya, Na pesuṇaṃ nopi parūpavādaṃ’’.
若那位瑜伽行者与前来求法的弟子、外道、居士,乃至同在此处出家的比丘交谈时,应当开示的是与道果等相应、十种论事所摄、因其无过而称为殊胜的法。他应当宣说此殊胜之法;除此之外的任何言语,即便是离间语或诽谤,也丝毫不应宣说。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? So yogāvacaro kiñcideva sotukāmatāya upagatena sāvakena vā kenaci aññatitthiyagahaṭṭhādinā vā idheva pabbajitena bhikkhunā vā saddhiṃ sacepi sallape, atha yvāyaṃ maggaphalādipaṭisaṃyutto dasakathāvatthubhedo vā atappakaṭṭhena paṇīto dhammo. Taṃ dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ udāhareyya, aññaṃ pana pisuṇavacanaṃ vā parūpavādaṃ vā appamattakampi na udāhareyyāti.
393 现在,为了显示诽谤的过患,他说:「因为有些人执著于诤论。」其意为:在此,某些愚人执取与诽谤相关的种种诤论分别,即诤论;他们与之相违、相斗,犹如渴望交战的人冲向敌军阵前。对于那些智慧低劣的人,我们不予称赞。原因何在?由于这些诤论会从各方面黏附他们;所有那些由言语之路生起的诤论,都会黏着、依附于这样的人。为何会黏着呢?因为他们的心被遣送到了远方。正是由于彼此诤斗,心被投向了那里;而心所到之处,距离止与观是很遥远的。显示巴利原文
393. Idāni tasmiṃ parūpavāde dosaṃ dassento āha ‘‘vādañhi eke’’ti. Tassattho – idhekacce moghapurisā parūpavādasañhitaṃ nānappakāraṃ viggāhikakathābhedaṃ vādaṃ paṭiseniyanti virujjhanti, yujjhitukāmā hutvā senāya paṭimukhaṃ gacchantā viya honti, te mayaṃ lāmakapaññe na pasaṃsāma. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Tato tato ne pasajanti saṅgā, yasmā te tādisake puggale tato tato vacanapathato samuṭṭhāya vivādasaṅgā sajanti allīyanti. Kiṃ kāraṇā sajantīti? Cittañhi te tattha gamenti dūre, yasmā te paṭiseniyantā cittaṃ tattha gamenti, yattha gataṃ samathavipassanānaṃ dūre hotīti.
394-5 在开示了智慧微劣者的行持之后,为了显示智慧卓越者的行持,说道:“团食、精舍……比丘弟子。”其中,“精舍”指依止处,“坐卧具”指床与椅子,此三句皆指住处。“水”指饮用水。“清洗僧伽梨上的尘垢”,指洗除僧伽梨上的尘土等污垢。“听受了善逝所说的法”,指听受了世尊为防护一切烦恼等而教导的“如理省察而受用袈裟,为御寒冷……”等法。“省察而受用的殊胜智弟子”:此处所谓团食,即团食;由精舍等所说,为坐卧具;由“水”字所显,为病缘药;僧伽梨即袈裟。这四种资具,依“唯为延续此身……”等理趣省察之后而受用的殊胜智弟子,能如此受用者,可以是世尊有学的殊胜智弟子,也可以是凡夫弟子;若从究竟而言,则是诸阿罗汉。因为阿罗汉依四种受用而被描述为:“某物,他省察而受用;某物,他省察而忍受;某物,他省察而回避;某物,他省察而遣除。”如此省察而受用的殊胜智弟子,对待团食等的方式,应如莲叶上的水珠一般了知。显示巴利原文
394-5. Evaṃ parittapaññānaṃ pavattiṃ dassetvā idāni mahāpaññānaṃ pavattiṃ dassento āha ‘‘piṇḍaṃ vihāraṃ…pe… sāvako’’ti. Tattha vihārena patissayo, sayanāsanena mañcapīṭhanti tīhipi padehi senāsanameva vuttaṃ. Āpanti udakaṃ. Saṅghāṭirajūpavāhananti paṃsumalādino saṅghāṭirajassa dhovanaṃ. Sutvāna dhammaṃ sugatena desitanti sabbāsavasaṃvarādīsu ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cīvaraṃ paṭisevati sītassa paṭighātāyā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.23; a. ni. 6.58) nayena bhagavatā desitaṃ dhammaṃ sutvā. Saṅkhāya sevevarapaññasāvakoti etaṃ idha piṇḍanti vuttaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ, vihārādīhi vuttaṃ senāsanaṃ, āpamukhena dassitaṃ gilānapaccayaṃ, saṅghāṭiyā cīvaranti catubbidhampi paccayaṃ saṅkhāya ‘‘yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.23; a. ni. 6.58) nayena paccavekkhitvā seve varapaññasāvako, sevituṃ sakkuṇeyya varapaññassa tathāgatassa sāvako sekkho vā puthujjano vā, nippariyāyena ca arahā. So hi caturāpasseno ‘‘saṅkhāyekaṃ paṭisevati, saṅkhāyekaṃ adhivāseti, saṅkhāyekaṃ parivajjeti, saṅkhāyekaṃ vinodetī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.308; ma. ni. 2.168; a. ni. 10.20) vutto. Yassā ca saṅkhāya seve varapaññasāvako, tasmā hi piṇḍe…pe… yathā pokkhare vāribindu, tathā hotīti veditabbo.
396 如此,以阿罗汉果为极顶,开示了漏尽者的行道,结束了无家的修持之后,现在为开示在家的修持而说:“然,在家者的义务……”等。其中,初偈的“弟子”指在家弟子。其余文义易了。然而,其间的关联如下:我先前所开示的,是纯一无杂、完整圆满的比丘法。此法,对于执著田地、事务等事以及财物的在家人,是无法触及、不能证得的。显示巴利原文
396. Evaṃ khīṇāsavapaṭipattiṃ dassento arahattanikūṭena anagāriyapaṭipadaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā idāni agāriyapaṭipadaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘gahaṭṭhavattaṃ pana vo’’tiādimāha. Tattha paṭhamagāthāya tāva sāvakoti agāriyasāvako. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Ayaṃ pana yojanā – yo mayā ito pubbe kevalo abyāmisso sakalo paripuṇṇo bhikkhudhammo kathito. Esa khettavatthuādipariggahehi sapariggahena na labbhā phassetuṃ na sakkā adhigantunti.
397 如此,遮止了彼比丘法之后,唯开示在家法,说:“不应杀生”等。其中,上半偈明示三门清净之离杀生,下半偈则为利益众生之行持。此中第三句于《犀角经》中,第四句于《慈经注》中,已从一切方面说明了“惊惧者”与“坚固者”之差别。其余文义甚明。然应按次第如此连属:“于一切众生——无论是惊惧者还是坚固者,既已放下刀杖,不应杀害,不应指使杀害,不应赞同杀害。”自“放下刀杖”以下,须补入“应行持”一语为省略,否则上下文无法衔接。显示巴利原文
397. Evaṃ tassa bhikkhudhammaṃ paṭisedhetvā gahaṭṭhadhammameva dassento āha ‘‘pāṇaṃ na hane’’ti. Tattha purimaḍḍhena tikoṭiparisuddhā pāṇātipātāveramaṇi vuttā, pacchimaḍḍhena sattesu hitapaṭipatti. Tatiyapādo cettha khaggavisāṇasutte (su. ni. 35 ādayo) catutthapāde thāvaratasabhedo mettasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ (su. ni. 143 ādayo) sabbappakārato vaṇṇito. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Uppaṭipāṭiyā pana yojanā kātabbā – tasathāvaresu sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ na hane na ghātayeyya nānujaññāti. ‘‘Nidhāya daṇḍa’’nti ito vā paraṃ ‘‘vatteyyā’’ti pāṭhaseso āharitabbo. Itarathā hi na pubbenāparaṃ sandhiyati.
398 如此显示了第一学处后,现在为显明第二学处,而说“因此,不与取”等。此处,“任何”指无论少或多。“何处”指村落或林野中。“声闻”指在家声闻弟子。“了知”指清楚地了知“此物属于他人”。应当舍离一切不与取:如此行道之人,方能舍离一切不与取,否则便不能——这即表明了其中的意义。其余之义,可按已说及显而易见的方式来理解。显示巴利原文
398. Evaṃ paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ dassetvā idāni dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ dassento āha ‘‘tato adinna’’nti. Tattha kiñcīti appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā. Kvacīti gāme vā araññe vā. Sāvakoti agāriyasāvako. Bujjhamānoti ‘‘parasantakamida’’nti jānamāno. Sabbaṃ adinnaṃ parivajjayeyyāti evañhi paṭipajjamāno sabbaṃ adinnaṃ parivajjeyya, no aññathāti dīpeti. Sesamettha vuttanayañca pākaṭañcāti.
399 如此,在显示了第二学处亦为三门清净之后,又自最上界限开始,显明第三学处,而说“非梵行”等。此处,“不能胜任”意指没有能力。显示巴利原文
399. Evaṃ dutiyasikkhāpadampi tikoṭiparisuddhaṃ dassetvā ukkaṭṭhaparicchedato pabhuti tatiyaṃ dassento āha ‘‘abrahmacariya’’nti. Tattha asambhuṇantoti asakkonto.
400 现在,为显明第四学处,而说“或在会堂中”等。此处,“在会堂中”指在集会堂等场所中。“在众人中”指处于大众之间。此处其余之义,即依已说之理及显而易见者来理解。显示巴利原文
400. Idāni catutthasikkhāpadaṃ dassento āha ‘‘sabhaggato vā’’ti. Tattha sabhaggatoti santhāgārādigato. Parisaggatoti pūgamajjagato. Sesamettha vuttanayañca pākaṭañcāti.
401 如此显示了第四学处亦为三门清净之后,为显示第五学处,而说“以及酒类饮料”等。其中,“以及酒类饮料”仅为便于作偈颂而如此表述。其实际意义是:“不应从事饮酒”。“此法”即指此离饮酒之法。“以疯狂为终”指以疯狂为其最终结果。因为饮酒哪怕最轻微的异熟,对人而言,也是导致疯癫的。“如是了知它后”,即如此如实了知此酒类之后。其余内容,依前所释及文义显明,于此不赘。显示巴利原文
401. Evaṃ catutthasikkhāpadampi tikoṭiparisuddhaṃ dassetvā pañcamaṃ dassento āha ‘‘majjañca pāna’’nti. Tattha majjañca pānanti gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ evaṃ vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ panattho ‘‘majjapānañca na samācareyyā’’ti. Dhammaṃ imanti imaṃ majjapānaveramaṇīdhammaṃ. Ummādanantanti ummādanapariyosānaṃ. Yo hi sabbalahuko majjapānassa vipāko, so manussabhūtassa ummattakasaṃvattaniko hoti. Iti naṃ viditvāti iti naṃ majjapānaṃ ñatvā. Sesamettha vuttanayañca pākaṭañcāti.
402 如此显示了第五学处亦为三门清净之后,现在为显示于前诸学处中,酒有染污与破坏的作用,令更加坚定地远离它,而说“因陶醉而行恶”等。其中,“陶醉”指以陶醉为由。“hi”字仅为填充词。“行恶”指造作杀生等一切不善行。“疯狂”指与他世相关的疯狂,“愚痴”指与此世相关的愚痴。其余文义清楚明了。显示巴利原文
402. Evaṃ pañcamasikkhāpadampi tikoṭiparisuddhaṃ dassetvā idāni purimasikkhāpadānampi majjapānameva saṃkilesakarañca bhedakarañca dassetvā daḷhataraṃ tato veramaṇiyaṃ niyojento āha ‘‘madā hi pāpāni karontī’’ti. Tattha madāti madahetu. Hikāro padapūraṇamatte nipāto. Pāpāni karontīti pāṇātipātādīni sabbākusalāni karonti. Ummādanaṃ mohananti paraloke ummādanaṃ ihaloke mohanaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
403-4 至此,显示了在家弟子的常戒之后,现在为显示布萨的支分,而说“不应杀生”等两首偈颂。其中,“非梵行”指非殊胜之行。“淫欲”指行淫欲法。“夜间不应食非时食”指夜间不应进食,白天亦不应食过时之食。“以及香等”中,以“香”一词,亦涵盖涂粉等,应如此了知。“床”指开许之床。“铺设”指用草席等开许的铺设物来铺设。然而若在地面上,即使铺设毛毯等也是开许的。“八支”指犹如五支乐器,支分具足,非有缺支。“到苦边者”指到达轮回苦之尽头者。其余内容于此明了。又说,后半首偈颂是由结集者所说。显示巴利原文
403-4. Ettāvatā agāriyasāvakassa niccasīlaṃ dassetvā idāni uposathaṅgāni dassento ‘‘pāṇaṃ na hane’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha abrahmacariyāti aseṭṭhacariyabhūtā. Methunāti methunadhammasamāpattito. Rattiṃ na bhuñjeyya vikālabhojananti rattimpi na bhuñjeyya, divāpi kālātikkantabhojanaṃ na bhuñjeyya. Na ca gandhanti ettha gandhaggahaṇena vilepanacuṇṇādīnipi gahitānevāti veditabbāni. Mañceti kappiyamañce. Santhateti taṭṭikādīhi kappiyattharaṇehi atthate. Chamāyaṃ pana gonakādisanthatāyapi vaṭṭati. Aṭṭhaṅgikanti pañcaṅgikaṃ viya tūriyaṃ, na aṅgavinimuttaṃ. Dukkhantagunāti vaṭṭadukkhassa antagatena. Sesamettha pākaṭameva. Pacchimaḍḍhuṃ pana saṅgītikārakehi vuttantipi āhu.
405 以上说明了布萨的支分后,现在为显示布萨的时节而说“于是,在半月”等。其中,“于是”仅作填充词。应结合下文这样理解:“于半月的十四日、十五日及初八日,这三日应受持布萨,即受持此八支布萨而安住。”所谓“神变半月”,是指在入雨安居之前的 Āsāḷha 月、雨安居中的三个月,以及 Kattika 月,这五个月被称为“神变半月”。有些只说 Āsāḷha、Kattika、Phagguṇa 三个月。有些则说,以半月布萨日的前后为基准,每半月有四个日子:即十三日、一日、七日、九日,共四天。随各自所喜而持守即可。或者,为那些希求功德者,可宣说一切。由此应如此连接:“如此,在此神变半月中,他深怀净信,具足圆满,一日也不曾舍弃,受持此具足八支的布萨。”显示巴利原文
405. Evaṃ uposathaṅgāni dassetvā idāni uposathakālaṃ dassento āha ‘‘tato ca pakkhassā’’ti. Tattha tatoti padapūraṇamatte nipāto. Pakkhassupavassuposathanti evaṃ parapadena yojetabbaṃ ‘‘pakkhassa cātuddasiṃ pañcadasiṃ aṭṭhaminti ete tayo divase upavassa uposathaṃ, etaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikauposathaṃ upagamma vasitvā’’ti. Pāṭihāriyapakkhañcāti ettha pana vassūpanāyikāya purimabhāge āsāḷhamāso, antovassaṃ tayo māsā, kattikamāsoti ime pañca māsā ‘‘pāṭihāriyapakkho’’ti vuccanti. Āsāḷhakattikaphagguṇamāsā tayo evāti apare. Pakkhuposathadivasānaṃ purimapacchimadivasavasena pakkhe pakkhe terasīpāṭipadasattamīnavamīsaṅkhātā cattāro cattāro divasāti apare. Yaṃ ruccati, taṃ gahetabbaṃ. Sabbaṃ vā pana puññakāmīnaṃ bhāsitabbaṃ. Evametaṃ pāṭihāriyapakkhañca pasannamānaso susamattarūpaṃ suparipuṇṇarūpaṃ ekampi divasaṃ apariccajanto aṭṭhaṅgupetaṃ uposathaṃ upavassāti sambandhitabbaṃ.
406 显示了布萨的时节后,现在为说明在这些日子受持布萨后所当作之事,而说“于是清晨”等。此处,“于是”亦为填充词,或表示“紧接”,即“其后”之意。“清晨”指次日凌晨。“已住布萨者”指已受持布萨的人。“以食物”指以粥、饭等。“以饮料”指以八种饮料。“随喜”指随顺而欢喜,即无间断地欢喜之意。“如应”指随其自身所宜,即随力随能。“应分享”指应分配、应招待。其余意义清晰明了。显示巴利原文
406. Evaṃ uposathakālaṃ dassetvā idāni tesu kālesu etaṃ uposathaṃ upavassa yaṃ kātabbaṃ, taṃ dassento āha ‘‘tato ca pāto’’ti. Etthāpi tatoti padapūraṇamatte nipāto, anantaratthe vā, athāti vuttaṃ hoti. Pātoti aparajjudivasapubbabhāge. Upavutthuposathoti upavasitauposatho. Annenāti yāgubhattādinā. Pānenāti aṭṭhavidhapānena. Anumodamānoti anupamodamāno, nirantaraṃ modamānoti attho. Yathārahanti attano anurūpena, yathāsatti yathābalanti vuttaṃ hoti. Saṃvibhajethāti bhājeyya patimāneyya. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
407 述说了持守布萨者所应行之事后,现在宣说尽此一生的重法及活命清净道,再开示由这条行道所当证得的位次,而说“以法与父母”等。其中,“以法”指以如法所得的财物。“应奉养”指应当奉养。“如法的商贾”指舍弃五种非法的经商——武器买卖、生物买卖、肉买卖、酒买卖、毒买卖后,其余皆是如法的经商。在此,以“商贾”为首,耕田、牧牛等其他如法的谋生方式也一同被包含。其余义理,清晰明了。应如此连接:“如此,具足常戒、布萨戒、布施与法的圣弟子,应当从事如法的经商,并以从此处如法得来的财物,如法地奉养父母。那位如此不放逸、依如上所说方式奉持的在家者,身坏命终后,便生于那些以自身光明驱散黑暗、作光明故而名为‘自然光’的六欲天,即生于‘自然光’天中。”显示巴利原文
407. Evaṃ upavutthuposathassa kiccaṃ vatvā idāni yāvajīvikaṃ garuvattaṃ ājīvapārisuddhiñca kathetvā tāya paṭipadāya adhigantabbaṭṭhānaṃ dassento āha ‘‘dhammena mātāpitaro’’ti. Tattha dhammenāti dhammaladdhena bhogena . Bhareyyāti poseyya. Dhammikaṃ so vaṇijjanti sattavaṇijjā, satthavaṇijjā, visavaṇijjā, maṃsavaṇijjā, surāvaṇijjāti imā pañca adhammavaṇijjā vajjetvā avasesā dhammikavaṇijjā. Vaṇijjāmukhena cettha kasigorakkhādi aparopi dhammiko vohāro saṅgahito. Sesamuttānatthameva. Ayaṃ pana yojanā – so niccasīlauposathasīladānadhammasamannāgato ariyasāvako payojaye dhammikaṃ vaṇijjaṃ, tato laddhena ca dhammato anapetattā dhammena bhogena mātāpitaro bhareyya. Atha so gihī evaṃ appamatto ādito pabhuti vuttaṃ imaṃ vattaṃ vattayanto kāyassa bhedā ye te attano ābhāya andhakāraṃ vidhametvā ālokakaraṇena sayampabhāti laddhanāmā cha kāmāvacaradevā, te sayampabhe nāma deve upeti bhajati allīyati, tesaṃ nibbattaṭṭhāne nibbattatīti.
《小部注释·照耀究竟义》(Paramatthajotikāya khuddaka-aṭṭhakathāya)显示巴利原文
Paramatthajotikāya khuddaka-aṭṭhakathāya
《经集》注释之《法经》注疏已完成。(Suttanipāta-aṭṭhakathāya dhammikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā)显示巴利原文
Suttanipāta-aṭṭhakathāya dhammikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
「第二品」也已结束,这是依义释方法(atthavaṇṇanānayato)所作的说明,名为(nāmena)显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhito ca dutiyo vaggo atthavaṇṇanānayato, nāmena
「小品」(Cūḷavaggoti)。显示巴利原文
Cūḷavaggoti.